HomeMy WebLinkAbout1989 GENERAL PLAN - ORD 1989-142 1988-1992DRAFT
AUG. 1989
HAWAII COUNTY
GENERAL PLAN
ORD nlo• gy'_ l ~Z ~~
p~,~l~ Paz Qr~F4-s'
D
C-qz7
Q
ORDINANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
SECTION 1. PURPOSE ....................................... 1
SECTION 2.REQUIREMENTS ..................................1
SECTION 3.STATEMENT OF ASSUMPTION .......................1
SECTION 4.GOALS, POLICIES AND STANDARDS .................2
ECONOMIC ...................................2
ENERGY.. .....................4
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ......................5
FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE .................6
HISTORIC SITES ............... ............10
NATURAL BEAUTY. .............12
NATURAL RESOURCES AND SHORELINE............13
HOUSING ..... ..............................16
PUBLIC FACILITIES ..........................20
Education..... ........................21
Protective Services ......................22
Government Operations ....................23
Health and Sanitation ....................23
PUBLIC UTILITIES ...........................24
Water ....................................25
Telephone ................................26
Electricity ..............................26
Gas ......................................27
Sewer ....................................27
RECREATION.. ............................29
TRANSPORTATION .............................33
Thoroughfares and Streets ................34
Transportation Terminals .................36
LAND USE .. ................................37
Agriculture ..............................39
Commercial ...............................40
Industrial. .... ....................42
Multiple Residential. ................44
Single Family Residential ................46
i Resort ...................................48
Open Space ...............................53
Public Lands .............................54
SECTION 5. COURSES OF ACTION ............................. 55
PUNA.. ................................ 55
SOUTH HILO ................................. 62
NORTH HILO ................................. 74
HAMAKUA .................................... 79
NORTH KOHALA ............................... 85
SOUTH KOHALA ............................... 91
NORTH KONA ................................. 98
SOUTH KONA ................................. 106
KAU ........................................ 112
SECTION 6. AMENDMENT PROCEDURES .......................... 118
Comprehensive Review ....................... 118
Interim Amendments ......................... 120
Rules and Regulations ...................... 122
SECTION 7. LAND USE PATTERN ALLOCATION GUIDE MAP
Exhibits A, D and E) ...................... 122
SECTION 8
SECTION 9
SECTION 10.
SECTION 11.
SECTION 12.
SECTION 13.
FACILITIES MAP (Exhibit B) ................... 122
GENERAL PLAN SUPPORT DOCUMENT (Exhibit C).... 122
REPEAL ........................................ 123
BRACKETS AND UNDERSCORES ...................... 123
SEVERABILITY .................................. 123
EFFECTIVE DATE ................................ 123
COUNTY OF HA ATE OF HAWAII
Bill No.
402
DRAFT 5)
ORDINANCE NO.9 142
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE COUNTY GF HAWAII GENERAL PLAN AND
REPEALING ORDINANCE NO.. 439, AS A.'4ENDED.
HE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE COUNTY OF HAWAII:
SECTION 1. Puraose. It is the purpose of this ordinance to
adopt by ordinance a General Plan in compliance with Section 3-1fi,
Hawaii County Charter.
SECTION 2. Reouirements. Section 3-16, Hawaii County Charter;
mandates that the General Plan contain the following:
A statement of development objectives, standards and princip~eswithrespecttothemostdesirableuseoflandwithinthecountyfor
residential, recreational, agricultural, commercial, industrial and
other purposes which shall be consistent with proper conservation o~
natural resources and the preservation of our natural beauty and
historical sites; the most desirable density of population in the
several parts of the county; a system of principal thoroughfare,
highways, streets, public access to the shorelines; and other open
spaces; the general locations, relocations and improvements of
public buildings, the general location and eztent of publicutilitiesandterminals, whether publicly or privately owned, for
water, sewers, light, power, transit, and other purposes; the este.^.t
and location of public housing projects; adequate drainagefacilitiesandcontrol; air pollution; and such other matter as :~.a-~,in the council's judgment, be beneficial to the social, economic,
and governmental conditions and trends and shall be designed to
assure the coordinated development of the county and to promote t':e
general welfare and prosperity of its people.
SECTION 3. S a =men ~f ass,mp ions The following Assumpticr_s
were the bass by wh; h y ~~.,=rai pan was , lop ,;•
1. Agriculture
Agricultural employment, especially in the sugar industryhasbeendeclini.^.g over the past ten years (but has
recently become fairly stable. As major plantations
consolidate and workers reach retirement age, sugar
employment should decline further]. A b s+- mp ovm n' :1
the sugar indust;T ;s prq;~Yted to decl;nA slowly if no ^a'~
o~,a r s~! ~n cne Q;;r:ise ct the ind,str•r Factors
affecting this decli::e wi'_1 be the espansion and labor
demands of the macadamia nut, papaya, [and flower and other
diy rs;f;aA aaric•,tt,,~ industries.[~LOYMENT SHOULD
RE'4iAIN ST.~BLE DURING THE P*_,?.NNI.IG PERIOD. ]
4. ]~
The County's visitor industry [appears to have the
strongest potenti:al];,~ poised for rapid espansion [of a
large magnitude. E:.^?~*:GEi+~NT IN TOURIS;d IS E.YPECTED TO
INCREASE RAPIDi`I] , an:3 vmpinvmarr in tourism is Pe~P,-~=.? -~
NYY Oa „~was
i
4~
COUNTY OF HAWS: . ' ~ +~ ATE
irFa NP'~,Y%~
a--_
ORDINANCE NO.
r . '
OF HAWAII
Bill No.
4Q2
bijA~'T 5 )
89 142
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE COUNTY OF HAWAII GEDIERAL PLAN AND
REPEALING ORDINANCE NO.. 439, AS AMENDED. '
HE IT ORDAINED HY THE COUNCIL OF THE COUNTY OF HAWAII:
SECTION 1. Ptr170^ It is the purpose of this ordinance to
adopt by ordinance a General Plaa in compliance with Section 3-16,Hawaii County Charter.
SECTION 2. R ,i m n c. Section 3-16, Hawaii County Charter,mandates that the General Plan contain the following:
A statement of development objectives, standards and principleswithrespecttothemostdesirableuseoflandwithinthecount] forresidential, recreational, agricultural, commercial, industrial andotherpurposeswhichshallbeconsistentwithproperconservationof
natural resources and the preservation of our natural beauty andhistoricalsites; the most desirable density of population in theseveralpartsofthecounty; a system of principal thoroughfare,highways, streets,.public access to the shorelines; and other oper.spaces; the general locations, relocations and improvements of
public buildings, the general location and e=tent of publicutilities. and terminals, whether publicly or privately owned, farwater, sewers, light, power, transit, and other purposes; the este.^.tandlocationofpublichousingprojects; adequate drainagefacilitiesandcontrol; air pollution; and such other matter as may,in the council's judgment, be beneficial to the social, economic,and governmental conditions and trends and shall be designed toassurethecoordinateddevelopmentofthecountyandtopromote t!:egeneralwelfareandprosperityofitspeople.
SECTION 3. Stet=meat of Accumo 'one The following Assumpticns'were the hasi_c 6v whi h !+P r.~.,P.at ota„ wac d v t a^ d•
1. Agri n11-,
Agricultural employment, especially in the sugar industryhasbeendecliningoverthepasttenyears [but hasrecentlybecomefairlystable. As major plantationsconsolidateandworkersreachretirementage, sugaremploymentshoulddeclinefurther]. At b <+. ma ~~++,_.+~the sugar indu<t^s i< aroie~+-Pd to dP.-t• Clow lv if normala~t_ltlOn thLOtiQn ?eh~ramonh rnn}Yn,.ve Al rn~l•iv lvnationaland1~1 rna4~~Qne1 P,-.... _ and ~Olihi_r~l fOrrnecouldres ,7r in h d m~CP ..t],., 'i nAi,ctr' FdCtOrSaffectingthisdecline *n~ill be the expansion and labordemandsofthemacadamianut, papaya, [and]flower and o'`herdiversifiedaori •,1 ,~r~l industries. [,~LOYMENT SiiOULDREMAINSTABLEDURINGTHEPLANNINGPERIOD.]
4. ]~
The Coln y'a visitor i_r_dustry [appears to have thestrongestpotential]is noised for rapid expansion [of alargemagnitude. E.*RPLOYMENT IN TOURISM IS EXPECTED TOINCREr1Sc .RAPIDLY] , and emplovment in rn„r; <...
0 0
3. Other Basic Industries
There is tremendous potential for expansion in other
industries such as aauaculture, astronomy, renewable
enerov, and research-development.
SECTION 4. Council Policies, Statement of Development
Obiectives, Standards and Principles. The Council's policies for
the long-range comprehensive physical development of the county and
the statements of development objectives, standards and principle
with respect to the most desirable use of land within the county are
set forth as follows:
A. ECONOMIC
GOALS
o [The economic system of the County should provide] Provide
its] residents with opportunities to improve their quality
of life.
o Economic development and improvement [should] shall be
accomplished in an orderly manner which is] in balance
with the physical and social environments of .the island of
Hawaii.
o The County of Hawaii [should] shall strive for diversity
and stability in its economic system.
o The County shall provide an economic environment which
allows new, expanded, or improved economic opportunities
that are compatible with the County's natural and social
environment.
POLICIES
o [It shall be the policy of the] The County of Hawaii [to]
shall assist the expansion of the agricultural industry,
especially diversified agriculture, through the protection
of [prime] important agricultural lands, capital
improvements and other programs, and continued cooperation
with appropriate. State and Federal agencies.
o The County of Hawaii shall strive for an economic climate
which provides its residents an opportunity for choice of
occupation.
o The County of Hawaii shall continue to encourage the
expansion of the research and development industry by
working with and supporting the university, private sector,
and other agencies' programs developed to aid the County of
Hawaii.
o The County of Hawaii shall encourage the development of a
visitor industry which is consistent with the social,
physical, and economic goals of the residents of the County
2-
0 0
o The County shall require a study of the [total] significant
social and physical impact of large developments prior to
approval.
o The County of Hawaii shall strive for diversification of
its economy by strengthening existing industries and
attracting new endeavors.
o The County shall encourage the expansion of the fishing
industry, various forms of aquaculture, and other fresh and
ocean water-based activities.
o The expansion of higher and continuing educational services
and institutions shall be supported by the County.]
o The County shall support all levels of educational
opportunities and institutions for its residents.
I o The County of Hawaii shall study the feasibility of
establishing a business development loan program.
o The County's capital improvements program should improve
the quality of existing commercial and industrial areas.
o The County of Hawaii's land, water, air, sea, and people
shall be considered as essential economic resources for
present and future generations and should be protected and
enhanced through the use of economic incentives.
o [It shall be the County's policy to] The County shall
strive for full employment.
o The County of Hawaii shall encourage the research,
development and implementation of advanced technologies and
processes in existing and potential economic endeavors.
o The County shall continue to encourage development and
utilization of bv-products from alternate energy conversion
proiects.
o The County shall conduct a re-evaluation of all economic
goals and policies, particularly in the area of tourism,
coincident with any County-initiated overall land use
acreage allocation and General Plan review.
o The County shall identify and encourage primary industries
that are consistent with the social, physical, and economic
goals of the residents of the Count
o An active liaison between the County and the private sector
should be encouraged with respect to the County's
requirements for establishing business on the island.
3-
0 0
o The County of Hawaii shall encourage the continuing
development of the retirement industry.
o The County shall support efforts to stabilize and maintain
the viability of the sugar industry.
o The County shall promote a distinctive identity for the
island of Hawaii to enable government, business and travel
industries to promote the County of Hawaii as an entity
separate and unique within the State of Hawaii.
STANDARDS
o The island of Hawaii should be
scientific and cultural model.
model of living where economic
social and physical amenities.
reviewed on the basis of total
the County, not only in terms
economic benefits.
developed into a unique
The island should become a
gains are in balance with
Development should be
impact on the residents of
f immediate short run
o New industries which provide favorable benefit-cost
relationships to the people of the County should be
encouraged. Benefit-cost relationships as used here
include more than fiscal considerations.
B. ENERGY
GOALS[:]
o [to strive] Strive towards energy self-sufficiency for
Hawaii County.
o (to establish] Establish the Big Island as a demonstration
community for the development and use of natural energy
resources.
POLICIES[:]
o The County shall encourage the development of alternate
energy resources.
o The County shall encourage the expansion of energy research
industry.
o The County shall strive to educate the public on new energy
technologies and foster attitudes and activities conducive
to energy conservation.
o The County shall ensure a proper balance between the
development of alternative energy resources and the
preservation of environmental fitness[.] and ecologically
significant areas.
4-
0 0
o The County shall strive to assure a sufficient supply of
energy to support present and future demands.
o The County shall provide incentives which will encourage
the use of new energy sources and promote energy
conservation.
o The County shall seek funding from both government and
private sources for research and development of alternative
energy resources.
o The County shall coordinate energy research and development
efforts of both the government and private sectors.
o The County shall encourage the continuation of studies
concerning the development of power which can be
distributed at lower costs to consumers.
o The County shall encourage the study of the effects of
discharging heated water directly into the ocean.
o The County shall encourage the development of geothermal
resources to meet the energy needs of the County of Hawaii.
STANDARD
o New power plants shall incorporate devices which minimize
pollution.
C. ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
AL
o Maintain and. if feasible, improve the existing
environmental quality of the island.
POLICIES
o The County of Hawaii shall take positive action to further
maintain the quality of the environment for residents both
in the present and in the future.
o Minimum controls are established by the Federal and State
governments; through its powers the County shall reinforce
and strengthen established standards where it is necessary,
principally by initiating, recommending, and adopting
ordinances pertaining to the control of pollutants which
affect the environment.
o The County should keep apprised of and advise the public of
environmental conditions and research undertaken about the
island's environment.
5-
0 0
Encourage the concept of recycling agricultural and
municipal waste material.
o The County shall encourage the State to establish air and
water quality monitoring stations in areas of existing and
potential urban growth.
STANDARDS
Clean air, pure water, freedom from excessive and unnecessary
noise, and the natural and aesthetic qualities of the environment
shall be without abridgement the right of the people of the County.
Pollutants shall be prevented, abated, and controlled at levels
which will protect and preserve the public health and well-being,
and for the prevention of irritation to the senses, interference
with visibility, and damage to vegetation, animals and property.
The existing environmental quality of the island shall be maintained
and if feasible, improved.]
o Pollution shall be prevented, abated, and controlled at
levels which will protect and preserve the public health
and well-being, through the enforcement of appropriate
Federal, State and County standards.
o Environmental quality controls are to be incorporated
either as standards in appropriate ordinances or as
conditions of approval.
o Federal and State environmental regulations shall be
adhered to.
D. FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
GOALS
o TO conserve Conserve scenic and natural resources.
o To protect]Protect human life.
o TO prevent]Prevent damage to man-made improvements.
o TO control]Control pollution.
o TO prevent]Prevent damage from inundation.
o TO reduce]Reduce surface water and sediment runoff
th rough the employment of soil conservation measures].
POLIC IES
o It shall be the responsibility of governmental agencies to
pro perly gui de through regulations the use of flood
6-
O O
plains. The purpose of such regulations is to minimize the
danger to life and property in areas subject to recurrent
flooding. It is intended that the establishment of flood
plain regulations will reduce public cost for flood
control, minimize relief and rescue efforts, and control
development in flood plain areas so that lands will be
utilized in the most suitable manner.]
o Flood districts are to be established in consideration of
the amount of flood data available. In analyzing the
probability of flooding and the degree of potential
development in the flood plain area, certain interrelated,
physical factors such as depth, frequency, velocity, type
and duration of flooding must be considered. Where the
severity of flood conditions due to these factors increases
the possibility of loss of life and large property damage,
restrictive regulations, to minimize loss must be enacted.
In areas subject to less frequent flooding, the damage
potential is lightened. Less restrictive regulations will
therefore be enacted and additional land uses can be
considered.]
o After flood plain areas have been established, it shall be
the responsibility of the County to provide the official
Flood District Map for incorporation as a part of the rules
and regulations for the flood plain areas. Periodic
updating and review of the established district maps will
be required, particularly for areas where hydrologic data
are scarce. It is suggested that this review be conducted
every five years.]
o Permitted uses within the flood plain areas shall be
established in accordance with the regulations of the flood
plain district. Adopted district soil conservation
practices shall determine the use of agricultural and
conservation lands.]
o Within the flood districts, flood way and flood way fringe
zones are to be established, uses strictly controlled, and
the boundaries of these zones are to be included in the
official zoning map.]
o Inundation safety areas shall be incorporated as part of
the rules and regulations of the flood plain areas.]
o Potential tsunami inundation areas and areas subject to
high seas damage shall be established and identified for
public safety. These areas should be evacuated in the
event of tsunami warning. Tsunami inundation as referred
to in this text is intended to mean flooding or overflowing
and not to necessarily imply great tsunami force, depth, or
damage. It is recognized that all segments of the
designated inundation area will not be exposed to the same
risk or degree of damage.]
7-
0 0
o In areas vulnerable to severe damage due to the impact of
wave action, restrictive land use and building structure
regulations must be enacted relative to the potential for
loss of life and property. Only uses which cannot be
located elsewhere due to public necessity and character,
such as maritime activities and the necessary public
facilities and utilities, would be allowed in these areas.
o In areas subject to less tsunami or high seas impact
damage, land uses other than recreation and "open" and
those stated in the preceding paragraph may be considered,
provided they meet criteria set forth within applicable
ordinances and regulations.]
o In those areas where conditions are such that large-scale,
usually vertical, earth movements may generate devastating
tsunamis immediately offshore which permit little or no
warning for evacuation, further evaluation must be
eventually made in these areas for the consideration of
public safety.]
o It is the responsibility of governmental agencies to
maintain drainage systems as well as to assist in
developing comprehensive flood damage prevention programs
and in the construction of flood control features.]
o In addition to the above, subdivision regulations, building
codes, health regulations, grading ordinances, and other
types of regulations, as well as preventive measures, shall
be used in carrying out the goals of the flood control and
drainage element.]
o The County shall continue to review land use policy as it
relates to flood plain, high surf, and tsunami hazard areas
o The County of Hawaii shall update and improve the FIRM and
floodway maps in compliance with Chapter 27 as needed
o The County shall promote participation in the Soil and
Water Conservations Districts' conservation programs for
developments on agricultural and conservation lands
o The "Drainage Master Plan for the County of Hawaii" shall
be reviewed and updated to incorporate new studies
available and to reflect newly identified priorities
o All development-generated runoff shall be disposed of in a
manner acceptable to the Department of Public Works
o The County shall develop a comprehensive program for the
coordinated construction of a drainage network along a
single drainage system.
8-
0 0
o The County shall explore new methods of funding for the
provision of adequate drainage svstems.
o It is the responsibility of both the government and the
private sector to maintain and improve existing drainage
svstems and to construct new drainage facilities.
o The County shall continue to promote public education
programs on tsunami hazards.
STANDARDS
o Potential Tsunami Inundation Zones: Shall be
classified into two categories.
I. On northwest, northeast, and southeast coastlines
for tsunamis of distant origin from any direction;
and on designated southwest coatlines for tsunamis
from the south or west:
A. All areas between the shoreline and the
intersection with the ground of a surface
declining inland with a slope of one percent
from a height of 50 feet above mean sea level.
1. At the 10-foot contour below mean lower low
water; or
2. Where the submarine slopes seaward of the
minus 10-foot contour is slight, lines drawn
seaward from the minus 10-foot contour at a
distance from it equal to half of the excess
of the local distance from the minus 10- to
the minus 20-foot contour over 1,000 feet.
B. All additional areas less than four feet above
mean sea level and within 400 feet of the shore
of the ocean or tidal bodies such as bays,
harbors, estuaries, or canals.
II. On designated southwest coastlines-for tsunamis of
distant origin from the south or west.
A. Areas defined as in Section I. A. but using a
30-foot instead of 50-foot height offshore.
B. Areas defined as in I. B.]
o Storm Drainage Standards* shall consist of calculated:
1. Recurrence interval
2. Runoff quantity
9-
O O
Rational method
4. Closed conduits
Open channels]
o Flood Plain Maps]
o Storm Drainage Standards,"County of Hawaii October
o
1970, and as revised.
Applicable standards and re gulations of Chap ter 27,
Flood Control." of the Haw aii County Code
o Applicable standards and re gulations of the Federal
o
Emergency Management Agency
Applicable standards and re
FEMA).
gulations of Chap ter 10
Erosion and Sedimentation Control."of the Hawaii
County Code.
E. HISTORIC SITES
GOALS
o Protect and enhance the sites, buildings and objects
of significant historical and cultural importance to
Hawaii.
o Agencies, either public or private, pursuing knowledge
about historic sites should keep the public apprised
of projects.]
o Access to significant historic sites, buildings and
objects of public interest should be made available.
POLICIES
o Agencies and organizations, either public or private,
pursuing knowledge about historic sites should keep
the public apprised of projects.
o [It is recognized that historic sites need to be
evaluated and protected.] The County of Hawaii shall
incorporate sections [on] to evaluate, manage, or
protect historic sites, buildings and objects into
appropriate ordinances.
It shall be the policy of the] The County of Hawaii
to] shall require both public and private developers
of land [either public or private] to provide a
historical survey prior to the clearing or development
10-
0 0
of land when there are indications that the land under
consideration has historical significance.
o Public access to significant historic sites and
objects shall be acquired.
o In the evaluation and protection of historic sites, it
shall be the policy of the County to give preference
to sites with a preponderance of original materials in
context and to complexes rather than single isolated
sites unless they are of great significance.]
o The County of Hawaii shall embark on a program of
restoring significant historic sites on County lands.
Through a joint effort with the State, the County can
insure] assure the protection and restoration of
sites on other public lands.
o [On private lands, the] The County of Hawaii shall
encourage the restoration of significant sites[.] on
private lands.
o [It is recognized that the information derived from
historic sites is of interest to the residents of the
island of Hawaii. It shall hereby be the policy of
the] The County of Hawaii [to] shall collect and
distribute historic sites information [for] of public
interest and [to] in conjunction with the State, keep
a current inventory of sites.
o The County shall also aid in the development of a
program of public education concerning historic sites.
o Signs explaining historic sites, buildings and objects
shall be in keeping with the character of the area or
the cultural aspects of the feature.
o [The process of evaluating the significance of
historic sites shall be a continuing program of the]
The County of Hawaii[.] shall develop a continuinq
program to evaluate the significance of historic sites
STANDARDS
The evaluation of the importance of specific historic sites
is necessary for future action. The following standards
establish a framework for evaluating sites.
o Importance in the life or activities of a major
historic person.
o Associated with a major group or organization in the
history of the island or community.
11-
0 0
o Associated with a major historic event (cultural,
economic, military, social, or political).
o Associated with a major recurring event in the history
of the community (such as annual celebrations).
o Associated with a past or continuing institution which
has contributed substantially to the life of the
community.
o Unique example of a particular style or period.
o One of the few of its age remaining.
o Original materials and/or workmanship which can be
valued in themselves.
F.
o Sites with a preponderance of original materials in
context and complexes rather than single isolated
sites unless they are of great significance.
o Sites of traditional and cultural significance.
NATURAL BEAUTY
GOALS
o Protect, preserve and enhance the [integrity] quality
of areas endowed with natural beauty[.], including the
quality of coastal scenic resources.
o Protect scenic vistas and view planes from becoming
obstructed.
o Maximize opportunities for present and future
generations to [experience] appreciate and eniov
natural and scenic beauty.
POLICIES
o Increase public pedestrian access opportunities to
scenic places and vistas.
o The County of Hawaii shall establish view plane
regulations to preserve and enhance views of scenic or
prominent landscapes from specific locations[.], and
coastal aesthetic values.
o [The identification and development of viewing sites
shall be a continuing program of the] The County of
Hawaii[.] shall maintain a continuing program to
identifv, acquire and develop viewing sites on the
island.
12-
0 0
o Access easement to public or private lands which have
natural or scenic value shall be provided or acquired
for the public.
o Criteria for safeguards of natural beauty shall be
provided in the design review of developments so as to
blend and harmonize man-made elements with their
natural setting.]
o Standard criteria for natural and scenic beauty shall
be developed as part of design plans.
o The County shall consider structural setback from
major thoroughfares and highways and shall establish
development and design guidelines to protect important
viewplanes.
o The County of Hawaii shall maintain a continuing
program to identify exceptional trees or tree masses.
STANDARDS
The following standards provide guidelines for designating
sites and vistas of extraordinary natural beauty which shall be
protected.
o Distinctive and identifiable landforms distinguished
as landmarks, e.g., Mauna Kea, Waipio Valley.
o Coastline areas of striking contrast, e.g.,
Laupahoehoe Point.
o ["Frontyard" vistas] Vistas of distinctive features.
o Natural or native vegetation which makes a particular
area attractive.
o Areas which are harmoniously developed and enhanced by
man so as to appear natural.
G. NATURAL RESOURCES AND SHORELINE
GOALS
o Protect and conserve the natural resources of the
County of Hawaii from undue exploitation, encroachment
and damage.
o Provide opportunities for the public to fulfill
recreational, economic, and educational needs without
despoiling or endangering natural resources.
13-
0 0
o Protect and promote the prudent use of Hawaii's
unique, fragile, and significant environmental and
natural resources.
o Protect rare or endangered species and habitats native
to Hawaii.
o Protect and effectively manage Hawaii's open space,
watersheds, and natural areas.
o Ensure that alterations to existing land forms and
vegetation, except crops, and construction of
structures cause minimum adverse effect to water
resources, and scenic and recreational amenities and
minimum dancer of floods, landslides, erosion,
siltation, or failure in the event of earthquake.
POLICIES
o The County of Hawaii should require users of natural
resources to conduct their activities in a manner that
avoids or minimizes adverse effects on the environment.
o The County [should] shall encourage a program of
collection and dissemination of basic data concerning
natural resources.
o The shoreline of the island of Hawaii [should] shall
be maintained for recreational, educational, and/or
scientific uses in a manner that is protective of
resources and is of the maximum benefit to the general
public.
o The shoreline shall be protected from the encroachment
of man-made improvements and structures.
o The County shall coordinate programs to protect
natural resources with other government agencies.
o [Investigate] The County shall investigate methods of
beach replenishment and sand erosion control.
o The County shall promote sound management and
development of Hawaii's land and marine resources for
potential economic benefit.
o The County shall encourage public and private agencies
to manage the natural resources in a manner that
avoids or minimizes adverse effects on the environment
and depletion of energy and natural resources to the
fullest extent.
14-
0 0
o The County shall encourage an overall conservation
ethic in the use of Hawaii's resources by protecting,
preserving, and conserving the critical and
significant natural resources of the County of Hawaii.
o The Countv shall encourage the protection of
watersheds, forest, brush, and grassland from
destructive agents and uses.
o An identification and inventory of forest lands
suitable for watershed purposes should be conducted
jointly by Countv, appropriate State and Federal
agencies, and private landowners.
o The County shall encourage and work with the
appropriate State, Federal agencies, and private
landowners to establish a program to protect
identified watersheds.
o The County shall encourage appropriate State agencies
to review and designate forest and watershed areas
into the conservation district during state land use
boundary comprehensive reviews.
p
natural resources where feasible by design review,
conservation principles, and by mutual agreement
between the County and affected agencies.
o The County shall encourage the continued
identification and inclusion of unique wildlife
habitat areas of native Hawaiian flora and fauna
within the Natural Area Reserve System.
o Encourage the use of native plants for screening and
landscaping_
STANDARDS
The following shall be considered for the protection and
conservation of natural resources.
o Areas necessary for the protection and propagation of
specified endangered native wildlife, and conservation
for natural ecosystems of endemic plants, fish and
wildlife.
o Lands necessary for the preservation of forests, park
lands, wilderness and beach areas.
15-
0 0
o Lands with a general slope of 20% or more which
provide open space amenities or possess unusual scenic
qualities.
o Lands necessary for the protection of watersheds,
water sources and water supplies.
o Lands with topographic, locational, soils, climate or
other environmental factors that may not be normally
adaptable or required for urban, rural, agricultural
or public use.
o The installation of utility facilities, highways and
related public improvements in natural and wildland
areas should avoid the contamination or despoilment of
natural resources by design review, conservation
principles, and by mutual agreement between the County
and affected agencies.]
o The Coastal Zone and Special Management Area as
defined by statute and in accordance with the adopted
objectives and guidelines.
iH. HOUSING
GOALS
o [Encourage] Attain safe, sanitary, and livable
housing[.] for the residents of the County of Hawaii
o [TO attain] Attain a diversity of socio-economic
housing mix throughout the different parts of the
County.
o Formulate program for housing.]
o Maintain a housing supply which allows a variety of
choice.
o Develop better places to live in Hawaii County by
creating viable communities with decent housing and
suitable living environments for our people.
o Improve and maintain the.guality and affordability of
the existing housing stock.
o Seek sufficient production of new affordable rental
and fee-simple housing in the County in a variety of
sizes to satisfactorily accommodate the needs and
desires of families and individuals.
16-
0 0
o Ensure that housing is available to all persons
regardless of age, sex, marital status ethnic
background, and income.
o The cornerstone of the County's housing programs and
activities shall continue to be the encouragement and
expansion of appropriate home ownership opportunities
for our residents.
POLICIES
o It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to
assure that safe, sanitary, and livable housing is
available to persons of all ages, income and ethnic
groups and to provide a variety of choice as to
location and types.]
o [A] The County shall encourage a volume of
construction and rehabilitation of housing sufficient
to meet growth needs and correct existing deficiencies
shall be promoted].
o The construction of specially designed facilities for
elderly persons needing institutional care and for
active elderly persons shall be encouraged.
o The use of new housing design and construction shall
be encouraged to keep housing costs at a minimum and
to increase the volume of production through the
further use of technological innovations.]
o [Corporations] The County shall encourage corporations
and nonprofit organizations [shall be encouraged] to
participate in Federal programs to provide new and
rehabilitated housing for low and moderate income
households [and the elderly].
o The County shall make maximum utilization of all
Federal and State programs and disseminate information
on these available assistance programs to the public,
financial institutions, supply houses, and developers.]
o Improvements in financing practices that will help
make housing more readily available to all persons
shall be actively sought by the County.]
o Public and private programs intended to increase the
supply of housing and create a variety of choice shall
be encouraged.]
o The County shall promote and support the use of
Turnkey developments and encourage the use of cluster
and planned unit developments.]
17-
0 0
o The County shall continually review its codes and
ordinances to see if there are overly stringent
restrictions which may impose unnecessary hardship[.]
and adopt amendments if warranted.
o [It shall be the policy of the] The County [to] shall
study and implement appropriate measures [for curbing]
to curb property [speculation] speculative practices
and for reducing] which result in increased housing
costs.
o The County shall encourage the State to construct
homes for lease. The lease on the house and lot
should be on a long-term basis and should be at a
reasonable lease rate. In this way, the people's
natural resource of land can still be perpetuated
through public ownership and at the same time housing
can be provided without heavy initial investment.]
o [The County realizes that the investment in home
ownership constitutes the largest single investment
for most of its residents. It is therefore the policy
of the] The County [to] shall protect residential
property values from depreciating influences.
o There shall be a systematic code enforcement schedule
to upgrade the quality of the existing housing
inventory. The County shall also seek means of
assuring the maintenance of all housing in livable
condition through programs of renewal, rehabilitation
or redevelopment.]
o Large industries which create a demand for housing
shall provide employee housing based upon a ratio to
be determined by an analysis of the locality's needs.
o The County shall formulate a program for housing which
identifies specific mechanisms to implement the
housing goals.
0
residents.
o The County shall initiate and participate in
activities with the private sector including the
provision of leadership and expertise to neighborhoods
and nonprofit organizations in the development of
housing and community development projects.
18-
0 0
o Increase rental opportunities and choices in terms of
quality, cost, amenity style and size of housing
especially for low and moderate income households
o Support programs which improve, maintain and
rehabilitate the existing housing stock to maintain
the viability of existing communities.
o Accommodate the housing requirements of the special
o Investigate, develop, and promote the creation of new
innovative and timely financing techniques and
programs to reduce the cost of housing in Hawaii
Countv.
i o Encourage the use of suitable public lands for housing
purposes in fee or lease.
o The Countv shall encourage the construction of homes
for lease or lease with option to purchase.
o Promote research and development of methods. programs
and activities including the review of regulatory
requirements and procedures as they affect housing to
reduce the costs consistent with the public health
safety and welfare.
o The Countv shall adopt appropriate ordinances and
rules as necessary to implement its housing programs
and activities.
0
o Seek to ensure that adequate infrastructure is
available in appropriate locations to support the
timely development of affordable housing
o Investigate the use of the County's taxing powers as a
possible means to increase the supply of affordable
housing.
o
STANDARDS
Housing standards shall consist of and comply with:
Housing Code[.]
19-
0 0
o Building Code[.]
o Electrical Code[.]
o Plumbing Code[.]
o Zoning [Ordinance.] Code
o Subdivision [Ordinance.] Code
o Uniformity of housing information system.]
o [The standards] Standards [for housing shall not be
limited to the above, but shall also include the
standards listed for] of the single-family and
multiple residential land use [elements.] element.
I. PUBLIC FACILITIES
GOAL
o [It is the goal of the County to provide) Encourage
the provision of public facilities that effectively
service community needs and [to continue to] seek ways
of improving public service through better and more
functional facilities which are in keeping with the
environmental and aesthetic concerns of the community.
POLICY
o [In order to provide the necessary facilities to
effectively serve community needs, the] The County
shall continue to seek ways of improving public
service through the coordination of service and by
maximizing the use of personnel and facilities.
0
o The Countv shall develop short and long-range capital
improvement programs and operating budgets for public
facilities and services.
o The Countv's Capital Improvement and Operating budgets
shall reflect the goals and policies of the County
General Plan.
o The Countv shall require a 6-year long-term capital
improvements budget by County Departments and agencies
which shall be reviewed for consistency with the
Countv's General Plan.
20-
0 0
I STANDARDS
Standards have been established in each of the four major
groupings of public facilities.
I For the purpose of clarification, public facilities have
ibeen categorized into education, protective servics, health and
sanitation, and government operations.
1) EDUCATION
POLICIES
Educational policies here relate to the provision of
facilities rather than programs, which are the
province of the State. It is nevertheless recognized
that the facilities and programs are the tools
necessarv to improve total educational service.
o The Countv shall encourage continuous ioint
coordination with roads. water, and other support
facilities and considerations such as traffic and
safety, and access for vehicle, bicycle, and
pedestrian. Encourage master planning of present
and proposed public and private institutions.
o The County shall encourage the joinino of school
yards with county parks and the availability of
school facilities for afterschool use by the
community for recreational. cultural. and other
compatible uses.
o The Countv shall encourage ioint community-school
librarv facilities, where a separate community
librarv may not be feasible. in proximity to
I other community facilities. affording both
pedestrian and vehicular access.
o The Countv shall encourage implementation of the
Department of Education's 'Educational
Specifications and Standards for Facilities '
STANDARDS
Educational standards here relate to the provision of
facilities rather than programs, which are the
province of the State. It is nevertheless recognized
that the facilities and programs are the tools
necessary to improve total educational service.]
21-
0 0
i [o Joint pre-planning of schools with the Department
I of Education and the University of Hawaii shall
take place continuously to ensure coordination
with roads, water, and other support facilities
and considerations such as traffic and safety,
and vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian access.
Master planning of present and proposed public
and private institutions is recommended.]
o In proposed communities, sufficient acreage shall
be [dedicated] reserved for school facilities.
Sites shall be free from flooding and drainage
problems, excessive slope and shall incorporate
appropriate street and driveway design and
location to minimize traffic interference,
pedestrian hazard, and to enable safe and easy
access for vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians.
o The joining of school yards with county parks
shall be encouraged and with school facilities
shall be made available for afterschool use by
the community for recreational, cultural, and
other compatible uses.]
o Where a separate community library may not be
feasible, joint school-community library
facilities shall be considered and shall be in
proximity to other community facilities,
affording both pedestrian and vehicular access
o The Department of Education's 'Educational
Specifications and Standards for Facilities'
should be followed.]
2) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
STANDARDS
o Development of police and fire facilities should
entail joint use structures whenever feasible.
o The minimum area for establishing a fire/police
facility shall be one acre and in locations which
permit quick and efficient vehicular access.)
o The establishment of a fire/police facility shall
consider site size and locations which permit
quick and efficient vehicular access.
o Police headquarters shall be near the geographic
center of the service area and near
concentrations of commercial and industrial use.
22-
0 0
o Stations in outlying districts shall be based on
the population to be served and response time
rather than on geographic district.
o Additional rehabilitation and counselling centers
shall be established as needed.
o The Countv of Hawaii Emergency Operations Center
shall be improved to meet the requirements set
forth by federal and state regulations.
o The Fire Department, in cooperation with other
related governmental agencies and the involved
land owners, shall prepare a fire protection and
prevention plan for forest reserves and other
natural areas, and such plan shall be approved by
the County Council.
3) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
STANDARDS
o [Civic] Public office center sites shall satisfy
modern and reasonable requirements of
accessibility and compatibility with the
surrounding neighborhood.
o The multipurpose concept of flexibility to
satisfy changing requirements should be part of
the design for these public buildings.
o Architectural and landscaping shall reflect as
much as possible the community's attributes.
4) HEALTH AND SANITATION
POLICY
o The Countv should encourage the development of
new or improvement of existing health care
facilities to serve the needs of Hamakua. North
and South Kohala, and North and South Kona.
STANDARDS
o Sanitary landfill sites for refuse disposal shall
be established in accordance with the needs of
communities and shall be landscaped.
Appropriately designed and cost effective
transfer station sites shall be located in areas
of convenience and easy access to the public.
23-
a o
o Hospitals should be on sites capable of handling
moderate expansion of facilities. Quiet
surroundings, convenient and adequate access, and
compatibility with adjoining uses shall be
required.
o Hospitals shall be served by a public sewerage
system or have self-contained sewerage systems.
Hospital solid waste disposal methods shall be by
incineration.
o Private and public cemeteries shall be compatible
with surrounding land uses and shall be provided
with adequate access and drainage systems.
o Cemeteries should be encouraged, wherever
possible, to use plaques installed flush with the
ground.]
o Cemetery services and rates should be
standardized.]
iJ. PUBLIC UTILITIES
GOALS
o [TO ensure] Ensure that adequate, efficient and
dependable public utility services will be available
to users.
o [TO maximize] Maximize efficiency and economy in the
provision of public utility services.
o [TO improve the physical appearance of] To have public
utility facilities [and/or to conceal them] which are
designed to fit into their surroundings or concealed
from public view.
POLICIES
o Public utility facilities shall be designed so as to
complement adjacent land uses and shall be operated so
as to [avoid] minimize pollution or disturbance.
o (Use] The County shall encourage the use of properties
or easements owned by public or private utility
companies or agencies as supplemental open space and
recreational areas [should be pursued] whenever
practical [and within the limits of safety and
operating requirements of the utilities concerned].
24-
0
0
0
0
0
1)
Provide utilities and service facilities which
minimize total cost to the public and effectively
service the needs of the community.
Utility facilities shall be designed to minimize
conflict with the natural environment and natural
resources.
Improvement of existing utility services shall be
encouraged to meet the needs of users.
Encourage the clustering of developments in order to
reduce the cost of providing utilities.
the County General Plan.
WATER
POLICIES
o Water system improvements and extensions shall
promote the County's desired land use development
pattern.
o All water systems shall be designed and built to
Department of Water Supply standards.
o Improve and replace inadequate systems.
o Water sources shall be adequately protected to
prevent depletion and contamination from natural
and man-made occurrences or events.
o [New public water systems] Water system
improvements should be first installed in (urban]
areas which have established needs and
characteristics, such as occupied dwellings and
other uses, or in areas adjacent to them if there
is need for urban expansion, or to further the
expansion of the agricultural industry.
o [Sources] A systematic program by the Count
State and private interest shall identify sources
of additional water [supplies shall be sought in
order] supply to ensure the development of
sufficient quantities of water for future
needs[.] of high growth areas.
25-
0 0
2)
3)
o The fire prevention [distribution system] svstems
shall be coordinated with water distribution
systems in order to ensure water supplies for
fire[-fighting] protection purposes.
o The County shall consider the feasibility
desirability, and the attendant responsibilities
of establishing standards for individual water
catchment units.
STANDARDS
o Water systems shall meet the requirements of the
Department of Water Supply and the Subdivision
Ordinance.] Control Code.
POLICIES
o The County shall encourage underground telephone
lines where they are economically and technically
feasible.
o The County shall work closely with the telephone
company to provide all users with efficient
service.
STANDARD
o Telephone facilities, such as lines, poles and
substations, shall enhance rather than detract
from scenic vistas and views.]
o In the development and placement of telephone
facilities, such as lines, poles and substations,
the design of the facilities shall consider the
existing environment, and scenic view and vistas
shall be considered and preserved where possible.
POWER] ELECTRICITY
POLICIES
o Power distribution [facilities] shall be placed
underground when and where [it is economically]
feasible. The County shall encourage developers
of new urban areas to place utilities underground.
o The County shall encourage the continuation of
studies concerning the development of power which
can be distributed at lower costs to consumers.]
26-
0 0
o The effects of discharging heated water directly
into the ocean should be studied.]
o Route selection for high voltage transmission
lines should include consideration for setbacks
from maior thoroughfares and residential areas.
o The County should encourage electrical utility
companies to develop a comprehensive plan for the
generation, transmission, and distribution of
electrical power to the various parts of the
island.
o Safety standards for power systems shall conform
to safety standards as established by appropriate
regulatory authority.
STANDARDS
o There shall be a minimization of obstruction of
scenic views and vistas by electrical facilities.
o New power plants shall incorporate devices which
minimize pollution.]
o Facilities such as substations shall be
aesthetically pleasing.
4) GAS
POLICY
o Gas storage facilities shall be located so as to
minimize danger to commercial and residential
areas.
STANDARD
o The County's ordinances shall reflect appropriate
safety standards for gas facilities.
5) SEWER
POLICIES
o The "Sew
Areas of
December
Plan for
shall be
planning
erage Study for All Urban and Urbanizing
the County of Hawaii, State of Hawaii,"
1970, and the "Water Quality Management
the County of Hawaii," December 1980,
used as [a guide] guides for the general
of sewerage disposal systems.
27_
0 0
o [Municipal systems and/or sewerage systems
developed with private interests shall be
provided or expanded at Hilo, Kailua-Keauhou,
Kealakekua, and at Waimea. Where major resort
complexes and other developments along shorelines
are contemplated, private] Private systems shall
be installed by land developers[,] for major
resort and other developments along shorelines
and sensitive higher inland areas, except where
connection to nearby treatment facilities is
feasible and compatible with the County's
long-range plans[.], and in conformance with
state and county requirements.
o The County shall take immediate steps to
designate treatment plant sites, sewerage pump
station sites, and sewer easements according to
the facility plans to facilitate their
acquisition.
o Health Department approved individual cesspool
disposal systems shall be considered in higher
inland areas which are sparsely populated and
where there is little danger of contaminating the
ground water supply.]
o Disposal of raw sewage directly into waterways
and the ocean [is in violation of State Water
Quality Standards and] shall be discontinued as
soon as possible.
I! o The County shall seek State and Federal funds to
assist in financing the construction of proposed
sewer systems.
o Schemes for wastewater reclamation and reuse for
irrigation shall be utilized where feasible and
needed.
STANDARDS
o Incorporate sewage works standards proposed in
the "Sewerage Study for All Urban and Urbanizing
Areas of the County of Hawaii[.]" and the "Water
Quality Manaoement Plan for the County of Hawaii "
o Sewerage systems shall be designed for the
particular area, depending on topography,
geology, density of population, costs, and other
considerations of the specific area.
o Adopt State Water Quality Standards as minimums
and explore the possibilities of imposing higher
standards.]
28-
0 0
o There shall be a minimum of visual and odor
pollution emanating from sewerage treatment
facilities.
o Applicable standards and regulations of the State
Department of Health, Chanter 23 "Underground
Infection Control."
o_ Applicable
Department
Standards.
o_ Applicable
Department
Control."
standards and regulations of the State
of Health, Chapter 54 "Water Oualitv
standards and regulations of the State
of Health, Chapter 55 "Water Pollution
o Applicable standards and regulations of Chapter
342, HRS: Act 282, Session Laws of Hawaii 1985:
and Act 302, Session Laws of Hawaii 1986,
Relating to Environmental Oualitv.
K. RECREATION
GOALS
o Provide a wide variety of recreational opportunities
for the residents and visitors of the County.
o Maintain the natural beauty of recreation areas.
o Provide a diversity of environments for active and
passive pursuits.
POLICIES
o The County of Hawaii shall improve existing public
facilities for optimum usage. [Facilities shall
incorporate features for the convenience of all age
groups and for the handicapped and the elderly.]
o Recreational facilities in the County shall reflect
the natural, historic, and cultural character of the
area.
o The use of land adjoining recreation areas shall be
compatible[.] with community values, phvsical
resources and recreation potential.
o The County shall develop short and long range capital
improvement programs and plans for recreational
facilities which are consistent with the General Plan.
29-
d
o The "County of Hawaii Recreation Plan" shall be
reviewed and updated to reflect newly identified
priorities.
o Facilities for compatible multiple uses shall be
provided. [Innovative ideas for improving
recreational facilities should be implemented.
Neighborhood parks should be considered for the
development of nursery schools.]
o The County shall provide facilities and a broad
recreational program for all age groups, with special
considerations for the handicapped, the elderly, and
young children.
o The County shall coordinate recreational programs and
facilities with oovernmental and private agencies and
organizations. Innovative ideas for improving
recreational facilities and opportunities shall be
considered,
o [With other agencies, both governmental and private,
the County shall coordinate both recreational programs
and facilities. Such a combined effort would offer a
wider range of recreational opportunities than are now
available. Innovative ideas for improving existing
opportunities should be implemented. Local] The
County shall develop local citizen leadership and
participation in recreation planning, maintenance and
programming [should be encouraged'].
o Personnel requirements for County recreational
programs shall be flexible so as to enrich programs by
utilizing persons of special skills and talents.]
o The County of Hawaii shall adopt an on-going program
of identification, designation, and acquisition of
areas [of] with recreational [importance,] resources,
such as land with sandy beaches and other prime areas
for shoreline recreation.
o Public access to the shoreline shall be provided in
accordance with [the] an adopted program of the County
of Hawaii.
o [A] The County shall establish a system of pedestrian
access trails to places of scenic, historic, natural
or recreational [interest should be established.]
values.
o The County in coordination with appropriate State
agencies shall establish a prooram to inventory
ancient trails. cart roads and old government roads on
the island.
30-
0 0
o The Countv shall develop facilities and safe pathwav
systems for walking, jogging and biking activities.
o Marine and terrestrial natural areas for the
preservation of unique Hawaiian wildlife, especially
rare or endangered species, should be identified and
evaluated.]
o Conduct an on-going educational program to gain the
cooperation of all people in maintaining the quality
of recreation areas.]
Establish and] The Countv shall continue to maintain
a recreation information dissemination system for the
public's use.
o [In accordance with Act 140, Session Laws of Hawaii
1970, the] The County shall [adopt an] review and, if
appropriate, revise its ordinance requiring
subdivisions to provide land area for park and
recreational use or pay a fee in lieu thereof.
STANDARDS
Regional Parks:
Major recreation area serving several districts and
providing indoor and outdoor activities. A major center
for spectator sports and cultural activities. May include
features of historic, geological, and horticultural
interests.
Vicinity of major populated areas.
baseball, softball, track field, tennis, basketball and
volleyball.
District Parks:
Offer diversified types of recreational activities which
include indoor and outdoor snorts during the day as well as
nights.
Within a district consisting of several populated
communities and good topography.
Facilities include: gymnasium with office storage
restrooms, showers: a center for community and recreational
programs• swimming pool (if iustifiable)• play area and
equipment for young children: courts for basketball
31-
0 0
tennis, and volleyball: ballfields for soccer, baseball,
softball and football: night lights; and adequate parkin
area.
community rarxs:
Communitv recreation area serving a 1 mile radius in urban
areas, and entire community in rural areas. Provide active
and passive activities.
Between 4 and 8 acres, within the center of the community
or several neighborhoods.
Facilities include: recreation building with multi-purpose
room, office, storage, restrooms and parkkeeper's room;
Swimming pool; avmnasium (where not serviceable from a
district park); courts for basketball, volleyball and
tennis• ballfields for softball/baseball soccer football•
play area and equipment for young children; walking and
iogging paths; picnic and passive area: night lights and
adequate defined parking area.
Neighborhood Parks:
Provides] Provide open space in urbanizing areas for the
general aesthetic enjoyment of the outdoors, play areas for
young children, and a social gathering place for the
neighborhood.
Up to 4 acres, within the center of the neighborhood and
preferably adjacent to a school.
Minimum facilities include: restrooms; drinking water;
sheltered area for crafts and other passive activities;
office;] parkkeeper's storage; walking and logging paths
bike and skating paths); courts for basketball, volleyball
and tennis; ballfields for tetherball, baseball/softball
and soccer; play area and equipment for young children; and
an adequate and defined parking area.
Larger neighborhood centers between 4 and 8 acres provide
additional facilities for active team sports: courts for
basketball, volleyball, and tennis; softball and football
fields; night lights; and adequate parking.]
Communitv Centers:
Major center for spectator sports and for cultural and
social activities.
Size depends on facilities proposed and accessory uses.
32-
0 0
Facilities include: multipurpose building; auditorium;
gym] gymnasium; facilities for spectator sports; swimming
facility; and adequate and defined parking.
Parks for General Use:
Centered around a major natural asset, such as a sandy
beach, a prime forest, or a volcanic feature(.] and
including historic sites whenever feasible.
Designed to accommodate users from throughout the County.
Beach parks provide opportunities for swimming[,]
sunbathing, surfing, camping, fishing, boating, nature
study, and other pastimes. Every section of the island
should be adequately served. Facilities depend on size and
intensity of use but should include: restrooms with
showers and changing area; picnic area with tables and
cooking facilities; a defined tent camping area when
allowed; drinking water; defined and adequate parking;
pavilions of various sizes; lifeguard facilities: and
storage for groundskeeper and lifeguard equipment.
Wilderness and wildland areas are remote from population
centers and have limited access by jeep, hiking, biking, or
horseback. Facilities include: trails and unimproved
roads; designated hunting and fishing areas; designated
conservation areas for nature study and other passive
activities; wilderness camp sites with simple shelters
where needed; outhouse facilities; and drinking water.
Historic sites should be included in parks whenever
feasible.]
iL. TRANSPORTATION
GOALS
o Provide a transportation system whereby people and
goods can move efficiently, safely, comfortably and
economically.
o Make available a variety of modes of transportation
which best meets the needs of the County.
POLICIES
o A framework of transportation facilities which will
promote and influence desired land use shall be
established by concerned agencies.
33-
0 0
o The agencies concerned with transportation systems
should] shall provide for present traffic and future
demands, including mass transit programs for high
growth areas.
o The improvement of transportation service shall be
encouraged.
STANDARD
o Transportation systems shall meet the requirements of
the State Department of Transportation and the County
of Hawaii.
1) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
GOALS
o Provide a system of thoroughfares and streets for
the safe, efficient and comfortable movement of
people and goods between and within the various
sections of the County.
o Provide an integrated State and County system so
that new major routes will complement and
encourage proposed land uses.
POLICIES
o The County shall encourage the programmed
improvement of existing thoroughfares and streets
shall be encouraged.] by both public and private
sectors.
o The County shall investigate various methods of
funding road improvements, including private
sector participation, to meet the growing
transportation needs of the island.
o The County shall coordinate with appropriate
Federal and State agencies for the funding of
transportation proiects for areas of anticipated
orowth.
o There shall be coordinated planning of Federal,
State and County street systems to meet program
goals of the other elements such as historic,
recreational, environmental quality[.], and land
use.
o Private and public parking requirements and needs
shall be incorporated as part of the street
system.]
34-
0 0
o Provisions for on-street narking shall be
incorporated into the design of street systems.
o The County shall encourage the State Department
of Transportation to establish special scenic
routes within and between communities.
o Transportation and drainage systems shall be
integrated [in all medium and high density urban
areas.] where feasible.
o [Support] The County shall support development of
an efficient transit route between east and west
Hawaii.
0
111LL 11.1 V1C LLJCJ VL l.t1G L14111.-VL-Wt1Y W11. 33133 1. 33G
limits of feasibility and quality road design.
o The County shall encourage the development of
pedestrian and bicycle facilities within
designated areas of the community.
o The County shall work in conjunction with the
State or establish a clear agreement of the
ownership and maintenance of the old homestead
roads which were laid out several decades ago.
o All specific courses of actions shall be
re-evaluated in conjunction with community
development planning or other Countv land
planning activities.
o The County shall develop short and long range
capital improvement programs and plans for
transportation which are consistent with the
County General Plan.
STANDARDS
o Primary Route: Includes major highways, parkways
and primary arterials which move vehicles in
large volumes and at higher speeds from one
geographic area to another; highest traffic
volume corridor.
Major highways:
Minimum right-of-way: 300 feet.
Primary arterial:
Minimum right-of-way: 120 feet.]
35-
0 0
o [Minor] Secondary Arterial: A street of
considerable continuity which is primarily a
traffic artery for intercommunication between or
through large areas; interconnect with and
augment primary system.
Minimum right-of-way: 80 feet.]
o Collector Street: Any street supplementary to
the arterial street system which is a means of
intercommunication] transit between this system
and smaller areas; used to some extent for
through traffic and to some extent for access to
abutting properties; collect and distribute
traffic between neighborhood and arterial system.
Minimum right-of-way: 60 feet.]
o Local Minor Streets: The principal purpose of a
local street is to provide access to property
abutting the public right-of-way; lowest level of
mobility.
Minimum right-of-way: 50 feet.]
2) TRANSPORTATION TERMINALS[: AIRPORTS AND HARBORS]
The following [goals] coal, policies, and standard are
set forth to guide the orderly development of the County's
transportation terminals and related facilities.
GOAL
o Provide transportation terminals and related
facilities for the safe, efficient and
comfortable movement of people and goods.
POLICIES
o The County shall encourage the programmed
improvement of existing terminals, including
adequate provisions for control of pollution.
o The State Department of Transportation should
establish a] continue to implement its framework
of transportation terminals and related
facilities which will promote and influence
desired land use.
o Transportation terminals should be developed in
conjunction with the different elements of the
overall transportation system.
36-
0 0
o The County shall encourage maximum use of the
island's airport and harbor facilities.
STANDARD
o Requirements of the State Department of
Transportation.
M. LAND USE
Through the careful analysis and examination of past and
present situations, the following goals, policies, and
standards are set forth to physically plan the lands in the
County in the best interest of the island's residents.
GOALS
o Designate and allocate land uses in appropriate
proportions and mix and in keeping with the social,
cultural, and physical environments of the County.
o Protect and encourage the intensive utilization of the
County's [limited prime] important agricultural lands.
o Protect and preserve forest, water, natural and
scientific reserves and open areas.
POLICIES
o Zone urban- and rural-•[type] tvpes of uses in areas
with ease of access to community services and
employment centers and with adequate public utilities
and facilities.
o Promote and encourage the rehabilitation and
utilization] use of urban and rural areas which are
serviced by basic community facilities and utilities.
o Allocate appropriate requested zoning in accordance
with the existing or projected needs of neighborhood,
community, region and County.
o [Establish a] Maintain the "land zoning bank" from
which land use zoning may be allocated to specified
urban and rural centers and districts.
o Conduct a review and re-evaluation of the real
property tax structure to assure compatibility with
land use goals and policies.
o Incorporate innovations such as the "zone of mix" and
mixed use zones" into the Zoning [Ordinance] Code [in
37-
i
O O
order to achieve a housing mix and to permit the more
efficient development of lands which have topographic
and/or drainage problems].
o Incorporate the concept of a "floating zone" for
I future industrial and retreat resort areas[. This
concept would], to allow flexibility in locating
future needed developments [in districts] which cannot
be pinpointed at this time, especially in the more
rural and/or remote areas.
o The county shall encourage the development and
maintenance of communities meeting the needs of its
residents in balance with the physical and social
environment.
o Conduct a review and re-evaluation of the Zoning Code
in light of emerging new industries and technologies
and incorporate revisions to land use regulations as
necessary.
o The County shall develop, in cooperation with
community residents, community development or regional
plans for all of the districts or combinations of
districts and shall periodically review and amend
these documents as necessary or as mandated.
STANDARDS
The designated land uses will be delineated on the
General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map.
The broad-brush boundaries indicated are graphic
expressions of the General Plan policies, particularl
those relating to land uses. They are long-range
guides to general location and will be subject to:
a) existing zoning; b) State Land Use District; and
c) zone guide map and interpretation. Similarly, the
acreages allocated represent alternatives for the
various levels of economic activity and supporting
functions, such as resort, residential, commercial and
industrial activities. Land required for community
and governmental services and programs as well as new
towns and resort centers may be accommodated within
the allocated acreages.
o Zoning requests shall be reviewed with respect to
General Plan designation, district goals, regional
plans, State Land Use District, compatibility with
adjacent zoned uses, availability of public services
and utilities, access, and public need.
o Zoning may be recommended on an incremental basis
depending upon construction schedule, development of
38-
supporting services and facilities, and other
I pertinent factors bearing upon the performance of the
petitioner.
o Zoning may be reallocated as to location within
districts according to need with or without change in
i total zoned acreage.
o Zoning of areas for industrial and retreat resort uses
under the "floating zone" concept shall be required to
meet all pertinent elements of the General Plan.
1) AGRICULTURE
The following goals and policies are [set forth for
agricultural land use] intended to address some of the land
related problems of agriculture and are to be consistent
I with and supportive of the overall land use element.
GOAL
o [Protect] Identify, protect and maintain
important agriculture lands on the island of
Hawaii.
POLICIES
o [Agricultural lands shall continue to receive
preferential treatment.] Zoning shall protect
and maintain [prime] important agricultural lands
from urban encroachment. New approaches to
preserve [prime] important agricultural land
shall be [studied with the appropriate State
agencies, such as the Land Use Commission and the
Department of Taxation.] implemented by the
County.
o [Through the County's Capital Improvement
Program] The County shall assist in the
development of basic resources [and amenities,]
such as water (and] roads, [shall be developed
in order to assist agricultural endeavors.]
The County shall assist other State agencies,
such as the University of Hawaii, College of
Tropical Agriculture, University of Hawaii,
Colleoe of Agriculture (Hilo), Department of
Planning and Economic Development, Department of
Land and Natural Resources and Department of
Agriculture, on programs which aid agriculture.
39-
v
O
o Agricultural land shall be used as one form of
open space or as green belt.
o The County shall coordinate and encourage efforts
to solve the problems of the agricultural
industry in the County of Hawaii.
o The compatibility of agricultural and
non-agricultural uses should be carefully
reviewed and where appropriate, buffers required.
o Rural-style residential-aoricultural
developments, such as new small-scale rural
communities or extensions of existing rural
communities, shall be encouraged in appropriate
locations.
o The Countv shall develop subdivision standards
which make a distinction between agricultural and
urban land uses.
o Designate, protect and maintain important
agricultural lands from urban encroachment. New
approaches to preserve important agricultural
land shall be implemented by the Countv."
o The County shall ensure that development of
important agricultural land shall be primarily
for commercial agricultural use purposes.
2) COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
Following an examination and analysis of present and
I past situations concerning commercial development, the
following goals, policies, and standards have been set
forth.
GOALS
o [To provide] Provide for commercial developments
that maximize convenience to users.
o Provide commercial developments that complement
the overall pattern of transportation and land
usage within the island's regions, communities,
and neighborhoods.
POLICIES
o In an effort to assist existing commercial
developments, urban renewal rehabilitation,
and/or redevelopment programs shall be undertaken
40-
0 0
in cooperation with communities, businesses and
governmental agencies. The key to the success of
these kinds of programs is active and sustained
participation from communities and businesses.
o Commercial facilities shall be developed in areas
adequately served by necessary services, such as
water, utilities, sewers, and transportation
systems. Should such services not be available.
the development of more intensive uses should be
in concert with a localized program of public and
private capital improvements to meet the expected
increased needs.
o Distribution of commercial areas shall be such as
to best meet the demands of neighborhood,
community and regional needs.
o Existing strip development shall be converted to
more appropriate uses when and where it is
feasible.
o The development of commercial facilities should
be designed to fit into the locale with minimal
intrusion while providing the desired services.
Appropriate infrastructure and design concerns
shall be incorporated into the review of such
developments.
o Applicable ordinances shall be reviewed and
amended as necessarv to include considerations
for urban Aacinn. aa~thatic mialil-v anA 4-ho
STANDARDS
There are three basic types of shopping centers:
0 1) Neighborhood Centers
I Provide: Convenience goods, e.g., foods,
drugs, and personal services.
Major Shops: Supermarket and/or drug store.
Number of Shops: 5 to 15.
Acreage: 5 to 10 acres.
Approximate Market: 3,000 people.
0 2) Community Centers
Provide: Convenience goods, plus "soft line"
items, such as clothing, and "hard line" items,
such as hardware and small appliances.
41-
0 0
Major Shops: Variety or junior department
store.
Number of Shops: 20 to 40.
Acreage: 10 to 30.
Approximate Market: 15,000 people.
0 3) Regional Centers
Provide: Full range of merchandise and
services.
Major Shops: Full size department store.
Number of Shops: 40.
Approximate Market: 50,000 people.
o Commercial development shall be located in areas
adequately served by transportation, utilities,
and other amenities. Commercial developments
shall provide for adequate internal circulation
amongst commercial facilities in the area.
o Off-street parking and loading facilities shall
be provided.
o Commercial development shall maintain or improve
o Preference shall be given to commercial lands
with a reasonably level topooraphv.
3) INDUSTRIAL
The following goals, policies and standards are set
forth to guide the development of industrial areas in the
best interest of the County and its residents. The
residents must be also made aware of the circumstances
resulting from industrial development. Citizen
participation, awareness, and most of all, citizen
understanding are vital in the development of industrial
areas, as in all phases of the planning process.
GOALS
o Designate and allocate industrial areas in
appropriate proportions and in keeping with the
social, cultural, and physical environments of
the County.
o Promote and encourage the rehabilitation of
industrial areas which are serviced by basic
community facilities and utilities.
42-
0 0
POLICIES
o The County shall support the creation of
industrial parks in appropriate locations as an
alternative to strip development.
o It shall be the policy of the County to achieve
broader diversification of local industries by
providing opportunities for new industries and
strengthening existing industries.
o Through its zoning powers, the County shall
locate industrial areas convenient to
transportation facilities, and provide a variety
of industrial zoned districts and lot sizes [of
industrial sites], depending on the needs of the
community] industries and the communities.
o The County shall attempt to improve the aesthetic
quality of industrial sites and protect amenities
of adjacent areas by requiring landscaping, open
spaces, [and] buffer zones[.], and design
ouidelines.
o The concept of a "floating zone" shall be used to
allow for the future development of industrial
areas [shall be incorporated].
o Industrial development shall be located in areas
adequately served by transportation, utilities,
and other amenities. Redevelopino or newly
developino areas shall be developed in concert
with programmed public and privately funded
infrastructure to meet the expected needs.
o The County shall review the Zonino Code in light
of emeraino new industries and shall establish
new land use reoulations as necessary.
STANDARDS
o Industrial development shall be located in areas
adequately served by transportation, utilities,
and other amenities.]
o Offstreet parking and loading facilities shall be
provided.]
o Performance standards shall be used to determine
qualification of industries in various industrial
zones.]
43-
0 0
o Industrial development shall maintain or improve
the quality of the present environment.
o Industrial
materials[
o Topography
level.
o Industrial
located to
activities may be located close to raw
or key resources.
of industrial land shall be reasonably
development shall be conveniently
its labor resource.
o Buffer zones shall be established between
industrial and adjacent noncompatible uses of
land.
o The direction of wind patterns and the absence of
tradewinds shall be considered in locating
industrial designations.
4) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
The goals, policies, and standards which follow are
the result of the examination and analysis of past and
present situations.
GOAL] GOALS
o To provide for multiple residential developments
that maximize convenience for its occupants.
o To provide for suitable living environments which
accommodate the physical, social and economic
needs of the island residents.
POLICIES
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as
the demand for multiple residential dwellings
increases. These areas shall be allocated with
respect to places of employment, shopping
facilities, educational, recreational and
cultural facilities, and public facilities and
utilities.
o The County shall incorporate reasonable
flexibility in applicable codes and ordinances to
achieve a diversity of socio-economic housing mix.
o The County shall encourage flexibility in the
design of residential sites, buildings and
related facilities to achieve a diversity of
44-
O O
socio-economic housing mix and innovative means
of meeting the market requirements.
o The rehabilitation and/or utilization of multiple
residential areas shall be encouraged.
o To assure the use of multiple residential zoned
areas and to curb speculation and resale of
undeveloped lots only, the County [shall] m~
impose incremental and conditional zoning which
shall be based on performance requirements.
o Applicable codes and ordinances shall be reviewed
and amended as necessarv to include consideration
for urban design, and aesthetic quality through
landscaping, open space, and buffer areas.
STANDARDS
o Height:
Three stories--variance on an additional story
may be allowed.
Seven stories.
Ten stories.]
o Densities
1,000 square feet of land area per unit:
Ground cover ratio - 20°s of total land area.
Parking 35%of total land area.
Open space 45%of total land area.
1,250 square feet of land area per unit:
Ground cover ratio 24%of total land area.
Parking 28%of total land area.
Open space 48%of total land area.
1,500 square feet of land area per unit:
Ground cover ratio - 20% of total land area.
Parking - 30% of total land area.
Open space - 50% of total land area.]
o Areas shall be located in such a manner that
traffic generated by high density development
will not be required to travel through areas of
lesser density en route to principal community
facilities.
45-
i O O
o Areas shall be protected from incompatible uses
by transition zones.
o Provide adequate access to arterial streets,
shopping facilities, schools, employment centers,
and other services.
o Development shall not be permitted in natural
hazard areas unless proper on-site improvements
are provided.
o [Located] Development shall be located in areas
I where public utilities can be economically
provided at a level adequate to meet the demand
for the concentrated service.
o Recreational area and/or facilities shall be
considered in multiple residential development.
5) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Through careful examination and analysis of the
present situation, the following goals, policies, and
standards are set forth to guide the orderly development of
single-family residential areas in the interest of the
residents of the County of Hawaii.
GOALS
o To maximize choices of single-family residential
lots and/or housing for residents of the County.
o To ensure compatible uses within and adjacent to
single-family residential zoned areas.
o To rehabilitate and/or rebuild deteriorating
single-family residential areas.
o To provide single-family residential areas
conveniently located to public and private
services. shopping other community activities
and convenient access to employment centers
POLICIES
o To assure the orderly use of single-family
residential zoned areas and to curb speculation
and resale of undeveloped lots, the County
shall] may impose incremental and conditional
zoning which would be based on performance
requirements: This is to assure that a certain
percentage of buildings will be constructed.
46-
0 0
o The County shall encourage more innovative uses
of land with respect to geologic and topographic
conditions through the use of residential cluster
and planned unit developments. The clustering of
residential units in sloping areas is a means of
minimizing grading and drainage problems,
preserving the natural appearance of the
topography, preventing strip development, and
making optimum uses of the terrain for buildings
and open spaces.
o The County shall [aid and] encourage and
coordinate with the State in providing fee simple
and leasehold single-family residential lots to
the residents through [the] State and/or County
i Housing [program] Programs.
o The County shall incorporate reasonable
flexibility in codes and ordinances to achieve
diversity of socio- economic housing mix and to
permit aesthetic balance between single-family
residential structures and open spaces.
o The County shall re-evaluate existing undeveloped
single-family residential zoned areas and
reallocate zoned lands in appropriate locations.
o The County shall designate and allocate
single-family residential zoned lands at varying
densities for future use in accordance with the
needs of the communities and the stated goals,
i policies, and standards.
o Rural-style residential-agricultural
developments, such as new small scale rural
communities or extensions of existing rural
communities shall be encouraged in appropriate
locations.
o The County shall review and amend if necessary
land use ordinances and codes to include
considerations for rural-style residential
subdivisions in appropriate locations Standards
and criteria for the establishment of these areas
shall be developed.
STANDARDS
o Density of 2-5 units per acre.]
o There shall be a transitional area between
single-family residential areas and incompatible
uses.
47-
0 0
o A properly zoned single-family residential area
shall be conveniently located with reference to
shopping and other public and private services
and shall be provided within easy and convenient
access to employment centers.]
o Major traffic routes shall not be located through
single-family residential areas.
o Areas shall have basic improvements and amenities
necessary for immediate use.
o Areas shall be limited to low-density and medium
density residential uses.
6) RESORT
GOALS
o [TO guide the] Maintain an orderly development of
the visitor industry.
o [TO provide] Provide for resort development that
maximizes conveniences to its users[.] and
optimizes the benefits derived by the residents
of the County.
o [TO ensure] Ensure that resort developments
maintain the social, economic, and physical
environments of Hawaii and its people.
POLICIES
o [TO assure the orderly use of resort zoned areas
and to curb speculation and resale of undeveloped
lots, the] The County [shall] m~ impose
incremental and conditional zoning which would be
based on performance requirements. [This is to
assure that a certain percentage of buildings
will be constructed.]
o Promote and encourage the rehabilitation and the
optimum utilization of resort areas which are
presently serviced by basic facilities and
utilities.
o Zoning of resort areas shall be granted when the
proposed development is consistent with and
incorporates the stated goals, policies and
standards of the General Plan.
48-
0 0
o The County shall [encourage the establishment of
a system within] continue to seek funds from the
State Capital Improvement Program to help develop
visitor destination areas in [better relationship
to the total County and the State.] accordance
with the County's General Plan.
o The County shall designate and allocate future
resort areas in appropriate proportions and in
keeping with the social, economic, and physical
environments of the County.
o The County shall evaluate resort areas and the
areas surrounding existing resorts to insure that
viable quality resorts are developed and that the
surrounding area contributes to the quality
ambience and character of the existing resorts.
o The County shall encourage the visitor industry
to provide resort facilities which [provide]
offer an educational experience of Hawaii as well
as recreational activities.
o Coastal resort developments shall provide public
access to and parking for beach and shoreline
areas.
o The County shall re-evaluate existing undeveloped
resort designated and/or zoned areas and
reallocate resort designated and/or zoned lands
in appropriate locations.
o The concept of a "floating zone" shall be
adopted] used to allow for the future
development of retreat resort areas.
STANDARDS
The following established standards shall guide the
development of resort areas.
Destination Resort Community
A destination resort is a self-contained resort
destination area which provides basic and support
facilities for both the needs of the entire development and
the surrounding regional area. Such facilities shall
the region. Basic infrastructure needs such as water
sewer and roads. for the entire development shall be
provided.•
49-
0 0
The designation of anv destination resort community
shall be established through a formal General Plan
Amendment accompanied by an Environmental Impact
Statement.
Maximum hotel and condominium-hotel units: to be
determined in conjunction with the adoption of a
master plan for the destination resort community's
zoning.
master elan for the destination resort community's
zoning.
housing needs of each district or relative area and
with the adoption of the resort zoning; provided that
the ratio shall not exceed one emplovee unit for everv
two hotel units built.
Major Resort Area
A major resort area is a self-contained resort
destination area which provides basic and support
facilities for the needs of the entire development. Such
facilities shall include sewer, water, roads, employee
housing and recreational facilities, etc.:
Maximum [visitor] hotel and condominium-hotel units:
3,000 rooms.
Resort acreage: 90 acres[.] minimum.
Active and passive recreation areas: 50 acres[.]
minimum.
Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area
shall be based on 50 square feet of floor area per
hotel room.]
50-
O O
A] Either participate in an off-site housing_program
or a maximum of 640 acres for residential use when
other zoned lands are not available in close proximity
for support use.
Employee holding shall be provided at a maximum ratio
of one employee unit to every two hotel units built.]
The required employee housing ratio and method of
provision shall be determined by an analysis of
housing needs of each district or relative area[.] and
with the adoption of the resort zoning: provided that
the ratio shall not exceed one employee unit for everv
two hotel units built.
Intermediate Resort Area
An intermediate resort area is a self-contained resort
destination area which provides basic and support
facilities for the needs of the entire development on a
smaller scale than a major resort area. Such facilities
shall include sewer, water, roads, employee housing and
recreational facilities, etc.:
Maximum [visitor] hotel and condominium-hotel units:
1,500 rooms.
Resort acreage: 45 acres[.] minimum.
i Active and passive recreation area: 25 acres[.]
minimum.
Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area
shall be based on 50 square feet of floor area per
hotel room.]
A] Either participate in an off-site housing program
or a maximum of 320 acres for residential use when
other zoned lands are not available in close proximity
for support use.
Employee housing shall be provided at a maximum ratio
of one employee unit to every two hotel units built.]
The required employee housing ratio and method of
provision shall be determined by an analysis of
housing needs of each district or relative area[.] and
with the adoption of the resort zoning; provided that
the__r_atio shall not exceed one employee unit for everv
two hotel units built.
Minor Resort
A minor resort area shall not exceed the density of an
intermediate resort area and is generally an area with many
51-
O O
small property owners or an isolated resort development
without sufficient land area to develop into a
self-contained destination area.
Maximum Hotel and Condominium - Hotel Units: 500 Rooms.
Resort acreage: 35 acres minimum
Provide active and passive recreation area
commensurate with the scale of development.
Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area
shall be based on 50 square feet of floor per hotel
room.]
Employee housing shall be provided at a maximum ratio
of one employee unit to every two hotel units built.]
The required emplovee housing ratio and method of
provision shall be determined by an analysis of
housing needs of each district or relative area[.] and
with the adoption of the resort zoning; provided that
the ratio shall not exceed one emplovee unit for every
two hotel units built.
Retreat Resort Area
A retreat resort area is generally an area which
provides the user with rest, quiet, and isolation for an
environmental experience. It shall have sewer, water,
roads, employee housing, and recreational facilities, etc.:
Maximum [visitor] hotel and condominium-hotel units:
uo to 100 rooms to be determined in conjunction with
Resort acreage: 15 acres [or less.] minimum.
Provide active and passive recreation area
commensurate with the scale of development.
Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area
shall be based on 50 square feet of floor area per
hotel room.]
Employee housing shall be provided at a maximum ratio
of one employee unit to every two hotel units built.]
The required emplovee housing ratio and method of
provision shall be determined by an analysis of
housing needs of each district or relative area[.] and
two hotel units built.
52-
O O
7) OPEN SPACE
The following goals, policies, and standards are set
forth to insure the protection and wise use of open space
in the County of Hawaii.
GOALS
o Provide and protect open space for the social,
environmental, and economic well-being of the
County of Hawaii and its residents.
o Protect designated natural areas.
POLICIES
o Open space in the County of Hawaii shall reflect
and be in keeping with the goals, policies, and
standards set forth in the other elements of the
General Plan.
o Open space in urban areas shall be established
and provided through zoning and subdivision
I regulations.
o Identify, evaluate and designate natural areas.]
o The County of Hawaii shall encourage the
identification. evaluation, and desionation of
i natural areas.
o Scientific research in natural areas and the
protection of such areas, especially those
suggested by the Governor's Committee on
Preservation of Scientific Areas and the Federal
Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, shall be
encouraged.]
o Zoning, subdivision and other applicable
ordinances of the County of Hawaii shall provide
for and protect open space areas.
STANDARDS
o Open Space designations shall include:
Forest Reserves
Water Areas
Potential Natural Hazard Areas
Natural Areas and Reserves
Open Space Recreation Areas
Scenic Vistas and Viewplanes
53-
O O
General Use Conservation Sub-zones with
Compatible Uses
Scientific Areas, including Habitats of Endemic
Species
8) PUBLIC LANDS
GOALS
o [To utilize] Utilize publicly owned lands in the
best public interest[.] and to the extent
possible. to the maximum benefit for the greatest
number of people.
o [To acquire] Acquire necessary lands for public
use to implement policies and programs contained
in the General Plan.
POLICIES
o It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to
create a position of public land agent to keep
the County abreast of intended actions on
government lands and to coordinate the County's
land acquisition program.]
o Encourage uses of public lands which will satisfy
specific public needs, such as housing,
recreation, open space and education.
o Encourage the [creation] adoption of State
programs for State lands consistent with the
County General Plan.
o State and County Capital Improvement Programs
should continue to be coordinated.
o A sub-classification, University use, [may be
designated] shall continue to be utilized.
permitting the primary institutional and numerous
supportive and accessory uses required for
establishing and/or expanding a public
university. Its designation shall continue to be
shown on the Allocation map.
STANDARDS] STANDARD
o Public lands shall be used to obtain maximum
benefit to the greatest number of people.]
o Public lands with unique recreational and natural
resources shall be maintained for public use.
54-
O O
SECTION 5. Courses of Actions. The courses of actions
necessary to promote the policies, development objectives, standards
sand principles as incorporated in Section 3 are hereby set forth for
the various elements within the designated districts.
A. PUNA
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
i o The County shall assist the further development of the
agricultural industry by providing support services,
such as co-operation with other agencies in developing
manpower training programs, protecting [prime]
important agricultural lands, and requesting and
providing necessary capital improvements.
o The overseas capacity at Hilo's General Lyman Field is
I extremely important to the development of Puna's
export crops. The County shall continue to encourage
the further development of this facility.
o There is potential for limited visitor facilities in
the form of small accommodations and support
facilities, such as natural areas, botanical gardens,
and limited commercial facilities. Resort growth
should enhance and be in keeping with this area's
rural character.
o The fishing industry in Puna should be assisted by the
County through a cooperative effort with State and
Federal agencies.
o The County shall support the development and
utilization of geothermal resources and bv-products
consistent with the environmental, social, economic
and other goals expressed elsewhere in the General
Plan.
o Assist the Research Corporation of the University of
Hawaii in acquiring land adiacent to geothermal
exploration sites to expand research programs or
alternative uses of geothermal bv-products.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course] Courses of Action
o As urbanization increases within the district, the
drainage systems designed for the existing village
areas shall be implemented. These systems are
55-
0 0
0
designed to collect and transport surface runoff
through the communities.
Drains
Study."
o Support development of the Glenwood/Mt View Watershed
proiect.
o Encourage diversified agricultural farmers to
participate in Soil and Water Conservation District
programs.
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety
housing choice for this area.
o Encourage the sugar company to continue assistance in
providing employees with suitable housing or house
sites before phasing out of the rental housing market.]
o Since the sugar company has lands zoned for
residential use within existing urban [centers,]
areas. they should be encouraged to make these lands
available on the private market.
o Cpnsider and encourage the use of a variety of
mechanisms to provide the necessarv infrastructure in
the nonconforming subdivisions
0
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o [Existing] Improve existing school complexes [shall be
up-graded] to meet the standards established by the
Department of Education.
o School facilities shall be made available [for
afterschool use by] to the community for recreation
and other compatible uses[.] during afterschool hours
56-
0 0
o Encourage the implementation for relocation and
development of a new elementary complex in Pahoa
o [Pedestrian] Encourage improvements to pedestrian
access between the village of Pahoa and the school and
library facilities [shall be improved].
o [A Keaau School-community] Encourage expansion or
development of community-school library [complex]
complexes at Pahoa and Mt. View [should be considered].
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Course] Courses of Action
o A review of the possibility of 24-hour fire [and
I police] service for the entire district should be
I conducted and expansion of the [civic center] public
office facilities should be considered in accord with
district needs.
I o Police services and facilities should be expanded to
adequately meet the needs of the district
C) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Co ~r of A ion
o Expand/improve facilities as necessary
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses] Course of Action
o Maintenance of cemetery sites shall be improved.
o Implementation of the landfill method of solid waste
disposal should begin.]
5) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Replace the deteriorated galvanized iron pipes of the
Olaa Water System.]
57-
0 0
o Extend the Kalapana system from the Painted Church to
the Wahaula Visitors' Center within the National Park.]
o Water source exploration should be continued in order
to provide service to the Volcano and Glenwood areas.]
o Improve inadequate water svstem facilities
o Water source investioation and exploration should be
continued in order to provide service for anticipated
needs.
b) SEWER
Courses] Course of Action
o The use of cesspools shall be discontinued in the
coastal areas where cesspools do not function
satisfactorily to meet water quality standards.
Individual household aerobic treatment units approved
by the State Health Department and the County of
Hawaii could be utilized in these areas. Future
sewerage systems for the Puna area would then
naturally commence with service to the lower coastal
areas.
o Isolated developments shall provide their own sewage
collection and treatment facilities in conformance
with County and State Health Department requirements.]
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o A multipurpose community center and park should be
established in Pahoa.]
o A swimming pool should be provided in Pahoa in
cooperation with the Department of Education[, the
plantation, and local community groups].
o As population increases and need arises, neighborhood
parks in large subdivisions between Keaau and Pahoa
shall] should be provided and improved.
o Punaluu Springs (Queen's Bath) should be developed as
a park to include Waiaka and Waikupaha Ponds.]
o implement the County of Hawaii Park Development Plan
for the Kalapana-Kaimu area. [Preserve and restore
Kaimu Black Sand Beach. In cooperation with the U.S.
58-
0 0
Corps of Engineers implement the construction of a
submerged breakwater and beach replenishment to
preserve and restore Kaimu Black Sand Beach.]
o Recommend that the State develop the ancient canoe
landing site area as a recreation area.
o Recommend establishing a wilderness camp and park
reserve on State-owned land east of Kaimu.
o Recommend the establishment of beach reserves at
Kehena Beach and Opihikao (west of Opihikao junction).
o Recommend that the State [increase] expand the [area
of] MacKenzie [Park.] State Recreation Area.
o Develop [the Pohoiki] and expand the Isaac Hale Beach
Park recreation area [and improve its launching
ramp]. [Improve Isaac Hale Park.] Provide trail
access to Keahialaka Spring and Pond and Mahinaakaka
Heiau.
o Develop the Kapoho Tidepools as a marine park.
o Establish a small scenic park overlooking Kapoho and
provide minimum facilities.
o [Recreation] Develop recreational areas along the
coastal area] coast between Hilo and Kapoho [should
be developed and include], including areas at Papai,
Haena (Keaau), Kaloli Point, Keonepoko Nui, Honolulu
Landing, and Nanawale.
o [Small] Establish small scenic [parks should be
established] viewpoints along the Puna Road to
provide viewpoints of] overlook the rift zone and
Kauileau, Keekee and the 1955 flows.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Primary arterial rights-of-way providing access to the
district should be increased [to 120 feet] as
necessarv where they pass through relatively
undeveloped lands.
o The present Puna Coast Road, eventually to connect
with the Chain of Craters Road, should [have a
300-foot right-of-way and] be developed as a scenic
59-
0 0
parkway along the coast. Alignment should basically
I follow the existing road from the Kalapana end of the
Chain of Craters Road to the proposed extension of the
Saddle Road in the vicinity of the Hilo Airport.
o A new [120-foot] road alignment to connect the
junction of the Kapoho-POhoiki Roads with the Pohoiki
area should be constructed. This alignment will
eliminate a series of [bad] curves in the present road.
o Consider, in conjunction with community associations
and_the property owners, the use of a variety of
mechanisms to provide infrastructure in the
non-conforming subdivisions.
o Major collector roads [with 80-foot rights-of-way]
should run from:
Opihikao to the Puna Road.
Volcano Road to the coast parkway along the
Puna-South Hilo boundary.
Volcano Road to the Saddle Road above Hilo along
the existing Kulani Road.
i Upper portion of the National Park to a point
approximately 2 miles west of Kalapana.
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
Course of Action
I o Provide for general aviation and small boat harbor
facilities as the need arises.
8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
Courses of Action
o The County shall work closely with the State and
private interests in identifying additional lands
suitable for growing papaya and other commodities.]
o [Water shall be provided] Assist in the provision of
water in agricultural areas.
o Assist in the further development of diversified
agriculture in the district.
60-
I O O
b) COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
Courses of Action
o Centralization of commercial activities in [Keaau and]
Pahoa shall be encouraged.
o Expanded commercial services to meet the needs of
population growth in the Puna district shall be
encouraged in the area of Keaau.
o Rehabilitation of existing commercial development in
appropriate locations shall be encouraged.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need arises.
c) INDUSTRIAL
Course of Action
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o The County shall encourage the sugar company to make
available on the private market its undeveloped
residential zoned lands in Keaau and Pahoa ]
0
0
o Improve and develop roadways, water and sew
I systems, and other basic facilities necessa
encourage development of lands suitable for
residential use.
61-
Encourage and aid the agricultural industry in
continuing to provide employee housing.
0 0
f) RESORT
Courses] Course of Action
o Primary emphasis on resort development should be in
the Kalapana-Kaimu area. The area will be serviced
with a water system. The sewer system should be
provided by the developer until such time as a public
sewer system is available.]
o Other isolated developments may be allowed at Pohoiki
and Kapoho when said area is serviced with adequate
basic facilities.]
o [Resort] The development of visitor accommodations and
any resort development in the district shall
complement the character of the area and be consistent
with the General Plan.
o Consider the development of small family or 'bed and
breakfast' type visitor accommodations and small-scale
retreat resort development.
B. SOUTH HILO
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o The County shall encourage the State to provide the
necessary funds for the development of the university
complex and airport facilities. The County shall also
provide necessary support services and facilities to
aid the development of these complexes.
o The County shall continue to implement a program to
revitalize downtown Hilo.
Q The County shall support efforts to stabilize and
maintain the viability of the sugar industry.
o Manufacturing operations which utilize local raw
materials, such as bagasse, macadamia nut shells, and
timber should be encouraged.
o The fishing industry in Hilo should be assisted by the
County through a cooperative effort with State and
Federal agencies.
o The County shall continue to assist in the formulation
and implementation of management education and
manpower training programs.
62-
0 0
0
o The County shall explore the feasibility of expanding
the Afook-Chinen Auditorium into an
athletic-exhibition-conference facility that can
attract additional activities and visitors to the Hilo
area.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Courses of Action
o The proposals of the "Hilo Drainage and Flood Control
Report" by Wilson, Okamoto and Assoc., Ltd., January,
1967, shall be implemented. Some of the proposals
include the construction or improvement of drainage
channels and primary intercepting ditches and
improvements to culvert systems.
o Improvements to the Hilo Bay breakwater shall be
undertaken. Areas affected by tsunami inundation
shall be kept open except for recreational
activities. Methods to reduce surge in Hilo Bay
should be studied and implemented. When adequate
setback and structural criteria are established, other
uses may be allowed when feasible.
o Systems to intercept flows from higher elevations to
be discharged into the Waipahoehoe or Ainako streams
shall be implemented.
o Vegetation growth and accumulation of debris which
obstruct waterways shall be removed.
o Existing channel and ditch systems shall be maintained
and improved.
o A program of acquisition of easements for drainage or
flood control purposes shall be initiated.]
o The remainino proposals of the "Hilo Drainage and
Flood Control Report" by Wilson, Okamoto and Assoc.,
Ltd., January, 1967, shall be implemented[.] as
further need is shown. Some of the proposals include
the construction or improvement of drainage channels
and primary intercepting ditches and improvements to
culvert systems.
63-
residential, commercial and other land uses to
complement the university's infrastructure.
0 0
o The Waiakea Stream improvements as described by the
Hilo Area Comprehensive Studv for Flood Damage
Reduction" shall be completed.
o Systems to intercept flows from higher elevations to
be discharged into the Waipahoehoe or Ainako streams
shall continue to be implemented[.] as described by
the "Hilo Drainaoe and Flood Control Report," the
watershed Work Plan-Wailuku-Alenaio Watershed." or
the .subsequent amendments to these reports.
o The proposals of the "Final Report and Environmental
Impact Studv of Alenaio Stream" shall be implemented.
Drainage systems proposed by the Hawaii County
Drainaoe Master Plan" for the Honomu, Pepeekeo,
Papaikou, and Paukaa areas should be implemented.
These systems involve the collection and diversion of
surface runoff into nearby gulches for disposal. In
addition proper soil conservation measures shall be
applied to reduce the amount of surface water and
sediment runoff.
Historic Sites
o The County shall support the development of Kalakaua
4) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o Encourage the State to provide student, faculty, and
I staff housing for the University of Hawaii at Hilo and
the Community College.
I o [Obtain Federal assistance] Participate in a variety
of programs for the replacement or rehabilitation of
housing units in the Hilo area.
o [Aid the State in providing] Participate in and
coordinate housing projects for low and moderate
income families, "gap-groups" and the elderly in this
area [through the State Housing Program].
o Coordinate with non-profit and private interests in
obtaining government aid to construct and provide a
variety of housing choices for low and moderate income
residents of this area.]
64-
0 0
o Aid and encourage the development of State lands in
the South Hilo area for housing for all socio-economic
levels through leasehold or purchase.
5) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o The development of a second high school in Hilo shall
be encouraged.]
o Encourage site planning for a third high school and/or
intermediate school to meet regional growth needs.
o [Additional] Encourage the establishment of an
additional [intermediate and] elementary [schools
shall be established as needs dictate.] school in the
Waiakea-Uka area.
o The County shall actively participate in the
development of student[-] and faculty housing for the
university and other joint-use facilities.
o [Pedestrian] Provide pedestrian walkways [should be
provided] to and around all [schools] school complexes.
o A joint community-school library shall be considered
in conjunction with plans for a [second] third high
school in Hilo.
o The County shall support the expansion of the
University system and the campus master plan which
encompasses a 600+ acre development and encourage the
continuing education programs throughout the
community. The transfer to the University of about
600 acres of State lands adjacent to the present
campus should be actively pursued.
o [Improvements] Encourage continual improvements to
existing educational facilities [shall be continued].
o [Thel Evaluate the possibility of relocating Kapiolani
School [shall be evaluated].
o The County shall support and encourage the
strengthening of the University of Hawaii at Hilo
through the transfer of appropriate colleges and
departments from the University of Hawaii at Manoa to
i the University of Hawaii at Hilo.
65-
O O
o The County shall encourage the implementation of
existing State and University of Hawaii plans for the
establishment of a "Research and Technology Park" on
the campus of the University of Hawaii at Hilo.
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Courses of Action
o Police headquarters and the jail facility shall be
relocated to a more appropriate site with due regard
for compatibility and access.]
o The County shall encourage the turning over of the
administrative functions of the County jail to the
State.]
I o Expansion of Police and Fire facilities should be
i considered in accord with district needs.
o Relocate and upgrade the Emergency Operations Center
I to meet federal and state requirements.
c) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Courses of Action
o Expansion plans for the Hilo [civic center complex]
public office center shall be evaluated and
implemented if feasible.
o Consolidate government offices in a public office
center.
o Improvements to County baseyard facilities shall be
undertaken.
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
II Courses of Action
o Expansion of parking facilities at Hilo Hospital shall
be undertaken.
o Improvement and expansion of hospital facilities shall
be undertaken as the need arises.
o A system of transfer station sites for solid waste
disposal in the rural population centers of Papaikou,
Honomu and Hakalau shall be implemented and open
66-
O O
I
dumping operations ceased.]
o Expansion of existing cemeteries or creation of new
sites shall be undertaken.
6) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o The Hilo Water System should be improved to provide
the city with a dependable and consistently clean
water supply.
o Booster pumps and water transmission lines to boost
Panaewa Well water to higher elevations should be
installed.
o Further investigate future surface and ground water
resources.
II [o Connect Paukaa, Papaikou, and Honomu water systems to
the Hilo water system to provide more dependable
sources of supply for Paukaa, Papaikou, and Honomu ]
o Replace the Papaikou water system transmission and
I distribution mains with larger sizes and non-corrosive
lining to provide adequate service and to eliminate
II the present water discoloration problem. Interconnect
Kaieie, Papaikou, and Kalaoa systems, and install
metering device at Kaieie intake.]
i o Replace portion of the Honomu system transmission line
i
and add new storage tanks.
b) SEWER
Courses of Action
o Because land area within the existing site is limited,
the County should take immediate steps to acquire an
I additional four acres of land adjacent to the present
treatment plant site.]
o The present sewage treatment plant should also provide
for secondary sewage treatment.]
o Monitoring of the receiving waters should be done so
as to provide sufficient base line data regarding the
need for any future extension.
67-
O O
it
i [o Expansion of the existing Hilo sewage collection
system should be accelerated to provide more residents
with sewage service.]
o The Kanoelehua interceptor should be extended to
provide sewer service for residents in the southern
part of Hilo.]
o Within a given time specified sewers in other areas of
Hilo may also become inadequate and these lines should
necessarily be supplemented.]
o Accelerated programs to extend sewer lines to areas of
high concentration, such as the University complex and
housing developments, should be instituted by the
County.]
o Expand the existing sewer collection system to include
interceptors and pump stations.
o Construct a new treatment plant to eventually provide
either advanced primary or secondary treatment to
incoming sewage flows.
o Extend the existing ocean outfall sewer to discharge
beyond nearshore water.
7) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o Develop Clem Akina Park, Gilbert Carvalho Park, and
Wainaku Camp 2 Field[, and Ainako Park should be
developed] as [neighborhood] community recreation
centers with improved drainage and landscaping, a
sitting area for passive recreation, and play
sculpture and equipment.
o Improve Kalakaua Park [to encourage passive use by
providing sheltered sitting areas and landscaping. A
drinking fountain and restroom are needed.] as an open
space amenity and the focal point of the Kalakaua Park
Heritage Area.
o Develop Lincoln Park as a major tennis facility with a
playground and sitting area for family use.]
o [Shaded] Provide shaded areas with benches [are needed
in] at Keikiland, Villa Franca. [Improve access from
street.]
68-
0 0
o Develop Waiakea Uka Gym and Field as a hostel,
especially for students from other districts.]
o Develop a viewpoint park at the summit of Halai Hill
with limited parking below.]
o [A] Encourage the State to maintain a strip park along
both sides of the Wailuku River in the central
business district of Hilo [should be maintained.
Major] and provide major viewpoints with pedestrian
walkways and benches [should be provided].
o [Neighborhood] Community and/or neighborhood
recreational areas should be provided in areas such as
Piihonua, upper Ponahawai [and], upper Kaumana,
Haihai, [Panaewa and] upper Waiakea, and [Pepeekeo.]
at Kulaimano Subdivision.
o [Developing] Develop urban commercial areas (should
have] with small landscaped parks for passive
recreation.
o [Increase] Expand the depth of coastal recreation
areas. Park areas should be connected with trails to
increase public access.
o Develop the coastal area between [Leleiwi] Lehia and
Lihikai for recreation.
o Develop Reed's Bay for more intensive water-oriented
recreation.
o [Additional] Encourage the State to develop an
adequate small boat harbor and additional moorage
facilities [should be developed].
o Develop Kuhio Bay and the Baker's Beach area as a
public recreational facility.
o Any construction within or in close proximity to
Liliuokalani Gardens and Coconut Island shall be in
keeping with the aesthetic qualities of the area.
Expand the park to the coastal area next to Suisan
with emphasis on landscaping.]
o Encourage the implementation of the "Environmental and
Urban Design Proposals, East Hawaii Project, City of
i Hilo," and the "Downtown Hilo Redevelopment Plan" for
the open space of Kaiko'o and Bayfront areas. This
includes the deepening of Waiolama Canal [and], the
development of the proposed Waiolama River State Park,
the elimination of Bayfront Drive and the widening and
realigning of Kamehameha Avenue, [the restoration of
69-
O O
the black sand beach along Hilo Bay,] and the
establishment of botanical gardens.
o [Trails should be provided.] Provide trail and access
systems to recreational areas.
o Provide a large auditorium which can be used for a
convention center and major cultural events.
o Encourage the development of an adequate small boat
harbor.]
o Acquire additional lands to the southeast of Mahikai
Island (Scout Island) to improve the access to and
provide back-up space for that swimming area.]
o Develop a second municipal golf course.
8) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Portions of the old Mamalahoa Highway, especially
those serving Pepeekeo and Honomu, should be
increased to 60-foot rights-of-way to facilitate
widening and] widened to provide a secondary
north-south route along the Hamakua coast.
o Major east-west collector roads between the old
Mamalahoa Highway and the Belt Highway and those
serving upper homestead areas should be [increased to
i 60-foot rights-of-way] widened and improved to
all-weather standards.
o The section of Kanoelehua Avenue from the intersection
of Kawili Street to the intersection of the Bayfront
Highway extension should have limited access control
with major intersections at Kawili Street, Kekuanaoa
Avenue, Piilani Street, and Kuawa Street.]
o A marginal street or other means of handling ingress
and egress, should be developed on the west side of
Kanoelehua Avenue between Lanikaula and Piilani
Streets to provide access to abutting properties.
o A [120-foot] realignment of the Saddle Road from the
Forest Reserve boundary on the south side of Kaumana
Drive and along the north side of Puainako Street,
intersecting the present Puainako alignment at Kinoole
Street and continuing to the intersection of
70-
O O
Kanoelehua Avenue should be constructed. Limited
access control is recommended with intersections at
the major cross arterials serving the various areas of
the city. Approximately 3-1/2 miles [east] west of
the Kanoelehua intersection on the Saddle Road, a
major] secondary arterial [with an 80-foot
right-of-way] acts as a continuation of Ponahawai
Street.
o Widen Kilauea Avenue [to an 80-foot right-of-way] from
Waianuenue Avenue to] Haihai Street[.] to Ponahawai
Street.
o [An 80-foot] A circumferential route should be
constructed from the intersection of Stainback Highway
and Volcano Road, through the Panaewa agricultural
area, [into] toward the airport industrial area,
turning into the Kawili Street extension of the
Kanoelehua Industrial Park, aligning with Iwalani
Street and terminating at the Stainback Highway above
the Volcano Road.
o A Saddle Road extension east of Kanoelehua should be
the main route from the [new proposed] airport
terminal for direct access to the business district.
An 80' arterial loop connecting from Kekuanaoa should
furnish an alternate airport route with direct access
to the new airport terminal.]
o Ainako[, a 60-foot alignment,] should extend across
Kaumana Drive to meet the Mohouli extension to provide
one of the major mauka cross-city connections.
o Widen Akolea Road [to an 80-foot alignment] to provide
the uppermost cross-City connection from Piihonua to
Kaumana and the upper reaches of Ainaola Drive.
o Kawailani[, a 60-foot alignment,] Street should be
extended from its upper terminal point across the
realigned Saddle Road to Kaumana, thus providing an
additional cross-town route.
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
Courses of Action
o Under the guidance of the Federal government, the
State Department of Health should enforce and
strengthen present pollution regulations.
o The County shall encourage the implementation of air
terminal and runway plans.]
71-
0 0
o The State Department of Transportation should continue
to improve facilities at [Kuhio Wharf] Hilo Harbor to
meet increased shipping activities.
o Future land uses [immediately adjoining] in-the
vicinity of the General Lyman Field Airport should
have an adequate open space buffer[.] and/or be
compatible with the anticipated aircraftnoise
exposure eve s or t at vicinity.
o The County shall pursue the implementation of an Air
Cargo Distribution Center at the old Hilo Airport, the
nlannina of w ich s all e coordihate wit future
or xilo Harbor.
o Encourage development of a small boat harbor for the
area.
9) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
Courses of Action
o The County shall provide for agricultural areas within
proximity to the city for products consumed locally.
o Necessary capital shall be provided to agricultural
areas.
o Disallow further incompatible uses between
i agricultural and urban uses.]
o The County shall encourage buffer zones or compatible
uses between agricultural and urban residential areas.
o The County shall support the University [in] of Hawaii
at Hilo and aid in their development of programswhich
assist agriculture.
b) COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
Courses of Action
o Rehabilitation, renewal, and redevelopment of [the
central business district] downtown Hilo must be
undertaken. Continual improvement o other existing
commercial areas must also be assured.
o Assistance to small businesses in obtaining loans and
management education classes and manpower training
programs shall be encouraged.
72-
I
o Controls that discourage speculation shall be
established.
o Appropriately located commercial zoned lands shall be
allocated as the need arises.
o Commercial zoned lands in proximity to the University
of Hawaii at Hilo shall be allocated as the need
arises.
c) INDUSTRIAL
Courses of Action
o Through its zoning powers, the County shall encourage
the centralization of industrial activities in the
Kanoelehua Industrial area. Noxious industries shall
be located away from residential and related areas.
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
o The County shall encourage the State and the
o The _C__ounty shall allocate appropriately zoned lands.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and
re-allocation of lands in appropriate locations shall
be undertaken.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses] Course of Action
o The County shall encourage the use of undeveloped
zoned lands makai of Komohana Street.]
o Improve substandard residential roadways through the
County's Capital Improvement Program or by Improvement
District.
73-
O O
I
f) RESORT
Courses of Action
o Re-evaluate some of the areas currently zoned for
resort use.
o [Improve] Continue to improve roadways and sewer and
i water systems in all areas where high density resort
uses are allowed.
IC. NORTH HILO
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o The County shall, in cooperation with other agencies,
assist the further development of diversified
agriculture in North Hilo. A program to expand
diversified agriculture should be developed and
implemented.
o The County shall work with community groups to search
for alternative forms of employment.
o The County shall support efforts to stabilize and
maintain the viability of the sugar industry.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course of Action
o [The proposed drainage] Drainage systems proposed by
the Hawaii County "Drainage Master Plan" for the
Ookala and Laupahoehoe-Papaaloa areas shall be
implemented to alleviate problems of runoff from
higher elevations. These systems are designed to
collect and divert surface runoff to the surrounding
gulches.
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o Encourage the sugar companies to continue assistance
in providing their employees with suitable housing
before phasing out of the rental housing market.
o Since the majority of the lower lands in this district
74-
O O
i
are owned by the sugar companies, they should be
encouraged to also make lands available for the
private market.
i o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area to achieve a diversity of
socio-economic housing mix.
o Support the plantations' [plan] plans to centralize
housing in certain areas. [This would not only
minimize cost of services within the communities but
would also maximize the efficiency of the available
services.]
o [Aid the State] Coordinate and participate with the
State and the sugar companies in providing for [this
area--] rural housing programs for low and moderate
I income families, "gap groups" and the elderly[,
through the State Housing Program].
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o [Pedestrian] Improve pedestrian and vehicular
accesses] access to the Laupahoehoe School complex
shall be improved].
o A joint school-community library facility in
Laupahoehoe shall be encouraged.]
o Encourage continual improvements to existing
educational facilities.
li (b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Course of Action
o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
C) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Course of Action
o The police-court facility shall be improved to meet
needs.]
o Expand/improve facilities as necessarv.
75-
0 0
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses] Course of Action
o A sanitary landfill operation and transfer station
site program for waste disposal shall be implemented.]
o Maintenance of cemeteries shall be improved.
5) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Coordinate plans for new systems with the relocation
program for plantation camps.
o Install a deep well pump which will be used to
supplement the spring sources during dry spells.
o Replace old and deteriorating lines and storage
facilities.
b) SEWER
Courses of Action
o Municipal sewage systems for the smaller towns in
these districts would not be economically feasible for
some time. However, the practice of piping raw sewage
directly into the ocean should be discontinued, and
requisite treatment to meet public health requirements
and State Water Quality Standards should be provided
prior to discharge of effluent. This may be
accomplished with small package plants or possibly
waste stabilization ponds.
o Individual sewage disposal methods approved by the
State Health Department may be considered on an
interim basis to avoid violation of the water quality
standards imposed for Class A receiving waters.
Should future water sources be located at the lower
elevations along the coast, public health requirements
may dictate the need for more adequate sewage
treatment in the future.
o The larger towns of Honokaa and Hawi-Kapaau should
merit further consideration and steady to determine the
feasibility of installing complete sewage treatment
facilities.]
76-
0 0
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o Provide a swimming facility in the Laupahoehoe area.]
o Develop John M. Ross School in Honohina for cultural
or educational use.]
o Improve parking and provide smaller pavilions at
Laupahoehoe Peninsula Beach Park.]
o Develop a mauka recreational area.]
o Implement the Laupahoehoe Point Park master plan.
o Implement the boat launching ramp at Laupahoehoe
Peninsula.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Improve mauka-makai county maintained homestead
i roads[.] and encourage improvement of the non-county
owned roads by the State of Hawaii or private
i subdivision.
o Improve certain portions, specifically the 3 gulches,
of the Hawaii Belt Highway.
o Realignment of Hawaii Belt Highway at Kapehu Camp.
o Create a new access to Laupahoehoe School south of the
existing road which is presently inadequate.]
o Consider improving the Belt Highway at the three major
gulches.]
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
Course of Action
o Construct small boat ramp.]
o Improve small boat ramp at Laupahoehoe, construct
offshore protective structures. and provide for
adequate parking.
8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
Course of Action
o Encourage [sugar plantations and other] large
landowners in the district to make [prime] surplus
important agricultural lands available for [truck
farming.] diversified agriculture.
o Assist in the further development of diversified
agriculture in the district.
b) COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
Courses of Action
o Centralization of commercial activities in the
Laupahoehoe-Papaaloa area shall be encouraged.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need arises.
c) INDUSTRIAL
Course of Action
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Courses] Course of Action
o Although the North Hilo district is not projected to
witness any extensive need for multiple residential
development, appropriately zoned lands shall be
allocated should the need arise.
o Rehabilitation of existing facilities shall be
encouraged.]
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o The County shall encourage the sugar company to make
available on the private market its undeveloped
78-
0 0
residential zoned lands in Laupahoehoe.
o Due to geologic and topographic conditions, the County
shall encourage more innovative types of housing
developments, such as cluster and planned unit
developments.
o Urban areas shall continue to be Ninole and Ookala as
well as the Laupahoehoe(.]-Papaaloa area.
f) RESORT
Courses] Course of Action
o Encourage the development of small-scale visitor
related facilities near points of interest.
o Encourage more active use of the mauka Forest Reserve
areas.]
D. HAMAKUA
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o The County shall assist the further development of
diversified agriculture in Hamakua and continue to
cooperate with other appropriate agencies to provide
the necessary services to assist agriculture. For
example, the County can protect [prime] important
agricultural land from urbanization through zoning.
Capital. improvement programs should be tied into
enhancing agricultural areas.
o Although there is potential for limited visitor
facilities in this area, the County shall allow
development which will not detract from the natural
beauty of the area.
o The County shall support efforts to stabilize and
maintain the viability of the sugar industry.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Courses of Action
o [The proposed drainage] Drainage systems proposed by
the Hawaii County "Drainaoe Master Plan" for the
Waipio-Kukuihaele, Honokaa-Paauhau, and
g_
O O
Paauilo-Kukaiau areas shall be implemented. These
systems incorporate the construction of diversion
channels above the communities which would collect and
transport surface flows to surrounding gulches.
o A reduction in surface flows from agricultural and
forest reserve land above the communities of the
district is of prime concern. Proper soil
conservation practices to reduce surface water and
sediment runoff must be implemented. Examples of some
of the practices include contour farming to reduce
erosion and runoff, replanting with grass or woody
vegetation in areas where vegetative cover has been
destroyed, and providing protective cover for soil by
leaving trash and leaves on the fields, returning
bagasse to fields or planting fast growing inter-row
crops.
o The Waipio Valley area shall be kept open except for
recreational and agricultural activities.
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o Support the [plantations'] sugar comoanv's plan to
centralize housing in certain areas. This would not
only minimize cost of services within the communities
but would also maximize the efficiency of the
available services.
o Support the Department of Education and Hawaii Housing
Authority policy of dispersing teacher housing
throughout the community rather than concentrating
them all in one location.]
o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area to attain a diversity of
socio-economic housing mix[.] including elderly
housing.
o Since [many] much of the lands in and around the
existing urban centers are owned by the [plantations,]
sugar company, [they] it should be encouraged to also
make lands available for the private market.
0
self-help programs.
80-
O
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o Encourage continual improvements to existing
educational facilities.
o [Traffic] Encourage traffic re-routing to resolve
school traffic problems [shall be encouraged].
o [The] Implement the Honokaa school campus master plan
shall be implemented].
o [Expansion] Encourage expansion of the present library
facility and services [shall be encouraged].
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Course of Action
o Replacement of the Honokaa fire station facility shall
be encouraged.]
o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
d) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Course of Action
o Multi-use buildings housing [civic] public office
I center facilities shall be encouraged in overall
improvements and expansion plans.
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses of Action
o Maintenance of the cemeteries shall be improved.
o A landfill system with transfer station sites shall be
implemented.]
o Renovation and modernization of the Honokaa hospital
building.
81-
0 0
5) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Connect the Paauilo system with the Hamakua system.]
o Extend the water line from Kukaiau to Keehia.
o Extend Honokaa system toward Kukuihaele.
o Extend the Kukuihaele system to Kapulena.]
o Replace inadequate mains.
o Improve existing storage, transmission and
distribution facilities.
o Develop Paauilo Exploratorv Well into a production
well.
b) SEWER
Courses] Course of Action
o Municipal sewage systems for the smaller towns in
these districts would not be economically feasible for
some time. However, the practice of piping raw sewage
directly into the ocean should be discontinued, and
requisite treatment to meet public health requirements
and State Water Quality Standards should be provided
prior to discharge of effluent. This may be
accomplished with small package plants or possibly
waste stabilization ponds.]
o Individual sewage disposal methods approved by the
State Health Department may be considered on an
interim basis to avoid violation of the water quality
standards imposed for Class A receiving waters.
Should future water sources be located at the lower
elevations along the coast, public health requirements
may dictate the need for more adequate sewage
treatment in the future.]
o [The larger towns of Honokaa and Hawi-Kapaau should
merit further consideration and] Complete and
implement an on-ooino study to determine the
feasibility of installing complete sewage treatment
facilities[.] in the town of Honokaa.
82-
0 0
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o [Close] Encourage close coordination between private
and public recreation agencies [is encouraged].
o The County should assist the Hamakua Youth Center as
needed.]
o [The] Encourage the recreational development of Waipio
and Waimanu Valleys as natural and wilderness areas
should be encouraged]. Encourage the State to
provide small recreation sites on the edge of Waipio
Valley.
o Encourage the development of a general park in the
Kaao-Ahualoa section of the Hamakua Forest Reserve, as
recommended by the Hamakua community.
o [AS the need arises, develop] Develop the former
school lot in Ahualoa as a neighborhood park[.] as the
need arises.
o Encourage the development of a recreation area on the
Waipio side of Honokaa School for community playground
use.]
o [A] Develop a scenic park [shall be developed] on the
Kohala side of Hiilawe Falls after the completion of
the scenic highway.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Provide for an industrial traffic connection leading
from the sugar mill to the new highway alignment,
separating this traffic from local traffic movement on
Mamane Street.
o Construct a scenic highway from the Waipio Valley
lookout extending mauka to connect to Mudlane Highway
at the entrance of Waimea.
o Improve substandard roads.]
o Improve County maintained roads and encourage the
improvement of non-county owned roads by the State of
Hawaii or private subdivider.
83-
F
O O
o Close off Pakalana Street through Honokaa School.
o Provide a cross-town connection to Plumeria Street by
extending Kamani Street.
o Provide a mauka-makai connection from the Kamani
Street extension to Mamane Street on the Hilo side of
the elderly housing.
o Eliminate the Milo Street extension on the Waipio side
of Pakalana.
i (8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
Course of Action
o Encourage [sugar plantations and other] large
landowners in the district to make [prime] surplus
important agricultural lands available for [truck
farming.] diversified agriculture.
o Assist in the further development of diversified
agriculture in the district.
b) COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
I Courses of Action
o Centralization of commercial activities in the Honokaa
area shall be encouraged. Urban renewal of the area
shall be undertaken.
o Suitable commercially zoned lands shall be provided as
the need arises.
o The County shall encourage community beautification
efforts.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need arises.]
C) INDUSTRIAL
Courses of Action
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activity.
84-
0 0
o The County shall encourage the rehabilitation of
existing service-oriented industrial activities.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o The County shall aid and encourage the sugar
companies] companv to continue to make available on
I the private market its undeveloped single-family
residential lands in Honokaa for employee housing and
the private market.
f) RESORT
Courses of Action
o Encourage the development of small family-operated
hotels.
o [Encourage] Consider the small-scale retreat resort
development.
o Encourage resort development which enhances [rather
than detracts from] the natural beauty of the area.
E. NORTH KOHALA
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o The County shall aid the expansion of diversified
agriculture in the district by providing direct and
indirect assistance.
o Resort facilities compatible with the physical, social
and economic goals of the residents of the district
should be encouraged.
o The County shall work closely with the people of the
district and with industry to plan alternative uses
85-
0 0
for the lands affected by the termination of sugar
operations.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course of Action
o [The drainage] Drainage systems proposed by the Hawaii
County "Drainage Master Plan" for the Hawi and
Honomakau-Kapaau areas shall be implemented. These
systems propose improvements to natural channels to
increase their capacity. This, combined with the
practice of proper soil conservation, is the solution
to flood control and drainage problems within the
district.
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area to attain a diversity of
socio-economic housing mix(.] including elderly
housing.
o Since many of the lands in and around the existing
communities are owned by the sugar company, it should
be encouraged to make lands available for the private
market.]
o Encourage the sugar company to continue its assistance
in providing employees with suitable housing before
phasing out of the rental housing market.]
o The County shall require that developments which
create a demand for employee housing shall provide for
that need.
o Encourage programs to rehabilitate and replace the
existing housing stock, including consideration for
self-help programs.
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o Continual improvement of facilities as needs dictate
shall be undertaken.
86-
O O
o A new gymnasium should be build for the district.]
o [Expansion] Encourage the expansion of the public
school and library facilities [shall be encouraged.]
as needs arises.
o [Joint] Encourage joint use of facilities [shall be
encouraged].
o Encourage continual improvements to existinq
educational facilities.
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Courses] Course of Action
o The possibility of bringing fire protection service
closer to the population centers shall be
investigated.]
o Centralization of facilities in the proposed civic
center development shall be encouraged.]
o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
C) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Courses] Course of Action
o Multi-use buildings housing civic center facilities
shall be encouraged.]
o Improvements to the County baseyard facility shall be
undertaken.]
o Expand/improve facilities as necessary.
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses] Course of Action
o A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station
sites shall be implemented.]
o Maintenance of the cemeteries shall be improved.
87-
I
I', (5) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Extend the water line to serve the customers in the
upper area of the Hawi system who now have inadequate
pressure from the Hawi reservoir.]
o Connect the Kaauhuhu-Kokoiki system to the Hawi
system.]
o Explore further sources for future needs.
o Improve and replace inadequate distribution mains and
storage facilities.
o Encourage efforts to improve the Kohala ditch system
and its use for agricultural purposes.
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o Encourage the development of additional community
i facilities, which should include a gymnasium, a youth
center, and a swimming facility.]
o Encourage the development of Pololu Valley as a
recreation area with a minimum of man-made elements.
o [Use] Encourage the use of the total area of Kapaa
Beach Park [should be encouraged].
o Encourage the State to [implement plans for the
development of] further develop the Lapakahi complex
as a historic park, and establish a marine park.
o Recommend the expansion of small boat harbor
I facilities at Mahukona Harbor and multi-use recreation
area on adjacent lands.
o Encourage the development of the Upolu Point area for
recreation, including access to fishing areas.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
88-
i O O
o Improve mountain route to Kohala.
o Improve road from Hawi to Niulii.
o Improve other substandard roads.]
o I_mprove mauka-makai c_o_unty maintained homestead roads
and encourage improvement of the non-county owned
roads by the State of Hawaii or private subdivision
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
ii Course of Action
I, o Retain Upolu airfield for general aviation use.
8) LAND USE
I (a) AGRICULTURE
i Courses of Action
i [o The County shall assist the development of alternative
agricultural uses of sugar lands and facilities
affected by the termination of sugar operations.]
o The County shall encourage and assist the expansion of
the cattle industry and support facilities.]
o Macadamia nut and truck farming endeavors in North
Kohala should be encouraged to expand.]
o The County shall encourage the growing of new crops
such as corn, sorghum, and seed crops in North Kohala.]
o Assist in the further development of diversified
agriculture in the district.
o Encourage the maintenance of and the more intensive
utilization of the Kohala Ditch irrigation system for
agricultural production.
0
land available for commercial agricultural activities
89-
0 0
b) COMMERCIAL
Courses of Action
o The development of a commercial core shall be
encouraged.
o Continual improvement of facilities shall be
undertaken.
C) INDUSTRIAL
Course of Action
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activity.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
i (e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o The County shall encourage the concentration of
residential structures to avoid strip residential
development.
o The County shall aid and encourage industry to make
available residential lands in the area for employee
housing and the private market.
f) RESORT
Courses of Action
o [Possible] Consider possible development of [small]
resort facilities at Mahukona.
o Encourage the development of small family[-] or "bread
and breakfast" type hotels.
o [Encourage] Consider small-scale retreat resort
development.
90-
O O
F. SOUTH KOHALA
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o The County shall assist the development of agriculture
in South Kohala by protecting [prime] important
agricultural land from urbanization, by providing or
having provided the necessary capital improvements,
such as water, and by working cooperatively with other
agencies.
o The County shall work closely with the State in
providing adequate land close to Kawaihae Harbor for
industrial activities.
o The diversity of climate, the quality of the ocean
water and the availability of the area are natural
resources that may attract research industries to the
district. These resources shall be protected through
appropriate regulations.]
o The diversity of climate. the quality of the ocean
water and the natural beauty of the hills which create
a back-drop for Waimea town are natural resources that
have attracted scientific and educational activities
and that may attract research industries to the
district. These resources should be recognized as
vital economic and social assets of the region and
should be protected through appropriate regulations
Resort development in the district shall be in an
orderly fashion and shall be consistent with the
physical and social goals of the people of the area.
The County [shall] m~ utilize tools such as
incremental zoning to insure development that will
best meet the needs of the County.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course of Action
o Drainage systems proposed by the Hawaii County
Drainage Master Plan" for the Kawaihae, Hapuna
Bay-Puako, Pauoa Bay-Honokaope Bay, and Waimea areas
shall be implemented. These systems propose
improvement to natural channels to increase their
efficiency. These, combined with the practice of
proper soil conservation with special emphasis put
upon grassland and forestry management practices,
would be the solution to flood control and drainage
problems in the district.
91-
0 0
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o The County shall require that developments which
create a demand for employee housing shall provide for
the need.
o Aid and encourage the development of State lands in
this area for housing for all socio-economic levels
through leasehold or purchase.
o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area to attain a diversity of
socio-economic housing mix.
0
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o [Expansion] Encourage the expansion of the public
school and library facilities [shall be encouraged.]
as needs arises.
o [Joint] Encourage joint use of facilities [shall be
encouraged].
o Encourage continual improvements to existin
educational facilities.
o [Walkways] Encourage the installation of walkwavs to
and around schools [should be installed,] and street
crossing facilities for pedestrian safety [shall be
sought].
o Department of Education shall develop a master plan
for Waimea School which provides for an expanded
o Department of Education shall initiate planning for a
high school including site selection in South Kohala
to meet regional growth needs
o Encourage the development of State and private higher
educational facilities in West Hawaii.
92-
o
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Course of Action
o The proposed civic center development shall consider
joint-use facilities and the development of police and
fire facilities to meet the district's needs.]
o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs
C) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Courses] Course of Action
o Civic center planning for the most appropriate
location in view of population growth expectations
shall be undertaken.]
o State and County baseyard facilities shall be
improved.]
o Ex pand/improve facilities as necessary
o A civic center site shall be reserved at Waikoloa.
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses] Course of Action
o Implementation of the County of Hawaii Health
Facilities Plan to locate a hospital in Waimea shall
be encouraged.]
o A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station
sites shall be implemented.]
o Solid waste transfer site(s) shall be reserved at
Waikoloa.
5) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Construct a transmission line to Puukapu which would
upgrade" the Waimea system.]
o Improve and replace inadequate distribution mains[.]
and steel tanks.
93-
O O
o Construct a pipeline along the proposed realignment
from Mamalahoa Highway to the Kawaihae-Puako area.]
o Further efforts should be made to develop adequate
quantities and acceptable quality of basal ground
water [for supplemental purposes at properly] at
appropriately placed sites mauka of the shoreline.
o Additional sources for the Waimea System shall be
investigated.
o Encourage expansion of sources and storage capacity
for both the agricultural and domestic water systems
b) SEWER
Courses of Action
o Construct a Waimea sewerage system [on the west end of
the town] to provide sewer service for the main part
of Waimea and wastewater treatment facilities with an
ultimate treatment capacity adequate for foreseeable
growth. Consider water reclamation or subsurface type
disposal.
o The coastal area should be split into two separate
zones, a north zone and a south zone. The north zone
sewerage system should consist of trunk sewers, sewage
pumping stations, force mains and a complete
wastewater treatment facility. The southern zone
sewerage system should consist of several independent
satellite systems each operated and maintained by
respective land developers. A control treatment
facility shall be located in the Puako beach lots area
to service flows.]
0
wastewater disposal.
o Construct a Kawaihae sewerage system to provide for
residential and industrial growth in the area
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o Encourage the full implementation of the Hapuna Beach
State Park Master Plan[.] including Wailea Bay Area
94-
i O O
o Im lement the S en r Pppce ark development plan. Improve
picnic facilities [and encourage the construction of
small pavilions] at Spencer Park.
o Reserve, acquire and develop additional [beach parks]
public shoreline recreation areas in South Kohala.
o Encourage the establishment of neighborhood park
reserves in the district.
o Ensure public use of and access to beach areas in
South Kohala.
o The development of Puukohola and Mailekini Heiaus as a
historic park within a recreation complex should be
encouraged.]
o [Recommend] Implement the development of the
petroglyph fields at Puako as a historic [parks] park.
o Recommend the State to implement plans for small boat
I harbor facilities at Kawaihae.
o Develop and implement a master plan for Waimea Park to
include basketball courts, improved parking and
restrooms.
o Encourage the expansion of outdoor recrea Tonal areas
around Waimea School.
o Plavfields and four neighborhood playground sites
shall be set aside within Waikoloa.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Improve substandard roads.]
o Complete development of the highway from Kawaihae to
Kailua.]
o Improve mauka-makai county maintained homestead roads
and encourage improvement of the non-county owned
roads by the State of Hawaii or private subdivision
o [Construct] Implement construction of a Waimea by-pass
road from Mudlane Highway to Mamalahoa Highway on the
Kona side of [the village.] Waimea.
95-
0 0
I
I o [Construct] Implement construction of a new Waimea to
Kawaihae road from Mamalahoa Highway to the
i [Kawaihae-Kona] Queen Ka'ahumanu highway.
o Encourage the expansion of Oueen Ka'ahumanu Highwav as
the need arises.
o Support the installation of suitable bikeways and/or
ogging paths.
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
Courses of Action
o The State Department of Transportation should continue
the use of the Waimea-Kohala airport as an
inter-island facility serving North and South Kohala
and Hamakua and should improve existing facilities tq
i handle inter-island aircraft at maximum load capacity.
o The State Department of Transportation should continue
to improve facilities at Kawaihae to meet increased
i shipping activities.
o Support the State Department of Transportation's plans
to develop a small boat harbor at Kawaihae
I (8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
I~ Courses of Action
I o Through zoning the County shall protect [prime]
important agricultural lands from [urbanization.]
I urban encroachment.
o The County shall assist agriculture by providing water
systems through the Capital Improvements Program.]
o The County shall consider the development of larger
i farms which rely more on mechanization and skilled
I laborers.]
o Assist in the provision of water in agricultural areas.
0
uses of land.
96-
0 0
b) COMMERCIAL
Courses of Action
o The establishment of Waimea as a regional commercial
center for northern Hawaii shall be encouraged.
o Controls to insure orderly development and minimize
speculation of commercially zoned lands [shall] may be
established.
c) INDUSTRIAL
Courses of Action
o The County shall encourage the development of a
regional industrial park at Kawaihae and centralize
limited industrial activities in Waimea.
i o Industrial development should be in harmony with
surrounding uses[.] and the environment.
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o Basic amenities shall be provided to those areas zoned
for [high] higher density use.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need arises.
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o Encourage the development of ~propriately located and
serviced State-owned. Hawaiian Home Lands and
privately-held lands for houselots.
f) RESORT
Courses] Course of Action
o Adequate access, sewer and water systems, and other
basic amenities shall be provided in all areas where
high] higher density uses are allowed.
97-
0 0
o Resort developments shall provide public access to
beach areas.]
G. NORTH KONA
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o Resort development in the area shall be in balance
with the social and physical goals as well as economic
desires of the residents of the district. Necessary
pollution controls should be available prior to
development. Other necessary support facilities such
as transportation and nursery facilities shall also be
I provided.
o The County, in order to achieve greater diversity and
stability of the economy, shall assist in the further
development of agriculture including aquacultural
activities, in North Kona. Necessary capital
improvements which will aid agriculture, such as
water, should be given priority for funding.
o The County shall continue to encourage development and
utilization of bv-products from the University of
Hawaii's Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC)
project.
o The County should explore the possibility of
encouraging a small resident college and other new
industries in the area.
o The fishing and boating industry in Kona should be
assisted by the County through a cooperative effort
with State and Federal agencies.
o The natural beauty of the area should be recognized as
a maior economic and social asset This resource
should be protected through appropriate review
processes when development is proposed.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course]Courses of Action
o [The drainage] Drainage systems [proposed] for the
Kailua, Holualoa, Holualoa Bay, and Honalo-Kainaliu
areas] Keopu/Hienaloli. Waiaha. Kamalumalu and the
Holualoa/Horseshoe Bend drainagewavs shall be
98-
O O
developed and implemented. [The Kailua proposal
consists of covered box channel and debris basins for
the Keopu Stream. The Kainaliu proposal consists of
diversions above the community to transport overland
flows into lava tubes. In the upper coffee belt
areas, proposals include the construction of channels
to collect surface waters from above farmland and
community centers and to transport the water through
the areas in defined channels.] These systems, in
addition to the installation and maintenance of proper
soil and water conservation practices[, would] could
alleviate the major flood control and drainage
problems.
o Establish and maintain appropriate vegetative cover in
high rainfall, sediment and debris producing areas
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o Since the lands in this district are [hilly,] sloped,
the County shall encourage the use of cluster and
planned unit developments which can take advantage of
the topography.
o The County shall require that developments which
create a demand for employee housing shall provide for
that need.
o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area to attain a diversity of
socio-economic housing mix.
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o Implement the development of a new elementary school
complex in central Kona.
o [Expansion] Encourage expansion of the Holualoa [and
Hookena] school [complexes] complex to meet school
district needs [shall be encouraged].
o [Basic] Improve basic school facilities [shall be
improved] to meet current standards.
99-
O O
I~
o [Planning] Encourage site planninq [of] for a second
I high school to meet regional growth needs [should be
undertaken].
o [Construction] Encourage construction of a new library
facility to serve the Kailua-Keauhou area [shall be
encouraged].
o Expansion of the Holualoa and Kealakekua library
facilities shall be encouraged.]
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Courses] Course of Action
o The development of a new fire station to serve the
high value sectors of Kailua and Keauhou shall
consider a joint facility with the need for a police
i facility in this area.]
o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
C) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Course] Courses of Action
o Expansion plans for the Kona [civic] public office
center shall be undertaken.
o Consolidate county offices in one public office center
I o The Countv should designate a second urban center in
West Hawaii to facilitate government services and
I centralize facilities.
o Provide services in West Hawaii as is feasible.
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses of Action
o New privately owned cemetery sites to serve future
needs shall be sought.
o A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station
sites to serve the West Hawaii area shall be
implemented.
100-
O O
5) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Increase the capacity of Kahaluu well as the demand
increases.]
o Pursue groundwater source investigation, exploration
o Increase the capacity of the booster pump stations as
i required.
o Provide greater capacity to Ke-ahole and Kailua from
Kahaluu wells and extend the system along Palani Road
to supplement the upper system.]
o Improve the system along Alii Drive. Reservoirs to
serve this area should be balanced with the Kailua and
Keauhou reservoirs.
o Improve the size of the water line and provide an
additional reservoir in the Keauhou area.
o Construct reservoirs as needed.
b) SEWER
I Courses of Action
o When the existing expanded sewage treatment plant
becomes inadequate, a new treatment facility should be
constructed. Provide additional sewage pump stations,
increase the capacity of existing pump stations, and
enlarge sewers and force mains.]
o Construct wastewater treatment facility, pumping
station, force main and interceptors to service the
I area between Keauhou and Kailua.]
o Construct a new wastewater treatment plant at
Kealakehe near Honokohau, provide sewage pumpinq
station, force mains and interceptor sewers to handle
existing and proposed wastewater flows.
o Construct wastewater pumping stations, force mains,
i and interceptor sewers along Alii Drive. between
Keauhou and Kailua. The waste flow will be conveyed
to the new wastewater treatment facility at Kealakehe
101-
0 0
II (6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o Encourage the development of [neighborhood] community
and district recreational facilities, a gymnasium and
community center with easy access for residents.
o Encourage the development of the recreation area at
Holualoa School.]
o Encourage the development of Alii Drive within the
Kailua Village area as a pedestrian mall with open
space areas for passive recreation.
o Improve facilities at White Sand Beach and expand
Kahaluu Beach Park.
o Implement the development of the Kailua Park (Old Kona
Airport) as a major regional or district park
o Recommend the development of the old Kona Airport or
Honokohau as a major regional park. The final site
selection should be dependent on a study of the sites.]
Q Reserve acquire and develop additional public
I shoreline recreation areas in North Kona.
o Establish public access to and the development of
I shoreline regions along the North Kona Coast so as to
provide recreational opportunities in areas such as
Keawaiki,Kiholo Bay, Kaupulehu, Kukio and Kapapa
Bays, Kua Bay, Kahoiawa, Makalawena, Mahaiula, and
Honokohau.
o Protect the marine life at Kahaluu Bay.
o Protect Opaeula, Kaloko, and Honokohau (Aimakapa)
Ponds as natural areas.
o Review the possibility of restoring the sand beach ih
Kailua.]
o Improve facilities at Kailua Bay wharf and Keauhou
Small Boar Harbor.]
o Encourage the development of historic trails.
o Develop a municipal golf course
o Encouraoe the establishment of a historic park at
Kamoa Point and protect the historic sites
102-
o 0
li o Encouraoe the acquisition and estate
summit area of Hualalai as a wilder
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Realign portion of Kuakini Highway from intersection
of Palani Road and Kailua-Kawaihae Road to
approximately 3/4 mile on the Palani side of Kona Sea
View Lots.]
o Convert Kuakini Highway to limited access status.
o [Realign] Construct Alii [Drive] Highway from
proposed] Kuakini Highway to Keauhou. _
o Continue the coastal highway from Ke-ahole Airport to
South Kohala.]
o Construct a new scenic road over the Hualalai Saddle.
o Construct a scenic drive from Keauhou above the
Kealakekua cliffs to Napoopoo.
o Provide vertical connectors from Alii Drive to Kuakini
Highway.
i o Improve present Kona-Ka'u road.
o Incorporate the Kailua Mall circulation plan.]
o Support the installation of suitable bikeways and/or
iopaing_paths.
o Encourage the expansion of Oueen Ka'ahumanu Hiahwav as
the need arises.
o Construct additional east-west connectors between the
o Construct a mid-elevation lateral connection between
Palani Road and Ka'iminani Drive.
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
Courses of Action
o [Land] Future land uses [adjoining] in the vicinity of
103-
O O
the Ke-ahole Airport should be of a compatible '
nature[.] and/or be compatible with the anticipated
aircraft noise exposure levels for that vicinity
o Industrial acreage should be provided at Ke-ahole for
support use.
o The State Department of Transportation should continue
to improve and expand Ke-ahole Airport and terminal
facilities to meet anticipated increases in air
j transport needs.
8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
Courses of Action
o The County shall protect [prime] important
agricultural lands [in] within the Kona[.] Coffee Belt.
o Studies to develop sources of irrigation water for
agriculture shall be conducted.]
o The University of Hawaii at Hilo shall be encouraged
to accelerate research on agricultural products which
are or could be of economic value to Kona.
o Assist in the provision of water in agricultural areas
I
o The County shall encourage buffer zones or compatible
uses between important agricultural land and adiacent
uses of land.
b) COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
Courses of Action
o Centralize commercial activities in existing urban
centers.]
o Controls to prevent speculative practices on
commercially zoned lands [shall] may be established.
o Implementation of programs to correct existing
deficiencies shall be undertaken.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be provided as the
need arises. I
104-
0 0
c) INDUSTRIAL
Courses of Action
o Through its zoning powers, the County shall encourage
the centralization of industrial development in
suitable areas in North and South Kona.]
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
o Industrial acreage should be provided at Ke-ahole for
support facilities for the airport.
o Industrial development should be in harmony with
surrounding uses and the environment.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and
re-allocation of lands in appropriate locations shall
be undertaken.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
0
I
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o Encourage the development of appropriately located and
serviced privately-held and State-owned lands for
houselots.
o Improve and develop roadways, water and sewerage
systems, and other basic facilities necessary to
encourage development of lands suitable for
residential use.
o The County shall encourage the concentration of
residential structures to avoid strip residential
development.
o Due to geologic and topographic conditions, the County
shall encourage the use of more innovative types of
housing development, such as zones of mix and cluster
and planned unit developments.
105-
II O O
I (f) RESORT
Courses of Action
o Implement the Kailua Mall Plan.]
o Discourage strip development along Alii Drive.
o Re-evaluate some of the areas currently zoned for
resort use.
o Implement drainage master plan prepared by R.M. Towill
Corporation for this General Plan.]
o Improve and provide adequate roadways, sewer and water
systems, and other basic amenities in all areas where
high] higher density uses are allowed.
iH. SOUTH KONA
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o The County shall assist the further development of
agriculture by protecting [prime] important
agricultural land from urbanization, by providing
i necessary resources, such as water, and through other
assistance.
o Resort development in the area should not destroy the
natural resources and historical significance of the
area.
o The fishing industry in the South Kona should be
assisted by the County throuoh a cooperative effort
with State and Federal agencies.
o The County should encourage ocean-based industries,
such as aquaculture, in the area.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course]Courses of Action
o Drainage [systems] recommendations proposed by the
South Kona Flood Hazard Analyses" for the Kealakekua,
Napoopoo and Honaunau areas shall be implemented.
These consist of [channels] diversions and catchments
to collect and transport water and reduce peak flows
from the upper watershed areas through the urban
106-
0 0
area. The practice of proper soil conservation
measures and the improvement of existing drainage
features complement these proposals.
o Establish and maintain appropriate vegetative cover in
high rainfall, sediment and debris producing areas.
3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
o The County shall provide assistance and encourage the
State to negotiate with large landowners for land
exchange or purchase to provide for those people who
would be affected by the future plans of [these]
landowners.
o Since the lands in this district are [hilly,] slopedi,
the County shall encourage the use of innovative types
of housing developments, such as cluster and planned
unit developments, which take advantage of topographic
conditions.
o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area to attain a diversity of
socio-economic housing mix.
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses of Action
o Implement the development of a new elementary school
complex in central Kona.
o Expansion of the Holualoa and Hookena school complexes
to meet school district needs shall be encouraged.]
o [Basic] Improve basic school facilities [shall be
improved] to meet current standards.
o [Planning] Encourage site planning [of] for a second
high school to meet regional growth needs [should be
undertaken].
o Expansion of the Holualoa and Kealakekua library
facilities shall be encouraged.]
107-
O O
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Courses] Course of Action
o Expansion and improvement of police and fire
facilities in Capt. Cook shall be undertaken.]
I o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
c) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Course] Courses of Action
o Expansion plans for the Kona [civic] public office
center shall be undertaken.
o Consolidate county offices in one public office center.
o Provide services in west Hawaii as is feasible.
i (
5)
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Courses of Action
o New privately owned cemetery sites to serve future
needs shall be sought.
o A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station
sites to serve the West Hawaii area shall be
implemented.
PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
0
o Increase the capacit
required.
o Increase capacity of
Kona water system[.]
o Install a line along
the Keei wells south
of the booster pump stations as
the booster pump for the South
as the demand increases.
the lower government road from
to the Mamalahoa Hiqhway
108-
O O
junction. Also construct a reservoir near this
junction.]
o Construct reservoirs as needed.
b) SEWER
Courses of Action
o [Re-examine proposed system to insure] Insure the
maintenance of the Class AA waters of Kealakekua Bay.
Implement program to lessen pollution in the area.]
o The current methods of wastewater disposal in
unsewered areas will continue in compliance with the
state and county requirements. This includes
cesspools in low density developments and individual
aerobic treatment units in high density developments.
Thev will be privately constructed, owned, and
operated.
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
o [Adequate neighborhood recreational] Expand and/or
develop recreational facilities [should be developed]
in existing and urbanizing communities.
o [In] Establish, in cooperation with the Department of
Education, [further] additional recreational
facilities [should be established] at Konawaena,
Honaunau, and Hookena Schools.
o Encourage the development of a district recreation
center with the cooperation of public and private
agencies [concerned with recreation].
o Encourage the development of the coastal area for
public recreational use.
o Encourage the [establishment] development of a [major]
historic park at Kealakekua Bay and protect historic
sites and scenic aspects of the area.
o Encourage the development of beach park reserves as
natural areas and the improvement of [present]
existing beach parks.
o Recommend the further development of Honaunau Bay as a
historic park with recreational opportunities.
109-
O O
o Develop a regional public golf course.]
I
o Recommend that Honomalino Bay become a beach reserve.
o Implement [plan for] the development [of] plans for
Palemano Point and Hookena.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Construct a scenic drive from Keauhou above the
Kealakekua cliffs to Napoopoo.
o Improve present Kona-Ka'u road.
i (8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
i Courses of Action
o The County shall protect [prime] important
agricultural lands [in] within the Kona[.] Coffee Belt.
o Studies to develop sources of irrigation water for
agriculture shall be conducted.]
o The University of Hawaii at Hilo shall be encouraged
to accelerate research on agricultural products which
are or could be of economic value to Kona.
I! o Assist in the provision of water in agricultural areas.
o The County shall encourage buffer zones or compatible
uses between important agricultural land and adiacent
uses of land.
b) COMMERCIAL
Courses of Action
o Centralize commercial activities in existing rural
centers.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be provided as the
need arises.
110-
I O O
c) INDUSTRIAL
Courses of Action
o Through its zoning powers, the County shall encourage
the centralization of industrial development in
suitable areas in South Kona.
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
I Courses of Action
o Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and
i re-allocation of lands in appropriate locations shall
be undertaken.
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
o Encourage the development of appropriately located and
serviced privately-held and State-owned lands for
i houselots.
o Improve and develop roadways, water and sewerage
I systems, and other basic facilities necessary to
i encourage development of lands suitable for
residential use.
o The County shall encourage the concentration of
residential structures to avoid strip residential
development.
o Due to geologic and topographic conditions, the County
shall encourage the use of more innovative types of
housing development, such as zones of mix and cluster
and planned unit developments.
f) RESORT
Courses of Action
o Developments shall blend in with the character of the
area.
111-
0 0
o Require developers to provide the basic improvements
necessary for development.
o Encourage the development of small family-operated
hotels.
o [Implement] Re-evaluate and if appropriate implement
plans formulated in the West Hawaii Corridor Study.
II. KA'U
1) ECONOMIC
Courses of Action
o Resort development in Ka'u shall be kept in balance
with the social and physical environment of the area.
Provisions for orderly development, housing, and
pollution controls shall be implemented.
o The County shall assist the further development of
agriculture in the area.
o The fishinq industrv, other ocean based industries.
and aquaculture, located in Kau should be assisted by
the Countv through a cooperative effort with State and
Federal agencies.
o The County shall support efforts to stabilize and
maintain the viability of the sugar industrv
o The natural beauty of the area should be recognized as
a major economic and social asset. This resource
should be protected through appropriate review
processes when development is proposed
o Preliminary to the consideration of anv proposed
space-related launch activities. the Countv shall
require, in addition to standard EIS requirements
special impact assessments.
2) FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
Course]Courses of Action
o The proposed drainage systems for the Waiohinu-Naalehu
and Pahala areas shall be implemented. These systems
consist of improvements to existing facilities and in
the case of Waiohinu the construction of a lined
channel to collect the flows from the upper watershed
112-
0 0
areas and to transport them around the community for
disposal. The practice of proper soil conservation
measures is to complement these systems.]
o Improve and uporade existing flood control measures as
necessary.
o Continue proper soil conservation measures to
complement the existing systems.
o Investigate potential solutions to prevent the closure
of the Hawaii Belt Road due to flooding.
I (3) HOUSING
Courses of Action
I~~ o Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of
housing for this area in order to attain a diversity
of housing mix.
o Encourage the sugar [companies] company to continue
their assistance in providing employees with suitable
housing before phasing out of the rental housing
market.
o Since many of the lands in and around the existing
communities are owned by the sugar [companies,]
company, they should be encouraged to make lands
available for the private market.
o The County shall require that developments which
create a demand for employee housing shall provide for
that need.
4) PUBLIC FACILITIES
a) EDUCATION
Courses] Course of Action
o A joint community-school library facility for Naalehu
shall be encouraged.]
o [Continual] Encouraoe continual improvements to
existing educational facilities [shall be undertaken].
b) PROTECTIVE SERVICES
Courses of Action
113-
0
III o Fire protection service for more adequate coverage of
I Naalehu and Pahala shall be encouraged.
o The [expansion] replacement of police facilities shall
be encouraged.
o Consideration shall be given to a joint police-fire
facility.
C) GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
Course of Action
o Expand/improve facilities as necessarv.
d) HEALTH AND SANITATION
Course of Action
o A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station
sites shall be implemented.]
5) PUBLIC UTILITIES
a) WATER
Courses of Action
o Replace redwood tank above Waiohinu with a permanent
tank and install water distribution line within
Waiohinu Village.]
o Connect Naalehu system to Waiohinu system with a large
transmission line and install a permanent reservoir
above Naalehu Village.]
o Drill an exploratory well above Naalehu to supplement
the Naalehu system and to keep mountain water for
higher areas.]
o Improve the transmission and storage facilities of
Mountain House Tunnel and Haao Springs sources. The
timetable and extent of these improvements will depend
on exploratory well results.]
o Provide additional source and storage capacity for the
currently serviced areas of Naalehu. Waiohinu and
Pahala.
o Pursue groundwater source investigation, exploration
and development.
114-
O O
b) SEWER
Course of Action
o Work closely with C. Brewer to insure the development
of adequate sewerage treatment facilities.
6) RECREATION
Courses of Action
I o Encourage the development of a swimming facility and
instructional program in Naalehu.
o [Parks] Develop parks in subdivisions in the Kahuku
area [shall be developed] commensurate with population
growth.
o Encourage the establishment of the Punaluu-Ninole
Springs region as a recreation area.
o [The South Point area should be developed as a
recreational complex with opportunities for camping,
picnicking, fishing, nature study, and hiking.]
Encourage the Department of Hawaiian Homes Lands to
develop the South Point area for recreational
opportunities. The Kamaoa park site could be utilized
as a camping park.
o Recommend the development of Kaaluala Bay as a remote
camping-beach park.
o Encourage the State Division of Forestry and Wildlife
to develop wilderness recreation uses of the
Kapua-Manuka Forest Reserve.
o Encourage the restoration of Ninole Pond as a
recreation area.
7) TRANSPORTATION
a) THOROUGHFARES AND STREETS
Courses of Action
o Improve hazardous sections of the major highway,
realigning where necessary.
o Install culverts and construct drainage channels and
other related improvements.
115-
r
O O
o Improve substandard subdivision roads.
b) AIRPORTS AND HARBORS
Course of Action
o Provide for general aviation and small boat harbor
facilities and launching activities as the need arises.
8) LAND USE
a) AGRICULTURE
Courses of Action
it [o Encourage C. Brewer to develop the agricultural
potential of the area.]
o Assist in the [development] provision of water
sources.] in agricultural areas.
o Encourage and support the expansion of diversified
I agriculture and the macadamia nut industry in the
district.
b) COMMERCIAL
i Course of Action
li o Centralization of commercial activity in the
communities of Pahala and Naalehu and in the area of
I the Volcanoes National Park shall be encouraged.
c) INDUSTRIAL
Course of Action
o The County shall identify sites suitable for future
industrial activities.
d) MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the
need for multiple residential development increases.
116-
0 0
e) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Course of Action
o The County shall aid and encourage the sugar
companies] company to make available [its
undeveloped] single-family zoned lands at Pahala and
Naalehu for employee housing and for the private
market.
f) RESORT
I Courses of Action
o Require developers to provide the basic improvements
necessary for development.
i [o Development shall complement the area.] The
development of visitor accommodations and any resort
development in Ka'u shall complement the character of
I the area.
I o The_County shall encourage the development of small
family or "bed and breakfast" type visitor
accommodations.
117-
0 0
AMENDMENT OF GENERAL PLAN]
Sec. 1. Scope and purpose of amendments.
a) The General Plan may be amended by changing its goals,
policies, standards, zoning acreage allocations, and land use
pattern allocation maps when the conditions or premises upon which
the General Plan is based have changed and when such an amendment
would assure the coordinated development of the County and the
general welfare and prosperity of its people.
I' (b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, amendments
Ito the General Plan shall strictly comply with the procedure set
forth herein.]
SECTION 6. Amendment Procedures. Pursuant to subsection
3-16(c) Hawaii County Charter, the following amendment procedures
c.. ,- pro... r,...,..-..i ni.... .. .-,. ,... ~.. u.i: ,. t. ,.,~.
Sec. 2.] A. Amendment pursuant to comprehensive review.
a) The Planning Director may initiate amendments pursuant to
the comprehensive review required of any by the General Plan.
b) The Planning Director shall give notice of the
comprehensive review to the Planning Commission, Council, and the
general public. The notice shall state:
1) The general scope of review;
2) The length of the review period being ninety days from
the date of notice;
3) The ability for the public and Council to provide
their input to the Planning Director during the review
period;
4) A description of each amendment proposed by the
Planning Director; and
5) The estimated time for completion.]
Within 45 days of a ten-year lapse from the date of
In proceedino with the comprehensive review, the Plannino
Director shall give notice of the comprehensive review to the
Planning Commisssion, Council, and the oeneral public. The notice
ishall state:
S~ The general scope of review:
The ability for the Public and Council to provide
their input to the Planning Director within 45 davs after
the date of the notification.
118-
0 0
Upon receipt of suggestions from the public, the Planning
Director shall review the General Plan, the assumptions upon which
c)]~ Within 30 days of notification of proposed amendments,I~[T]the Planning Director shall conduct a public workshop on [a]
iproposed amendments prior to submitting it to the Planning
Commission[.] and shall allow the public an opportunity to provide
period.
d)]~5 The Planning Director, [upon] within 30 days of the
completion of the public review period, shall [submit the] initiate
and forward proposed amendments to the Planning Commission for its
review and recommendation.
e)].(~ Within sixty days of receipt of the Planning
Director's proposed amendment~s.Z, the Planning Commission shall hold
a public hearing on the proposed amendment. During the hearing
and based on public testimony received, the Planning Commission may
request the Planning Director to consider specific modification to
any proposed amendment or to initiate within sixty days any new
proposed amendment. If the Planning Director modifies a proposed
amendment or initiates a new proposed amendment upon the Planning
Commission's request, the Planning Commission shall hold further
hearing on such matters, together with any proposed amendment
originally submitted. Within sixty days of the conclusion of the
public hearing, the Planning Commission shall submit to the Council
its comments and recommendation on any proposed amendment initiated
iby the Planning Director.
j [(f)]S7Z The Council shall review the Planning Commission's
recommendation and act on the Planning Director's proposals. The
iCouncil [may shall request the Planning Director to consider
any]its specific modifications to any proposed amendment or to
initiate (within sixty days] anew proposed amendment. [If the
Planning Director either modifies a proposed amendment or initiates
a new proposed amendment, such proposed amendments shall be reviewed
by the Planning Commission in accordance with subsection (e)
above.] Within 60 days of the request, the Planning Director shall
forward to the Planning Commission either a recommendation for a
denial, modification to a proposed amendment or shall initiate the
new proposed amendment.
A public hearing on the proposed revisions and/or
recommendations by the Planning Directtr shall be conducted by the
Planning Commission within 60 days of its receipt from the Planning
Director. Within 60 days of the closing the the public hearing, the
iPlanning Commission shal forward the Director's proposed
modifications, amendments, and recommendation together with its
recommendations to the County Council for their action.
119-
anv proposed amendments.
O O
9) Failure by the Planning Commission or the"Planning Director
respond wit in the designated time period s all not preclude the
uncil from acting on its proposed amendments.
g)](10) During the comprehensive General Plan review, the
Planning Director may defer action to any petition to amend the
General Plan filed pursuant to section [3(b)] 6. B. and on any
request to study a proposed General Plan amendment submitted
pursuant to section [3(c)] 6. B. (3). However, any deferral by the
Planning Director shall not extend beyond a period of one year and,
in any case, shall not extend beyond the completion date of the
comprehensive review as set forth in section [2(b)] 6.'A.
Sec. 3]B. Interim amendments.
a)](1) Members of the general public, the Council, and the
Planning Director may propose or initiate, as the case may be,
amendments to the General Plan at any time other than during the
comprehensive review period.
b)](2) Members of the general public may propose amendment to
the GenerTPlan goals, policies, and standards by filing a written
petition with the Planning Director. In addition, the property
owner may, by similar petition, propose an amendment to the land use
pattern allocation map covering land held by that property owner.
For purposes of this section, "property owner" means a person having
an interest in title to the affected land and includes the holder of
a lease interest in the affected land, where such lease interest is
not due to expire until after ten years following the date of the
filing of the petition.
1)](a) A petition to amend the General Plan shall be
filed with the Planning Director and shall
include:
A)](1) A filing fee of $100 to cover the
administrative costs of processing the
petition;
B)](2) A statement of the nature of the
petitioner's interest;
C)](3) A draft of the language of the proposed
amendment;
D)](4) An environmental impact statement;
E)](5) A statement of the reasons for granting the
proposed change, supported by a written,
documented analysis of the General Plan and
using all pertinent elements upon which the
General Plan is based; and
120-
0 0
F)]~ Graphs, plot plan, and other supportive
information.
2)]~ Upon receipt of a properly filed and completed
petition, the Planning Director shall have one
hundred eighty days in which to study the
petition to take one of the following actions:
A)]~ Recommend the approval of the petition,
stating the reasons for such approval; or
B)]~ Recommend the denial of the petition,
stating the reasons for such denial.
3)l~ In the event
approval of
shall hold a
within sixty
Within sixty
the Planning
comments and
the Planning Director recommends the
she petition, the Planning Commission
public hearing on the petition
days of the date of recommendation.
days after the close of the hearing,
Commission shall forward its
recommendation to the Council.
4)]~ If the Planning Director recommends the denial of
the petition, the Planning Commission shall hold
a public hearing on the petition within sixty
days of the date of recommendation. Within sixty
days after the close of the hearing, the Planning
Commission shall forward its comments and
recommendation to the Council. Upon receipt of
the Planning Commissions recommendation, the
Council may, within thirty days, consider the
petition upon a two-thirds vote of the entire
membership of the Council. If the petition is
not considered by the Council within the
thirty-day period, the Planning Director shall
certify the petition to be officially denied.
The proposed amendment shall be adopted upon
two-thirds vote of the entire membership of the
Council.
5)]~ If a petition is officially denied, the same or a
substantially similar petition may not be
submitted for consideration within one year
following such denial, unless the petitioner
submits significant new data or additional
reasons which the Planning Director may find to
be a sufficient basis for the petition to be
considered.
c)] u The Council may initiate amendments to the General
Plan pursuant to the following procedure:
121-
0
1)]~ Upon a resolution adopted by two-thirds of its
entire membership, the Council may request the
Planning Director or, when appropriate, another
qualified body to conduct a study to determine
the feasibility of a proposed amendment.
2)]~ The Planning Director or the qualified body shall
have one hundred eighty days or a longer period,
as may be agreed to by the Council, to submit a
completed feasibility study to the Council.
3)]~ Upon receipt of the feasibility study, the
Council shall have sixty days to review and act
on the study. Upon a two-thirds vote of the
entire membership of the Council, the Council
may, by resolution, direct the Planning Director
to initiate the proposed amendment. The Planning
Director shall then initiate the proposed
amendment in the manner applicable to a petition
i in accordance with sections [3(b)(3)] 6 B(2)(c)
and [3(b)(4)] 6 B(2)(d). If the Council does not
direct the Planning Director to initiate the
proposed amendment, the same or substantially
similar proposal may not be considered within one
year following the end of the Council's sixty-day
review.
d)]~ The Planning Director shall initiate proposed
amendments to the General Plan in the manner applicable to
amendments proposed during the comprehensive General Plan review, as
set forth in section [2(b)]6 A 2 except with regard to those
jprovisions relating solely to the comprehensive review.
Sec. 4.]C. Rules and Regulations. The Planning Director shall
promulgate rules and regulations to implement this procedure.
adopted.
I SECTION 8. Facilities Map. The Facilities Map for each of the
mine districts of the Island of Hawaii is hereby adopted as
referenced to as Exhibit "B".
SECTION 9. General Plan Support Document In order to provide
the basis for the various Council policies statement of development
adopted as referenced to as Exhibit "C"
122-
L/
SECTION 10. Repeal. Ordinance No 939 as amended by Ordinance
Nos. 456, 475, 484, 538, 761. 822 851 854 868 878 83-20 83-27
X84-40, 87-49, 87-52 and 87-68 of the continuing ordinances of the
County of Hawaii is hereby repealed as are the above-noted
ordinances that have amended Ordinance No. 439.
SECTION 11. Brackets and Underscores Materials to be repealed
are bracketed and new materials are underscored.
SECTION [3]12. Severability. If any provision of this
Iordinance or the application thereof to any person or circumstance
is held invalid, [the]such invalidity shall not affect other
provisions or applications of the ordinance which can be given
effect] without the invalid provision or application, and to this
iend~ the provisions of this ordinance are declared to be severable.
SECTION [4]13. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall takeeffectuponitsapproval.
II
INTRODUCED BY: ~
CO NCIL MEMBE., COUNT OF HAWAII
Hilo, Hawaii
Date of Introduction: October 4, 1989
Date of 1st Reading: October 4, 1989
Date of 2nd Reading: November 1, 1989
iEffective Date: November 14, 19.89
123-
s
HAWAI COUNTY
GENERAL PLAN
SUPPORT DOCUMENT
rvuinir ~~~~~
U
SUPPORT DOCUMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION ............................................... 1
ECONOMIC .......................:.................. 24
ENERGY ............................................ 47
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ............................. 53
FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE ........................ 58
HISTORIC SITES .................................... 70
NATURAL BEAUTY .................................... 89
NATURAL RESOURCES AND SHORELINE ................... 100
HOUSING ........................................... 103
PUBLIC FACILITIES ................................. 149
Education ................ .................... 149
I Protective Services .......................... 157
I Government Operations ........................ 161
Health and Sanitation ........................ 164
PUBLIC UTILITIES .................................. 171
I Water ........................................ 171
Telephone .................................... 181
Electricity .................................. 182
Gas .......................................... 184
Sewer ........................................ 185
RECREATION ........................................ 192
I~
TRANSPORTATION...... .................... 207
Thoroughfares and Streets .................... 208
Transportation Terminals ..................... 213
LAND USE ......... ............................... 217
Introduction and Analysis .................... 217
Land Use Concepts ...........:................ 222
Agriculture ... .............................. 229
Commercial Development ....................... 239
Industrial ................................... 245
Multiple Residential ......................... 252
Single Family Residential .................... 256
Resort ....................................... 264
Open Space . ................................. 275
Public Lands ................................. 276
a o
INTRODUCTION
This section provides an overview of the General Plan with
respect to its history the program and planning process used in its
development and the intended means of implementing the plan The
introduction also presents a discussion of the County's historical
trends and alternative employment and population proiections
iOVERVIEW OF THE GENERAL PLAN
The County of Hawaii's General Plan [for the County of Hawaii]I
lis the policy document for the long-range comprehensive development
I of the island of Hawaii. (The rapid growth and changes experienced
in the County in recent years have brought about unforeseen problems
as well as exciting challenges. The extensions of present
isituations into the future and the needs and desires of residents
make it necessary that guidelines be established for what will take
place in Hawaii.] The General Plan provides the direction for
balanced] the future growth of the County. It brings into focus
the relationship between residents and their pursuits and
institutions, offering policy statements which embody the expressed
goals for present and future generations. [Its proper use and
gradual translation into reality make it a valuable instrument.]
IHistorv of the Plan
The formulation and preparation of the General Plan for the
County of Hawaii has been a major program of the Planning Department
over the past few years. This effort has required an intensive
examination of the communities and various components of the County
as an integral unit. Previous general plans have been limited to
particular regions of the island and consequently lacked a fully
Ilcoordinated and integrated overview of the entire County.]
General plan studies in the County of Hawaii were [started]
initiated in the late 1950's. The first of these studies, "A Plan
for Kona," was completed in 1960 and encompassed the districts of
North and South Kona. "A Plan for the Metropolitan Area of Hilo"
was completed in 1961 for the districts of South Hilo and Puna.
The Kohala-Hamakua Region General Plan" was completed in 1963 and
covered part of the district of North Kona and the districts of
North and South Kohala, Hamakua and North Hilo. These regional
plans were adopted by Ordinance No. 317 in July 1965, as the General
Plan for the County. The district of Ka'u [has been] was the onlyureaintheCountynotcoveredby (previous plans] this plan. [Ka'uWanditscommunitycentersofPahalaandNaalehu, which are primarily
dependent upon sugar producing activities, have been relatively
static during the past decade. Preliminary plans for the
development of these plantation communities have been available to
the County for administrative purposes and have provided adequate
guidance during this interim period.]
0 0
With the adoption and ratification of the County Charter in
1968, the General Plan emerged as a major policy document. [The]
iSection 3-16 of the County Charter [mandates the County Council to:]states:
The county council shall adopt by ordinance a general plan
which shall set forth the Council's policy for long-range
comprehensive physical development of the County. It shall
contain a statement of development objectives, standards and
principles with respect to the most desirable use of land within
the County for residential, recreational, agricultural,
commercial, industrial, and other purposes which shall be
consistent with proper conservation of natural resources and the
preservation of our natural beauty and historical sites; the
most desirable density of population in the several parts of the
County; a system of principal thoroughfares, highways, streets,
public access to the shoreline, and other open spaces; the
general locations, relocations and improvement of public
buildings; the general location and extent of public utilities
and terminals, whether publicly or privately owned, for water,
sewers, light, power, transit and other purposes; the extent and
location of public housing projects; adequate drainage
facilities and control; air pollution; and such other matters as
may, in the Council's judgment, be beneficial to the social,
economic, and governmental conditions and trends and shall be
j designed to assure the coordinated development of the County and
i
to promote the general welfare and prosperity of its people."
AS a policy document, the General Plan provides the legal basis
for all subdivision, zoning and related ordinances. It also
provides the legal basis for the initiation and authorization for
fall public improvements and projects.]
The first General Plan document to be completed after the
ratification of the County Charter in 1968 was adopted by ordinance
on December 15, 1971 by the County Council Upon adoption of the
iuiiu-Canoe uaars, poircres ana standaras ror the entire Countv
The General Plan also provides the legal basis for all of the
other elements of the County's planning structure As such the
General Plan is the highest order or "umbrella" plan. It
establishes the outer limits or boundaries wi hin which the
County must operate.
The second level consists of short and middle range plans
fii rt-har rlPfina i-ho lnnn_ranno nnnlc ~n.i n.,l ;..; er .,c ~Hl.
2-
in a nierarcnv described below.
0 0
etc.
The third level consists of specific mechanisms to
implement the two higher levels of the planning hierarch
These include the Zonina and Subdivision Codes and both the
operating and capital improvement program budgets
General Plan Program
The [present] initial development of the General Plan program
has been structured to] undertaken between 1968 and 1970,
investigate, analyze, and evaluate] investigated, analyzed, and
devaluated concurrently all aspects of the County under a common or
standard methodology. [Preparation of the General Plan involved the
iprocess of planning and provided the opportunity to broaden the base
Iof citizen participation, review and understanding.
I The General Plan is intended to achieve the following basic
purposes:
To improve the physical environment of the County as a setting,
for human activities--to make it more functional, beautiful,
healthful, interesting and efficient.
To promote and safeguard the public interest, the interest of
the County as a whole.
To facilitate the democratic determination of community policies
concerning the utilization of its natural, man-made and human
resources.
To effect political and technical coordination in community
improvement and development.
To inject long-range considerations into the determination of
short-range actions and implementation.
To provide an objective and flexible framework within which
consistent legislative and administrative decisions can be
i effected.
In accordance with the] The General Plan program was fundedIthrouahanagreementbetweentheCountyofHawaiiandtheFederal
Department of Housing and Urban Development through the State of
Hawaii Department of Planning and Economic Development[, the tasks
of the General Plan study were to:
Formulate County and district goals and objectives.
Conduct a detailed land use inventory.
3-
O O
Conduct a housing study with special attention to housing
problems and needs of low-income and culturally deprived groups.
Delineate land use patterns including vehicular circulation,
public facilities and utilities, community facilities,
historical sites, areas for preservation of natural beauty,
urban renewal and redevelopment areas, housing, flooding and
inundation areas, etc.
Summarize present features of the County and each district, and
estimate future requirements to govern location, size, and
number of land use components, including public facilities.
Prepare standards of land use and/or development including
density, setbacks, ground coverage ratio, recreation facilities,
preservation of historic sites, safeguards for flooding and
inundation areas, etc.
Enumerate special County and district problems and recommend
alternative solutions relative to the General Plan.
Formulate implementation program.
This total] The initial General Plan study program was
scheduled] conducted over a 36-month period and was completed by
the Planning Department with the technical assistance of
professional consultants in the fields of drainage and flood
control, historic sites, sewerage, economics, and water. [The
primary physical research was the Land Use Inventory conducted in
1968-69 by the Planning Department. The outcome of the inventory,
the "Land Use Report," was published in 1969 and provided the basic
foundation for the remaining General Plan program.]
The 1971 General Plan required five and ten year comprehensivereviewsandupdates. The reviews and updates are intended to
L.... LL J' .~ ..J Ll i l L ~.L LL.~ /'... ... .~... ..1 Tl.. ... .. ... .] L~
Allocation Guide Map in 1978 and which led to several changes to the
map. Other changes which were made include the addition of an
i[Planning Proce55] The Revised General Plan
The planning process [initially included a determination of the
I number and types of study elements, the required information and
reference,] utilized for the current comprehensive review and
revision of the General Plan included an assessment of the General
Plan elements relative to new data, laws, and methods of analysis.
Each study element was then analyzed and evaluated in relation to
every] all other [element] elements, [to] County and district
goals, and [tol the land use pattern. [A] Potentially, a change in
4-
0 0
one element [would thus be reflected to a greater or lesser degree
in all] could affect other elements as well as (in] the land use
pattern. Similarly, a change in County and district goals [would in
turn] could potentially be reflected in all elements and in the land
use pattern. [This methodology is illustrated in the diagram of the
General Plan study format and in the outline of the process for a
study element. (General Plan Study Format)]
The [study elements delineated for] comprehensive review of the
General Plan [make the planning process manageable. By gathering]
gathered and [assessing] assessed the data [of] related to each
element [and by relating each to the others,] in order to identify
present conditions and problems and future possibilities[ come to
light]. The study elements [of] which are utilized in the General
Plan [for the County of Hawaii are:] included the following:
Economic Activities: Describes the [gainful utilization of]
human, capital and natural resources [for the creation of7 used
to produce goods and services for consumption in local and
overseas markets.
hydrologic and geothermal.
Environmental Oualitv: (Classifies the kinds of pollution which
affects] Identifies the factors affecting the [island] island's
environmental quality and describes the precautions and
safeguards necessary to maintain and improve the quality of the
environment for the physical, psychological and social
well-being of residents and visitors.
Flood Control and Drainage: Pertains to the conservation and
protection of life, improvements and natural resources from
excess runoff due to either man-made improvement s [or] natural
causes or [from] inundation from tsunamis and heavy seas.
Historic Sites: Identifies artifacts and sites of historical
and cultural importance.
Natural Beauty: Identifies areas of unique natural beauty which
are a principle asset of the island, and which [requires]
require programs for their conservation, preservation, and
integration with other elements.
Natural Resources and Shoreline: Describes the valuable and
often irreplaceable natural assets of the island which require
identification and] programs for their protection and wise use.
Housing: [Portrays] Addresses the requirements for [shelter,]
and the quantity, quality, and distribution of housing units[,
and] in the County. It also addresses critical housing problems
of the County.
5-
O O
Public Facilities: Pertains to the location and distribution of
facilities for [educational] education and public safety and for
protective,] social, custodial and health services.
Public Utilities: Describes the distribution of power, light,
and water, the collection and disposition of waste, sewage, and
the provision of communication facilities which are essential to
the efficient functioning of a modern community.
Recreation: Examines the requirements of the County for active
and passive outdoor activities, cultural events and pastimes, as
well as attendant facilities and areas.
Transportation: Describes the requirements for air and water
transport terminal facilities [which link] linkino the County
with the rest of the State and overseas areas, and the island's
network of streets, highways and roads[ which connect the
various parts of the island].
Land Use: Studies the relationship of human activities to the
uses of land and the [aspects of] location, spatial
relationship, and topography[.] of land uses. This element is
subdivided according to uses into the following designations:
Agricultural: Encompasses all types of agricultural
endeavors, specified industrial uses, residential and
ancillary community and public uses.
Commercial: Comprised of industries in the retail trade
and service categories and certain non-noxious enterprises
from other industrial classifications.
Industrial: [Consists of enterprises and facilities]
Includes uses which [are] m~ not [necessarily] be
compatible with commercial areas[,] such as manufacturing
and processing, wholesaling, large storage and
transportation facilities, power plants, and government
baseyardsZ[.] as well as other industrial manufacturing or
wholesaling uses.
Multiple Residential: Includes duplexes, apartments, town
houses; all types of residential structures and ancillary
community and public uses.
Ooen: Includes conservation lands, forest and water
reserves, natural and scientific preserves and potential
natural hazard areas.
Public: Includes Federal, State, County and University
owned lands.
Resort: Consists primarily of areas with basic amenities
and attributes which attract developments of visitor
accommodations and related facilities.
6-
O ~
Single-family Residential: Consists of single-family
detached houses and ancillary community and public uses.
Each study element has been divided into [various] sections [to
facilitate its reading. A description of the sections follows:]
which are described below.
Introduction and Analysis: Describes the element and summarizes
findings[.] County-wide characteristics and features, trends,
changes, and problems are discussed, as well as the outlook and
opportunities for the immediate and distant future. The analysis
also [involves] addresses the element's interrelationships with
other elements.
Goals: Indicates the desired long-range [direction] directions
and [situation which have been enunciated by community groups,
officially expressed in the past or implied in governmental
programs. They attempt] seeks to provide a cohesive and
comprehensive framework within which social and economic programs
and governmental effort can be coordinated.
Policies: States the methods or [strategy] strategies which
should be undertaken to attain the goals stated. These are action
land program oriented and involve the formulation of standard
iprocedures, program evaluation and review, rules and regulations,
iordinances and laws, budgeting, specific projects, etc.
Standards: Concerned with qualitative and quantitative criteria
Iby which situations can be evaluated or benchmarks established.
Standards are basically "yardsticks" or indicators, minimum
conditions or levels of quality necessary for the well-being of the
I, public.
Districts:] Courses of Action• Many study element require a
more precise and definitive discussion of community concerns and
problems. [This section attempts] These sections attempt to
identify specific [localized] alternatives on a community, district
or regional basis.
As an aid to the understanding of the inter-relationship of the
components of the General Plan the separate elements of the General
Plan may also be described as follows•
opportunities and growth on the island of Hawaii The
Shoreline elements describe those natural and social conditions
Utilities. Recreation. and Transportation elements describe
those services. facilities and improvements which are required
7-
0 0
Plan Implementation
One of the most critical phases of the planning program is the
implementation of the General Plan. It is the use of the plan
rather than its mere existence which is of benefit. Public
lunderstanding and support are vitally necessary as the
responsibility for the development of the island of Hawaii rests not
only with the administrative and legislative branches of the Countyabutwithallpeoplewholivehere. Widespread discussion will
promote the understanding of unique and innovative concepts which
are presented in the plan.
Effectuation of the General Plan will require the amendment and
adoption of the Zoning Ordinance in accordance with the standards
land criteria enumerated in the plan (land use allocation and
reallocation; amendment and adoption of the Subdivision Ordinance
I(design and density standards); adoption of the Capital Improvements
Program (public improvements and facilities) and the County
loperational budget (public programs and services); adoption of
ordinances pertaining to the preservation of historic sites and
lareas of natural beauty; initiation of State Land Use District
changes; creation of natural area preserves; adoption of shoreline
setback and use regulations; and other related ordinances and
regulations.]
Implementation of the General Plan requires the development of
middle and short range community functional and area plans It
ia1Cn rP[Tni YPS a cvs}pma}in rovi ova of imnlcmon}inn nrrlinannoc c~~rh
these codes in accordance with policies and standards of the General
iPlan.
like.
The following procedure is required to insure the
implementation of the General Plan:]
other elements of the General Plan.
the anticipated growth and the County operational budget
encompasses programs and services Both are maior components of the
implementation of General Plan policies.
0 0
Although fifteen years have elapsed since the adoption of the
County's planning program all of the major components have yet to
be put in place Furthermore the planning process must be viewed
sand linear one Unanticipated opportunities as well as unexpected
delavs necessitate adiustments to programs standards and policies
Nevertheless, standard procedures must be followed to insure
guidance•
The General Plan, and anv comprehensive review. should be widely
distributed for review, discussion, and comments.
Community associations in each district should be requested to
serve as review and advisory bodies to the Planning Commission.]
Input from community organizations shall be solicited to assist
and advise the Planning Department, Planning Commission and
Council.
The Planning Commission [should] shall hold public hearings in
the principal communities throughout the County.
After the completion of the public hearings[,] for the revision
program, the Planning Commission can suggest modifications to
the Planning Director and/or submit the revised General Plan
with recommendations to the Mayor for transmittal to the County
Council.
After its deliberation, the Council [can] shall adopt the
revised General Plan [by] ordinance as the official County of
Hawaii policy.
After the enactment of the revised General Plan Ordinance, the
Planning Department shall prepare drafts of [proposed] revisions
to existing and proposed new ordinances to [assist in the
effectuation of the General] address anv amendments to the
Plan. These drafts shall be submitted to the Planning
Commission for review and recommendations prior to transmittal
to the Council for consideration and action.
The County administration [should] shall prepare a Capital
Improvements Program which will insure that all County projects
are in accord with the General Plan. The (CIP] Capital
Improvement Program budget shall be submitted to the Council for
consideration and action.
Federal and State agencies should be officially requested to
recognize the General Plan [for the County of Hawaii] and anv
amendments thereto, in the formulation and implementation of
their projects and programs.
9-
0 0
Detailed plans] Communit Develo ment lans and Urban Desi n
Guidelines should be prepared or amended by the Planning
Department for administrative purposes and [for] adopted by
resolution by the Planning Commission. These will show current
and proposed public and private capital improvements and
services, existing zoning, areas appropriate for allocative land
use acreage and any other information which will assist the
Planning Department and Commission to implement the General Plan.
The General Plan for the County of Hawaii should be thoroughlyreviewedatintervalsofnotmorethantenyears. Land use
acreage allocation should be reviewed at intervals of not more
than five years. All review processes shall be a joint effort
of the communities, residents, and the County government.
PROFILE OF THE] COUNTY TRENDS
The County of Hawaii encompasses the island of Hawaii, which is
the southeasternmost and largest island of the Hawaiian
archipelago. [Commonly referred to as the Big Island, the] The land
area of [Hawaii] the County is [nearly] approximately twice [the
combined size] that of all the other islands of the State.
The island of Hawaii [is a land of] has a diverse climate,topography, and scenic beauty. Environments range from dense
tropical forests [to] majestic snowcapped mountains[. There are]
active volcanoes[,] black, white, and green sand beaches[,] deeplyerodedvalleys(,] and large expanses of grazing land. Each of the
districts provide a variety of settings for human activity land and
resource utilization, or wilderness areas of minimal human inf rnc; n..
The island may have been the first of the group to be inhabitedEbythePolynesians. Tracings which date back to 750 A.D, have been
jfound in the South Point area. Captain James Cook, the first
European to set foot in Hawaii, met his death at Kealakekua Bay in
I 1779. The Hawaiian monarch who united all Hawaii under one rule,
iKamehameha the Great, was born in Kohala and died in Kona. The
entire island is rich in historical lore.
Throughout the County's history, agriculture has played an
important economic role. There were many ventures and experiments'
and sugar production and cattle ranching emerged as leaders of themodernagriculturalindustry. In recent years other forms of
diversified agriculture, principally macadamia nuts, papaya, and
flowers, have experienced substantial growth. Most manufacturing
concerns on the island are closely associated with the agricultural
industry.]
Agriculture has played an important role in the County's economyttahnnti4-a h~ cfnrv Tn i-ho 7 ~~o i vnn . ~ v.......:: ~..... _.._ L__
10-
0 0
Sugar, ranching and diversified agriculture continues to be an
in~cnr~l no.-A- ..F 4L... n....... i~~~,~ ~-~-____ i.______ _e _. _. ~ _
ieverv tropical and semi-tropical product have been attempted here
From early experiments the coffee macadamia nut papaya and cut
flower industries have emerged Experimentation with new
agricultural products will continue to contribute to the island's
agricultural economic base In addition many of the County's
imanufacturina concerns are closely associated with agriculturalactivities.
I
In the past decade a new major industry, tourism, has emerged.]
Within the past twenty-five years tourism has emerged as the
primary economic activity on the island Much of the economic
growth experienced during this period can be linked with the
expansion of the visitor industry.
The County's population, numbering 63,468 in the 1970 census,
consists of people from various ethnic backgrounds. No majoritylethnicgroupingisfoundontheisland. This can be seen in the
following percentages of ethnic backgrounds represented: Japanese,X39.9%; Caucasian, 15.0%; Filipino, 9.6%; Hawaiian, 2.6%; Puerto
Rican, 1.9%; Chinese, 1.2%; Part Hawaiian, 18.9%; Cosmopolitan and.others not reported, 10.9%. This diversity is largely the result of
the practice started by sugar plantations over a century ago of
importing immigrant workers. The first laborers were the Chinese,
followed by the Japanese and the Portuguese, and more recently, the
Filipinos. The plantations had and still exert a large influence on
the economic and social lives of many Big Islanders.]
v uiataon rn the amount of tlawari numbered 63 468. The 1970 census
count [of population] was the first to show an increase [of peopledintheCountyLalbeitsmall, since 1930. Population in modern
history peaked at 73,325 during that year, largely [the] as a result
of the [importing] importation of labor [into the island.] for the'.
sugar industry. [After World War II, however, plantations began ah
intensive program of mechanization which substantially reduced the,
demand for labor. Since there were few alternative forms of
economic and educational opportunities, a sizable out-migration of
presidents, especially the younger segment of the population,
occurred between 1940 and 1960. This was reversed between 1960 and1970.] The population decline between 1930 and the 1960s was
primarily due to the increasing mechanization of the sugar
plantation, limited iob opportunities in other economic sectors and
the outmigration of residents This decline was reversed during the
1960s with a modest growth of 2 140 residents between the 1960 andX1970census.
Since 1970, the County's population has continued to crow The
11980 census registered an island-wide population of 92 053 peoplerepresentingagrowthof28585residentsora45% increase over the
1970 census Estimates prepared by the Department of Planning and
ECOnomic Development suggest a population of 106 400 in 1985 These
estimates represent the County's population approaching the island's
11-
r
O O
i
native population in 1779 estimated to have been between 100 000 to
i150.000.
TABLE 1. POPULATION, HAWAII COUNTY
I 1930-1970
Population Chanoe from Previous Census
1930 73,325
1940 73,276 - 49
1950 68,350 -4,9161196061,332 -7,018
1970 63,468 +2,136
I~SOURCE: U.S. Census Bureau
Year
1930
1940
1950
1960
1970
1980
1985
Table 1. Pop~.ation. Hawaii County
1930 - 1985
Change from Previous Census
Change in
Population Population Percentage
73,325 N/A N/A
73,276 - 49 - 0.1%
68,350 - 4,916 - 6.7°s
61,332
63,468
92,053
106,400
7,018
2,136
28,585
14,347
10.3 %
3.5%
31.1%
15.6%
Table 2 summarizes the growth in Hawaii County's iob count, by
anon-agricultural categories farm and agricultural employment have
Bobs between 1970 and 1984.
The value of sugar diversified agriculture and construction
output increased during the 1970s These increases together with
net gains in the travel industry provided support for a period of
12-
0 0
iunprecedented growth in employment and population in Hawaii Count
Hawaii County's emnlovment expanded at an average rate of 3 4
percent annually since 1970 as compared to 2 3 percent between 1960
and 1970. The County added a total of 16 050 new employees since
1970 Since 1970 statewide employment increased at an average rate
jof 2.8 percent or more than 10 000 new lobs annually compared to an
average rate of 3 percent and about 6.500 lobs added annually during
the previous decade.
T le 2 Job Count By Industry
1970-1984
lContract Construction
iManufacturing
I Durable Goods
Non-durable goods
Food ProcessingTransportation, Commercial,
land Utilities
Trade
l Wholesale
Retail
Finance, Ins. & Real Est.
Services & Miscellaneous
Hotels
Other Services & Misc.
Government
Federal
State
Local
Agriculture
Sugar
Self-Employed
Other
Total Non-Ag. Wage & Sal
Total Non-Ag. Self Emp.
iTOtal Self-Employed
TOTAL JOBS
of of Change
1970 Total 1984 Total 1970-84
1,670 5.72%1,150 2.72%31.14%
2,990 10.24%2,800 6.62%6.35%
120 0.41%100 0.24%16.67%
2,870 9.83%2,700 6.38%5.92%
2,350 8.05%2,350 5.56%0.00%
1,400 4.80%1,950 4.61%39.29%
5,110 17.51%8,250 19.50%61.45%
1,260 4.32%1,450 3.43%15.08%
3,850 13.19%6,800 16.08%76.62%
890 3.05%1,350 3.19%51.69%
3,760 12.88%8,100 19.15%115.43%
1,750 6.00%3,800 8.98%117.14%
2,010 6.89%4,300 10.17%113.93%
4,370 14.97%6,700 15.84%53.32%
360 1.23%600 1.42%66.67%
2,950 10.11%4,350 10.28%47.46%
1,060 3.63%1,750 4.14%65.09%
5,830 19.97%6,200 14.66%6.35%
1,900 6.51%1,350 3.19%28.95%
2,280 7.81%2,400 5.67%5.26%
1,700 5.82%2,400 5.67%41.18%
20,190 69.17%33,200 78.49%64.44%
3,170 10.86%2,900 6.86%8.52%
4,360 14.94%5,300 12.53%21.56%
29,190 42,300 44.91%
The out-migration between 1940 and 1960 left a seriousI~imbalance in the age-sex distribution of the island's population
which was first reflected in the 1960 census. Table 2 illustrates
this situation. There were about 7,000 fewer people between the
ages of 15 and 34 in 1960 than in 1950. The 1970 census, however,
showed a gain of 1,940 residents in this age group.
Because of the increasing number of residents above 54 years
fold, the median age of the Big Island's population increased from
13-
O O
X27.4 years old in 1960 to 29.2 years in 1970. Effects of the
plantations' practice of importing male workers can be seen in the
sex distribution of the population. In 1970 there were 108 males
Ifor every 100 females. The ratio between men and women has since
ibeen balancing out.]
TABLE 2.AGE DISTRIBUTION, HAWAII COUNTY
1960 AND 1970
Ape
I
1960 1970 Chance
lUnder 5 6,971 5,446 1,525
5- 9
X10-14
7,410
6,998
6,299
7,085
1,111
87
15-19 5,359 6,372 1,013
X20-24 2,435 3,710 1,275
i25-34 7,070 6,722 348
35-44 8,056 7,658 398
45-54 7,148 7,901 753
j55-59 3,089 3,417 328
60-64 2,209 3,020 811
65-74 2,942 3,838 896
75 and over 1,642 2,000 358
TOTAL 6 1,332 63,468
Median Age 27.4 29.2
SOURCE: See Table 1]
I [TABLE 3. AGE-SEX DISTRIBUTION
HAWAII COUNTY,1970
A4e Male Female Totals
Under 5 2,780 2,666 5,446 8.6
5- 9 3,236 3,063 6,299 9.9
10-14 3,701 3,384 7,085 11.2
X15-19 3,211 3,161 6,372 10.0
20-24 1,804 1,906 3,710 5.8
25-34 3,326 3,396 6,722 10.6
35-44 3,675 3,983 7,658 12.1
X45-54 4,030 3,871 7,901 12.4
55-59 1,956 1,461 3,417 5.4
160-64 1,902 1,118 3,020 4.8
65-74 2,208 1,630 3,838 6.0
75 and over 1,069 931 2,000 3.2
TOTAL 32,898 30,570 63,468 100.0%
SOURCE: See Table 1]
14-
0 0
The following table shows the marital status of persons
114 years old and over:
TABLE 4. MARITAL STATUS OF PERSONS 14 AND OVER
HAWAII COUNTY, 1970
Male Female
No.No.s
Married 14,180 59.2 14,015 63.1
Widowed 916 3.8 2,191 9.9
Divorced or Separated 813 3.4 702 3.2
INever Married 8.034 33.6 5,284 23.8
TOTAL 23,943 100.0 22,192 100.0
jSOURCE: See Table 1
Over half of the Big Island residents over 20 years of age have
a high school or higher education, according to recent survey.l
This is a rise in educational level from a decade ago. Of today's
Thigh school graduates, more than 60°s indicate a desire to attend
college or a technical school. Out-migration of the island's youth
has been declining with the expansion of the University of Hawaii
Viand Community College.
Employment in the County has increased substantially over the
past ten years. The labor force in 1970 was estimated to be
slightly under 30,000. Employment during this year averaged 28,700
with an increase during the fall and winter coffee harvesting
seasons. The unemployment rate was 3.3% which compares favorably
with State and national averages. About 22% of the workers are
employed in agriculture, 13% in services, including hotels; 16% in
wholesale and retail trade; 11% in manufacturing; and 9% are
self-employed agricultural workers. Per capita personal income in
1968 was $3,174.
women workers play an important role in the County. The
participation rate, or the ratio between labor force and population,
iis higher in Hawaii County than in any other area of the State.
iThis indicates that a fairly sizable percentage of the women in the
County are working.
A study of social characteristics and services in the County was
prepared by the Planning Committee of the Hawaii Island United Fund
i(HUI) in May 1969. The study contained data on various health and
social indicators for the County of Hawaii and the judicial
districts. The following table shows some of the County's social
15-
O O
ihealth indicators as compared to the State or Oahu. Further details
Ion social characteristics are contained in HUI's report.
TABLE 5. COMMUNITY HEALTH INDICATOR NORMS
HAWAII COUNTY AND STATE OR OAHU
i 1967
I Hawaii State or
Social Health Indicators
I
County Oahu (O)
of Families Under $3,000 Income 15.4%7.6%(O)
of Families Under $4,000 Income 25.0%15.0%(O)
Family Disorganization (Divorced,
i Separated, or Widowed), 1966 5.8%8.5%(O)
Aid to Families & Dependent Children,
Rate/1000 Population 36.2 20.3
General Assistance Cases, Rate/
1000 Population 5.3 3.5
Old Age Assistance, Rate/1000 Population 5.4 2.5
Social Security Benefits, Rate/
100 Population 14.5 8.3
IAll Police Complaints, Part I & II
Crimes, Rate/1000 Population 36.7 39.7 (O)
Juvenile Arrests, Rate/1000 Population 7.5 10.9 (O)
Juveniles Under Court Jurisdiction,
Rate/1000 Population 4.2 6.1 (O)
Tuberculosis Cases, Rate/1000 Population 4.5 3.6
Illegitimate Births, Rate/100 Live
Births 7.5 8.4
iMental Health Patients, Rate/1000
Population 13.7 7.8
School Dropouts, Rate/1000 School
Enrollment 3.6 2.3
School Suspensions, Rate/1000
i School Enrollment 21.4 19.0
SOURCE: Hawaii Island Planning Committee,An Overview of
Social Characteristics and Services of the County of Hawaii,"
May 1969.
Recently there has been increasing concern about the social
problems caused by the economy shifting from a
iirural-agricultural status to one more urban. Studies are being
conducted by the State and various agencies to examine what are
the social ramifications of, for example, a resort complex
close to a rural community.]
THE FUTURE OF HAWAII ISLAND
Introduction]
16-
0 0
EMPLOYMENT AND POPULATION PROJECTION
The County's General Plan is a policy document which sets
forth guidelines for future activities in the island of Hawaii
for the next few decades. In order to plan for the future, it
is necessary to [anticipate] understand both historical trends
and future trends related to the number of residents and
visitors to be served and the kinds of facilities and resources
needed to fulfill their needs.
This section contains projections of population and the
economy. Other considerations concerning visions of the future
lof the island and some of the alternatives are also presented
here.
Forecasters are faced with an impossible task of trying to
predict the future. There are so many known and unknown
variables that it is difficult even to decide which items are
pertinent. The only way to cope with these variables is to
make assumptions about them.]
In traditional public planning efforts, entire plans have
been based on the achievement of the projected levels of
population. In many of these cases, where population numbers
pare goals, plans become obsolete when the projected number of
residents is not achieved or is surpassed. Thus, the
projections presented are not intended to be used as coals
This] Rather, this General Plan effort uses the projected
levels of population [only] as a [guide] ouideline in land use
planning. The projections [are educated guesses of] represent
what could reasonably be expected to occur in the future.
They should never be taken as actual facts of the future.]
The goals, policies, standards, and recommendations of this
plan are intended to be flexible enough to cope with population
levels below or above the projections stated in this section.
Projections]
Population] Employment and population projections for the
County of Hawaii were developed through the [use] analysis of
relationships between economic activity, employment, and
population. LThis approach differs from traditional methods of
forecasting population which include: 1) projecting past
annual average rate of growth or other mathematical
lextrapolations from past data; 2) assumptions regarding in- and
out-migration trends; 3) cohort-survival method; and 4) using
percentages of the other islands, the State, region, or
national population. These methods were not used for the
following reasons:
A. Projecting historical trends of population and
migration would result in a declining population for
the island.
17-
0 0
B. Out-migration during the 1930-1960 period left serious
imbalances in the male-female ratio as well as in the
age distribution of the population which if the
cohort-survival method were applied to this data would
have unmeaningful results.
C. Historical data do not indicate that population
changes in the County paralleled changes in the other
islands, the State, region, or nation.
The economic activity-population approach appears to be
more meaningful. This] The analytical approach used entails
the forecasting of employment in basic [and secondary]
industries[, utilizing a multiplier between this employment and
population. This also allows planners to examine the reasons
for growth or the lack of it.] and the relationship that
changes in employment have relative to population. An
econometric model was developed and utilized to proiect total
employment and population.
Basic industries which receive income from outside the
County are assumed to be the foundation of the economy and the
key to the development of the island. Industries which are
considered basic are agriculture, tourism, the manufacturing of
export products, and research and development.
Secondary industries are those enterprises which service
basic industries and/or population. Retail and wholesale
trade, bakeries, utilities, financial institutions, and local
government are examples of industries in this category.
After an examination of the various industries which exist
in the County, the following assumptions were adopted:]
2. Manufacturing
Non-sugar basic manufacturing enterprises include
garment manufacturing, food processing for export,
lumber milling, and wood product production. MODEST
INCREASES ARE EXPECTED IN THIS CATEGORY.
3. Research and Development
While there is tremendous potential for expansion in
this industry, it is extremely difficult to assess the
magnitude of employment expansion. This problem
concerns the basic funding source of Research and
Development which is government. Educational
facilities such as the university are considered part
of secondary or support industries. RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT IS ASSUMED TO GENERATE A MODEST NUMBER OF
BASIC EMPLOYEES.]
18-
0 0
Three sets of projections were developed for thecomprehensivereviewprogram, Series A, B, and C. The major
variable in each of these projections was the rate of growth of
the visitor industry. [Revealed plans] Plans for resort
complexes and other factors were considered in the forecast of
hotel rooms. It should again be emphasized that the
projections are not statements of coals
Series A is
growth of 3% per
demise of the su
visitor industrv
Series A of 2.0%
of employment in
the most conservative projection. [The rate of
annum coincides with the] It assumes the
car industrv and modest expansion in the
The overall 1985-2005 rate of growth for
per annum is less than the 2.9% rate of growth
the County during the last five years.
SERIES A
HOTEL, EMPLOYMENT, AND POPULATION
ESTIMATES, HAWAII COUNTY 1960-1990
Hotel Rooms Emplovment Population
1960 860 22,293 61,332
1970 3,438 29,000 63,468
X1975 5,600 32,600 70,000
1980 8,900 39,200 84,000
1990 15,600 53,600 115,000]
SERIES A
POPULATION AND VISITOR INDUGTRv
OJECTIONS. HAWAII COUNTY 1985-2005
Westbound Hotel Condo Total
Resident Visitors Rooms Units Visitor
Population to County @ 70%@ 50%Units
1985 106,000 837,000 4,100 2,000 6,100
1990 122,000 1,096,000 5,300 2,400 7,700
1995 138,000 1,337,000 ~6,400 3;000 9,400
2000 155,000 1,485,000 7,100 3,400 10,500
2005 173,000 1,553,000 7,600 3,600 11,200
19-
0 0
EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS
HAWAII COUNTY 1985-2005
PRIMARY SECTORS New Total Total Total
Hotel Sugar Div Ag Ind Primary Secondary Jobs
1985 3,900 2,600 6,500 100 13,100 29,700 42,800
1990 4,700 1,200 6,700 100 12,700 34,200 46,900
1995 5,700 0 7,300 300 13,300 38,400 51,7,00
2000 6,400 0 7,800 300 14,500 43,300 57,800
2005 6,800 0 8,400 300 15,500 48,300 63,800
Series B projections were developed as a medium series. These
I~projections lie between Series A and C. [The] Suoar employment is
maintained and the overall per annum emplovment growth rate
anticipated in Series B is approximately [4%.] 3.7%.
SERIES B
HOTEL, EMPLOYMENT, AND POPULATION
ESTIMATES, HAWAII COUNTY 1960-1990
Hotel Rooms Emplovment Population
1960 860 22,293 61,332
11970 3,438 29,000 63,468
X1975 7,500 36,500 78,000
1980 21,000 45,900 99,000
1990 20,000 64,000 137,000]
SERIES B
POPULATI ON AND VISITOR INDUSTRY
ROJECTION S. HAWAII COUNTY 198 -200
Westbound Hotel Condo Total
Resident Visitors Rooms Units Visitor..
Population to County @ 70%@ 50%Units
1985 106,000 837,000 4,100 2,000 6,100
1990 124,000 1,096,000 5,600 2,600 8,200I1995148,000 1,396,000 8,600 4,000 12,600
2000 180,000 1,713,000 11,900 5,600 17,500
12005 217,000 1,800,000 13,900 6,400 20,300
20-
0 0
EMPLOYMEN T PRO JECTIONS
HAWAII COUNTY,1985-2005
PRIMARY SECTORS New Total Total Total
Hotel Sugar Div Ag Ind Primary Secondary Jobs
1985 3,900 2,600 6,500 100 13,100 29,700 42,800
1990 5,000 2,100 6,700 300 14,100 34,900 49,000
1995 7,700 2,100 7,300 500 17,600 43,700 61,300
2000 10,600 2,100 9,800 500 23,000 53,000 76,000
2005 12,400 2,000 8,400 500 23,300 65,700 89,000
Series C is an [extremely] optimistic outlook of the County's
future. It is assumed that [30,000] 17,800 hotel rooms plus
additional condominium units will be built in the County by [1990.]
2005. [Enough land is presently zoned for the construction of
32,000 hotel rooms. There are some large developments planned in
areas which do not have resort zoning.] The average annual growth
rate of [population] employment in Series C is [slightly over 5%.]
i4.7%.
SERIES C
HOTEL, EMPLOYMENT, AND POPULATION
ESTIMATES, HAWAII COUNTY 1960-1990
Hotel Rooms Employment Population
1960 860 22,293 61,332
1970 3,438 29,000 63,468
1975 9,600 40,500 87,000
1980 16,000 53,400 115,000
1990 30,000 82,800 178,000]
SERIES C
POPULATION AND VISITOR INDUSTRY
PROJECTIONS, HAWAII COUNTY 1985-2005
Westbound Hotel Condo Total
Resident Visitors Rooms Units Visitor
Population to County @ 70%@ 50%Units
I1985 106,000 837,000 4,100 2,000 6,100
1990 129,000 1,242,000 8,600 4,000 12,600
11995 167,000 1,500,000 12,200 5,800 18,000
2000 212,000 1,664,000 15,000 7,000 22,000
2005 258,000 1,973,000 17,800 8,400 26,200
21-
0 0
EMPLOYMENT PRO JECTIONS
HAWAII COUNTY.1985-2005
PRIMARY SECTORS New Total Total Total
Hotel Sugar Div Ag Ind Primary Secondary Jobs
1985 3,900 2,600 6,500 100 13,100 29,700 42,800
1990 7,700 2,100 8,000 300 18,100 39,900 58,000
1995 11,000 2,100 9,400 500 23,000 53,900 76,900
2000 13,500 2,100 9,500 500 25,600 66,400 92,000
12005 16,000 2,000 9,600 500 28,100 79,700 107,800
It should be emphasized that these projections are not
statements of goals nor desired levels of economic activity. These
projections are merely extensions of existing trends.
In view of the economic activity experienced by the County over
ithe past five years, the trend of growth seems to be rapid and
sustained. The levels of future economic activity, however, will
require a great deal of community resources and may cause several
problems.]
I The economic activity experienced by the County over the past
five years reflects growth in the County's population and
employment. The projections indicate that there will be (a heavy
dependence] heavier dependencies on tourism. At present [7.4%] 91%
of the County's employees work in hotels [and 6.8% are employed in
visitor-related facilities. Employment in the traditional economic
base of the County, agriculture and manufacturing, accounts for
130.6°s]. By [1990] 2005 hotel [and visitor support] workers may
account for employment ranging from [41%] 10.7% in Series A to [51%]
14.8% in Series C.
Since the County already has a high percentage of its
population working, any increased labor force to accompany large and
rapid growth will probably have to be met by in-migration from areas
outside the County.
Rapid development without adequate controls also has an
inflationary tendency on land and housing prices. Unless wages
accelerate commensurate with the same rate of inflation, present
situations could be further aggravated.]
Population Distribution
From the estimates of the islandwide resident population, other
estimates have been made which attempt to project the distribution
of population over the districts of the island. These are not
untended to be included as .population achievement levels for the
districts, nor as firm statements or descriptions of future
conditions. They are based on assumptions of potential employment
growth rates described in the previous islandwide employment and
22-
O O
population estim ates. past district growth trends and trends in the
distribution of population over the island.
Di strict Distributi on
Year 2005
Series------
District A B C
Puna 39,790 49,910 59,340
S. Hilo 44,115 55,335 65,790
N. Hilo 1,211 1,519 1,806
Hamakua 5,363 6,721 7,998
N. Kohala 5,363 6,721 7.998.
S. Kohala 19,203 24,087 28,638
N. Kona 43,250 54,250 64,500
S. Kona 10,899 13,671 16,254
Kau 3,806 4,774 5,676
23-
0
ECONOMIC [ELEMENT]
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
0
The development of sound [local] public policy [in a general
plan demands] requires an understanding of the economic factors[.]
affecting the planning area or region. Such factors are largely
responsible for [the County's] growth or lack of growth, and any
planning effort which does not take them into account cannot be very
meaningful.] effective. In varying degrees the other elements of
the planning process are affected by the local economy.
The existence of population in any given area is based in part
on economic reasons. Population usually settles, expands or
declines in some correlation to [income] economic opportunities or
the lack of them. Besides affecting the number and density of
population, economic activity has a direct bearing on income level,
which to a certain extent determines the standard of living of the,
individual.
Different types of employment influence the social character of
communities. The size and character of the population in turn
define needs for housing, transportation, public utilities and
facilities, special combinations of land use, recreation, and so
forth. Economic studies are thus one of the necessary first steps
in developing plans for public and private actions.
Government has a responsibility to identify [and plan towards
the achievement of an economy which will best satisfy the people's
economic demands in balance with desirable social constraints. This
involves an active role by government to]~ understand, forecast,
protect and promote local economic sectors and to balance economic.
growth with desired environmental, social and other obiectives of
the host community. Government has many policy instruments
available to influence and guide [development] developments,
linvestment, and operation of private and public interests.
This approach requires a conscious direction of the economy of
the County.] The economy, however, should not be considered as the
only goal of the General Plan. The planning process is geared
towards the achievement of a higher quality of life for the
residents of the County. Working towards the goals, policies, and
standards of this element are only one aspect of accomplishing this
idesired end.
The [County] Island offers several amenities conducive for
economic growth. Many of these are natural amenities such as a
favorable and equitable climate, scenic vistas, high mountains, deep
oceans, active volcanoes, large land areas, and an environment
fairly free of pollution. [In 1967, direct flights between the U.S.
mainland and the County were inaugurated, offering immediate as well
has long-term economic benefits.]
24-
0 0
Despite these amenities, there have been a number of problems
that tended to retard or limit growth on the island. [PrincipalIlamongtheseproblemsistheinsularnatureoftheCounty. Hawaii 'is
ithe farthest island from Honolulu, Oahu, the State center of
commercial, cultural and social activity.] Most imported goods have
Ito be transhipped through Honolulu. The distances from the
population center of Honolulu, the mainland, and other markets have
limited the growth of export products from the Big Island. With the
exception of sugar, only products which are unique and/or have high
value are successfully exported, such as macadamia nuts, flowers,
coffee, and papaya.
As the island of Hawaii's population and tourism [grow] rows
larger and the export volume increases, more favorable rates on
overseas carriers may be instituted. [Should the proposed ferry
system between the islands materialize, surface transportation may
be improved.]
j The relatively small population in the State, coupled with the
distance to mainland markets, creates a disadvantage for local
businessmen. This situation is commonly called a "pocket market."
The size of the population does not allow for efficient operations,
and when exportation is considered in order to expand the market,
the entrepreneur is faced with high transportation costs.
Physical catastrophies, such as tsunamis, volcanic activity,flooding, and droughts, have also retarded growth on the island. In
addition to actual physical damage, the fear of the recurrence of
natural hazards presented a psychological barrier for investment.
Measures to protect life and property have been planned and
instituted throughout the County. Further control measures are
reported in this plan.
Despite these and other problems, such as high costs of living,
high power rates, and other limitations, the economy of Hawaii
County has made remarkable advances over the past decade. The
economy has traditionally been powered by agriculture. A rural
atmosphere has been maintained throughout the island with most of
the urbanization taking place in Hilo city, the island's principal
harbor complex. During the past decade, the visitor industry has
emerged as a major economic force. These two industries,
agriculture and tourism, presently constitute the foundation of the
island's economy.]
The economv of Hawaii County has experienced significant changes
Agriculture
With sugar as its leader, agriculture currently constitutes
25-
most of the communities maintain a rural character.
0 0
the] a major economic sector of the island of Hawaii. Including
processing, the agricultural industry accounts for [one-fourth]
about 10 percent of the island's employment. Besides sugar
cultivation and processing, local agricultural pursuits consists of
ithe raising of cattle and other livestock, the growing of coffee,
macadamia nuts, papaya, flowers and nursery products, vegetables,
land several processing plants which utilize locally grown products.
Agribusiness is basically conducted on two levels. On one end
of the spectrum are the [ten incorporated] three sugar plantations
which account for a large percentage of agricultural employment. At
the other end are the small, family-operated farms and ranches. The
latter accounts for about [half] three-fourths of the people engaged
in agriculture.
Hawaii County accounts for [36.9%] approximately one-third of
the sugar produced in the State of Hawaii, over half of the beef
consumed, all of the coffee grown, most of the macadamia nuts, and
varying percentages of the other crops and livestock. [With the
exception of the declining coffee industry, incomes from agriculture
have grown.] The total value of agricultural marketings rose [51.3%
from 1960 to 1969,] 181 percent from 1970 to 1984, in part a result
of higher prices. The number of farms[, however, decreased from
i3,600 to 2,750] and livestock operations increased from 2,500 to
2,650 in the same period. Acreage in farms [also], however,
declined [12.2%] 15 percent during the [last decade.] 1970 - 1984
Hari nfl_ llivarcifiaA anti rnlfnra (nnn-ciirtar_ nnn-ninaannlal hac
dCCODULe^ LOr 9b PerCenL OL Lne OlVer51L1e0 CrOpS In Lne SLaLe In
1984 while livestock on the island accounted for 27 percent of the
One of the most pressing problems faced by today's agricultural
industries is their ability to attract labor. Agriculture is facing
increasing competition for labor from other sectors of the economy,
such as the rapidly expanding visitor [industry] and construction[.]
industries. There is also a demand for a greater number of
personnel with technical and professional agricultural training. A
related problem is the housing shortage which is found throughout
the island.
Competition from urban forces for agricultural lands has
intensified. The protection of prime agricultural lands, however,
is the intent of the State Land Use Law.] has long been a policv of
the County of Hawaii.
The pocket market situation and transportation difficulties
limentioned earlier in this section are limiting factors for the
production of agricultural products for local consumption and
lexport. The State Department of Agriculture, the Department of
Planning and Economic Development, the University of Hawaii, the
College of Tropical Agriculture, and the County have programs to
26-
0 0
assist the industry.
In 1970 the State Agricultural Development Plan was completed.
This document reviewed the present and future potential of
agriculture and formulated programs to maintain its future.]
The opportunities for the expansion of agriculture on the Big
Island seem to be immense. [Sugar, the largest of all industries,
Ihas reported production increases by becoming highly mechanized.
More mergers and mechanization are expected. One of the immediate
problems faced by this industry is pollution control.] Export
products grown mostly on the Big Island, such as coffee. papaya,
macadamia nuts, and flowers, have expanded rapidly over recent
years. These commodities and others, such as ginger, guava and
other tropical fruits,. have potential for growth. There are also
anew high value crops which have potential to be successfully
cultivated here.
With the introduction of intensified pasture management and a
ifeed lot operation located on the island coupled with changes in
consumer patterns there is also a potential for cattle ranchinq
iexpanding.
it ish;ng and Agra ~1 ~r
Fishing and aguacultural activities are also basic economic
The deep cold coastal waters off Keahole Point are nutrient rich
and pathogen free Experiments with the water have proven
successful crowing media for a variety of marine products
Manufacturing
Manufacturing or processing activities in the County of Hawaii.
ihave mainly been related to the agricultural industry. About [57%]
50 percent of the employees in the manufacturing sector are involved
yin the processing of sugar[, and about 200 workers are connected
with the processing of macadamia nuts]. Other forms of
manufacturing associated with agriculture [are] include the
processing of macadamia nuts, the production of jams and jellies,
and preserved vegetables[, and lumber processing]. The food
processing enterprises excluding sugar processing accounted for
approximately 700 employees in 1984, 30_percent of the total
manufacturing employment.
The garment industry is another form of "basic" manufacturing
conducted on the island. Approximately 200 people are involved in
the manufacture of Hawaiian apparel.]
27-
significant future expansion.
0
Other manufacturing activities
bakeries, printing and iron works.
ilocated close to population centers
0
are service-oriented, such as
These operations are usually
or transportation facilities.
An expanding agricultural industry will provide greater
opportunities for related processing. Several proposals for the use
of sugar cane waste, or bagasse, are being studied. Major factors
inhibiting the growth of manufacturing on Hawaii Island are
transportation and power costs.]
Visitor Industrv
The visitor industry has [emerged as a] become the County's
major economic [force] activity in the past decade. The number of
westbound visitors to the island of Hawaii in [1960 was 91,000] 1970
was 446,400. By [1969,] 1984, the count showed [358,000] 760,900
visitors. The hotel inventory during the same period grew from [860
to 3,200] 3,200 to 6,944 rooms. Employment in hotels, services, and
itrade also experienced similar increases.
The growth of Hawaii County in terms of employment, population,,
income and economic activity during recent years has been more
closely tied to the visitor industry than any other sector of the
economy. Employment opportunities spurred by the growth of this
industry [may be the principal cause of the reversal of the three
decade population decline on the island.] has been the catalyst for
economic growth in the Countv.
The principal visitor destination area of the Big Island is
Kona] the South Kohala-North Kona region in West Hawaii. [and the.]
The single most popular attraction is Hawaii Volcanoes National
Park. [The city of Hilo, while a visitor attraction in its own
right, serves primarily as the business and transportation center of
the island, having a deepwater port and direct flights to and from
the mainland.]
There is substantial investor interest in the visitor industry
on the island of Hawaii. To date, over one billion dollars of
planned construction of resort-residential complexes have been
announced[.] in addition to the substantial investment already in
place. Most of these plans are for the Kohala-Kona coastal areas.
Resort developments have also been announced for the (city of Hiloand] district of Ka'u. By and large the west side of the island has
dominated the visitor market and this trend is expected to continue
into the future.
This] Continued investor interest in [resorts has created a
great deal of excitement about future economic prospects. There is,
however, concern over problems that may arise from the forthcoming
rapid development of the island. On one hand, Big Islanders can
look towards] resort development in the Countv suooests an economic
future that promises [many] new jobs[, new highways, improved
transportation,] and more commercial, recreational, and cultural
28-
O O
activities. Along with these promises of a "better" life is the
realization that [growth will not take place without its costs.
There already is evidence of some of the problems that will
accompany rapid development, such as rising costs of land, housing
shortages, and social disturbances.
There is also a question of the stability of] the visitor
industry[. This industry, which caters to the recreational desires
of people,] is [highly] sensitive to exogenous factors, such as the
national economy. High quality development, however, seems less
subject to these factors. The key to orderly growth lies in proper
planning and controlled development.
Recent cost-benefit studies have shown that the visitor
industry is providing more revenues to the public than costs. The
studies warned, however, that the cost-benefit relationships become
less favorable as in-migration increases.
The potential to benefit economically from the visitor industry
while still minimizing social costs exists. The key to orderly
igrowth lies in proper planning and controlled development.]
Scientific] Research and Development
I
To a limited degree, Hawaii County has [begun to participate]
participated in the research and development industry[. There are
slightly over 200 people directly employed in this industry in such
facilities as the Center for Cross Cultural Research and Training,]
through the Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa Observatories, the University of
Hawaii Cloud Physics Laboratory, Hawaii Volcano Observatory, and
various agricultural research centers. The University of Hawaii at
Hilo College has [recently received approval and funding to] become
la four-year institution and will play. an increasingly important role
in this [industry.] community. The university complex itself is an
important economic force.
A related aspect of this industry is resident schools and
colleges. There is currently only one such facility, Hawaii
iPreparatory Academy, in Waimea, South Kohala.
I The future of research and development, including educational
facilities, is bright. There is already a close working
relationship between County government and the university and
several joint programs are being explored. This industry, however,
is in its infant stage. Its growth is hampered primarily by major
funding sources which are the State and Federal governments and
large research organizations.]
The Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii (NELH) at Keahole is
currently involved in research and development in energy materials
proiects on a commercial scale. NELH will soon be involved in
29-
0 0
geothermal-related research at the Hawaii Geothermal Proiect site in
Puna.
Further, interest has been expressed for several years in
ideveloping a space launching facility in Kau
Technological advances are occurring in many sectors and is not
limited to the "high tech" computer industries These changes
brought by such advances have and will continue to affect Hawaii's
industries.
iSecondarv Industries
Secondary industries, such as government, construction, trades
retail and wholesale), utilities, financial institutions, and
professional services are most often located close to population
icenters. Population usually locates close to employment centers
which, in turn, are based on primary income generators, such as
tourism or agriculture. Major transportation facilities also
lattract secondary industries.
The major governmental, service, commercial, transportation, and
leducational center on the island of Hawaii is the city of Hilo.
Within the city limits reside over 40% of the island's population.]
Of the island's copulation 30 percent resides within the city
limits. Key to the growth of the city have been the transportation
facilities. Until Kawaihae Harbor was constructed on the west coast
of the island, Hilo Harbor was the only deepwater port in the
County. Hilo's General Lyman Airport has [recently] been improved
to accommodate inter-continental jets [and since October, 1967, has
been the second gateway to the State.] while Kong's Ke-ahole Airport
has been receiving direct overseas flights
There] In addition to the developing urban center at Kailuatherearemanyothercommunitiesthroughouttheisland, which, for
the most part, are small and rural in nature. These communities,
ranging in population from 300 to 1,500, constitute the remainder of
the "urban" areas of the County. [With the exception of
Kailua-Kona, the only resort village on the island, these
communities are basically agriculturally oriented.]
Emplovment
Employment opportunities have [expanded over the last tenliyears. There were over 5,000 more jobs in 1969 than in 1960.]
increased by over 13 000 jobs during the period 1970 through 1984
The industry category experiencing the largest increase was hotel
employment, followed by retail trade. This is evidence of the
impact [of] that the visitor industry[.] has had on stimulating the
Countv's economv. Employment in secondary industries also
expanded. The largest employment decrease was in the sugar industry
which reduced labor needs in harvesting and processing.
30-
0
The following table depicts the shifting of
the major sectors of the County's economy [from
orientation to a more service-oriented makeup].
the County's economv has shifted from an econom~
agriculture in 1960 to a more diversified econoi
service-oriented component.
Percent Employed in Hotels
Percent Employed in Other Services
Total Service Employment
Percent Employed in Agriculture
Percent Employed in Hotels
Percent Employed in Other Services
Total Service Employment
Percent Employed in Agriculture
Extending present trends, the
come to a point where at least 40%
working in the visitor industry.]
0
employment between
an agricultural
It indicates that,
dominated by
nv with a significant
1960
2.2%
5.4
7.6%
27.0%
1960 1970
1970
7.5%
6.4
13.9%
20.3%]
198'4
2 . 2 % 6 . 0% 9 .~0 %
5.4 6.9 10.2
7.6% 12.9% 19.'2%
27.0% 20.0% 14.7%
employment mix could conceivably
of the labor force would be
Much of the increase in employment, especially in hotels and
retail trade, has been absorbed by the women in our population. The
current ratio between Hawaii County's total employment and
population is the highest in the State. The participation rate
indicates that the County's labor supply has been largely utilized.
This situation indicates that new labor demands may have to be
partially met [largely by] through in-migration.
Rising wage levels and more secondary workers caused per capita
personal income to rise from [$1,678 in 1960 to $3,174 in 1968.]
4,059 in 1970 to $9,396 in 1983. [Median family income in the 1960
census was $4,866. A Federal Housing Administration report for the
Big Island estimates that the median family income rose to $7,125 in
11969 after the deduction of federal income tax.]
The island's youth has continued to pursue higher education.
In a 1969 survey of high school seniors, 47% indicated that they
planned to attend college. About one-fourth planned to attend
business or technical schools, and only 12% were seeking immediate
iemployment assistance.] Upon completing hioh school an increasing,
iproportion of the County's vouth have pursued higher education
Despite increases in recent times,] However, despite this trend.
there is still [an apparent] scarcity of employment opportunities
for the college-educated who desire to return to the island.
31-
O O
The age-sex data obtained through the 1970 census depict
virtually the same distribution as found in 1960. When compared to
a normal distribution, the 1960 and 1970 age-sex pyramids show a
disproportionately small number of males and females within the 20i
Ito 34 year old grouping. There has been but a slight increase in
gage category over the past decade.]
Population
The population of Hawaii County [in the] has crown steadily
isince 1970 [census was 63,468, a total of 2,136 more than the
previous census. This was the first time since 1930 that the County
experienced an increase in the number of residents]. District
counts for 1970] estimates for 1984 also show [little change]
chances in the distribution of population. The South Hilo
district[, which includes Hilo city,] still contains over [half] 40
percent of the island's population. The remainder of the nine
judicial districts have resident counts ranging from [1,881] 1,576
in North Hilo to [5,154 in Puna.] 18,226 in North Kona.
i The growth of district [population] populations in the last
ten] twenty years [seems] is closely associated with the existence
Hof visitor industry facilities in an area. [South Kohala, South
Hilo and] North Kona and Puna experienced the largest increases.
On the other hand, sugar-based districts such as] The population of
North Hilo and Hamakua (saw the largest decline] declined. The
settlement on relatively less costly lots created decades ago
DISTRICTS
I The following is a brief analysis by judicial district [with
icourses of action] for each district. The entire County, however,.
is an economic system and there are many interrelationships and
interdependencies among the various districts. Each district is an
integral part of the County and is treated as such. The courses of
action shall be consistent with and supportive of the goals,
ipolicies, and standards set forth in the overall economic element.
PUNA
Profile
I, [Population 1960 1970 % Chance
Puna District 5,030 5,154 2.5
Keaau 1,334 951 28.7
Mountain View 566 419 26.0
Pahoa 1,046 924 11.7
Other 2,084 2,860 37.2]
32-
0 0
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Change Change
Puna District 5,030 5,154 11,775 2.5 128.5
Keaau 1,3'34 951 776 28.7 18.4
Mountain View 566 419 545 26.0 30.1
Pahoa 1,046 924 925 11.7 0.1
Other 2,084 2,860 9,529 37.2 233.2
Population increased [slightly] in Puna as a result of
employment opportunities in the city of Hilo and in agriculture
within the district. (Contributing also] Also contributing to this
lincrease was an in-migration into subdivided areas.
Puna is primarily an agricultural district. The area also
includes part of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park, large
lundeveloped subdivisions, forest reserves, and several small
Lconcentrations of population. Most of the subdivisions were created
prior to the Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance and are in agricultura',1
izones.
Sugar is the principal crop grown in Puna, and the towns of
Pahoa, Keaau, and Mountain View were created as a result of this
industry. According to a land use survey by the County Planning
Department in 1968-1969, some 27,530 acres were devoted to sugar.
Recent capital improvements at the Puna plantation indicate the
fairly viable condition of the industry in the area. Another major
crop in the area is macadamia nuts.]
Diversified agriculture in the form of truck farming in the
Volcano area; papaya groves in the Kapoho area; and flowers,
principally anthuriums and vanda orchids, in the Mountain View,
Pahoa and Kapoho areas [is] are important. The papaya and flower
industries have experienced rapid growth in. recent years. Factors
currently inhibiting the growth of these industries are the shortage
of labor, housing, processing requirements, and plant disease. [The
latter problem is especially severe in the papaya industry.
The only manufacturing conducted in the Puna area is that
connected with the sugar and macadamia nut industries. There is a
plant in the area which was built to process acerola, but processing
has been discontinued.]
Geothermal resource utilization is a small Dart of the existihg
economv of Puna. Future potentials remain uncertain though thev may
be promising if implemented properly_
Except for the Kulani Prison project, there are no majorIlgovernmentinstallationsinthePunadistrict.
The visitor industry has very little visible effect on the Punadistrictotherthansomeroadsidestands. There are a number of
33-
0 0
visitor attractions frequented by tourists, such as the Kaimu Black
Sand Beach, portion of the Volcanoes National Park, and the Painted
Church.
Puna's population will probably continue to grow at [a gradual]
fits east rate. The major sector of its economy will continue to be
sugar while the other forms of] agriculture, such as papaya,
macadamia nuts and flowers[, will increase]. However, there are
several problem areas which have already been mentioned as well as
Mothers such as capital requirements which have to be overcome for
expansion. There is also potential for a limited amount of visitor
facilities in the form of small accommodations and support
facilities, such as recreational areas, botanical parks, and
others. Puna also will continue to-serve as a residential area for
some people working in the city of Hilo (city].
SOUTH HILO
Profile
Population
South Hilo
Hilo City
Hakalau
Honomu
Papaikou
Other
Population
1960
31,553
25,966
650
663
1,591
2,683
1960 1970 1980
1970 $ Chanae
33,915 7.5
26,353 1.5
742 14.2
737 11.7
1,888 18.7
4,195 56.4]
1960-70 1970-80
Chanae %Chanae
South Hilo 31,553 33,915 42,320 7.5 24.8
Hilo City 25,966 26,353 35,303 1.5 34.0
Hakalau 650 742 249 14.2 66.4
Honomu 663 737 560 11.7 24.0
Papaikou 1,591 1,888 1,565 18.7 17.1
I Other 2,683 4,195 4,643 56.4 10.7
Population growth has occurred [in virtually all areas of the
South Hilo district. The] primarily in the city of Hilo
experienced a larger increase in residents than that depicted
labove. The statistical boundary change prior to the 1970 census
reduced the city's population by more than 1,000.] while the older
plantation based communities on the Hamakua coast declined
The city of Hilo (hereafter referred to as Hilo) is the County
seat and the only metropolitan area on the island. Hilo also
functions as the island's industrial, commercial, distribution and
population core. [The city is also the second gateway to the State
of Hawaii for domestic overseas carriers.] Approximately [40%] 30
ipercent of all Biq Islanders live in this city. The rest of the
34-
0 0
Ilpopulation is scattered in [smaller] other settlements throughout
the island.
Sugar[, as in most areas of the island,] is one of the largest
single industries in the South Hilo area. Although plantings of
sugar cane are found within the city limits, most of the cane is
grown in the rural areas. Hilo Harbor serves as the primary
shipping point for the sugar industry. A number of related
industries are also located in the city, such as fertilizer
distributors, petroleum product distributors, machine and equipment
dealers, repair facilities, and some light manufacturing. Several,
crop and livestock businesses are located in South Hilo. Hilo is
also known as the Orchid Capital of the world, as flowers are grown
extensively throughout the vicinity. In addition to orchids,
anthuriums have been making remarkable progress in marketability.
Several kinds of manufacturing operations are located in Hilo,
includinq the processing of food, fruit, sugar, livestock, andIgarmentmanufacturing. [There is also small scale lumber milling.',]iThe forest reserves represent a large, virtually untapped economic'.
resource.
With the establishment of a four-year college there is potentialforfurtherresearchanddevelopmentindustriesinthecity.
Already established in Hilo are [the Cross Cultural Center for
Research and Training,] the University of Hawaii Cloud Physics
Laboratory, [and] agricultural experiment stations[.] and astronomy
related base facilities.
Tourism is firmly established in Hilo with about 1,300 hotel
units, 422 more units are under construction and plans have been
announced to add more, mainly in the Waiakea Pond area.]
Tourism in Hilo grew then declined between 1970 - 1984
beginning with 1,308 hotel and condominium units available for
visitors in 1970 then oeaking at 2 152 units in 1976 and returning
to 1,313 in 1984.
I
Commercial endeavors are [also] being expanded. The largestprojectistherecentlycompleted [$6 million Kaiko'o Mall Shopping
Center,] Prince Kuhio Plaza, anchored by [the J. C. Penney Company.]
Liberty House. Woolworth and Sears Numerous other office
buildings, shops, and services are [being planned and built to
Lserve] serving the growing needs of the island community.
Hilo [city] with its population size, harbor and airport
facilities, higher education complex, and new investment has (good]
potential for economic growth. There are, however, some problem
areas. Major public facilities, such as the airport facilities and
the university facilities in Hilo, rely heavily on State funds and
this County must compete with other areas of the State. Anew
ihopping center has intensified the competitive situation between
anew and older commercial areas. [Recent developments have caused
35-
0 0
hand and housing prices to rise substantially in the last few
years. According to a recent postal vacancy survey, vacancy rates
in the city were as low as 0.7%.] Finally, the recent declines in
the visitor and suoar industries in east Hawaii are resulting in
some declines in allied sectors. New economic base activities in
least Hawaii are needed if the city is to continue its role as the
island's commercial and service center in the future.
Light manufacturing will tend to locate in Hilo due to its
population and transportation facilities. Power rates, however, a,re
gone of the highest in the nation.]
NORTH HILO
Profile
Population 1960 1970 % Chanae
North Hilo 2,493 1,881 24.5
Laupahoehoe 407 452 11.1
Ookala 562 486 13.5
Papaaloa 449 319 28.9
Other 1,075 624 41.9]
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Chanae Change
North Hilo 2,493 1,881 1,691 24.5 10.1
Laupahoehoe 407 452 503 11.1 11.3
Ookala 562 486 401 13.5 17.5
Papaaloa 449 319 267 28.9 16.3
Other 1,075 624 520 41.9 16.7
Population in North Hilo has declined for more than 50 years.
One of the major factors attributing to this decline has been the
decrease in the demand for workers of the district's major industry,
sugar. The major population and service center for the North Hilo
district is Laupahoehoe.
Like Hamakua to the north, the North Hilo district is
agriculturally oriented. On the arable lands of the lower
elevations, which stretch from Honohina-Ninole to Ookala, sugar cane
dominates the landscape, with smaller acreages of diversified crops
scattered in between. [Lands on the higher slopes are used almost
exclusively for grazing.]
The [Laupahoehoe] Hamakua Sugar Company represents the single
most important source of income and employment for the residents ofthisdistrict. [During 1968, this firm employed 425 persons and had
Ian annual payroll of $2.6 million. In efforts to minimize costs
through mechanization the Laupahoehoe Sugar Company has been
reducing its demand for labor.]
36-
0 0
Manufacturing in this area is limited to the processing of sugar
cane. It is expected to remain stable [or to increase slightly] as
newer and better methods are utilized and as [more] lands are more
efficiently cultivated for sugar cane growing. The amount of landavailableforgrowingsugarcane, however, is limited.
At higher elevations are large tracts of grazing lands, native
sand planted forests, and the sparsely vegetated slopes of Mauna
Kea. Some of the planted timber stands and certain species of
native hardwoods have been logged.
Economic growth under present conditions is limited in the
district. The young have continued to leave the area because of the
lack of employment opportunities and social life. The mill at
IOokala will (probably continue to operate] cease operations and the
idemand for labor will continue to lessen. Diversified agriculture
shows the greatest potential for growth.
IHAMAKUA
I~Profile
Population 1960 1970 Chance
Hamakua district 5,221 4,648 11.0
Honokaa 1,247 1,555 24.7
Kukuihaele 424 310 26.9
Paauilo 1,059 710 33.0
Other 2,491 2,073 16.8]
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Chance Chance
Hamakua district 5,221 4,648 5,146 11.0 10.7
Honokaa 1,247 1,555 1,944 24.7 25.0
Kukuihaele 424 310 331 26.9 6.8
Paauilo 1,059 710 758 33.0 6.8
Other 2,491 2,073.2,113 16.8 1.9
Hamakua's population has [declined] crown over the past ten
iyears. This has been largely due to [mechanization programs of the
sugar plantations.] increasing resort activity in the neighboring
district of South Kohala and the continuing settlement of the rural
homestead areas. There has been some internal movement in this
district into the town of Honokaa, which represents the commercial
and residential center of the district. There are several smaller
communities strung out along the Belt Highway which serve primarily
as residential settlements related to the sugar plantations. At the
higher elevations there are scattered homesteads and ranches. The
towns of Honokaa and Paauilo act as the main trading areas for this
district.
37-
0 0
The economic mainstays of this area are sugar, cattle, macadamia
nuts, and diversified crops. [Within the district are three sugar
plantations and processing mills.] These are the greatest sources
of income and employment for Hamakua. [In 1968, these three firms
employed a total of 762 persons and had an annual payroll of
I$4.9 million.] There are numerous cattle ranches and several
jdifferent varieties of diversified crops at the higher elevations.
jOf these, macadamia nuts are expected to continue to play an
limportant role in the future of agricultural development. Other
crops grown in this area are taro, watermelons, tomatoes, and other
vegetables. A cattle feedlot and slaughterhouse operation have been
Ithe beef industrv as well as promote diversification of
suoar-related products.
Manufacturing is limited to the processing of sugar, macadamia
nuts, beef and other food products.
I At the present time [tourism plays no] Hamakua does not directly
plav a significant role in [Hamakua.] the tourism industrv. ThereIisatotaloftwentyhotelroomswhichareprimarilyutilizedby
local travelers and construction workers.
The Hamakua area also serves as a residential community for
people who work in South Kohala.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Population 1960 1970 Chance
I North Kohala 3,386 3,326 1.8
Hawi 985 797 19.1
Kapaau 937 237 74.7*
Makapala.353 201 13.1
Other 1,111 2,091 88.2
NOte: The above data shows a substantial decline in Kapaau. Part
lof this drop is attributed to a change in the statistical boundary
of this village.]
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Chanoe Chance
North Kohala 3,386 3,326 3,256 1.8 2.1
Hawi 985 797 798 19.1 0.1
I Kapaau 937 237*614 74.7 159.1I
Makapala 353 201 191 43.1 5.0
Other 1,111 2,091 1,653 88.2 21.0
NOte: Kapaau Statistical boundary changed for 1970 census.
38-
0 0
Population in North Kohala has [declined] rown only slightly
in ten years. A major factor preventing a more substantial decline
due to the closure of Kohala Sugar is development in South Kohala,
particularly the Mauna Kea Beach Hotel.
Sugar, cattle, and macadamia nuts are the major agricultural
products. On smaller acreages truck crops are grown. The Kohala
Sugar Company is the major source of income and employment for this
district. During 1968, this firm had 564 employees and an annualpayrollof $3.9 million. Prior to the mergers of C. Brewer's
plantations on the Hamakua coast which formed the Mauna Kea Sugar
Company and the Pepeekeo Sugar Company, the Kohala Sugar Company wasthelargestsugarplanterandproducerontheBigIsland.
The Kohala Sugar Company is planning to phase out their sugar
operations. Slightly over 500 employees will be directly affected
by this action. Support services both within and outside the North
Kohala district will also be affected.
Kohala Sugar Company officials, people of the district, and
governmental agencies have begun studying alternative forms of
ieconomic activity.]
I
Cattle, nursery products and macadamia nuts are the major
lagricultural products On smaller acreages truck crops are crown
The cattle industry which utilizes the bulk of the land area is the
isecond most important source of income for the area. The largesttractsofgrazinglandextendfromthetopoftheKohalamountains
Ito [the seashore.] Akoni Pule Highway
There are several hundred acres of macadamia nuts in the area.
i[Most of the acreage is owned by Castle and Cooke which transports
ithe nuts to their own plant in Keaau for processing. This situation
adds to the cost of operations.] All production from these orchards
are transported out of the district for processing
Another important source of income and employment is tourismVianditsrelatedserviceindustries. Major tourism facilities,
however, are not located in North Kohala, although the area does
contain many natural and historical amenities conducive to the
development of tourist related facilities. There are many residents
Hof this district who work in the adjoining district of South Kohala.
There are several sites in this district with the potential ofI~becoming small resort areas. [The Mahukona and Kohala mountain
areas have been identified in the 1963 Kohala-Hamakua Plan as
possible resort areas. The advent of the proposed ferry system
should aid tourism development in the district.] To date, however,
no significant resort development has occurred in the district
The major private landowners are the Kohala Sugar Company,
Bishop Estate, Richard Smart and Kahua Ranch. Together with the
State of Hawaii, these landowners account for 90% of the land inithisdistrict.
39-
0 0
The Upolu Airport [services] can serve a limited number of
I~flights[, mostly air taxis and other smaller aircraft]. There is no
regular scheduled service to Upolu by the [two] three primarylinter-island carriers. With the completion of the
Mahukona-Kawaihae Road,] Akoni Pule Highway, a circuit into the
district was formed. Prior to the completion of this project, the
INOrth Kohala area was serviced by a single highway which woundthroughtheKohalamountains.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Population 1960 1970 Chanae
South Kohala 1,538 2,310 50.2
Waimea 657 756 15.1
Other 881 1,554 76.4]
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Chanae Chanae
South Kohala 1,538 2,310 4,607 50.2 99.4
Waimea 657 756 1,179 15.1 56.0
Other 881 1,554 3,428 76.4 120.6
The greatest percentage increase in population of any district
in the County of Hawaii occurred in South Kohala. The numerical
increase of 772 persons was second only to South Hilo's 2,362.]
The primary economic activities of this area are tourism, cattle
ranching, and diversified crops[, and tourism]. Other activities
research associated with the Mauna Kea observatories.
Kawaihae Harbor is the second deepwater port on the island. The
Kawaihae small boat harbor[, when completed, will] add to the
inventory of amenities in the district[. This facility will
enhance] and provides limited recreational and commercial sport
fishing activities. [There are proposals to service Kawaihae Harbor
with an inter-island ferry. Inter-island jets land at the
Waimea-Kohala Airport in Waimea.]
The Mauna Kea Beach Hotel, which began operations in 1965,
opened the door to the resort development of this area. The areas
which surround proposed developments have attractions for tourists
land residents alike. Hunting on the slopes of Mauna Kea and the
Kohala mountains, deep sea fishing, hiking trails, historic sites,sandy beaches, and a diversity of climate are some of these
lattractions.
40-
0 0
There is considerable [amount of] investor interest in South
iKOhala. [ROCkefeller's resort plans call for the eventual
construction of some 2,000 hotel rooms. Further south along the
coast, Boise Cascade has begun site work on another large
resort-residential development. There are several factors, however,
which constrain growth. One of the most critical is labor supply.Existing developments have virtually exhausted the labor supply in
the surrounding areas. Within the district housing has been
extremely scarce.] The three large resorts in the district - Mauna
Kea Resort. Mauna Lani Resort. and the Waikoloa Beach Resort - have
the capacity to accommodate 8.000 hotel rooms and a like number of
condominiums. This potential growth can become a major economic
factor on the island One of the emerging problems is labor supply
land another is the availability of housing
The cattle ranching industry utilizes most of the land area, and
pastures are found from the higher slopes of the mountains down to
the seashore. Parker Ranch, one of the largest privately owned
ranches in the world, has its headquarters in Waimea. (In its
entirety, this ranch has a total of 227,000 acres, which includes
acreage in the districts of Hamakua and North Kohala. As of January
1970, the ranch had 48,523 head of cattle. Other ranches located in
jthis district vary in size of herd and land area.] The cattle
industry utilizes feed lot operations. This technique opens the
door for the expansion of the cattle industry and silage crops.
Tracts of corn and sorghum are now being grown for silage.]
Waimea is one of the most productive areas for vegetable crops
on the Big Island. Cabbages, celery, lettuce, daikon (turnip),
peppers, broccoli and carrots are grown here. Experiments are being
conducted on different crops as well as on the improvement of those
presently grown. The agricultural industry, especially truck farms,
has potential for further expansion. This industry, faced with
competition for resources from tourism and other urban forces, needs
governmental assistance.
The educational sector includes Hawaii Preparatory Academy (HPA~with 600 students in .grades K through 12 including 240 boarders
from 23 countries. In addition. Parker School is a day school of
122 students. Parker School includes the New Kahilu Theatre which
is among the top five theater facilities in the State HPA is also
building a performing arts center.
The Canada-France Hawaii Telescope has its base facility in
environment. In late-1986 the Keck Telescope base facility was
iannounced for development in Waimea
41-
0
NORTH KONA
Profile
Population
North Kona
Kailua
Other
0
1960 1970 % Chance
4,451 4,832 8.6
362 -
4,467 -]
Population 1960
North Kona 4,451
i Kailua -
Other -
1960-70 1970-80
1970 1980 Chance a Chanoe
4,832 13,898 8.6 187.6
365 4,763*1204.9
4,467 9,135 104.5
Census boundary of Kailua expanded for 1980 census.
Spurred primarily by the employment opportunities created by the
expanding visitor industry, population has increased in North Kona
in the last ten years. Most of the population is located along the
major highways of the district.
Tourism has expanded tremendously in North Kona, primarily inKailuaVillage. Currently there are about [1,800 hotel rooms] 4,748
visitor units in the area. [Kailua, until recently, has been
frequently utilized as a departure point for tourists leaving the
island. The travel pattern of visitors shows that this area has
frequently been the last leg of their trip. Many visitors use the
area as a rest and recuperation stop before terminating their visits
to the islands and length of stay has traditionally been longer in
Kailua than in Hilo.]
The visitor industry is expected to expand at a rapid rate in
NOrth Kona. One major problem faced by this industry is attracting
labor and providing housing for their employees. Investor interest
in the area has caused land prices to soar, especially in coastal
lareas.
Kona has traditionally been a coffee producing district and
population has centered around the mauka coffee areas. The coffee
situation[, however,] has taken a dramatic [downturn in totalrevenueduringthelast16years. The decline of the coffee
industry was caused by a drop in coffee price, little market
control, and an inability to mechanize. The recent marketing
agreement between local cooperatives and a mainland firm may help
stabilize this industry.] upturn in recent years aftermanv years of
decline.
Besides coffee, agricultural enterprises include cattle ranching
and the growing of fruits (bananas and avocados), macadamia nuts,
42-
0 0
Land vegetables, particularly tomatoes.
Timber and fishing are small industries in Kona. Logging of
native hardwood at one time provided a major source of income in the
district. [The lumbering industry is currently confined to a
specialty market, mostly carving and furniture manufacturing.] The
Kailua harbor is considered a major center for big game fishing and
an] international [tournament is] tournaments are held [every
year.] annually.
Quarrying operations for building materials are also conductedI,in North Kona. Other forms of industrial activity include
construction and printing.
Direct flights to Hilo. have, however, altered the common
pattern and Kailua is now the first place visited on the island.
Visitors frequently travel to Hilo from Kona for direct flights back
Ito the mainland.]
The ownership pattern of land is characterized by a few owners
holding vast parcels of land. In recent years a number of these
owners have announced plans for large resort-residential complexes
in Kona. An example is the [Keauhou-Kona Company,] Kamehameha
Investment Corporation, which is the developer of Bishop Estate
lands. Their master plan for the Keauhou area calls for the
development of a resort-recreational destination area [with a total
of 3,200 hotel rooms]. This project is just one of several
announced for North Kona.
Several] There are several government projects [weigh heavily
in the future of the economy of this district.] of significance to
the district's economic future. A small boat harbor at Honokohau[,
under Federal (completed) and State funding is being] has been
constructed just outside of Kailua Village. This facility will
complement the already world famous big game fishing of the area.
Further north along the coast, [a new] the Keahole airport has been
built. It [replaces] replaced the old airport in Kailua which was
considered inadequate to service the increasing air traffic in the
area. Presently the State is initiating an update of the Keahole
Airport's master plan. Airport terminal and runway expansion is
expected to be pursued after the master plan is revised
Finally, the Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii at Keahole
icommunity.
43-
0
SOUTH KONA
Profile
0
Population 1960 1970 Chance
South Kona 4,292 4,004 6.7
Captain Cook 1,687 1,263 25.1
Kealakekua 579 740 27.8
Other 2,026 2,001 1.2]
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Chance Chance
South Kona 4,292 4,004 5,809 6.7 45.1
Captain Cook 1,687 1,263 2,025 25.1 60.3
Kealakekua 579 740 1,039 27.8 40.4
Other 2,026 2,001 2,745 1.2 37.2
South Kong's population has decreased 6.7%] increased by 45.1
percent in the last decade. The major trade and population
concentrations are along the Mam alahoa Highway at Kealakekua,
Captain Cook, and Honaunau.
The primary economic activity of this district is agriculture,
with the most important industry being coffee growing and
processing. Macadamia nut orchards have increased in acreage due to
the massive orchards in the Honomalino area.
Due to the [severe disadvantages faced by the coffee producers
of this area,] upturn in coffee prices, the number of coffee farms
has [steadily declined] increased in recent years. Compared to
other coffee producing areas of the world, the Kona coffee growers
have a comparative disadvantage because of higher wages paid to
laborers and the lack of technological advances in the industry. To
date, there has been no successful coffee picking machine produced.
Due to the higher unit cost of production, the profits of Kona
coffee growers are [declining.] relying upon high prices created by
the gourmet appeal of the coffee The marketing [agreement]
agreements between a [mainland company and the majority of the
growers in the area] variety of companies may stabilize this
industry.
Also grown in the South Kona district are bananas, citrus crops
oranges and tangerines), avocadoes, winter tomatoes and other truck
crops, and macadamia nuts which are expected to be one of the prime
industries in the district. Cattle (raising] ranching is also one
of the prominent industries in the district.
Manufacturing in South Kona is confined to coffee roasting and
macadamia nut [husking.] processing.
44-
0 0
Unlike the North Kona area, the South Kona district has limited
accommodations for overnight visitors. There are plans and
proposals for developments, such as residential subdivisions and
State park systems.
Population is expected to be stable in this area.]
KA'U
Profile
Population 1960 1970 Change
Ka'u 3,368 3,398 0.9
Naalehu 952 1,014 6.5
Pahala 1,392 1,507 8.3
Other 1,024 877 14.4]
1960-70 1970-80
Population 1960 1970 1980 Change Change
Ka'u 3,368 3,398 3,704 0.9 9.0
Naalehu 952 1,014 1,161 6.5 14.5
Pahala 1,392 1,507 1,631 8.3 8.2
Other 1,024 877 912 14.4 4.0
Population remained fairly stable in the Ka'u district. The
major communities of Naalehu and Pahala experienced growth[,
probably due to] reflecting the plantations' effort to centralize
these communities.
Located on the southern and eastern flanks of Mauna Loa, the
Ka'u district is the largest on the Big Island. This massive
district is made up of barren lava fields, lush green acreages of
sugar cane, large tracts of grazing lands, forest reserve lands, and
macadamia nut orchards.
Agriculture is the economic mainstay of the Ka'u region. Sugar
cane, cattle, and macadamia nuts are grown here. The [two] sugar
companies] company located here[, Hutchinson Sugar Company and
Hawaiian Agricultural Company, provide] provides the basic source of
income and employment for the majority of the residents. [During
1968, these two firms employed 567 persons and had a payroll of
4.0 million. They are subsidiary operations of C. Brewer & Co.,
Ltd.]
Within the Ka'u area are several cattle ranches which utilize
vast acreages of grazing lands. Although employment in this sector
is not large, it plays an important role in the area's economy.
The macadamia nut industry, like the cattle industry, does not
have a large labor force, but as more trees come of bearing age,
45-
0 0
employment will increase. Many acres in the Honomalino area are in
macadamia nut orchards.
C. Brewer & Co., Ltd., the (majority] maior landowner in this
area, has a master plan for ["regional resort".areas] resorts along
the Ka'u coast. [Their plan is aimed at utilizing beach and
surrounding areas for hotels, golf courses, marinas, and residential
facilities. The areas which are master planned are Punaluu-Ninole,
Honuapo, Waiahukini, and Volcano.] Thev have developed golf and
tennis facilities at Punaluu beach The master plan includes the
expansion of resort facilities there
46-
0
A. Energy Element]
INTRODT.TTON AND ANALV T
ENERGY
0
Nationally, for the remainder of the 20th Century, most of the
energy demand will be met with fossil fuels and nuclear fission. In
turn, fossil fuels are fast becoming a scarce world commodity due to
the increasing demand. Hawaii is currently most vulnerable to
dislocation in the global oil market, but is also endowed with a
variety of natural energy resource alternatives which are renewable
or inexhaustible and potentially low polluting[.] sources of
electricity. Hawaii's near total dependence on imported petroleum
provides the incentive for the promotion of energy conservation and
the development of technology to harness local natural (solar,
hydrologic, and geothermal) energy resources, and to convert solid
waste into an alternate fuel resource.
the Campbell Industrial Park. Both refineries receive crude oil
from Indonesia, Alaska, Africa, Malaysia, and the Persian Gulf
Petroleum products, primarily iet fuel, fuel oil. and liquid
petroleum gas, are also imported from California. the Caribbean.
Singapore, and other areas to meet the demand not met by the
refineries. Synthetic natural gas which is widely used on the
Island of Hawaii is also manufactured from petroleum on Oahu
Petroleum products are received on the Big Island at the Kawaihae
and Hilo Harbors.
Under normal circumstances an estimated 30-day aggregate supply
The County of Hawaii must decrease economic vulnerability and
energv costs. To do so, the County must combine the efforts of
energv conservation and the development of natural energv
alternatives that reduce the dependence on imported fossil fuels and
increase energv self-sufficiency.
ELECTRICITY
Electricity is a maior form of energy utilized on the island of
47-
Petroleum provides approximately 60-65% of the Island's energy
Hawaii's petroleum supply. The island's economy is also vulnerable
to interruptions in the supply of oil from the Middle East
O Q
these plants operate on steam energy and burn imported fuel Two of
the Hilo plants generate power through hvdroelectric means A few
sugar plantations generate their own power by burning bagasse wood
chips, coal and fuel oil, selling their excess to the utility
company and often buying power when their demand exceeds supply
the sparseness of population in a relatively large service area
Power generating plants will be faced with increasingly
effects, however, are not fully understood at the present time
More stringent pollution controls for a better nvironment ould
possibly result in higher costs of power
Except in a few instances most of the power lines in the County
are overhead ones Although underground wiring has an aesthetic
desirability there are several problems in establishing such a
Consumption of power will continue to accelerate faster than
lectrical Energy Self-Sufficiency for the Bia Island
The County of Hawaii must strive to attain energy
self-sufficiency in order to minimize the dependence on imported
48-
residential power used in 1960 was 3 084 kilowatt hours By 1969
transportation costs cause higher rates The two hvdroelectric
nl~n}c in LTi In ,.nnn'. a- rre..o.-~1 ... ........ ..h ..........- ~.. .....-... .... a. t. ,. ..; i__~..
occur infrequently, they will be more difficult to locate There
has been however considerable progress in solving the
technological problems concerning underground power lines
fuel are being conducted..
0 0
fossil fuels. A commitment [must be .made] by both the government
and the public must continue for research, planning, and developmenttoattainthegoalofenergyself-sufficiency for the County of
Hawaii.
As a result of the 1974 and 1978 oil crisis, there has been
i~concern over Hawaii's dependence on imported petroleum. In 1974 and
11976, the State Legislature enacted several significant bills which
were designed to promote the research and development of natural
energy resources, and the conservation of energy in order to fosteragreaterindependencefromimportedfossilfuels.
The State Legislature adopted Act 237 (Chapter 196, H.R.S.) in
11974, which among other things, created the position of a State
Energy Resources Coordinator to review and formulate existing and
proposed energy resource programs.
Also in 1974, the State Legislature established the HawaiiNaturalEnergyInstitute (HNEI, Act 235) to foster development of
Illocal natural energy [resources in Hawaii, and to serve as a focal
point for energy] research at the University of Hawaii. The HNEI
maintains cooperation and coordination between all levels of
government and private organizations involved with energy related
research in Hawaii. HNEI also stimulates the formulation of
energy] projects with potential for Federal funding, and serves as
the central source of information on natural energy policies and
programs.
I~
Act 236, adopted by the State Legislature in 1974, established
the Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii (NELH) at Ke-ahole (North
iKona, Hawaii) to provide essential support facilities for future
electrical energy research programs. The legislature selected
Ke-ahole Point through the criteria for development of three of the
proposed natural energy programs (OTEC, Biomass conversion, and
direct solar energy utilization systems).
j In 1976, the State Legislature adopted Act 189 which
icomplemented the development half for energy self-sufficiency by the
creation of tax incentives for the installation and use of "solar
ienergy devices" and "alternate energy improvements" to promote
energy conservation. These devices and improvements increase the
level of efficiency, and decrease the utilization of electrical
power which accounts for 42% of the total energy demand in the
County of Hawaii.
The County of Hawaii must combine the efforts of energy
Iiconservation and the development of natural energy alternatives to
minimize dependence on imported fossil fuels in order to attain
energy self-sufficiency.]
In January of 1980 a final report prepared for the County ofiHawaiientitled "Energy Self sufficiency for the Big Island of
Hawaii" was released The report recommended that the County
49-
0 0
o rung necessary rnrormation gatnering_programs•
o Monitor the progress of energy departments:
o Recommend changes in the county's energv program;
o Ana_lyze the impact of proposed developments on the
energv balance of the Island.
In addition, the development of naturally occurring energyresourceswillbecome [a valuable planning tool allowing for
selectivity in kind and location of] an increasingly important
ifactor in determining future industrial activity on the Island of
IHawaii.
1. Geothermal Energy[:]
Geothermal Energy is natural heat energy from the earth that can
Abe harnessed for direct thermal use and for electrical power
generation. [These] There are four basic ways in which this type of
natural heat energy may be found: 1) steam; 2) hot water; 3) magma;
4) hot, dry rock. The construction of electrical power plants using
hot water, brines, or steam separated from hot water or brine
deposits is the most probable development of geothermal energy
resources.
Geothermal drilling on the Big Island started in the early
1960's. Initial wells were either found to be unsuccessful or once
drilled were not further developed.
In 1972, the Hawaii Geothermal Project (HGP) was organized to
investigate the development of geothermal energy in Hawaii, and is a
cooperative project involving Federal, State, County, and private
funds. In April 1976, a successful well was completed near Kapoho
jin the Puna District, and HGP has [proposed the installation of a
research] since installed a power plant to demonstrate that
igeothermal energy is an economically viable natural energy
alternative for the Big Island. The plant has been in operation for
several years.
In 1983 and with subsequent amendments the Legislature amended
50-
I o Coordinate and provide information regarding
conservation and energv production;
o Organize ride sharing and travel reduction programs•
i o Assist business in obtaining information and financial
I support for energv-related development;
0 0
lu~rrrzeu ror the exploration aevelopment or production of
electrical energy from geothermal resources Other amendments to
the State Land Use law provide authority to regulate the direct use
lapplications of geothermal resources
In addition the 1983 Legislature set criteria for legislatively
Land and Natural Resources has subsequently designated the Kapoho
Kamaili, Kahaualea, and Kilauea Middle East Rift Geothermal Resource
Subzones.
2. Hydroelectric Power[:]
Hydroelectric power is one of the oldest [sources] generators of
electrical energy. On the Big Island, hydroelectric power fulfills
only a very small portion ((approximately 4%)] of the County's
electrical energy demand.
On the Big Island, the percent of total demand supplied by
hydroelectricity will probably remain [significant] insignificant
idue to the reliance on normal stream flows and the lack of
impoundment required to store enough water for continuous or
increased energy output. However, small scale hvdroelectric units
have been installed at Hawi and Waimea and others have been proposed
for the Wailuku and Honolii Rivers.
3. Solar Enerov[:]
Solar energy is the basis of many natural energy alternatives inHawaii. Solar energy generates the global winds; stores energy in
biomass through photosynthetic activity; warms the oceans, can
produce electrical power directly via photovoltaic cells; and can be
fused directly for heating through solar heat collection devices.
Solar Devices/Improvements: There are two direct forms of solar
energy applicable to households[: 1)]~ solar heat collection and
I(2)] solar light energy to electrical power via photovoltaic cells.
Solar heat collection is adaptable to domestic water heatingwhichaccountsforamajorportionoftheelectricalpowerdemand
per household.
Advances in the use of photovoltaic cells to generate electricalpowerisalsoapplicableonapublicutilityscaleaswellasona
domestic basis.
These solar energy devices and improvements can be considered
lenergy conservation technologies since their domestic use will
possibly decrease the total energy demand in Hawaii County.
51-
o 0
4~ Wind Enerpv[:]
The University of Hawaii, Department of Meteorology, initiated a
five-year program in 1977 for Solar Energy Meteorological Research
for the purpose of continuing wind surveys to establish the
relationship between weather conditions and wind strengths, speeds,
and distribution. Wind energy can be used directly to generate
electricity through windmill electrical generators or by pumping
water into storage for use in hydroelectric power systems. Wind
energy technology has been advancing, but as yet is not competitive
enough to be a serious natural energy alternative. Once the
technology is developed, Hawaii will be in an advantageous position
due to favorable wind regimes in many areas of the island.
Biomass Conversion[/Solid Waste-Alcohol Conversion:]
Biomass is defined as "the total mass or amount of living
organisms in a particular area or volume." Solar energy is
converted into plant biomass through photosynthesis. Biomass can be
used by direct combustion to produce thermal energy, then steam to
igenerate electrical power.
On the Big Island, biomass conversion generates about 34% of the
County's electrical energy. Locally, bagasse, the fibrous waste of
sugar cane processing, is [the only] one source of biomass in use.
Other sources of biomass that have been used for alternate enerav
include forest products from planted as well as natural stands of
inative and exotic species.
Biomass conversion is one of the projects of the NELH program at
Ke-ahole point, and involves the cultivation and harvest of plant
land animal life forms as a natural energy alternative.
Biomass can also be considered solid waste, since it is the
basis for most of mankind's organic refuse, and can be processed
into ethyl alcohol. Alcohol fuel is adaptable for use in
hydro-carbon combustion systems which account for about 58% of the
total energy demand of Hawaii County. Through combustion, alcohol
scan generate electrical power (via heat and steam) which representstheremaining420oftheCounty's total energy demand.
S~ Ocean Thermal Enerav Conversion [(OTEC):]
Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC) is a form of solar energy
where the ocean acts as a solar heat collector. This process uses
the thermal differences between the warm surface waters and the cold
deep waters to power a turbine/generator for electrical power
generation. The NELH program at Ke-ahole point has [proposed the
installation of a study] installed an OTEC project plant to research
the potential of this natural energy alternative.
52-
0 0
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The people of the County of Hawaii live in [a quality of] an
ienvironment with qualities that other areas have long since lost.
Economic expansion and population growth in the County are bringing
labout more demand for products, transportation, services, energy and
other necessities which could [easily contribute towards the
pollution of the environment.] affect the environmental quality of
the County. [The] Further, a higher standard of living and advances
in technology are changing the life styles of people from "fix and
re-use" to "discard and buy."
The County's [two] basic industries, agriculture [and]s tourism,
and research depend upon a "clean" environment for optimum
development. Major crops, particularly flowers such as orchids,
require clean air for healthy growth. The major visitor attraction,
especially,for tourists from large urban centers, is the natural
beauty of the island, which is accentuated by the quality of the air
sand water. The environmental quality of the County thus not only
enhances the life of residents but is also a major economic asset.
Environmental pollution control has become essential in
maintaining] In order to maintain an ecological balance for the
biological, physical, social and psychological well-being of the
island community[.]1 it is essential to control abuses such as
pollution. [It is rapidly being learned that there is a high] They
price [to be paid] for greatly disturbing aspects of the ecologica',1
system[. The cost] is not only an economic but a social cost as
well. Increasing population and urbanization place a oreater demand
The increasing number and affluence of residents and visitors [of
the County] will increase the rate at which we consume our local
resources: the amounts of sewage and solid waste, litter, junk cars
sand other scrap metal; the demand for electrical power which will
necessitate additional sources; and the number of motor vehicles in
Muse. In urbanizing areas the [concentration] generation of
ipollutants will be greater with increased residential density. The
long-range intent [of pollution controls] is to establish an optimum
environment with the least amount of cost. Through legal and
technological means the quality of the environment can be maintained.
Pollutants may be classified by characteristics, such as organicforinorganic, by stimuli, or by the type of environment affected,
such as air, land, or water. [Although various types of pollution
fare interrelated, they are considered separately here in order to
describe existing pollution sources in the County and the
governmental controls affecting them. There are in the public
sector three basic levels of concern: Federal, State and County.]
53-
0 0
Legislation of varying types relating to the appropriate disposition
of specific pollutants have been enacted at different times. TheseBareadministeredbydifferentFederal, State and County agencies.
iCurrent legal controls are inadequate to prevent, abate, or control
environmental pollution of the island at both the State and County
levels. In addition, the large area of the County makes it
difficult to adequately monitor and enforce environmental quality
standards. The General Plan is concerned primarily with those
controls which can properly be formulated and enforced by County
agencies.
Current sources of pollution are becoming a problem not only in
ithe amount and type of discharge but also in patterns of dispersal
which cause local concentrations of pollutants. There is also a
lack of basic information of the existing conditions of the County's
environment. This is needed to establish a baseline from which
future deterioration of the air, land, water and noise levels can be
measured. In order to prevent, abate, and control pollution, it
must be possible to recognize deteriorating conditions before they
reach critical proportions.
I
It is the intent of the Council that whatever controls bear
upon the question of environmental quality and are related to the
lelements of the General Plan be incorporated in appropriate
standards and/or ordinances.]
IAi r
The major sources of air pollution are open burning, the
spraying of agricultural chemicals, modes of transportation, and
fixed combustion sources, such as sugar mill and power plant
stacks. Natural pollutants are also contributing factors. These
include volcanic gases, open spray, and plant and insect productssandfragments.
The burning of cane fields before harvest is staggered and
infrequent and usually occurs in rural areas. The spraying of
agricultural chemicals is controlled within many divisions and
branches of the State Department of Agriculture and Health. Smoke
from sugar mills are regulated through State and Federal standards
In order to reduce pollution from the burning of refuse, theIlCountyisconvertingitsopendumpsintosanitarylandfill
operations. The Hilo dump no longer burns refuse and within a shorttimeotherCountydumpswillstopburning.
Smoke from sugar mills and other stationary sources cause
discomfort and damage to property in surrounding communities.
Conservation lands of the County have been used for the chemical
nesting of military gases and defoliants which are potential threats
to the environment and to the health of the people of the County.]
54-
O
Prevailing patterns of air circulation can cause local
jconcentrations of pollutants. The northeast trade wind pattern on
the windward coast is complicated by local upslope-downslope winds
from the mountains. On the leeward coast, which is the side of the
lisland sheltered from the trade winds, the diurnal land and sea
breeze pattern prevails. Since this circulation pattern is
self-contained within a limited area, as opposed to the trade winds
which are part of a much larger circulation system, a concentration
of pollutants can occur. The potential is great for smog conditions
to develop, especially if vehicular and other air pollution sources
iincrease. The Kona coast is typical of this situation.
There are [no] State and Federal regulations [controlling]relating to air quality standards and air pollution control in the
County. Under the guidance of the Federal government, the State
Department of Health is in the process of [developing] reviewing air
equality standards and will [implement and enforce] amend its
regulations [which will become effective in 1971].
iwater
The waters of the County are readily subject to contamination.
These include fresh, marine, and potable water. As population
increases and further development occurs, there will be an increased
demand for drinking and irrigation water. There may be a possible
need in the future to recycle sewage and waste water for use in
irrigation and possibly as a drinking water source. The major
sources of water pollution are sewage, natural surface runoff, and
waste from agricultural activities.
There are [three] six municipal sewage systems with treatment
plants which serve limited areas. As a result, only a small portion
of the County's sewage is treated. Most sewage is disposed of in
private cesspools or is dumped untreated directly into coastal
waters or rivers. Raw sewage outlets are primarily found along th'e
steep cliffs of the east and north coasts of the island from older
plantation housing areas. These methods of disposal inadequately
meet the Department of Health's Water Quality Standards. [(See
Public Utilities Element)]
I
Because much of the volcanic soil of the island is highlypermeableandundergroundlavatubesarewidespreadand
unpredictable, seepage from cesspools have been known to contribute
to the pollution of coastal waters and may pose a potential threat
to underground sources of drinking water.
Sugar mills along the east and north coast of the island are
major contributors to ocean pollution. Bagasse, ash and soot, soil
and processing waste water being dumped from the mills into coastal
water. Extensive discoloration of the sea from discharges can be
seen offshore of mills. Bagasse has piled up on the ocean floor and
has washed up on shore, perhaps adversely affecting marine life, and
limiting fishing and recreational use of the coastal areas. Local
55-
0 0
coastal currents affect the dispersal of pollutants and must be
considered in any control program. Efforts are being made tofeasiblycontrolthissourceofpollution.]
The State Department of Health is responsible for establishing,
lmonitoring and enforcing the Water Quality Standards [set forth in
their Regulations 37 and 37-A]. These standards are intended to
protect the environmental quality of the waters of the island as
swell as to maintain the public health. [TO allow time for present
dischargers of pollutants to comply with Water Quality Standards,
permits have been issued for the continued discharge of raw sewage,
mill wastes, and rubbish into the ocean. Permits will expire
between 1971 and 1975. They may be renewed for an additional
5 years at the discretion of the Department of Health. To date,
142 permits have been issued to dischargers and 22 additional permit
applications are being considered.]
Soil
areas temoorarily non-productive Much of the volcanic soil is also
highly permeable.
Soil pollution has occurred with the accumulation of industrial,
agricultural, and domestic chemicals and by the improper disposal of
solid wastes, such as rubbish, old cars, refrigerators, stoves and
other scrap metal, thus creating both unsanitary and unsightly
iconditions.
There is no comprehensive program for the surveillance and
monitoring of chemicals to be able to detect the rate and extent of
accumulation. Little is known of their short and long terms effects
on the environment and public health. In the future, increasing
amounts and varieties of chemicals will be used and will accumulate
in the environment.
l[SOlid Waste Disposal
To dispose of solid waste, residents of the County either hire
private garbage collection firms or personally haul away solid waste
Ito public or private dumps. Alternative methods include backyardburninganddumpingintoconvenientgulchesorintotheocean. The
County and some of the sugar companies have ocean rubbish dumps
which are being phased out to comply with the Water Quality
jStandards which prohibit the disposal of waste into the ocean or a
continually running stream. The conversion to the sanitary landfill
method from open burning by the County will also somewhat alleviate
lair pollution problems.
Despite legal prohibition, old cars and scrap metal are being
abandoned along the roads, gulches and on private and public lands
in the County. Litter has also contributed to the unsightly
56-
a 0
conditions of communities, highways, and recreation areas.
Ilnadequate disposal methods will increase the pollution of land,
hair, and water resources, blight the countryside, and adversely
laffect land values.
Both the County and the State share the responsibility for
establishing and maintaining acceptable solid waste disposal systems
with a minimum of environmental pollution.]
Noise
Loud noises are known to have adverse physiological and
psychological effects on people. [Increasing noise,] Noise that isloudoroutofcharacter. especially from low flying aircraft, is
becoming critically disturbing to residents. Residential and resort
I~areas near the Hilo airport are particularly affected. Noise levels
swill become increasingly more disturbing due to more jet service,
ivehicular traffic, construction, and the increasing size and density
lof urban areas. [There are presently no effective noise controls.]
The Department of Health is responsible for establishing standards
and regulations for noise control. [Noise regulations for Hawaii
County are scheduled to be considered in 1971-72.] However, there
are presently no State noise regulations for the Neighbor Islands.
The_Federal Aviation Agency has established noise guidelines for
determining compatible land uses surroundino airports, however the
Ireoulation of surrounding lands are left to the State and County.
LU~ur.C alry~rc ac:crvrLy anaior expansion, approprra[e easements
Wand/or covenants should be required in coniunction with land use
approvals for lands in the vicinity of the County's two major
iairports.
57-
O O
FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The problems of flooding in the County of Hawaii are attributedItothreebasicfactors: surface runoff, high seas, and tsunami
linundation. Flood control is usually limited to confining runoff
within natural or man-made water courses and standing bodies of
water. Drainage involves the collection and conveyance of runoff.
The problems of high seas and tsunami inundation are generally
alleviated by structural criteria, building setbacks, and land use
restrictions.
The island of Hawaii is geologically very young and has not had
a chance to develop defined water courses in many areas. These
jpoorly defined water courses often overflow during rain storms. The
South Kohala, North Kona, South Kona, Ka'u [and]s Puna and South
Hilo districts are particularly troubled with this problem.
The coastline of the island is susceptible to high seas andtsunamiinundation. Tsunamis may be of local or distant
Irv. rv. v. ~.L: ~.n V,.. L.. .... ~..ll tL c ~ _i _._ _ _.. _ ._ _
most damaoe. Of the 305+ miles of coastline, however, approximately
225 miles, or 75%, of the coastline is predominantly undeveloped
cliff area and not subject to property damage. Damage from tsunami
activity has been experienced in the Hilo-Waiakea area, the
Laupahoehoe Point area, the Waipio Valley area, the Kawaihae-Puako
Ilarea, and some portions of the Napoopoo, Keauhou, and Kailua areas
lof the Kona coastline. [In addition, low] Low lying coastal areas
of Ka'u and Puna have been devastated by (tsunami] tsunamis
generated by local large scale offshore [local] earth movements.
AS previously mentioned, the problems of high seas and tsunami
inundation are generally alleviated by structural criteria, by
building setbacks, and land use restrictions.] There are now
warning procedures to alert the public of the approach of a tsunami
the public on tsunami hazards is needed
Present drainage and flood problems are mainly due to thegrowthofurbancenters] development of vacant lands which are
often subject to serious flooding without any commensurate
coordinated development [or expansion capabilities] of new drainage
isystems[.] or expansion of the existing drainage systems [Also,
lin] In many areas, the capabilities of existing drains, channels,Land culverts [are entirely inadequate.] have been exceeded during
Iheavv rains. Additional problems occur when debris accumulates and
clogs waterways. The absence of easements in drainage and flood
courses also hinders maintenance.
I Except for the metropolitan area of Hilo and portions of Kona
iand Waimea, the majority of the existing flood and drainage systems
58-
0 0
fare provided by plantations. Each plantation town has developed its
Mown [sewer] sewerage, water, and drainage systems. This policy of
the plantations to "take care of one's own" has worked well in the
past [and will continue to work in the near future for the smaller
iplantation camps and communities]. [AS the communities consolidatehanddiversifytheireconomies, however, the County will need to take
the initiative to provide flood control.] However, with the
conversion and development of plantation land that has historical
As areas are developed, the problems of runoff will be
intensified and preventing further and future flood damage will
become increasingly more important. Vacant lands are being
developed as subdivisions, commercial centers, and industrial plants
iin areas which are often subject to serious flooding. Developers
frequently do not or will not recognize the potential damage from
such natural hazards and that alteration of the landscape can
disturb the capabilities of natural drainage systems and/or createforintensifyfloodconditions. As evidenced, there is a definite
need for better coordination between the construction of properly
planned drainage system and urban development.]
I
service c5c;5~, pas 4uiaea the flood control and drainage
improvements made to date The "Drainage Master Plan" needs to be
revised and updated to include the new studies that have become
available.
Il
Technical and financial assistance from agencies outside of the
In 1982 the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
59-
Since 1971, much progress has been made in alleviating flood and
drainage problems and in establishing flood plain regulation The
reaeral participation in flood control measures in particular
ana arainaae in Hawaii County
i
0 0
The State participates in drainage and flood control through the
Department of Land and Natural Resources' Division of Water and Land
Development This agency is responsible for the implementation of a
statewide flood control program and for providing technical and
I Because of the need for better coordination between the
construction of properly planned drainage systems and urban
Through the careful examination and analysis of past and
present situations concerning flood control and drainage, the
following goals, policies and standards are set forth.]
iDISTRICTS
i
A general geographical description, a description of present
flooding and drainage problems, and courses of action for the
seduction of the flood and drainage problems are presented for the'
nine districts of the County. Maps showing drainage plans, flood
hazard areas, and tsunami inundation zones shall be incorporated as
apart of the General Plan.
i PUNA
I~Profile
The climate of the Puna District varies considerably from the
rocky shoreline to the rain forest areas in the upper elevation.
Rainfall amounts are generally heavy and most of the district
receives over 100 inches per year.
Although the] The district is subject to heavy rainfall[,] and
It here is [no] record of [any] severe flooding[.] in 1979 and 1980.
Flooding along the Belt Highway and along the highway from Keaau to
iPahoa were the major problems of the district but have been greatly
lalleviated [by] due to highway improvements.
60-
Floodwav Mao (FBFM), and the Flood Insurance Rate Mao (FIRM)
O O
Major reasons for the absence of severe flooding in the
idistrict are the] The lack of extensive development and the
iextremely permeable soils(.] have helped to minimize major
floodino. As urbanization increases within the district, however,
flood problems are likely to [develop.] increase. The conversion of
I The flood hazard areas are difficult to delineate due to the
lack of defined drainage ways. Recorded .flood damage has mainly
been caused by surface sheet flows which are likely to occur
anywhere when heavy storms strike. Examples of this problem are
found in Pahoa and Mt. View.
n., ,-; .,,,7 ~,,r~7 7or, rl~ ~7nn.v ra.-; .. z,~ n.. ~.a ,.. c,..7 ,, ., .,,, w,..,, ., ~......_
currently studvina the problem and possible solutions
There are no existing flood control measures within the
I~district.] Systems which incorporate diversion channels to
intercept sheet flows and main channels to transport the flows away
or through the area have been proposed for the communities of Keaau,Pahoa, and Kalapana-Kaimu.
Drainage systems incorporating the use of diversion channels to
collect and transport surface flows safely through the area are
proposed for Mt. View. A portion of this system has been
constructed. and a study of the Glenwood/Mt View watershed is bei~
constructing more drainaoe systems [This type of system is also]
Comparable systems would be applicable for the communities south of
Keaau.
II The entire coastline is susceptible to tsunami inundation. Most
Hof the coastline, however, is undeveloped and/or has steep cliffs
and] where development is not subject to damage. On November 29.
Profile
With the Wailuku River as a dividing line, the South Hilo
district can be separated into two watershed study areas. To the
inorth of the river, the coastline has abrupt cliffs 30 to 80 feet
high that are broken by deep stream channels. Usable land areas
shave a ground slope of six to twelve per cent. Above the 4,000 foot
elevation, the stream channels diminish in number and depth and have
61-
0 0
all but disappeared above the 7,000 foot elevation. Flooding
problems in this area are primarily caused by local water runoff
from cane fields situated above the communities.
South of the Wailuku River is a relatively flat plain of less
than one per cent slope which extends towards the Hilo-Keaau Road.
Above the road, the slope steepens to approximately six to
twelve per cent. Stream channels are poorly defined and disappear
at elevations above 2,500 feet.
I' Since 1837, Hilo has experienced about thirty tsunamis, an
average frequency of one every four years. After the wave of April111946, planning for a tsunami protection system was initiated by the
Corps of Engineers. By a congressional resolution adopted in 1957
sand by the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1960, authorization was given
Ito proceed on an offshore protection system which incorporated
breakwaters and navigational improvements. Subsequent studies have
revealed that the high costs involved in the proposed tsunami
barrier project made the project unfeasible. The project was
subsequently inactivated.
Waiakea
The] Until recently the existing drainage system [is] was the
iresult of uncoordinated development. Lacking a comprehensive plan,
property owners have constructed and installed drainage facilities
to protect their own interests. In many instances, these facilities
shave seriously concentrated flows and aggravated situations
downstream. Manv of the proposals of the "Hilo Drainaoe and Flood
Control Report" have been completed in the Waiakea area reducing the
flooding problems.
I
Most] Manv of the culverts in upper Waiakea are inadequate.
Roadside ditches, though small in cross-sectional area, are aided by
the highly porous ground and are fairly effective even during heavy
storms. One of the most serious problems faced by County
maintenance crews is the frequent washout of cinder-gravel shoulders
along road pavements. Another problem is the accumulation of
Vegetation growth and debris in waterways which causes overflow.
In the lower Waiakea area, storm damage is minimal due to the
effectiveness of the Wailoa and Waiakea-Uka Flood Control [channel.]
Projects.
The Waiakea coastal area is subject to tsunami inundation and
Chas suffered considerable loss to life and property from tsunami
iactivity.
Kaumana-Ainako-Wailuku River
Kaumana's drainage system consists of roadside ditches,
culverts, and narrow channels. Except for the Ainako Avenue area,
all of upper Kaumana's storm water runoff is discharged either
62-
O O
through the Waipahoehoe Stream or the Alenaio Channel. [The lack of
adequate facilities in upper Kaumana and the Ainako Avenue sections
jimposes a tremendous load on the minimal drains in lower Kaumana.
iThese cannot accommodate the overflow and flooding results. An
example of this is the runoff from the forest to the west of Palani
iStreet. This volume of runoff causes overflow and flooding in the
ditch-culvert systems in the lower areas.] The Chong Street
The drainage system in the Ainako-Wailuku River area is
comprised of box culverts that pass the discharge of the Ainako
River across Kokea, Koula, and Kapaa Streets. The residential areas
bordering the Wailuku River have a system of collection ditches.
Except during very intense storms, there are few problems in the
area. [One of these problems is the growth of vegetation and the
accumulation of debris which obstruct the capacity of waterways and
cause overflows.]
Hilo Urban Area
I Between tsunamis and runoff from higher elevations, the
commercial district has displayed amazing recuperative abilities.
Prior to the completion of the Waiolama Canal in 1924 and the
jPonahawai Storm Drain System in 1926; this area was a virtual "sea"
during heavy rain. The construction of the canal and the storm
drain system have since provided some degree of protection for the
area.
The Alenaio Channel discharges into the Waiolama Canal,
conveying runoff from the upper area through the central business
district. These major conduits in the downtown section are
isupplemented by pipe drains on Shipman, Waianuenue, Haili, Mamo,
Ponahawai and Ululani Streets.
Except for the northern section of the business district, all of
downtown Hilo falls within the Wailoa River basin and within the
area tributary to the Alenaio Stream.
I [Some of the problems encountered here include the overflow of
the Alenaio basin during heavy rains. This is brought about by
linadequate drainage facilities and the lack of intercepting systems
Ito safely dispose of excess runoff from the higher elevations.
I' Another of the problems is the accumulation of debris which
s educes the capacity of waterways.]
During periods of heavy rain, the runoff in Alenaio Stream has
The shoreline areas south of the Wailuku River are subject to
damage from tsunami inundation.
63-
0 0
Paukaa. Papaikou. Pepeekeo. Honomu Hakalau
These communities have no serious flood problems although Honomu
land Papaikou have experienced minor flooding. These result from
runoff from the areas above the communities.
Although the entire coastline is subject to tsunami activity,
the majority of the area is high cliffs and not subject to propertyidamage. The only developed area affected by tsunami and high seas
idamage is the Hakalau Mill which is located at the base of the
cliffs.
iNORTH HILO
Profile
The district is characterized by an average ground slope of
approximately ten per cent with scores of deep intermittent and
perennial streams.
Other than runoff from cane lands, there is little record of
urban areas being flooded. Each community is in close proximity to
one or more gulches which carry flows from the upper watershed
areas. The key to flood control within the district is to collect
and divert surface runoff to the gulches. In addition, soil
iconservation practices are highly recommended.
The flood hazard areas are extremely difficult to delineate.
High intensity storms can produce localized flooding in almost any
area. The only definite flood hazard area is Laupahoehoe School. ,
The community of Ookala has not experienced heavy flooding
although there are minor problems due to surface waters coming out
of the cane fields above the town.
There is no record of any flooding within the community of
Ninole. The existing flood control system provide by the plantation
its adequate.
The community of Laupahoehoe has not experienced any extreme
flood flows. [With the projected expansion and diversification of
It he economy, however] However, there will be a need to supply flood
protection for the community[.] since Laupahoehoe School, which is
located just to the south of the urban center, has experienced some
flooding. Water comes down from the cane fields, especially when
lfields have been recently harvested or when the cane does not form a
complete cover.
The community of Papaaloa has not experienced any serious
iflooding problems. With the projected expansion of the community
ithere will be a need to provide flood protection for the area.
64-
o o
The North Hilo district is characterized by high sea cliffs,
most of which rise 300 feet above the sea. Except for the
Laupahoehoe Point area, [the district] development is not subject to
tsunami damage.
IHAMAKUA
I~!Profile
The Hamakua District can be divided into two major watershed
areas. The northern watershed, which affects the Waipio Valley
area, extends upward into the Kohala Mountains. The second
watershed extends to the peak of Mauna Kea and affects the
communities of Kukuihaele, Honokaa, Paauhau, Paauilo, and Kukaiau.
Sixty-five years of records show that the district has suffered
from twenty-six major storms and several times from high seas and
tsunamis. The majority of the flood damage in this area is felt by
the sugar industry, the State, or the County through damage to
improvements within cane fields, roads, ditches, and bridges.
Streams originating above and flowing through Honokaa have
caused flooding in the town. The existing culverts within the town
also do not have adequate capacity to handle volume flows.
The communities of Paauhau and Kukaiau have not been subject to
zany high flood flows in the past and the only recommended flood
prevention measures would be the construction of diversion channels
above the communities to divert water from the cane fields into the
surrounding gulches.
Localized drainage problems exist within the limits of Paauilo.
These problems are caused by allowing surface waters to collect from
large areas within the town and flow down narrow roadways. These
problems could be eliminated if this water was intercepted and
transported to the gulches for disposal.
The only area that is subject to tsunami inundation within the
iHamakua district is Waipio Valley and three other uninhabited
valleys to the north. Damage in Waipio Valley has been primarily to
crops[.] caused by periodic stream overflow Requested solutions
and subsequent studies of the problem have found approaches to be
economically unfeasible.
NORTH KOHALA
I~Profile
The North Kohala district is subject to occasional heavy
rainfall which creates heavy runoff. Streams collect water from the
upper watershed and convey most flows safely through the urban
centers. Although the gulches are generally smaller than those on
t he Hamakua coast, they have adequate capacity to handle storm flows.
65-
O O
Other than damage to canefield improvements and highway
culverts, there is no record of any extensive flood damage within
the district. [Three] There are areas, however, which are subject
to minor flooding problems. These include the town of Hawi which
has suffered from surface sheet flows concentrating along the
highway within the town[. In addition], the highway and road
culvert] culverts at Lipoa Gulch [cannot handle volume flows.], and
Halelua and Pueka gulches.
The community of Kapaau has problems similar to those of Hawi.
The existing highway culverts are inadequate to handle peak flood
flows and have caused minor flooding problems in the past. On each
side of the highway the Makapala area is relatively flat and is
susceptible to flooding by the Niulii and Waikani Streams.
The solution to the flood control and drainage problems of this
district lies within two measures. These are the practice of proper
soil conservation in agricultural lands and forest areas to help
reduce and retard surface water and sediment runoff and improvements
ito natural channels to increase their capacity.
The North Kohala district has recorded runup from tsunami
activity. Areas subject to inundation include the Pololu Valley
area, the Hoea Mill area, the Upolu Point Airport area, and the
Mahukona Harbor area.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The South Kohala district can be divided into two separate
watershed areas. The Waimea Village watershed extends into the
Kohala mountains. These mountains have high rainfall and several
intermittent streams descend from them and flow through the Waimea
area. Upon reaching the Waimea plains, these streams turn to the
west and flow toward Kawaihae across the extremely permeable lava
flows of Mauna Kea. The Waikoloa stream has caused flooding within
the town of Waimea during high intensity storms when waters overflow
due to sharp stream bends and generally inadequate flow-carryingcapacities.
The second watershed area above the Kawaihae to Anaehoomalu
shoreline extends from the coast to the peaks of Mauna Kea to Mauna
LOa. The area is semi-arid with few well-defined channels and
iinfrequent stream flows.
There are two flood control projects within the district, both
within the town of Waimea. The first project, which consists of a
lined channel and flood water retarding structure for the Lanimaumau
Stream, has been constructed under the authority of the Watershed
Protection and Flood Control Act. The second study and planned
flood control measure is for a lined channel along the Waikoloa
jStream northward from Lindsey Road. This channel will alleviate
much of the flooding from the Waikoloa Stream.
66-
0 0
High intensity storms have caused flooding along the Mamalahoa
Highway at Puako and along the highway from Kawaihae to Puako.
iThese storms are very infrequent and tend to create flash floods.
High flows have been experienced in the Hapuna Beach and Spencer
Beach Park areas due to the flash floods. The Puako Beach lots have
also been subject to flooding.
An added threat to the coastal areas results from [the
X37,000-acre] fire [of 1969] which [left] leaves the upper slope
area] areas with limited ground cover and thus more susceptible to
flooding.
j The entire coastline of this district from Kawaihae southward is
subject to tsunami and storm wave inundation. Runup has been
recorded in Kawaihae and Puako.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The North Kona district can be divided into two watershed
areas. The area north of Ke-ahole Point and the summit of Hualalai
have very low rainfall and runoff. Rainfall for this area reaches a
maximum average of 40 inches per year, but most of the area receives
less than 20 inches per year. The soils of the area are extremely
ipermeable and there is no record of hazardous flooding in this area.
The southern area, extending southward from Ke-ahole Point,
contains most of the urban development and is subject to [flooding.]
intensively utilized. The area is characterized by dry vegetative
growth along the coastal areas and thick tropical vegetation in the
upper forest reserves. The ground slope is steep, averaging
approximately fifteen per cent.
The steep slopes, shallow soils, frequent high intensity rains,
land the lack of well-defined drainageways make many areas in the
North Kona district susceptible to flooding and overland flows.
Flash floods, primarily from overflows of the [Keopu and Waialae
Streams, have damaged roads, bridges, coffee crops, livestock, and
urban developments in Kailua.] Kawanui/Lehuula/Kainaliu.
Flood Plain Management Study."
Flood water and sediment damage occurs along the entire coffee
belt with the Kainaliu, Holualoa and Kailua village areas
experiencing the heaviest damage.
The entire coastline of the North Kona district is subject to
inundation by tsunamis. Kailua and Keauhou have recorded runup and
idamage from tsunami activity in the past. In addition, the
67-
0 0
coastline has also been subject to damage from [high seas and swells
laccompanying hurricanes.] storm waves.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Being geographically young, there are few well-defined drainageIwaysinthedistrict. The soils of the area are extremely permeable
and few streams show evidence of reaching the ocean. Overland and
stream flows are rare and can only be detected when the rainfall
lintensity exceeds the rate of infiltration.
The district is subject to sudden high intensity rainstorms that
can strike anywhere and cause localized flooding. Flood [hazard]
prone areas [are difficult to define because of these localized
storms and the lack of defined waterways.] have been identified by
the USDA. SCS. "South Kona Flood Hazard Analyses "
Coffee and other agricultural lands are subject to erosional
damage and roads and culverts are sometimes damaged by high flows
and sediment deposition. The Sunset Coffee Mill Flood Prevention
Proiect has provided substantial relief in the Napoopoo area
There are also records of minor flooding from Kiilae,
Murihara,] South Keokea. Honaunau and Wailapa Streams. In general,
an area within 150 feet of the stream channels can be considered
subject to flooding. Other areas with records of minor flooding
include the areas along the Belt Highway in the area of the 1950
lava flows and at Hookena Road.
The entire shoreline is subject to inundation due to high seas
and swells caused by hurricanes and distant storms. Coastal areas.
have received damage to roads, harbor facilities and ocean front
buildings. The shoreline areas are also subject to tsunami
activity. This includes the coastline from Napoopoo to Honaunau and
the Milolii village area. Tsunami runup has been recorded in two
locations along the South Kona shoreline, in Milolii and Hookena.
AKA' U
iProfile
The Ka'u district can be divided into three separate regions.The northeastern region is dominated by the Ka'u desert. The
average annual rainfall here is approximately 20 inches. There are
few defined stream channels, none of which are perennial. The soils
are very shallow, covering rough lava flows that are extremely
permeable.
The southwestern region which extends westerly from the South
Point road is characterized by moderate slopes, extremely permeable
soils, and relatively young lava flows. The median annual rainfall
68-
0 0
varies from less than 20 inches at South Point to 75 inches at the
5,000 foot elevation. There is little evidence of stream flow
within this region and no record of damage from flood flows other
than the flooding of roads within the Hawaiian.Ocean View Estates
subdivision.
The central region contains the communities of Pahala, Naalehu,
sand Waiohinu. There are several streams within the region, none of
which are perennial. Flood flows occur when the soils are saturated
and rainfall intensity exceeds the rate of infiltration. Storm
runoff descends steep slopes behind the communities and causes
flooding and deposition of sediment and debris in the communities.
There are three existing [or planned] flood control measures ih
this district. A flood water channel and debris basin in Naalehu
was completed in 1965 with additional improvements and modifications
completed in 1969[.] and 1982.
The second project is within the town of Pahala and consists of
diversion channels in the cane fields above the town[.] and the
improvement of Paauau Stream. Since their construction, there has
been minimal flood damage in Pahala.
The third project is within the town of Waiohinu. It is
designed to collect flows from the watershed [area] areas and
transport them around Waiohinu for disposal in the rock land area.
This project has [not yet] been implemented [and the area still has
flooding problems.], but needs additional improvements.
Although maior flooding within the communities has been
addressed, flash flooding along the Hawaii Belt Road still occurs
The Piikea, Keawia, Paauau Punaluu Hilea Kawaa and Honuapo
69-
The entire coastline of the district is subject to tsunami and
high seas activity, with the Punaluu and Honuapo Bay areas having
been severely damaged from past tsunami activity.
0 0
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
HISTORIC SITES
The heritage of a community is documented by history, a series
lof past events. The physical evidence of such a documentation is
often contained in archaeological and historic sites which support
the written or traditional lPaarv_
The [identification] identity of a community evolves from thepast. One way of understanding the present is through historic
perspective, as our cultural values are basically derived from past
generations. A three-dimensional record of the past puts us in a
better position to judge and understand our contemporary values,
progress, and lifestyles, as well as to illustrate our history.
Much of the early surviving history of the Hawaiian Islands had
kits setting on the island of Hawaii. Archaeological evidence
shows] indicates that [the first Polynesians may have landed at
Ka Lae, South Point.] this island was settled by the Polynesians at
least as early as 700 - 800 A.D. Tentative evidence also suggest
that it is likely to have been settled as early as 300 - 600 A D
Many of the significant figures of Hawaiian history before the
arrival of Captain Cook had their domains on the island[.
Throughout every district are found sites which illustrate the
historical process of Hawaii and her sister islands. These sites
include not only those which date back to before the arrival of
Captain Cook, but also include those which have been significant in
historical times. The historical process encompasses the
development and evolution of Hawaii from the earliest times to the
coming of the various ethnic groups whose cultural lifestyles have
blended to form what is now Hawaii.] of Hawaii: Paao, Liloa.
Umi-a-Liloa. Keawe-a-Umi Lonoikamakahiki Alapainui This is also
There is [increasing] continuing concern for the historic sites
of the County of Hawaii on the part of residents, governmental
70-
gnu ner reiacrves. ana rolianu ~roaav nrstoric sites are found
throughout each district of Hawaii
O O
agencies, and private developers. It is realized that once
destroyed, historic sites and the information which they contain
cannot be replaced. As the early history of Hawaii was [an] kept
through oral tradition, the reconstruction of this [history] period
is to a large extent based on the physical evidence of sites. [For
the first time many] Manv landowners are becoming aware that
Hawaiian artifacts used in daily living are being removed from their
elands for or by collectors. Consequently sites have been despoiled
and [clues] information regarding the function of site itself and
the artifacts have been destroyed. Increased land development and
the prices being paid for artifacts by collectors endanger many
historic sites.
It is important to recognize that the history of this island is
the history of those who live here. Public access to major historic
sites has not always been available, and the information derived
from sites and its significance have not always been distributed.
The State of Hawaii Division of Parks through the Department of
Land and Natural Resources is conducting a statewide survey of known
historic sites. Archaeological surveys and investigations of the
island of Hawaii have been undertaken by consultants for the County
of Hawaii so that significant sites may be protected. In the future
the list of sites will grow; more sites are expected to be found and
evaluated. (Note: Sites are to be mapped.)]
nomination of sites to the National Reoister of Historic Places
Archaeological investigations continue to be conducted on the
island of Hawaii, adding to the list of known sites These
Isianiticant.
After a careful examination of past and present situations
regarding historic sites in the County of Hawaii, the following
igoals, policies, and standards are set forth.]
The following is [an analysis of historic sites by district.] a
historical profile of the districts [From the findings which have
ibeen made, courses of action have been formulated. It is important
Ito understand that the list of sites and their evaluation is an
ion-going process. New sites are constantly being found and these
must be evaluated in conjunction with those already known.] The
71-
known historic sites and promotes surveys to identify and document
0 0
ibrief historical sketches of each district are intended to bring
into focus the relationship of the district to the island as a
whole. [The courses of action shall be consistent with and
supportive of the comprehensive goals and policy of the overall
element.] The list of sites which are included for the districts
Profile
In the history of the island of Hawaii, the district of Puna did
not have a great political influence. However. Puna is most closely
associated with the goddess Pele For the most part, Puna followed
the course of the adjacent districts of Ka'u and Hilo. No strong
family lines evolved in the district to have power over any of the
other [areas,] districts, and the lands of Puna almost always went
to the ruler of Ka'u or Hilo.
The most significant historical feature [presently] known in
Puna is the Waha'ula Heiau, located in Hawaii Volcanoes National
Park. This was the first luakini heiau {temples presided over by
the high chiefs) to be built by the priest Pa'ao, circa 1275 A_D_,
land the last in use until its destruction was ordered by Liholiho in
11820.
The following sites should be assured of protection and should
jbe restored or reconstructed:
Waha'ula Heiau 1-1-01:6
Punaluu Spring*1-1-01:17
Stones in Park 1-2-03:6
Canoe Landing 1-2-03:12
Waiakolea Pond*1-2-03:5,
Kehena Beach Trail 1-2-09:22
Trail 1-3-07:27
Old Coffee Mill 1-3-08:5
Mahina'akala Heiau,1-3-08:15
Keahialaka Spring
Pond
Petroglyphs 1-4-02:31
Kahuwai Village 1-4-03:13
Poupou
Kahaulea
Kalapana
Kalapana
Kalapana
Keekee
Malama-ki
Pohoiki
Keahialaka
Kapoho
Kahuwai
72-
completed. New sites are constantly being found and these must be
evaluated in conjunction with those already known
i
PUNA
0 0
The following sites need further research to ascertain
itheir value:
Makaiwa Heiau 1-1-O1:1 Kahaulea
Platform 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea
Kikoa Heiau 1-2-03:22 Kalapana
Aukelenuiahiki Heiau 1-2-02:6 Kalapana
Waiaka Heiau 1-2-28:26 Kapaahu
Kanikapahu Heiau 1-2-03:26 Kalapana
Niukukahi Heiau 1-2-06:1 Kalapana
Housesites, petrolgyphs 1-3-07:27 Malama-ki
Area surrounding 1-3-08:15 Keahialaka
Mahina'akaka Heiau
I *These sites were recommended for protection because of
i natural beauty.]
Mackenzie Petroglyphs Malama-ki Hawaii Register
King's Highway Malama-ki Hawaii Resister
Puna-Kau Historic
District Various National Register
I
IHILO
Profile
In Hawaiian [myth and legend] tradition; the district of Hilo
played an important [part.] role. [It was in a] A cave behind
Rainbow Falls [that beautiful] was the home of Hina, the beautiful
woman who bore the demigod Maui for the islands' traditional
founder, Hawaii Loa[, made her home]. Pele herself shaped the area
of Hilo by sending fingers of lava down the slopes of [Mauna Kea
and] Mauna Loa. [In more recent times] Kamehameha I spent part of
his youth in the district and [here] moved and overturned the Naha
Stone, an omen of his later rise to power [when he would rule a
united kingdom].
In 1778 the first written reports of Hilo were made by
Captain James Cook, [stating] who said that heavy seas prevented his
landing at "Aheedoo." One of the explorers who came after
Capt. Cook was Lord Byron, who first charted Hilo Bay. For years,
the bay was known as Byron's Bay and the entrance to the harbor,
Blonde Reef, was named after his ship.
Following the explorers came fur traders and other seamen who
found the islands an ideal location for wintering[. Here they could
Mind] and for obtainino provisions [as well as recreation]. By 1791
the exploitation of sandalwood began and Hilo's reputation as a portshademerged.
73-
0 0
At the end of the sandalwood era, Christian missionaries
arrived, led by William Ellis[, arrived]. Ellis, in 1822, came
looking for a suitable location for [his] a mission[.] station. At
this same time, Hilo was [known as] the starting point of
Ipilgrimages to the volcano[. It was also a site for] and a market
fair] place for people from Ka'u to Hamakua. The main settlement
of Hilo was [then] initially located at the mouth of the [Waiakea]
Wailoa River[.] in Waiakea. Until the arrival of David Belden Lyman
and Titus Coan in 1832, the mission's effect was not great. By the
lend of 1837, however, two-thirds of the population of the area had
relocated themselves to Hilo to join Coan's "Great Revival," leaving
villages around Hilo deserted. When the mission eventually moved to
the top of Haili Street from Waiakea, the new Christians followed.
It was this move which] This established the present location of
Hilo[.] town.
Close to the end of Coan's revival, new explorers[,] interested
in commerce came to Hilo. The whaling industry had a great effect
ion the local population, luring Hawaiians away from home with a
taste of adventure and money. The whaling industry [suffered an
overnight death in] declined after 1868 when petroleum was
i,discovered in far-off Pennsylvania. The great tidal wave and
learthquake also occurred in this year.
The sugar industry began developing in the [late] early 1800's~
but it was not until the Reciprocity Treaty of 1875 with the United
States [did] that the industry [gain] gained firm ground. The
treaty assured that no duty would be imposed on Hawaiian sugar.
Before the turn of the century, labor was imported from [the Orient]
Asia and Europe to satisfy manpower needs of the growing industry.
New mills were established and by 1900 Hilo was sugar-prosperous.
The present population reflects the various groups who have made
their homes in the area.
Most of the historic sites of North and South Hilo have been
either destroyed [or protected. The growth of the districts and
their urban history have, in one way or another, taken care of all
known sites. Natural] by agriculture, urban growth, and natural
changes in [landform] landforms [have also affected sites]. Those
sites which have been protected should continue to be [so] as the
area grows. Other sites, [such as] particulars historic buildings,
should be the focus of these districts. These buildings, although
not of ancient vintage, reflect the historic growth of the area.
SOUTH HILO
Burials
Burials
Burials
Waiakea
Waiakea
Waiakea
74-
Hawaii Register
Hawaii Reoister
Hawaii Reoister
0
IBUrials
United States Post Office
and Office Building
W. H. Shipman House
IIRev. D. B. Lyman House
District Courthouse
I and Police Station
Hilo Breakwater
Hilo Iron Works
Wailoa Bridge
Kamehameha Avenue)
HAMAKUA
Profile
0
Waiakea Hawaii Resister
Piihonua Hawaii Resister/National
Register
Piihonua Hawaii Resister/National
Register
Punahoa Hawaii Register/National
Register
Punahoa Hawaii Reoister/National
Register
Eligible for National Resister
Piopio ili Eligible for National Reoister
Waiakea Eligible for National Register
I Most of the early history of the Hamakua district [was focused
in] centers on Waipio Valley. The valley was settled early[,
probably during the early 13th century,] and was the home of several
strong rulers[.] since at least the early 13th century. Among the
chiefs of Waipio were Liloa and his son Umi. The [legend of]
traditions reaardina Liloa [says] indicates he was.the first to rule
over the entire island of Hawaii and that his rule was one of
peaceful diplomacy.
In 1823 the Rev. Ellis counted 265 houses in the valley and
estimated the population to be 1,325. The number of residents has
declined steadily since Ellis' estimate. The same is true of the
once populated Waimanu Valley.
Hawaiians also lived in the smaller valleys and gulches along
t he Hamakua coast and were known to cultivate taro.
In relatively recent historical times there have been [Oriental]
iASian and European influences in Hamakua, due primarily to the sugar
lindustry. These influences have erased much of the physical
evidence of the earlier culture, but have also (opened up a new]
lintroduced a different perspective on historic sites.
I [The following sites should be assured of protection and should
be restored or reconstructed:
75
0
Keanakakoi Adze Quarry
Shelter Caves
Cave Site & Trail
Lalakea Pond
4-4-15:1
4-9-01:7
4-9-01:1
0
Kaohe
Muliwai
Waipio
The following sites need further research to ascertain their
value:
Cave, 10,200 elev.
Cave with paving stones
Shrines; Puu Kookoolau
Graves
Shrine & Terraced platform
Ahu-Trail markers
Mauna Kea-Umikoa Trail
Petroglyphs
Pakalana Heiau,
Hokuwelowelo Heiau;
fishing koa
Platforms
Terraced Platforms
Canoe Platform
4-4-15:1
4-4-15:1
4-4-15:1
4-4-15:1
4-4-15:1
4-4-15:1
4-4-15:1
4-4-16:1
4-9-02:1
Kaohe
Kaohe
Kaohe
Kaohe
Kaohe
Kaohe
Kaohe
Kaohe 5
Waipio
Mauna Kea Adze Ouarrv Kaohe
Chee Ying Societv
Clubhouse Nienie
KOHALA
Profile
4-9-14:12 Waimanu
4-9-14:12 Waimanu
4-9-14:12 Waimanu]
Hawaii Register/National
Register
Hawaii Register/National
Register
Historically, the present districts of North and South Kohala
were considered to be a single unit. Kohala['s greatest claim] is
the birthplace of Kamehameha I[, although]_ Mo'okini Heiau at Upolu
Point is said to have been built by the priest Pa'ao[.] in the 12th
Icenturv. [other] Other important historic events occurred in the
district, particularly at Kawaihae. Kamehameha I gained complete
control of the entire island of Hawaii after constructing Pu'ukohola
Heiau where Keoua was killed.
It was at Kawaihae that John Young and Isaac Davis in the
service of Kamehameha cleared foreign arrivals who came to Hawaii.
They persuaded Capt. Vancouver to first leave cattle in the area and
Capt. Cleveland to leave horses.
In 1820, the brig Thaddeus, carrying a group of Christian
missionaries, made its first anchorage at the village of Kawaihae.
John Young is credited with the decision of allowing the
missionaries to disembark at Kailua.
76-
0 0
Influential] John Palmer Parker was influential in shaping the
character of Kohala [was John Palmer Parker]. He started in
iKawaihae and hunted the large number of cattle which had turned wild
under the kapu placed on them by Kamehameha. Parker eventually
moved to Waimea where he expanded his operation into what is today
one of] the largest [ranches] privately owned ranch in the world.
In 1832 the missionary Lorenzo Lyons arrived in Kawaihae. He
established his station at Waimea and his parish included [all of]
ithe districts of Kohala and Hamakua. Ten years later,
Reverend Elias Bond took over the mission duties in northern Kohala
sand soon established an excellent English school.
The] Although the character of Kohala has [been greatly]
changed through history, [but because of] the district's relative
isolation has preserved many [prehistoric] pre-contact sites [are
still found]. The leeward North Kohala coast still contain manv
remnants of coastal fishing villages which were occupied from the
pre-historic period through the early 1900s. Likewise. remnants of
the large agricultural complexes which supported the population are
still found in both North and South Kohala. Mo'okini and Pu'ukohola
Heiau still stand as monuments to the past, as do John Young's house
site and the early Christian churches.
I
The following sites should be assured of protection and should
be restored or reconstructed: (North Kohala)
Kamehameha Water Tunnel 5-2-02:6 Waiapuka
Statue of Kamehameha I 5-4-05:1 Kapaau Village
Mo'okini Heiau 5-5-05:17 Puuepa 2
Apaapaa I 5-7-01:10 Lapakahi
Koaie Settlement Complex 5-7-01:22 Lapakahi
The following sites need further research to ascertain their
value:
Kaupalaha Heiau 5-2-01:14 Makapala
Lapakahi Complex 5-7-01:_ Lapakahi
Site of John Young's house
The following sites should be assured of protection and should
be restored or reconstructed: (South Kohala)
Pu'ukohola Heiau
Mailekini Heiau
Petroglyphs
I~IORTH KOHALA
Lapakahi Complex
6-2-02:6 Kawaihae 2
6-2-02:10 Kawaihae 2
6-9-06:1, 2 Lalamilo]
Lapakahi Hawaii Resister/National
Register
77-
0 0
Heiau in Kukuip ahu Kukuipahu Hawaii Re gister/National
Register.
Bond District Iole Hawaii Re gister/National
Register
Kohala Pilgrim Church Pahoa Hawaii Reg ister
Tong Wo Society Building Halawa Hawaii Reg ister/National
Register
Kohala District
Courthouse Honopueo Hawaii Reg ister/National
Register
Mo'okini Heiau Puuepa Hawaii Reg ister/National
Register
Possible Heiau Kehena Hawaii Reg ister
Vault Complex Paoo Hawaii Reg ister
Makeanehu Compl ex Makeanehu Hawaii Reg ister
Habitation and Burials Makeanehu Hawaii Reg ister
Habitation Comp lex Paoo Hawaii Reg ister
SOUTH KOHALA
Pu'ukohola Heiau Kawaihae National Register
Imiola Church Waikoloa Hawaii Register/National
Register
Puako Petroplvph
Archaeological District Lalamilo Hawaii Register/National
Register
Kiholo-Puako Trail Various _Hawaii Register
KONA
Profile
The Kona districts have been very significant in the history of
Hawaii. [In early times, before] Before the arrival of Capt. Cook,
a large population was settled in villages along the coast. Various
rulers lived in the area and have left evidence of the complexreligious, social, and political systems which evolved[.] in
78-
0 0
Hawaii. In North Kona the major complexes are located at Kailua
Holualoa. and Kahaluu In South Kona they are located at
Kealakekua and Honaunau.
When Capt. Cook arrived at Kealakekua Bay in January 1779, he
reported that the area was flourishing. It is well known that he
was accepted as the god Lono and [as a result] visited heiau and
village sites[.] at Napoopoo. Following Capt. Cook's death no
foreign ships stopped in Kona for several years. In 1792
Capt. Vancouver arrived in Kona and left orange trees, grapevines,
other plants, and cattle.
Kamehameha I, in 1812, established his permanent residence and
his capital in Kailua. The royal family remained in Kona until the
capital was moved to Honolulu. [Foreigners in Kona after Vancouver
came for two basic reasons, commerce or religion.] The districts
prospered [well] during the sandalwood and whaling eras, with
Kealakekua serving as the main port. In 1820 the first missionary
station on the island was [set up] established in Kailua [and
Hawaiians were quickly converted].
The change in Kona after Cook's arrival was rapid. With a
large area and scattered population,] Although Kona has experienced
rapid change since Cook's arrival it still contains many
undisturbed historical sites. [These sites, most] Most of [them]
these sites are of traditionally Hawaiian[,] origin and can reveal
information important in reconstructing Hawaii's early history.
The following are examples of sites in the area. Some of these
need further research to ascertain their value.
North Kona
Trail 7-1-02:1, 8 Puuwaawaa
Trail 7-1-03:2 Puuwaawaa
Petroglyphs, Housesites 7-1-03:7 Puuanahulu
Ponds 7-1-03:9 Puuanahulu
Trail 7-2-03:1, 2 Kaupulehu
Petroglyphs, Holua Slide,7-2-03:2 Kaupulehu
Graves, Pen, Burial Cave
Trail, Opae Ula Pond 7-2-04:1 Makalawena
Graves 7-2-05:4 Kaulana
Kaloko Fishpond,7-3-09:2 Kaloko
Petroglyphs, Housesites,
Burial Cave
Terraced Housesite, Pens,7-3-09:4 Kaloko
Housesites, Platforms,
Shelters, Ku'ula Heiau
Housesites, Shelters, Ahus 7-3-10:33 Makaula
Shelters, Housesites,7-3-10:33 Kaloa-Ooma I
Platforms, Pens, Pools,
Cave Site
79_
O O
Aiopio Pond, Puuoina Heiau,7-4-08:4 Honokohau
i Burial Sites, Petroglyphs,
Platforms, Enclosures,
Holua Slide
Makaopio Heiau, Hale O Kane 7-4-08:6 Kealakehe
Heiau, Housesites, Plat-
forms, Burials, Ponds
i Aimakapa Pond, Housesites,7-4-08:10 Honokohau
Enclosures
Petroglyphs 7-5-05:14-42 Lanihau
Petroglyphs, Gravesite 7-5-05:7 Keahuolu
Kamakahonu 7-5-06:24 Lanihau
I Mokuaikaua Church 7-5-07:18 Keopu 2
Hulihee Palace 7-5-07:20 Keopu 2
Kuaakaiakaola Heiau 7-5-20:34 Puapuaa 1 & 2
Kealakowaa Heiau, Housesite 7-6-13:5 Holualoa 1
Hale O Kaili Heiau,7-7-04:12 Holualoa 4
Kanekaheilani Heiau,
Hale O A'ama Heiau,
Hale O Kekupua Heiau,
Keolonahihi Heiau
I Hualani Heiau, Moipe Heiau 7-7-04:13 Holualoa 4
Hikapaa Heiau, Costa Petro 7-7-04:42 Holualoa 3
I Cave
Ke Ahu A Umi 7-8-01:3 Keauhou 2
I, Ohia Cave 7-8-10:2 Kahaluu
Paniau Heiau 7-8-10:4 Kahaluu
Royal Slide 7-8-10:30 Keauhou 2
I Birthplace & Tomb Site of 7-8-12:17 Keauhou 1
i Kamehameha III (LOn0
I Makai)
Kapua Noni Heiau,7-8-13:2 Kahaluu
Hapaialii Heiau, Keeku
Heiau (Ke'eu), Makolea
Heiau, Keawehala Pond
Kehua Heiau 7-8-13:3 Kahaluu
i Housesite 7-8-13:14; 1 5 Kahaluu
Ku'ula Heiau 7-8-13:30 Kahaluu
Poo Hawaii Pond 7-8-13:41 Kahaluu
i Waikaaala Pond 7-8-14:1 Kahaluu
Waikui Pond 7-8-14:4 Kahaluu
Kuemanu Heiau 7-8-14:5 Kahaluu
Canoe Landing 7-8-14:5 Kahaluu
Housesites, Graves,7-9-05:8 Honalo
Platforms, Kualanui Heiau
Housesites, Platforms,7-9-06:10-15 Kawanui 2,
Heiau Houaino 2
Refuge caves 7-9-12:2, 9 Hokukano 2
Hoopalahuli Heiau,7-9-12:3 Kanaueue 1 & 2
i Ku'ula Heiau Hokukano 1
Refuge cave 7-9-12:4 Houaino 4
80-
O
South Kona
Pali O Niu Heiau,
Housesites, Platforms,
Gravesites
Gravesites, Platforms
Puueo Heiau, Shelter, Canoe
Landing, Platforms,
Housesites
Platforms, Ku'ula Heiau
Housesites, Platforms
Heiau, Housesites,
Platforms, Shelters,
Gravesites, Enclosures,
Pens, Puhina O Lono Heiau
Heiau, Kaawaloa Village
Capt. Cook Monument
Housesite, Burial, Caves,
Helehelekalani Heiau
Hikiau Heiau
Church Graveyard
Enclosures, Gravesites,
Housesites, Shelters,
Platforms, Battlefield,
Mokuohai
Kamiko Heiau, Gravesites
Gravesites, Canoe Landing,
Platforms
Hale O Lono Heiau
City of Refuge
Heiau, Graves, Platforms,
Pens
I Heiau, Graves, Platforms
I Trail
Graves, Housesites, Cave
I Site, Platforms
I Burial Caves
Hookena Church
Trail
i Trail, Housesites
I Graves, Housesites, Trail,
Platforms, Well]
NORTH KONA
Hulihee Palace KeOAll
8-1-04:1
8-1-04:1
8-1-04:1, 3
8-1-04:1
8-1-04:1
8-1-07:1
8-1-11:1 &
Other parcels
in area
8-1-11:1
8-2-02:2
8-2-02:10
8-2-07:6
8-3-04:1, 9
8-3-04:5
8-3-04:13
8-3-06:7
8-4-11:7
8-6-07:8
8-6-08:2
8-6-11:3
8-6-13:34, 35
8-6-13:44
8-7-05:2
8-7-09:1
8-7-11:3
O
Kanakau 1 & 2
Halekii
Keekee
Kalukalu
Onouli
Keapuka
Kaawaloa
Kaawaloa
Kealakekua
Kealakekua
Kahualoa 1
Keei 2
Keei 2
Kahauloa 2
Keei 2
Honaunau &
Keokea
Honokua
waiea
Kalaniki
Hookena,
Hookena
Alae
Waikakuu
Kukuiopae
Hawaii Register/National
Register
81-
O
I
O
MOkuaikaua Church Keopu Hawaii Re gister/National
Reaister
Ahuaaumi Heiau Keauhou National Register
I~iHale O Kane Heiau Kealakehe Hawaii Re aister
Habitation Site Kealakehe Hawaii Re gister
Shelter and Pen Ooma Hawaii Re gister
IWawaloli Habitation Ooma Hawaii Re aister
IiHabitation Cluster Ooma Hawaii Re aister
Lanihau Papamu Lanihau Hawaii Re aister
HOUSe and Burials Lanihau Hawaii Re gisteri
HOnokohau Settlement Kaloko.National Reaister
32 Sites)Honokohau
Kamakahonu (Residence of Lanihau National Register
i King Kamehameha I)
K h H l Slieauououa de Keauhou National Register
Kuamo'o Burials Keauhou National Reaister
IKamoa Point Complex Holualoa Hawaii Re gister/National
Reaister
Kahalu'u Historic Kahaluu.National Register
District (1B Sites)Keauhou
Kamehameha III Birthplace Keauhou Hawaii Re gister/National
Kauikeaouli Stoned Reaister
Great Wall of Kuakini Various Eliaible for National Reaister
i
I
iSOUTH KONA
IGreenwell Store Onouli Hawaii Re aister/National
I Register
I
IPu'uhonua O Honaunau -Honaunau.National Reaister
Place of Refuge Keokea
Kealakekua Bav Various National Reaister
Historical District
82-
0
Kahikolu Church
St. Benedict's
Catholic Church
Burial Cave
North Honomalino Complex
iAhole Holua Complex
Kaulanamauna Upland
Complex
0
Kahauloa Hawaii Register/National
Register
Honaunau Hawaii Register/National
Register
Honomalino Hawaii Register
Honomalino Hawaii Register
Kapua National Register
Honomalino Hawaii Register
Kaulana- Hawaii Register
mauna
iKOna Field Svstem (e.g. Various Eligible for National Register
Amy Greenwell Botanical (N. & S. Kona)
i Gardens)
KA'U
Profile
The district of Ka'u has historically been a relatively
independent [kingdom,] district, isolated from the rest of the
island. [Archaeological evidence shows] Historical data indicates
that it was probably-settled very early by the Polynesian voyagers
who settled these islands may have first landed and settled at Ka
Lae, South Point]. As population [expanded,] increased. the rest of
the island was inhabited. Most of the early settlement in Ka'u
consisted of small fishing villages.
In 1791 Kamehameha became ruler of the entire island by gaining
the district of Ka'u when its chief Keoua was killed at the
dedication of Pu'ukohola Heiau at Kawaihae.
Ka'u later became the stopping point for seagoing travelers on
their way to Hilo. In the 1860's Mark Twain lived in Waiohinu[.
He] and wrote extensively about his stay [and] in Ka'u [made up his
mind that he was in]. While living in Waiohinu he declared Hawaii
Ito be "the loveliest fleet of islands."
The following are examples of sites in the area. Some of these
need further research to ascertain their value.
Heiau 9-1-01:3 Manuka Bay)
Holua 9-1-01:3 Manuka Bay)
Petroglyphs 9-1-01:3 Manuka Bay)
Graves, Caves 9-1-01:3 &Manuka Bay) &
Shelters), Housesites 9-1-01:6 Malua Kipuka
83-
O O
Well & Housesites 9-1-01:3 Manuka
Kaiakekua)
Ramp, Housesites, Platforms,9-1-01:3 Manuka
Trail Keawaiki)
Burial Cave 9-1-01:3 Kapua Manuka
Forest Reserve
Petroglyphs 9-1-01:3 Kapua Manuka
Forest Reserve
Shrine 9-1-01:7 Manuka (Kaupuaa
Kipuka)
Caves 9-1-01:7 Manuka (Kaupuaa
Kipuka)
Housesites, Canoe Landing,9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Petroglyphs, (S.E. of
Humuhumu Pt.)
Kanonone Waterhole,9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Housesites, Paved Trail
West of Pohue Bay)
Shelters, Housesites,9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Platforms, Gravesites,
Petroglyphs, (Pohue Bay
to Keliuli Bay)
Petroglyphs (N.E. of Puuki)9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Waterholes (from Haliipalala 9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Area to Kahakahakea),
Shelter, Platforms,
Ahus, Housesites, Petro-
glyphs (Haliipalala Area)
Kakio-Housesites, Petro-9-2-01:1 Kahuku
glyphs, Shelters
Malino Heiau (Just West 9-2-01:1 Kahuku
of Boundary)
Pohaku O Kane (Stone Image)9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Haleopaha Ruins 9-2-147:Kahuku
Housesites, Trail, Ahu Blk 288)
Kalalea Heiau, Housesites,9-3-01:1 Kamaoa-Puueo
Mooring Holes, Salt Pans
Refer Pinao Site-H2r for
plot, by Bishop Museum)
Housesites, Fisherman;9-3-01:2 Kamaoa-Puueo
Shelters (Scattered along
makai side of old govern-
ment road)
Puu Alii Village Site 9-3-01:3 Kamaoa-Puueo
Graves, Canoe Landing,
Housesites, Shelter, Cave
Makalai), Lua Palahemo
Heiau (Just N.E. of Puu 9-3-01:3 Kamaoa-Puueo
Alii Village Site)
Waterhole, Cave 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Housesites, Platforms 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
84-
0 0
Housesites, Platforms,9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Petroglyphs (Waialau Area)
Shelter, Gravesites 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Waialau Area)
Petroglyphs, Shrine,9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Housesites, Platform,
Shelter (West of Kailikii)
Housesite, Canoe Shed 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Kailiikii)
Burial, Waterhole 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
N.W. of Waiahukini)
Housesite, Platforms, Ponds 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Enclosures (Waiahukini
Village Site Area)
Gravesites, Shelter,9=3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Circular Ahu, Papamus
Ko'a (Waiahukini Village 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Site Area)
Moliele Heiau 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Luanunu (Refuge Cave)9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Waipouli well 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Kii Petroglyphs 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Housesites, Platforms,9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Petroglyphs
Shelter Cave 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Petroglyphs, Housesites,9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Platforms (East of
Laeokamilo Pt.)
Hoonuoua Pond, Housesites,9-5-06:1 Waiohinu
Platforms, Petroglyphs
North of Laeokamilo Pt.)
Petroglyphs, Housesites 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Iki
East of Site no. 37)
Haena Village Site,9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Iki
Housesites Platforms,
Shelters, Heiau (1,500
feet of N.W, of Poninau
Heiau at base of Pali)
Poninau Heiau 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Nui
Waikapuna Village Site 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Nui
well, Housesites,
Platforms, Ramp, Burial,
Enclosure, Ko'a
Puhiula Cave 9-5-11:4 Amelo
Waterhole inside)
Keanapuhiula Village,9-5-11:4 Amelo
Housesites, Platforms,
Enclosures, Graves,
Shelter Cave, Burial
Cave
Housesites, Platforms,9-5-14:7 Honuapo
Walled Structures
85-
0 0
Housesites, Platforms,9-5-14:7 Hionaa
Graves, Shelter Cave,
Circular Solid
Structure, walled
Enclosures, Numerous
Small Planting Areas
Honuapo Ponds 9-5-14:7 Honuapo
Housesites, Platform 9-5-16:3 Hokukano
Housesites, Platforms,9-5-16:3 Hokukano
Burials
Semi-Circular Walled 9-5-16:3 Hokukano
Structures
Kaalaiki Area:9-5-16:6, 7,Kaalaiki
54 Burials (more 23, 25
in area), 25 House-
sites, 11 House
Platforms, 6 Plat-,
forms, 2 Shelter
Caves, 7 Enclosures,
6 Garden Areas,
Walled-in Pond, Ponds,
Salt Pans, Walled-in
Fishermen's Shelter,
Bubble) Shelter Cave,
Rock Carvings (Very
few and scattered)
Kawa Pond 9-5-16:30 Kaalaiki
Housesites, Platforms,9-5-17:5 Hilea Iki
Campsite
Platforms, Housesites,9-5-17:5 Hilea Iki
Shelter Cave, Fish
Drying Area
Kawa Bay Village, Spring,9-5-17:7 Hilea Nui
Well, Burial, House-
sites, Platforms,
Petroglyphs (few)
Ke'eku Heiau 9-5-17:7 Hilea Nui
Kawa Hay Village area)
Ninole Spring & Pond 9-5-19:12 Ninole
Spring-PUhau, Pond-
Ilo'i)
Old School Site 9-5-19:26 Ninole
Housesite, Enclosure 9-5-19:26 Ninole
Kaieie Heiau 9-5-19:28 Ninole
Ko'a 9-5-19:28 Ninole
Platform, Canoe Shed 9-5-19:28 Ninole
with Platform
Housesite with Gravesites 9-5-19:28 Ninole
Housesite, Shelter, Cave,9-6-02:1 Paauau 2
Platform
Housesites, Grave, Canoe 9-6-02:2 Paauau Nui
Shed, Platforms (Pueo)
86-
O O
Petroglyphs, Platforms 9-6-02:5 Mohokea Nui
Housesites
Petroglyphs (On Pahoehoe 9-6-02:5 Moaula Kopu
Lava)
Petroglyphs 9-6-02:5 Makaka
Housesites, Platforms,9-6-02:5 Makaka
Circular Pen-Possible.
Canoe Shed in area
Kamehameha Hill)
Sacrificial Stone 9-6-02:6 Punaluu
Kaneeleeke Heiau 9-6-02:6 Punaluu
Housesites, Platforms,9-6-02:6 Punaluu
Gravesite, Trail
paved)
Keaiwa Cavern 9-6-13:3 Keaiwa]
Keawaiki Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Manuka Bay Petroglyphs Manuka Hawaii Reg ister/National
Register
Platform and Mounds Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Kuleana Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Ko'a Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
South Manuka Bay Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Malua Kipuka Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Platform and Shelters Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Lava Tube Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Kaiakekua Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Habitation Complex Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Manuka Bay Holua Slide Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Heiau and Trail Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
Shrine and Heiau Manuka Hawaii Reg ister
South Point Complex Kamaoa National Register
Kii Petroglyphs Waiohin u Hawaii Reg ister/National
Register
87-
O
li
iAinapo Trail
I Menzies Trail)
Wilkes Campsite
IKilauea Crater
Whitney Seismoaraph
iOld Volcano House No. 42
j1790 Footprints
O
Kapapala National Reaister
Kapapala
Kapapala,
Keauhou
Keauhou
Keauhou
Kapapala
National Reaister
National Register
National Reaister
National Reaister
National Register
88-
0 0
NATURAL BEAUTY
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The natural beauty of Hawaii is a universally recognized [fact]
characteristic and as such is one of our most significant and
valuable assets. In a relatively small area exists a great range of
environments, from lush green tropical valleys to snow-capped
mountains. This diversity enhances the liveability of the island by
providing a [choice] preference of physical [conditions.] settings.
Hawaii's natural and scenic beauty is the manifestation of the
linterplay of various physical elements and forces. Three primaryIfactorscontributetothevarietyofenvironments: elevation,
relative location, and geologic origin and age. A further factor is
imodification by man. The types of landform and vegetation depend on
these basic factors. Due to [various conditions, such as] different
elevations and [sides] locations of the island, the landscape [has]
features have particular characteristics. These include barren
fields of lava, heavily vegetated valleys, kiawe deserts, native
forests, rolling grasslands, and rocky coastlines. The differences
in the environment and the landscape features are important in
giving identity to areas of the island and in supporting man-made
elements.
As a resource, natural beauty has many aspects. It is an
aesthetic resource[,] experienced by human [senses.] perceptions.
Natural and scenic beauty has economic ramifications, as evidenced
by the scale of resort development[.] and by visitor-related
activities. Real property values also substantiate the economic
a condominium overlooking mountains and ocean as to a view of a
neighboring condominium reflects the importance of scenic beauty
Another aspect is that the physical elements which make up the
landscape and the interrelationships of these elements are of
scientific interest. Investigating and understanding the physical
environment are necessary in order for man to live in balance with
iit and not destroy it.
As the population increases, the desire to experience natural
beauty will continue and may increase. If uncontrolled, the
development necessary to accommodate an increasing population as
iwell as resort development could have detrimental effects on the
natural beauty of the island. Areas with special amenities of
natural beauty have been and will continue to be the focus of
pressure for resort development. Present [regulations] regulator
rder to protect [extraordinary vistas and sites of natural beauty
re inadequate.], preserve and restore natural and scenic
The cost of
89-
i
O O
Ilrestorinq or regaining natural beauty is greater than the cost of
protecting it.
This gift of nature is] Hawaii's natural beauty is both an
irreplaceable asset and an asset that is part of the public trust.
jIt is fragile and although often enhanced by man can easily be
destroyed by him.] adversely affected. Measures must be taken to
unsure its protection, both now and in the future, for the enjoyment
of Hawaii's residents and visitors.
Through the Zoning and Subdivision ordinances, and the Special
Management Area and shoreline setback regulations the County of
Hawaii has the means [of assuring the protection of] to protect the
island's natural and scenic beauty as an integral part of the living
environment of the island. Safeguards of this valuable asset are a
major consideration of any construction or development which may
alter, eliminate, or intrude upon it. They are also important so
that man-made elements are kept in an aesthetic perspective with the
lphysical surroundings.
The County Arborist Advisory Committee wasestablished to
limportance of trees and tree masses on the island Criteria such as
The importance of natural and scenic beauty and its true
evaluation as an asset of public trust to be protected for future
generations remain with the people of this island. While public
planning and regulation are instrumental in achieving the goals set
forth for this element, it is public awareness and interest which
will maintain the natural beauty of the island of Hawaii.
The following describes the characteristic natural and scenic
ibeauty of the districts of the County of Hawaii. Examples of sites
sand vistas are listed. The goals and policies of the element shall
iset forth the courses of action for sites and vistas of natural
beauty.
PUNA
Along the coast of Puna district the black sand beaches and
tidal ponds are noted features of natural beauty. The
Kaimu-Kalapana Black Sand Beach is an often used travel poster scene
of Hawaii.
The inland areas of Puna are lava land. [A major area] MaiorIlareasofnaturalbeauty [is] are the 1960 Kapoho and the recently
formed Pu'u 0'o volcanic [region] regions. Its significance is that
it represents the force of nature in altering the landscape feature
unto a cone and desolate field of lava.
90-
0 0
A portion of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park is also located
lwithin this district.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the Puna district.
Tidal Ponds & Fishing Area 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea]
above cliff)
Punaluu Spring 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea]
Waiakolea Pond 1-2-03:5, 6 Kalapana
Viewpoint (Ka Lae Ahole)1-2-03:12 Kalapana
Kehena Black Sand Beach 1-2-09:21 Kehena
Viewpoint-Shoreline 1-2-09:22 Kekeekee
Waiaka Pond 1-2-28 Kapaahu]
Lots 94-108)
Waikupanaha Pond 1-2-28 (Lot 109)Kapaahu]
1-2-29 (Lots 110 &111)
Viewpoint-Shoreline 1-3-04:71 Opihikao
Warm Springs 1-3-08:[5] 34 Pohoiki
Road thru] Mango Grove 1-3-08:4 & 5 Pohoiki
of Trees] along Pohoiki Road
Viewpoint-Shoreline 1-3-08:5 Pohoiki
Keahialaka Spring & Pond 1-3-08:15 Keahialaka
Shoreline 1-3-08:15 Keahialaka
1960 Lava Flow 1-4-02:1 Kapoho
Viewpoint (Puu Kukae)1-4-02:2 Kapoho
View from [Hill (]Green 1-4-02:31 Kapoho
Lake[)] Hill
Kapela Bay (Black Sand 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai
Beach)
Viewpoint-Shoreline 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai
Hilo [side] & Puna)
Shoreline (Puna side)1-4-03:13 Kahuwai]
Viewpoint & Tidal pool 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai
Makaukiu Pt.)
Viewpoint-Shoreline 1-4-03:19 Honolulu
Honolulu Landing)
Viewpoint-Shoreline 1-5-63:1-4 Waiakahuila
Cove with Stone Beach 1-6-[140:4 ,5]01:25 Keaau
Kapoho Tidal Ponds 1-4-02 Kapoho
Viewplane from Pahoa-1-2-04, 06, 07, 09
Kalapana Highwav looking makai
MacKenzie Park 1-3-07:26 Malama-Ki
Mango Grove along Kapoho-1-4-03 & 04 Kahuwai &
Honolulu Landing Road Halepuaa
1955 Lava Flow (Iilewa Cone)1-2-10:1 Kamaili
Ironwood Groves along 1-3-03:5 &Kauaea
Kapoho-Kalapana Road 1-3-07:6 & 26 Malama-Ki
Ironwood Grove at Nanawale 1-4-03:18 Nanawale
Park
Albizzia Grove along Pahoa-1-4-01:4 Kaniahiku
Kapoho Road
91-
0 0
Roval Palms fronting Keaau 1-6-02 Keaau
School
View of Mauna Kea and Mauna
Loa from Pahoa-Keaau.
Volcano-Keaau Roads. and
various Puna subdivisions
Pu'u O'o Lava Flow Region
SOUTH HILO
The natural beauty of the South Hilo district is dominated by
Mauna Kea[.] and Mauna Loa. From various locations in the area
there are magnificent views of the [mountain] mountains. Hilo Bay
provides a picturesque front yard for the city of Hilo. From the
bay the land gently slopes upward towards Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa.
Throughout the district there are waterfalls, such as the famous
Akaka Falls and nearby Kahuna Falls, Rainbow Falls, and others.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the South Hilo district.
Banvan Drive Scenic Area 2-1-01. 03, 05 Waiakea
Liliuokalani Gardens 2-1-03:2 Waiakea
Viewpoint of Hilo Bay area 2-1-03:2 Waiakea
with Mauna Kea in Background
Viewpoint of Hilo Bay with 2-1-03:17 Waiakea
Mauna Kea in Background
Coconut Isle (Mokuola)2-1-03:19 Waiakea
Reeds Bay (Shoreline)2-1-05:1 Waiakea
Ice Pond [(Under Parks and 2-1-06:10 Waiakea
Playground)]
Viewpoint-Shoreline 2-1-11:5 Waiakea
Leleiwi Pointe
Lehia Park (undeveloped)2-1-13:5 Waiakea
Viewpoint-Shoreline 2-1-14:13 Waiakea
Keokea Point
Lihikai (Onekahakaha) Beach 2-1-14:13 Waiakea
Park shoreline
Waiahole Fish Pond 2-1-15:1 Waiakea
Haleolono Fish Pond 2-1-15:42 Waiakea
Leleiwi Park shoreline 2-1-16 to 19 Waiakea
Lokoaka Pond, Akahi 2-1-16:1 Waiakea
Pond, and Kionakapahu Pond
Viewpoint-Shoreline 2-1-19:9 Waiakea
Waiuli Point)
Wailoa River Area
Hoakimau Fish Pond 2-2-13:3 Waiakea
Mohouli Fish Pond 2-2-29:27 Waiakea
Waiakea Fish Pond 2-2-31:1 Waiakea
Puu Halai 2-3-22 Ponahawai
92-
0
Rainbow Falls and Area
Wailuku River Park)
Kaimukanaka Falls and Area
Boiling Pots and Area
Viewpoint on hilltop
looking over Hilo Bay
Waiole Falls and Area
Peepee Falls and Area
Viewpoint from lower Wailuku
Bridge looking makai
Viewpoint from lower Wailuku
Bridge looking mauka
Keakanini Falls
Hawaii Falls
Alealea Point looking
towards Hilo Bav ,
Honolii Beach Area and
Onomea Bay [and] Area
Onomea Arch (fallen)
Akaka and Kahuna Falls
Kolekole Gulch
Hakalau Bay/Gulch Area
0
2-3-27:1, 2
2-3-27:3, 5
2-3-29:12
2-3-37:4
2-5-9:4
2-5-10:1
2-6-02
2-6-03
2-6-18:4
2-6-18:4
2-6-15:1
Stream 2-6-24:1-4
2-7-09:1, 2, 26
2-7-10:1
2-7-10:1
2-8-10:34
2-8-15, 2-9-03
2-9-02, 3-1-01
Piihonua
Piihonua
Piihonua
Ponahawai
Alae
Kahalii-
Onomea
Onomea
Honomu
Kuhua-Kaiwiki
Hakalaunui-
Kamaee
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by
ordinance.
Monkevpod (Suisan Fish MarketZ 2-1-03:27
Coconut trees (Waiolama Canal) 2-2-04:2
Gold tree (Forestry Arboreteum) 2-2-27:1
False Kamani (Haili Church) 2-3-12:9
Surinam Cherry [Hilo United Methodist Church) 2-3-14:7
Ohia Lehua (Rainbow Falls Park) 2-3-27:1
NORTH HILO
One of the most outstanding areas of natural beauty in North
Hilo is Laupahoehoe Point. The point juts out calmly, ending in a
rugged coastline with pounding surf. In either direction along the
coast are views of the high cliffs.
The deep gulches with silvery green Kukui trees [contrasted]
contrasts with the darker green vegetation along the highway are
also points of natural beauty, especially Honohina Falls in Nanue
Gulch.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the North Hilo district.
View point of Umauma Gulch 3-1-01:1, 24 Wailua
looking] (makai from bridge)
93-
Piihonua
Piihonua
Piihonua
Piihonua
Piihonua
Piihonua
Wailua
0
Viewpoint of Falls in Umauma 3-1-01:23, 30
Gulch [looking] (mauka from bridge)
Nanue Gulch--Makai 3-2-01:1, 8
Honohina Falls (Nanue Gulch 3-2-01:11, 17
and stream)
Maulua Gulch 3-4-04:9, 11, 12
Scenic Lookout-Laupahoehoe Pt. 3-6-01:9
Laupahoehoe Gulch 3-6-04(:1, 5,
12-15, 17, 18, 27]
Kaiwilahilahi Gulch
Kilau Gulch
Manawaiopae Gulch
Kihalani Gulch
Kuwaikahi Gulch
Kaawalii Gulch
HAMAKUA
The Hamakua district is tropically lush along the lower
elevations. The coast is marked by densely vegetated gulches and
valleys highlighted by silvery green Kukui trees. The most famous
of these is Waipio[.] Valley. This valley is the most accessible in
the series of windward valleys. The natural and scenic beauty of
Waipio with its waterfalls and tropical rainforests has attracted
people for many years.
Mauna Kea is also included in the Hamakua district and with
Mauna Loa dominates the landscape along the Hamakua part of the
Saddle Road.
0
3-5-03
3-6-01
3-5-04
3-5-04
3-5-04
3-6-05, 3-9-01
Wailua
Nanue
Nanue
Maulua Iki
Alaea
Laupahoehoe
Kaiwilahilahi
Laupahoehoe
Manawaiopae
Kihalani
Kihalani
Waipunalei-
Humuula
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the Hamakua district.
Kalopa State Park
Mauna Kea State Park area
Ahualoa Road
Nienie (Native forest)
Viewpoint--Lookout Waipio
Valley, Kukuihaele
Hiilawe Falls
Windward Valley System
Muliwai to Awini [(valleys,
gulches, streams, water-
falls, shoreline)]
Waipio Valley Area
Waimanu Valley Area
4-4-14:1
4-4-16:3
4-5-10
4-6-12:25
4-8-04:17
4-9-09
4-9-01 to 15
4-9-12 to 15]
4-9-01 to 11
Kalopa
Kaao-Nienie
Nieriie
Lalakea
Waipio
Waipio,
Muliwai-Awini,
waimanu
Waipio]
NORTH KOHALA
The leeward area of the North Kohala district possesses the
natural beauty of a rugged coastline. The gently sloping grid land
mass meets the ocean abruptly along most of the shoreline.]
94-
0 0
The natural beauty of the leeward area of North Kohala is
characterized by undulating hills and gullies The arid landform
slopes gently from the eroded higher elevations of the North Kohala
Mountains to the sheltered coastal waters. The shallow soil cover
and grasslands are cut by numerous gullies which empty storm waters
into embayments along the coast. Akoni Pule highway bisects the
area along the lower .elevation and provides distant views to both
the coast and uplands.
On the windward side of North Kohala the landscape takes on the
appearance of a tropical rain forest with lush green vegetation in
the valleys and gulches. At the eastern end of the highway is
Pololu Valley and a view down the coast towards Hamakua.
The Kohala mountains provide background to both these landscapes
and along the higher elevations of windward Kohala are green grazing
lands with a panoramic vista of the coast.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the North Kohala district.
Windward Valley System 5-1-01 & 02
Honokane Valley 5-1-01:4-6
Islands off Awini Valley 5-1-01:13-15
Pololu Valley 5-1-02]
Viewpoint-Pololu Valley 5-2-01:1
Overlook)]
Akoakoa Point 5-2-01:7
Nanue Bay Area 5-2-01:7, 8
Kapanaia Bay Area 5-2-01:14
5-2-07
Keokea Beach & Kalalae Pt.5-2-01:14-16
Kauhola Point 5-3-07:1
Upolu Point 5-5-06:7
Old Honoipu Landing 5-6-01:24
Kapaa Park 5-6-01:60
Mahukona Harbor and Park 5-7-03:3, 4,
14
Keawanui Bay Area 5-8-01
Kaiopae Point 4-9-01:6
Waiakailio Bay Area 5-9-01:8
Coastline viewplane from
Akoni-Pule fKawaih ae-Mahukona]Highway
Coastline viewplane from
Kohala Mountain Ro ad
Ironwood trees along Kohala
Mountain Road
Indian Banyan trees at Kohala
Corporation office in Hawi
Awini
Pololu
Pololu
Waiapuka
Waiapuka
Makapala
Aamakao
Makapala
Kukuiwaluhia
Kokoiki-
Upolu
Puakea
Kapaa
Mahukona-
Hihiu
Puanui
Waiaka
Kahualiilii
95-
0 0
SOUTH KOHALA
The district of South Kohala has two distinct physical
environments, each with its own kind of natural beauty.
The Waimea region is characterized by green rolling hills used
as pastures. The backdrops for this grazing land are the Kohala
Mountains and Mauna Kea.
The coastal plain from Kawaihae towards Puako is arid kiawe
forest in contrast with white sand beaches and the blue ocean.]
The Waimea region lies in a plateau between the Kohala mountains
and Mauna Kea. The Kohala mountains provide backdrop of rolling
hills and volcanic cones covered with pastures kept green by foggy
fine mist. and rain. Mauna Kea provides a distant but dramatic mass
as it rises steeply above the plateau. Viewed at a distance. the
built environment of Waimea. town lies nestled at the base of the
Kohala mountains.
West of Waimea, the land forms a long slope down to the arid
coastline; chanoinq in color with drops in elevation from green to
pale yellow and beige to the red and browns of the coast. The edge
of the coast is contrasted with green kiawe stands. pockets of white
sand beaches, and coastal waters. Barren lava flows stretch down
from Mauna Loa_and meet the sea near the southern boundary of South
Kohala.
Between these two extremes the range of landscape quickly
changes. Along the mauka road to North Kohala, there are impressive
viewplanes to Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa and Hualalai.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the South Kohala district.
Kawaihae Bay & Harbor Area
Mauumae Bay [and] /Beach
Viewpoint (Puu Makela)
Kaluhiikanu Beach
Kaunaoa Bay [(no access for
public)] /Beach
Ohaiula Beach (Spencer Park)
Upper Waipio Lookout
View of Kohala mountains
Na Puu (Waimea)
Puu Laelae
Hokuula
Puuiki
Hapuna Bay/Beach
Kaunaoa Point
Scenic countryside around
Waikii["]
6-1-03:14 Kawaihae 1st
6-1-04:1, 3, 20
6-2-02:7 Kawaihae 2nd
6-2-01:25 Kawaihae 2nd
6-2-02:6 Kawaihae 2nd
6-2-02:4 Ouli
6-2-02:8 Kawaihae 2nd
6-3-01:4 Waipio
6-5-01:14 Waiauia
6-5-01 Keoniki-Puuiki
6-6-01:8 Lalamilo
6-6-02:38 Ouli
6-7-01:3 Waikoloa
96-
0
Puako Bay Area
Makaiwa Bay and Pond, Keawanui
Pauoa Bay Area
Anaehoomalu Bay Area
Wailea Bay Area
Viewplane along Oueen
Ka'ahumanu Highway looking
mauka and makai
Kiawe Forest mauka of Puako
Beach Lots
KONA DISTRICTS
0
6-9-01:2 Lalamilo
6-9-02:7, 8
6-9-01:3] 6-8-22 Kalahuipuaa
6-9-01:3 Kalahuipuaa
6-9-01:13 Anaehoomalu
6-9-02:2 Lalamilo
Various
The Kona districts have long attracted people because of their
natural beauty. Although man-made structures are in some places
dominant, the vast expanse of the Kona landscape is still the area's
most striking feature.
Large barren masses of lava interrupted by patches of different
colored vegetation make a powerful visual impression. The blue
ocean is almost always visible and is a contrast to the lava
fields. The shoreline is generally rugged but for seemingly
peaceful coves encompassed by lush green vegetation.]
North Kona. in the area called Kekaha. is characterized by a
sense of openness created by expansive areas of lava flows
Vegetation on the lava is comprised of low pockets of grasses and
scrub trees. From the coastline, the land climbs slowly to the
distant saddle plateau between Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa This long
natural grade also contributes to the sense of openness and space
The rest of North Kona s_dominated by Hualalai. It's stee
slopes provide a green backdrop when viewed from the coast• or
spectacular views of the coastline, ocean and horizon from higher
elevations.
Part of Kona's natural beauty is also due to the wide range of
climatic conditions in a relatively short distance. Such variations
extending from the coastal areas to the higher elevations are
evidenced by changes in vegetation, producing a wide scope of
different physical environments.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the Kona districts.
North Kona
Puu Waawaa
Kiholo Bay/Beach Area
Keawaiki
Hualalai
7-1-01:4
7-1-02:8
7-1-02:8
7-1-03:2
7-2-01. 7-8-01
97-
Puuwaawaa
Puuwaawaa
Puuwaawaa
Puuanahulu
Kaupulehu
0 0
Kaupulehu 7-2-03:1,2 Kaupulehu
Opae Ula Pond 7-2-04:1 Makalawena
Makalawena 7-2-04:1 Makalawena
Kahoiawa 7-2-04:3,4 Awakee
Kakapa Bay Area 7-2-04:4 Kukio 2nd
Kua Bay Area 7-2-04(:4,10-11]Maniniowali
Kukio Bay/Beach Area 7-2-04:5 Kukio 1st
Mahaiula Bay/Beach Area 7-2-05:3 Mahaiula
Kaloko Pond 7-3-09:2 Kaloko
Honokohau Fish Pond 7-4-08 Kealakehe
Keahole Point 7-3-10:34 Kalaoa
Honokohau coastline 7-4-08:4,3 Honokohau-
Kealakehe
Aimakapa 7-4-08:10 Honokohau
White Sand Beach 7-4-08:10 Honokohau
Kailua Bay Area 7-5-04:52 Lanihau
7-5-05:23,24, 32
White Sand Beach 7-5-05:7 Keahuolu
Keauhou 7-8-12 Keauhou 1 & 2
Kahaluu Bay Area 7-8-14 Kahaluu 2
Viewplane from Kuakini 7-7 and 7-8 Holualoa-
Highway going mauka & makai Keauhou
Viewplane from Kamehameha III 7-8-10 Kahaluu-Keauhou
Road going mauka & makai
Viewplane along Oueen Various
Ka'ahumanu Highway going mauka
and makai
South Kona
Kealakekua Bay from 8-1-07:1 Keopuka
Kaawaloa Road and Lower 8-1-10:1, 2 Kaawaloa
Government Road 8-1-11 Kaawaloa
8-2-02, 04 Kealakekua
Viewpoint 8-3-03:29 Kahauloa (2)
Cove 8-3-04:1 Keei (1)
White Sand Beach 8-3-04:4 Keei (1)
Viewpoint (Palemano Pt.)8-3-04:5 Keei (1)
Honaunau Bay & Scenic View 8-4-11, 12, 13 Honaunau,
from Ke Ala o Keawe Road Keokea
Kealia Beach 8-5-05:1 Kealia
Kiilae 8-5-05:19 Kiilae
Hookena--Kauhako Bay Area 8-6-13, 14 Hookena
Kauhako
Milolii area 8-9-04 Milolii
Lava flows of 1950, 1926,Various
and 1919
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by
ordinance.
Canarium sp. 8-1-09:1
Otaheite Apple or Wi 8-1-09:1
Loulu Palm 8-9-06:4
98-
0 0
KA'U
Within the Ka'u district is located most of Hawaii Volcanoes
National Park. The park is a natural area with a minimum of
man-made objects blended into the character of the physical
environment. The landscape is a contrast between open lava land
with little or no vegetation and dense ohia lehua forests.
In the southern part of Ka'u the natural beauty of the landscape
is characterized by vistas from the mountain slopes to the ocean.
The coast is highlighted by Manuka Bay, Green Sands Beach, and
Punaluu Black Sand Beach.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in
the Ka'u district.
Manuka Bay 9-1-01:3 Manuka
Pohue Bay 9-2-01:1 Kahuku
Volcano area including 9-2-01:4 Kahuku
National Park 9-9-01 Keauhou
South Point (Ka Lae)9-3-01:1-3,Pakini Iki
7, 9 Kamaoa
Mahana Bay 9-3-01:2 Kamaoa
Waiakukini 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui
Honuapo 9-5-14:1, 7 Honuapo
Ninole Cove & Springs 9-5-19:12 Ninole
Punaluu Black Sand Beach 9-6-01 Punaluu
Lava Flows of 1868. 1887,
1907
Kaalualu Bav 9-4-01: 12, 14 Kiolakaa
Kawa (Kawaa) Bav and Sprinq 9-5-16:20 Kaalaiki
9-5-17:7 Hilea Nui
View of Mauna Loa from
Volcano-Kau Hiohwav
Scenic view of shoreline
between Pahala and Punaluu
Waiohinu Park
Na_puu: Enuhe, Makanau.Various
Kaiholena and One
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by
ordinance.
Kokio (Manuka State Park) 9-1-01:8
Ohe (Manuka State Park) 9-1-01:8
99-
O O
NATURAL RESOURCES AND SHORELINES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The natural resources of the island of Hawaii are those physical
facts in our environment which are recognized as useful, valuable,
and desirable in our lives. They constitute a basic part of the
General Plan, as they [are relative] relate to every element and
land use [and have social and economic ramifications]. If
mismanaged or used without care, natural resources are for the most
part irreplaceable. [Because of increasing] Increasing population
and urbanization [placing] places a greater demand on our limited
resource base[,] Thus. the utilization and protection of these
are of vital concern to the people of the County of Hawaii.
The natural resources of the County of Hawaii are basically
land, water, and air and include flora and fauna of the island,
soils, geologic features, the geothermal steam, the climate, the
wind, the sunshine, the deep ocean waters and the shoreline. Some
of these resources have been covered in the recreation, open space,
natural beauty and water elements.
Largest and youngest of the Hawaiian Chain, the island of Hawaii
consists of 4,037 square miles and is still growing. The island as
it is known today was formed by five volcanoes and two of them,
Mauna Loa and Kilauea, are still active. Extensive scientific
research on active volcanic processes is being conducted. This is
the only place in the U.S. where such processes can be continuously
studied. Land and marine volcanic regions are also possible sources
of geothermal energy. At 13,784 feet above sea level, Mauna Kea is
the tallest of the island's mountains. The topography of the island
extends from craggy ocean cliffs and beaches of black, green and
golden sand to the mountain peaks which are snow-covered during the
winter months. Vegetative cover generally corresponds with
elevation and ranges from tropical rainforest to grazing land to
barren lava fields. Leeward and windward directions are equally
important in determining vegetation types and landscape
characteristics. In some windward areas, rainfall reaches an
average of 300 inches annually, while some leeward areas have
virtually no rainfall throughout the year. Rainfall has proven to
be a scientific resource and is studied by the Hilo Cloud-Physics
Laboratory.
Temperature drops consistently with higher elevation. Coastal
regions are warm and semi-tropical, while frost is not unusual above
the 4,000 foot level. The purity of atmospheric conditions at
higher elevations has attracted scientific research. Fresh and
marine waters are important to the County. Potable water is an
understood necessity. The marine waters of the island and the plant
and animal life within them are of dietary, recreational, and
scientific importance.
100-
O O
The soils of the County consist of various forms and stages of
volcanic lava. The young age and form of some of these make certain
areas temporarily non-productive.
Throughout the island there are pockets of endemic vegetation
surrounded by lava flows, known as kipukas]. These are important
botanical remnants with scientific significance[.] and are Dart of
Weans of controlling erosion. The flora and fauna, both native and
introduced, of the island are used as nutritional and recreational
resources by numerous residents.
The island of Hawaii has more than 305 miles of coastline, but
approximately 75% is comprised of [sheer cliff.] cliffs of varying
height. The porous nature of the lava flows have produced unique
ecological niches in the anchialine ponds along the coast. The
coastline can be divided into seven general areas.
The Hamakua coast, from near Waipio Valley to Hilo Bay, is
comprised of a sea cliff 100 to [200] 300 feet high [with boulder
beaches in a few small coves]. Along the Hamakua Coast are boulder
beaches which have formed at the mouths of valleys and the numerous
gulches. From Hilo to Leleiwi Point to Keaau, the rocky shoreline
of the Hilo coast is highly irregular(, due to coastal erosion and
deposition].
The Puna coast from Keaau along Cape Kumukahi to Kalapana is
partly low sea cliff and partly the constructional surface of recent
lava flows. The irregularity of the coast a few miles to either
side of Pohoiki is the result of [the severe earthquake of 1863]
several earthouakes and subsidence. There are also black sand
beaches on the Puna coast which resulted from explosions caused by
the generation of steam when hot molten lava reaches the ocean.
Nearly all the] The coast of Ka'u and South Kona (is sea
cliff.] varies in composition and height. Sections are formed of
soil, other areas are pahoehoe benches or a'a cliffs of varying
height. The cliffs are especially high where the major sets of
faults are close to and parallel to the sea. Several [glass] cones
are present along the shoreline and some have adjacent black sand
beaches.
The low coastline of North Kona extends north from the end of
the fault-controlled sea cliff of Kealakekua Bay to Kawaihae
Harbor. Like the northern Puna coast, the shoreline is highly
irregular and has sea cliffs a few feet high. There are also pocket
beaches found [in the slight] along bays between adjacent flows.
The best beaches on the island are along the [short length of] coast
between [Puako Bayl Kailua-Kona and Kawaihae.
The west and north slopes of the Kohala volcano from north of
Kawaihae to Pololu Valley are marked by sea cliffs of moderate to
101-
0 0
low height [and an absence of reefs, which is attributed to the
steepness of slope and the rapid rate at which sea level rose when
the continental ice sheets melted]. The coastal cliffs are
interrupted by pockets of boulder beaches at the mouths of the
intermittent sullies and small streams.
Between] The coastline along the windward deep valleys between
Pololu and Waipio [Valleys the coast rises in a sea cliff that is]
alternate between steep cliffs which rise as high as 1,400 feet[.]
and boulder or [Sand] sand beaches [are found at] which front the
deep [valley] valleys [mouths, with dunes blown inland as high as
50 feet].
The following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to
insure the protection of our natural resources and shoreline for
present and future generations.]
102-
zone and provides assistance and encouragement to coastal States to
develop and implement rational programs for managing their coastal
zones. In 1975. the Legislature enacted a Shoreline Protection Act
which established such an interim program through a Special
Management Area (SMA) extending a minimum of 100 yards inland from
the shoreline vegetation or debris line Guidelines to manage and
Shoreline Protection law and mandated obiectives and policies for
the management of Hawaii's coastal zone
the overall well-being of the State and Nation and which attract
hundreds of thousands of visitors to Hawaii each year
0
HOUSING
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
0
Housing for a person is more than just shelter from natural
elements. A person's home is not only a place of security and
comfort but also a place for entertainment and recreation. Housing
is involved with the way in which a person wishes to express
individual living styles in terms of a psychological, sociological,
economic and aesthetic homeostasis. The individual attempts to
achieve a balance of lifestyles which he feels is comfortable. If
the various functions that take place in the home do not meet the
resident's personal and social needs, a housing problem may exist
for that person. Housing programs therefore influence and are
influenced by many of the diverse needs of a person or persons.
Several of the major issues and problems faced by Hawaii County
involve housing. As an example, deteriorating houses exist in
several areas and can possibly affect surrounding areas. The
effects of deterioration include not only the reduction of property
values but also a possible depressing psychological influence on the
lives of the residents of such areas. It is also hypothesized that
housing situations sometimes cause social problems. Supportive
studies, however, have not been carried out to a large extent.
Equally significant is the fact that many people cannot afford
housing in today's market. The rising costs of land, land
improvements, and construction discourage many low and moderate
income families from purchasing a home. Personal income will not
rise commensurate with rising costs of land and construction of
housing units. Inappropriate location of various housing types also
contributes to the difficulties in providing adequate public
services which are essential for a desirable living environment.
The housing problems, however, need not necessarily be defined
in fixed physical terms alone. There is no definite level of
physical standards which can be set so that when it is reached
housing problems will be resolved.
The housing problems can be defined and described through a
careful examination of the changing and interrelated social,
economic, and physical aspects of the population. The housing
element is therefore related to all other elements in the General
Plan.
It must be emphasized that housing policies and programs are
integral elements in the process of comprehensive planning. The
basic purpose of the housing element is to minimize housing problems
and maximize housing opportunities for the residents in the County
of Hawaii.
103-
0 0
As an element of the County General Plan, the following section
on housing strives to make provisions for the housing needs of all
residents of the County of Hawaii. It also explains many of the
housing programs available, as well as the various governmental and
private agencies which are concerned with housing.
To achieve a better understanding of the physical status of
land in Hawaii County, a Land Use Inventory was conducted by the
County Planning Department in 1968-1969 which also included the
inventory of housing units. As a result of this inventory, many of
the problems in housing became evident.
The housing aspect of the inventory includes data on the number
of structures and units, condition, vacancy, occupancy, type of
construction, age, and land tenure for all single-family, duplex,
apartment and other dwelling units including dormitories and rooming
houses.
Of the total housing inventory of 19,183 units, 96 per cent are
occupied by resident households. Although the overall vacancy rate
is 4 per cent, many of the units are not available since they are
seasonal or second homes or are dilapidated. The choice of housing
is thereby limited. On the basis of the number of taxpayers
claiming home exemptions in paying real property taxes, it is
reported that approximately 60 per cent of the housing units in the
County are owner-occupied and 40 per cent are renter-occupied. A
fairly large percentage of the rental units are owned by the sugar
companies and rented to their employees. The plantations, however,
are phasing out of the renter housing market. They are in the
process of relocating their employees by providing fee simple lands
at nominal cost. Many pensioners and widowed spouses will be
affected by this relocation process. They are living on minimum
fixed incomes from Social Security and/or pensions and will possibly
be unable to obtain housing without subsidy. In many cases, the
pensioners do not want or are not able to purchase their own homes.
These retired persons may eventually want to live closer to urban
centers.
The Land Use Inventory indicates that 4.5 per cent of the total
units are dilapidated and 22 per cent of the units are in poor or
deteriorating condition. Thirty per cent of the total inventory of
housing units are more than 30 years of age. Much of the older
housing will be replaced in the future.
Houses on the island are predominantely of wood framing. Only
2 per cent are made of other materials such as masonry and concrete.
The average density for Hawaii County is 1.4 dwelling units per
acre. The following is the breakdown by district of the existing
density.
104-
0 0
ESTIMATED PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF ALL FAMILIES
AND RENTER HOUSEHOLDS BY ANNUAL INCOME AFTER DEDUCTION
OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX, 1969
Annual Income All Families (%) *Renter Households (%)
Under 3,000 8.5 12.0
3,000 3,999 5.5 10.0
4,000 4,999 11.0 11.0
5,000 5,999 12.0 16.0
6,000 6,999 12.0 11.5
7,000 7,999 9.0 9.0
8,000 8,999 8.5 8.0
9,000 9,999 6.0 5.0
10,000 12,499 11.0 8.0
12,500 14,999 7.0 4.0
15,000 19,999 5.0 3.0
20,000 and over 4.5 2.5
Total 100.0 100.0
Median 7,125 6,075
Excludes one-person renter households
Source: Federal Housing Administration, "Housing Market
Report," September, 1969.
TABLE 1. DENSITY OF RESIDENTIAL UNITS, HAWAII
COUNTY BY JUDICIAL DISTRICT, 1969
Area Used for Density of
Dwelling Residential Units Per
District Units Purposes (Ac.) Acre
Puna 1,777 1,804 0.9
South Hilo 9,654 4,735 2.0
North Hilo 590 368 1.6
Hamaku a 1,510 1,026 1.5
North Kohala 952 537 1.8
South Kohala 849 868 0.9
North Kona 1,764 2,501 0.7
South Kona 1,041 1,565 0.6
Ka'u 1,046 418 2.5
COUNTY 19,183 13,822 1.4
Includes all dwelling units in the County: single-family,
duplex, apartment and other dwelling units such as
dormitories and rooming houses.
105-
0 0
With the exception of plantation employee housing, housing in
Hawaii has traditionally been characterized by owner-occupancy of
single-family dwellings. The demand for home ownership and choice
of housing units will continue as indicated by a community attitude
survey conducted in 1970.
Hawaii County has 5 low and moderate-rental public housing
projects. Two are senior citizen housing projects with a total of
60 units and three are low and moderate income family housing
developments totaling 290 units. A 40-unit low income-rental public
housing project is presently under construction in Kona, and a
24-unit Elderly Turnkey project to be located in Pahala is in the
planning stage. A housing project under the Federal Housing
Administration 235 program with 136 house and lot packages for low
and moderate incomes is presently being constructed in Hilo. This
project is administered by the Hawaii Housing Authority. A private
developer, Kona Industries, Inc., is also constructing 44 housing
units in the Kona Hillcrest subdivision under the FHA 235 program
for low and moderate income families. The Big Island Housing
Foundation, a non-profit housing group made up of local citizens,
has received approval to construct 42 apartment units in Hilo under
the FHA 236 program. The State recently held a drawing for 77 "gap
group" houselots through the provisions of Act 184. The act
provides for the sale of-lots to families whose total income is
greater than the maximum for subsidized programs but less than
20,000.
Although efforts are being made by government to provide low and
moderate income housing, construction still lags behind replacement
and growth needs. Government, however, will continue to play an
important role in providing housing for low and moderate income
families.
The growth of the visitor industry is also generating an
increasing demand for low and moderate income housing for employees,
precisely the type which private industries are not building in
substantial amounts. With the growth of visitor and other
industries, new housing units will be needed to accommodate an
increase in population. This additional population growth will
compete with the existing population for new housing. Therefore,
growth also becomes a problem in respect to this housing element.
The current prices of residential lands differ substantially,
depending on location. Ocean frontage residential land in Kona
between Kailua and Keauhou sells for $5-7 per square foot; lands
across Alii Drive are in the $4 per square foot range; a typical
subdivision in the higher slopes with curbs and underground wiring
sells at $1.25-$1.50 per square foot; and other mauka lands sell at
0.80-$1.00 square foot. In Waimea, South Kohala, hillside
residential property sells at $1.10 to $1.50 per square foot, while
in the flat lands at Lalamilo, State land is sold in the $0.70 per
square foot range. In Hilo, a square foot of land in a subdivision
106-
O O
with sidewalks and underground utilities is sold for $1.25; other
residential lands with lesser amenities sell between $0.60-$1.00 per
square foot.
Some of the factors which account for the high cost of housing
construction are labor and material. In the past several years, the
cost of construction labor has risen considerably. For example, in
1963, a carpenter's basic hourly pay including fringe benefits are
3.70. In 1966, it was $4.63, and today it is $6.10. There has
been an increase of $2.40 or 65 per cent over the 7-year period.
Recently, the trend has been to construct resort and commercial
buildings which are more lucrative than individual housing units.
As a result, there are fewer small contractors available for home
construction. Those small contractors who are available are
overloaded by the demand for constructing individual housing units,
thus making housing construction costs higher.
The price of construction materials has also risen during the
past several years. Redwood sold for $0.43 per board foot in 1963,
as compared with the current price of $0.53. For a typical home of
approximately 8,000 board feet the cost of lumber was $3,490 in
1963. Today the cost is about $4,240. This shows that in terms of
lumber the cost has increased nearly 25 per cent over the given
period.
TABLE 2.AVERAGE BUILDING COST OF SINGLE-FAMILY
RESIDENTIAL UNITS 1960 & 1970
District 1960 1970 Difference
Total 13,000 18,500 5,500
Puna 8,520 15,930 7,410
South Hilo 15,445 20,245 4,800
North Hilo 10,190 16,500 6,310
Hamakua 11,100 18,250 7,150
North Kohala 11,165 16,570 5,405
South Kohala 13,710 17,775 4,065
North Kona 11,630 18,605 6,975
South Kona 9,490 17,960 8,470
Ka'u 9,150 15,050 5,900
Source: Building Permit Records
107-
O O
TABLE 3. AVERAGE HOUSING COST 1960 & 1970
1960 1970
13,200 cost of housing*18,500 cost of housing*
2,000 cost of land 9,000 cost of land
10,000 sq. ft. at 10,000 sq. ft. at
20¢ sq.ft.)90¢ sq. ft.)
15,000
3,750
11,250
76
15
91
12
1,092
25
27,300
3,750
31,050
15,000
16,050
total
down payment 25%
to borrow at
6-1/2% interest
month payment at
6-1/2% interest
consumer trust fund
estimate)**
total monthly payment
months
yearly payment
years
mortgage payment
down payment made
total payment
original cost
difference
27,500 total
6,875 down payment 25%
20,625 to borrow at 9% interest
conventional loan)
172 month payment at 9%
interest
24 consumer trust fund
estimate)**
196 total monthly payment
12 months
2,352 yearly payment
25 years
58,800 mortgage payment
6,875 down payment made
65,675 total payment
27,500 original cost
38,175 difference
27,500 1970 housing and land cost
15,000 1960 housing and land cost
12,500 difference
65,675 1970 total payment
31,050 1960 total payment
34,625 difference
Average cost from building permit records.
Consumer Trust Fund--Assurance that the real property tax
and fire insurance premiums will be paid. 1960 payment for
real property was approximately $11 per month and fire
insurance was about $4 per month. 1970 payment for real
property tax is approximately $18 per month and fire
insurance is about $6 per month.
The following discussions are presented to inform the public of
the kinds of housing loans and programs that are available.
The required down payments of certain loan programs are as much
as 25 per cent of the total amount to be borrowed. The amount ofdownpaymentusuallydependsontheamountoftheloan. Althoughcertainpeopleareabletomeetthemonthlynoterequiredonaloan,they usually do not have the cash reserve for the required down
payment.
108-
O O
There are four basic types of home mortgage loans:Conventional, Veteran's Administration, Federal HousingiAdministrationandFarmersHomeAdministrationloans.
Conventional
The conventional home mortgage loan is made by a bank, savingssandloanassociation, insurance company, or mortgage company.
Interest rates are based on the prevailing market conditions. Since
no government agency is involved, the rates may vary from 9 per cent
for prime loans to 9-1/2 per cent with down payments from 10-25 per
icent and terms up to 30 years. Points on loans generally reflect
differences in competitive rates among the lending institutions.
Veteran's Administration
Veterans of the Korea Conflict or those who have served a
maximum of 181 days since then may be eligible for a Veteran's
Administration guaranteed mortgage loan. The present interest rate
is 7-1/2 per cent at a maximum term of 30 years. The principleadvantageoftheVAloanisthatitcanbeobtainedwithoutadown
payment. The VA guarantees the loan up to $12,500.
Federal Housing Administration
Anyone can apply for Federal Housing Administration insured
loans. The present interest rate is 7-1/2 per cent with a maximum
term of 30 years. The required down payment depends on the amount
of the loan. The amount of the required down payment increases as
the amount of loan increases.
Farmers Home Administration {gural Home Loans
These loans are made to farmers and other rural residents.
Loans may also be made to urban residents of low and moderate income
who are employed in rural areas and to other urban residents who own
ibuilding sites in rural areas. This type of housing loan is made
only to applicants who are unable to obtain the credit they need
from private lenders. Low and moderate income families who do not
ihave sufficient income to meet payments on a loan at the usual rate
jof interest may qualify for interest subsidy. Interest cannot
result in a rate of less than 1 per cent. The actual amount of
interest that a family will need to pay depends on the income and
the size of the family. The maximum repayment term is 33 years.
Several Federal and local housing programs are also available:
FHA 235, FHA 236, Low-Rent Public Housing Rent Supplements, HHA Down
Payment Reserve Plan, Leased Housing Program, Turnkey System, and
the recently enacted State Housing Program (Act 105).
109-
0 0
FHA-235 (interest Supplements on Home MortgaoesZ
Basically FHA 235 is a home ,ownership program. It includes
Planned Unit developments and condominiums. The program is intended
to enable lower income families to own their homes and thereby
experience the pride of possession that accompanies home ownership.
A family pays the "basic payment" which is based upon 1 per cent
interest (plus mortgage insurance premium, debt service, taxes and'
hazard insurance) or 20 per cent of their adjusted income, whichever
is greater.
The amount of
homeowner and the
rate of interest.
limited to new or
payment, which ma
required.
subsidy varies according to the income of each
total amount of the mortgage payment at the market
Assistance under this program is generally
substantially rehabilitated units. A minimum down
Y include closing costs and prepaid expenses, is
FHA 236 (Interest Supplement on Rental and Cooperative Housing
Mortgaoes)
The FHA,236~program encourages maximum participation by private
enterprise. to provide good rental and cooperative housing for lower
income families. This program enables many lower income families,
including the elderly and the handicapped, to live in decent housing
which is not now within their means.
Assistance is provided in the form of monthly payments to the
mortgagee which reduces costs to the occupant by paying a part of
the interest on a market rate project mortgage insured by FHA.
Interest reduction payments may also be made with respect to a
rental or cooperative housing project owned by a private non-profit,
limited dividends or cooperative entity which is financed under a
State or local program providing assistance through loans, loan
insurance or tax abatements.
The purpose of the payments is to bring the monthly rental
charges down to a level that low income families can afford to pay
with at least 25 per cent of their adjusted monthly income.
Low-Rent Public Housing
Low-rent public housing which is built, owned and operated by
local housing authorities can receive Federal financial assistance.
This includes temporary loans to build the projects and annual
contributions to amortize bond issues sold on the private market by
the authorities for permanent financing. The annual contributions
are used to secure these bonds, as well as to retire the temporary
notes and the capital cost of the housing within 40 years. Existing
private housing can be leased or purchased by the local authorities
under new provisions in the 1965 Housinq Act and assisted by annual
contributions. The Hawaii Housing Authority locally administers
this program.
110-
a o
Rent Suoglements
Rent supplement is a major new program included in the 1965
Housing Act. It provides Federal payment by the Secretary,
Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), to certain new or
rehabilitated housing to enable persons with incomes no higher than
those permitted for tenants of public housing to obtain decent
housing. Rent supplements on behalf of the eligible tenants cannot
exceed the amount by which the fair market rental for the unit
occupied exceeds one-fourth of the tenant's income. In certain
circumstances rent supplements can be made to owners of housing
financed under FHA programs for low income families and for the
elderly or under the HUD direct loan program.
Hawaii Housing Authority Down Pavment Reserve Plan
Under this program, Hawaii Housing Authority encourages home
ownership by crediting to individual tenants' accounts the
difference between the amount paid as rent and the actual operating
cost. As these savings grow, a ready-made down payment is provided
for the purchase of a house. Families participating in this plan
are provided a self-help means to secure future, and the pride,
self-respect and achievement of home ownership.
Leased Housina Proaram
This is a Federal assistance program to local housing
authorities who provide low income family dwelling by leasing them
from private owners. The program is designed to encourage greater
participation by private real estate interests in meeting the
housing needs of low income families; to provide homes for those
whose needs increase faster than houses can be built; to better
utilize housing stocks; and to encourage the physical upgrading of
neighborhoods.
Turnkev Svstem
The Turnkey System is a new concept in public housing which
utilizes participation by private enterprise. Under this system, a
developer approaches the Hawaii Housing Authority with a site and
building proposal in accordance with established specifications.
The HHA can enter into a contract to take over the development when
it is completed. Financing of the purchase is provided by the
Federal government; with this insurance the developer can obtain
interim private financing until the date of purchase.
State Housing Proaram (Act 1052
The bill provides for a special assistance for housing in the
Governor's office. The Hawaii Housing Authority administers the act
and is authorized to develop fee or leasehold lands for projects in
partnership or by itself for sale or rent to qualified residents of
111-
0 0
the State of Hawaii. Acquisition of land by exchange or
condemnation for purposes of this act is also authorized.
Concern for housing needs involves all levels of government and
private sectors, such as financiers, developers, contractors, and
sugar companies.
The following are the roles of the various government agencies
and private non-profit corporations concerned with housing.
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
The nation's housing policies are administered through the
Department of Housing and Urban Development. The Federal public
housing program has evolved from a project-orientation, which
separated low income people from the balance of the community, to
programs which disperse the families in the community and supplement
their rent-paying capacity with cash subsidies.
Urban renewal has shifted its focus from slum removal to a
concern for rehabilitation and conservation of structures and
neighborhoods. In those areas where the demolition of existing
housing is necessary, the major concern is relocation of displaced
persons.
Federal housing programs have also been broadened in terms of
the target groups and newer programs are directed towards assisting
moderate income groups.
STATE
Department of Social Services and Housing
The Department of Social Services and Housing, through the
Hawaii Housing Authority, is the principal housing agency for the
State of Hawaii. HHA was created in 1935 to distribute Federal
public housing funds. As the demand for housing increased, however,
their responsibilities were extended.
The goal of HHA is to provide the environment and the
opportunity for those in need to move up to responsible and
productive participation in society and also to provide satisfying
low-rent housing for those in immediate need.
Specific programs administered under this agency include low and
moderate income public housing, public welfare housing subsidy down
payment reserve plan for home ownership, land reform and rent
subsidy.
University of Hawaii at Hilo
The University of Hawaii at Hilo is concerned with providing
housing for students, faculty, and staff. They plan, construct, and
112-
O O
operate student dormitories and further provide assistance in
locating private housing for students, faculty, and staff.
Department of Hawaiian Home Lands
The Department of Hawaiian Home Lands is authorized to lease to
native Hawaiians (any descendant of not less than 1/2 part of the
blood of the races inhabiting the Hawaiian Islands previous to 1778)
the right to the use and occupancy of a tract or tracts of Hawaiian
Home Lands within the specified acreage limit in regard to a
residential lot; not more than one acre of any class of land to be
used as a residential lot. The title to lands so leased remain with
the State.
The following conditions are part of the leases:
1) The original lessee shall be a native Hawaiian, not
less than 21 years of age.
2) The lessee shall pay a rental of one dollar a year for
the tract and the lease shall be for a term of
99 years.
3) The lessee shall occupy and commence to use or
cultivate the tract as his home or farm within one
year after the lease is made.
The Department is authorized to make loans to the lessee of any
tract for the erection of dwellings and the undertaking of other
permanent improvements. The amount of loans at any one time to any
lessee of a residential lot shall not exceed $10,000. The term of
any loan shall not exceed 30 years.
COUNTY
Planning Department
The County's General Plan which is administered by the Planning
Department greatly influences housing.
The tools to carry out the intent of the housing element in the
General Plan are the Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance, Subdivision
Ordinance, the Housing, Building, Electrical, and Plumbing Codes,
and the Capital Improvement Program.
NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
Hawaii Council for Housing Action
The Hawaii Council for Housing Action is a non-profit
corporation on the State level whose goal is to enable the provision
of attractive, safe and sanitary housing in a healthy social
113-
O O
environment for low and moderate income individuals and families in
the State of Hawaii.
HCHA serves as a catalyst in the community among groups which
could assist in meeting the need for.low and moderate income
housing. It provides, with professional staff under policy guidance
of the Board of Directors, assistance to prospective sponsors of
housing projects for low and moderate income families by utilizing
governmental and other programs.
Big Island Housing Foundation
The Big Island Housing Foundation is the County's counterpart to
the Hawaii Council for Housing Action. Its purpose is like the
Council's but is not limited to low and moderate income families in
the County.
In addition to the functions of the Council mentioned above, the
Foundation is also authorized to provide or contract for management
services for low and moderate income housing projects and to act as
sponsor for the construction of low and moderate income housing such
programs.
Senior Citizens Housing, Island of Hawaii (SCHIH)
The purpose of this corporation is to provide, on a non-profit
basis, rental housing and related facilities and services especially
designed to meet the physical, social and psychological needs of the
aged or handicapped and to contribute to their health, security,
happiness and usefulness in longer living.
The following are the goals, policies, and standards which are
set forth for the County of Hawaii through the careful examination
and analysis of the present housing situation. The primary purpose
is to make provisions for the needs of all residents of the County
of Hawaii.]
The three primary functions of housing are to provide•
In an economic setting the construction of housing is an
essential contributor to business industry and employment The
location of housing on the other hand is dependant upon the location
114-
Housing provides more than lust shelter from the natural
economic and social processes.
O O
of other economic and employment opportunities such as agriculture
or resort developments.
In the physical and environmental setting, housing and its land
use component residential use utilizes a significant portion of
the County's urban lands The placement or settlement patterns and
the form of housing is a maior influence on the environment and
aesthetic setting of the island.
In the social and human realm, the adeguacv of a house is a
maior factor of a family's sense of satisfaction or
dissatisfaction. For most families, it is a major expenditure of
the household income and represents in varvino decrees long term
From governments' perspective, adequate housing for its
residents is part of the considerations of public health welfare
and safety Housing and residential use of land is a generator of
The availability of housino is dependant on a number of
raw land and the development of the land The Housing element must
are with respect to type, size, location and other factors
In the collective sense. the Housing Element is related to all
sections. Moreover, the Housing Element is directly influenced by
the growth directions which the County wishes to take
The Role of Government
Since the 1930s the Federal government has played a maior role
in the provision of housino and home ownership through direct
housino construction projects home mortaaoe insurance programs
loan programs for special groups such as veterans and farmers and
direct subsidies to state governments
The Territory of Hawaii and subsequently the State of Hawaii
through the Hawaii Housing Authority has been responsible for
administering Federal housing proorams Until the mid-1970 the
115-
which service residential areas. Thus. the provision of housing
requires the coordination of planning and implementation on all
levels of government.
0 0
provide housing for sale to low and moderate income groups
In addition, through a 1920 Congressional act, lands have been
set aside for eligible native Hawaiians for residential and
agricultural purposes. Through the State Hawaiian Homes Commission
and Department of Hawaiian Home Lands, houselots on a leasehold
basis are made available to eligible native Hawaiians In the
mid-80s, the Department established an accelerated program to
provide lands for residential and agricultural purposes.
Since the adoption of the County of Hawaii's General Plan
Federal housing and community redevelopment programs have been
reorganized under the 1974 Housing and Community Development Act
This federal legislation placed much of the initiative for
addressing community housing needs to the local government level
result, the County has established a Housing Agency and an Office of
The chance in the Federal programs are largely reflected in
drastic reductions in funds for housing proiects and programs and
116-
of the County along with the Federal and State governments.
While the County has been granted more authority in the
provision of housing, in recent years the programs administered by
lands for housing proiects.
0 0
The development of assisted housing in Hawaii County will
Profile
In order to identify and anticipate the housing needs within the
data for the Countv is provided in the following tables
Analysis - Trends
Several of the maior issues and problems faced by Hawaii Count
continue to involve housing Rapid population growth in some areas
purchase of a home. As indicated in Table 2 44% or 12 992 of the
island's households earned less han $15 000 per year in 1980
Housing sales activity both new and resale has been uneven and
difficult to predict The housing industry's traditional
changed. The net result is that housing activity and housing-
117-
proportionately more than the cost of housing construction and more
for the present only general trends and order of magnitude
estimates may be made for the future It is expected however that
0 0
Population Households
1980 92,053 29,237
1970 63,468 18,397
sGrowth 45%59%
Inventory - Housing Units
Total SF DUP.APT.OTHER
1985 39,157 29,688 768 7624 1077
1980 34,792 26,755 696 6267 1074
1970 19,957 17,020 550 1636 751
Occupancy Fee Rental
1980 17,731 61%11,506 39%
1970 10,744 56%8,439 44%
Occupied Vacant
1980 29,237 86%4,717 14%
1970 18,397 96%786 4%
Age of Structure 0-5 6-15 16-30 30+
1985 4,587 9,533 5,087 11,513
1970 5,255 2,822 4,752 6,364
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Zones
Total 1985 1980 1970 Growth
Zone 1 Puna 4,925 4,126 1,891 160%
Zone 2 S.Hilo 15,188 14,301 9,585 58%
Zone 3 N.Hilo 621 581 511 21%
Zone 4 Hamakua 1,768 1,741 1,441 23%
Zone 5 N. Kohala 1,206 1,122 932 29%
Zone 6 S. Kohala 2,681 2,218 980 74%
Zone 7 N. Kona 9,150 7,540 2,485 268%
Zone 8 S. Kona 1,971 1,722 1,169 69°s
Zone 9 Kau 1,647 1,441 963 71%
Parcel Inventory 1985 1969 Growth
County Total 120,353 101,848 18°s
Zone 1 Puna 56,992 54,654 4%
Zone 2 S. Hilo 18,126 14,323 27%
Zone 3 N. Hilo 1,416 1,217 16%
Zone 4 Hamakua 3,601 2,857 26%
Zone 5 N. Kohala 2,284 1,712 33%
Zone 6 S. Kohala 4,822 2,526 91°s
Zone 7 N. Kona 10,094 5,100 98%
Zone 8 S. Kona 5,737 4,770 20%
Zone 9 Kau 17,281 14,689 18%
118-
0 0
Table 2.
Inco me Di str; b~~on
LESS THAN $10,000 10,000 TO $15,000
1960 1970 1980 1960 1970 1980
Puna 1,019 783 1,340 69 254 701
S. Hilo 4,109 3,623 3,856 682 2,131 1,884
N. Hilo 498 282 161 32 62 90
Hamakua 1,029 662 388 48 254 237
N. Kohala 691 412 381 25 214 184
S. Kohala 274 317 284 24 123 323
N. Kona 682 622 1,110 41 313 649
S. Kona 514 377 526 21 185 313
Kau 591 510 343 41 153 222
TOTAL 9,407 7,588 8,389 983 3,689 4,603
25,000 to $50,000 OVER $50,000
1960 1970 1980 1970 1980
Puna 0 33 672 6 148
S. Hilo 81 403 3,694 92 728
N. Hilo 0 5 102 0 0
Hamakua 4 25 383 13 38
N. Kohala 4 16 123 11 18
S. Kohala 0 18 287 7 145
N. Kona 17 72 1,175 13 349
S. Kona 4 29 423 6 116
Kau 0 5 163 0 9
TOTAL 110 606 7,022 148 1,551
those in three to five years.
15.000 TO $25,000
1960 1970 1980
0 146 965
242 1,612 3,079
0 80 172 I
12 132 524
18 105 330
16 97 510
26 202 1,275 '
4 199 420
0 88 417
330 2,661 7,692
TOTAL HOUSEHOLDS
1960 1970 1980
1,100 1,222 3,826
5,114 7,861 13,241
530 429 525
1,093 1,086 1,570
738 758 1,036
314 562 1,549
766 1,222 4,558
543 796 1,798
632 756 1,154
10,830 14,692 29,257
In rural and agricultural areas affordable housing for both
119-
0 0
trend of the "gentrification of the land" and will contribute to
rising costs of land.
In addition, in rural areas. the age of the existing housing
stock suggest that future new housing will be needed to replace
these units.
The increasing role of diversified agriculture in our economy
also has implications for housing of the agricultural worker. The
residents of the rural areas of the County constitute a special
areas and communities than in the urbanized areas in the State.
The Farmers Home Administration programs have historically been
At the same time, the smaller diversified agricultural operators
Housing for the elderly also presents changes for the future
Nationwide chances in the arowing segment of the older population
due to technological advances in medicine have also had their impact
in the County of Hawaii. The 60 and over age group will be the
fastest growing sector of the population over the next twenty
years. This croup is proiected to increase from 13.7% of the total
population in 1985 to 16.7% in the year 2000. Chanoes in social
attitudes and expectations on both the part of the elderly and young
may dictate chances in the types of structures which will be
required or desired by the elderly population
In addition to the naturally increasing size of this population
the encouragement of retirement communities or the attractiveness of
Hawaii as a retirement place will reauire a reassessment of their
housing and public service needs.
DISTRICT PROFILES
The following is an analysis by districts with courses of
action to undertake with reference to housing. The brief analysis
120-
relatively low average annual income: particularly compared to
non-service industry jobs.
been in the past with maior sugar companies.
0 0
of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of
the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall
be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and
standards set forth in the overall housing element.]
The following are brief and summarized profiles and analysis of
each of the districts.
PUNA
Profile
Existing inventory
1,777 units: 1,767 single family; 10 duplex
Population and persons per household
5,154 persons; 3.17 persons per household
population occupied units)
Occupancy
Fee
Rental
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied
Vacant
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5
6 - 15
16 - 30
31+
Condition of Units
Very good
Good
Poor
Dilapidated
Existing Density
0.9 units per acre
Tax Map Sections
No. of Units °s
1,024 58
753 42
1,626 92
151 8
788 44
278 15
336 19
385 22
406 23
662 37
594 34
115 6
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 1.777 36 58 44 110 320 373 359 223 254
Area (acres) 1,804 308 85 60 121 184 406 272 169 199
Density-Units
Per Acre 0.9 0.1 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.7 0.9 1.3 1.3 1.3
121-
0 0
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960 1970 Difference
8,520 $15,930 $7,410]
Of the 1,777 housing units in this district, 34 per cent are in
poor or deteriorating condition and 6 per cent are dilapidated.
These units will need to be replaced in the future.
Although the inventory shows that there is an 8 per cent vacancy
rate, the majority of the housing units are seasonal or second homes
or are dilapidated. The choice and availability of housing is
thereby limited.
This district has a number of large non-conforming residential
subdivisions which were created before the present Subdivision and
Zoning ordinances were adopted. However, many of these subdivisions
lack the basic improvements and amenities necessary for
development. Many of the houselots are also held in absentee
ownership.
Several of the communities in this district were created as a
direct result of the sugar industry. As a result, many of the homes
are owned by the plantations and rented to employees. However, the
plantation camps are being phased out, with the plantation offering
fee simple lots and existing usable housing for sale to the
employees.]
in ownership in this situation are likely to be complex
122-
urban and employment center has contributed to this growth
6 in 1970. Moreover. most of this growth has occurred in the
In 1984 Puna Sugar Company ceased operating its sugar
plantation Since its closure the company has sold its plantation
camp houses to its employees and has also made available one acre
subdivided parcels to its former employees There may however be
future problems as the plantation houses are old and while the
0 0
Population Households
1980 11,751 3,831
1970 5,154 1,626
Growth 128.00% 135.61%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 4,925 SF: 4,822 DUPX:20 MF: 69 OTHER: 14
1980 Units: 4,127 SF: 4,028 DUPX:16 MF: 69 OTHER: 13
1970 Units: 1.891 SF: 1.870 DUPX:6 MF: 3 OTHER: 12
Occupancy
1980 Fee 2,842 74.18%
Rental 989 25.82%
1970 Fee 1,024 57.63%
Rental 753 42.37%
Occupied/vacant
1980 Occupied 3,831 86.99%
Vacant 573 13.01%
1970 Occupied 1,626 91.50%
Vacant 151 8.50%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 1,099 22.66% 1970 0-5 788 44.10%
6-15 1,941 40.03%6-15 278 15.56%
16-30 510 10.52%16-30 336 18.80%
30- 1.299 26.79%30-385 21.54%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sections
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 1,891 48 55 62 115
1980 4,126 137 95 132 344
1985 4,925 226 118 168 426
Diff 3,034 178 63 106 311
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 363 379 361 248 260
1980 1,486 841 430 353 308
1985 1,739 1,030 462 415 341
Diff 1,376 651 101 167 81
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 54,654 1,0976 2,464 2,621 4,714
1985 56,992 11,786 3,686 2,853 5,664
Vacant 51,002 11,505 3,491 2,606 5,105
Sec 5
1969 13,284
1985 13,508
Vacant 11,468
Sec 6* Sec 7
14,367 931
11,725 1,124
10,754 403
Sec 8 Sec 9
4,313 984
5,469 1,177
4,886 784
King's Landing Subdivision
123-
0 0
per year, with 35% reporting incomes of less than $10 000
Available housing in spite of the low income data does not
SOUTH HILO
Profile
Existing Inventory
9,654 units: 8,282 single-family; 368 duplex;494
apartment; and 510 other resident ial units, such as
dormitories and rooming houses.
Population and persons per household
33,915 persons; 3.60 persons per unit
population :- occupied units)
Occupancy No.of Units
Fee 6,183 64
Rental 3,471 36
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied 9,415 98
Vacant 239 2
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5 2,180 23
6 - 15 1,524 17
16 - 30 2,686 27
31+3,264 33
Condition of Units
Very good 2,076 22
Good 5,722 59
Poor 1,591 16
Dilapidated 265 3
Existing Density
2.0 units per acre
124-
county numbers 122. with a wait list of 180 for the district
lack of infrastructure.
O O
Tax Mao Sections
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 9.654 607 2,159 1,533 2 093 957 790 704 581 230
Area
acres)4.735 313 1.040 333 1.608 484 292 314 240 111
Density-
Units Per
Acre 2.0 1.9 2.0 4.6 1.3 1.9 2.7 2.2 2.4 2.0
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960 1970 Difference
15,445 $20,245 $4,800]
The South Hilo district [is] remains the center [of all] for
commercial, industrial, governmental and service activities for
Hawaii County. [AS a result, this district has 50 per cent of the
total housing inventory in the County, ranging from single-family
residential units to dormitories and boarding houses.] The growth
in population and housinq_construction in the area continues to
increase at rates exceeding the years prior to 1970
Of the 9,654 units, 3 per cent are dilapidated and 16 per cent
are in poor or deteriorating condition. One-third of the inventory
is more than 30 years of age and many of them are in the above
conditions. These units will require replacement in the near future.
The growth of the visitor industry in the city of Hilo is
generating an increasing demand for low-cost employee housing. As a
result, the incoming population will compete with the existing
population for housing. As indicated by the low vacancy rate of
2 per cent, availability and choice of housing is limited.
Although the State has taken an active role in providing low and
moderate income housing, construction still lags behind replacement
and growth needs. Non-profit housing corporations have also taken
the initiative to provide housing for residents.]
125-
0 0
Nevertheless. available and accessible lands for residential use
potential for use.
Other housing problems continue to revolve around the provision
of housing for low-income and elderly housing needs According to
1980 census data. approximately 43% of the households in the
district of Hilo reported incomes of less than $15 000 These
account for 5.440 households in the district There were
There has been a recurring shortage of housing for students at
the University of Hawaii Hilo College A study prepared for the
State concludes that the shortage of student housing has been a
deterrent to the realization of higher levels of enrollment at the
Hilo Campus.
In the future, since it will not as easily be possible to
provision of low income and/or employee housing in this area will
largely become the responsibility of the public or governmental
sector.
The State has been active in the Hilo area through subdivisions
of State-owned lands for low and moderate income families these
accounted for 677 lots.
126-
maior access roads) improvements and are also severely limited by
low income groups.
0 0
Population Households
1980 42,278 13,251
1970 33,915 9,415
Growth 24.66% 40 74%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 15,188 SF: 11,505 DUPX:444 APT: 2,681 OTHER: 558
1980 Units: 14,301 SF: 10,787 DUPX:432 APT: 2,525 OTHER: 557
1970 Units• 9 585 SF• 7 826 DUPX•354 APT 07 OTHER• 498
Occupancy
1980 Fee 8,031 60.61%
Rental 5,220 39.39%
1970 Fee 6,183 64.05%
Rental 3.471 35 95%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 13,251 95.13%
Vacant 678 4.87°s
1970 Occupied 9,415 97.52%
Vacant 239 2 48%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 949 7.94% 1970 0-5 2,180 22.58%
6-15 3,183 26.62%6-15 1,524 15.79%
16-30 2,607 21.80%16-30 2,686 27.82%
30- 5.217 43 63%30-3 264 33 81%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sections
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 9,585 540 2,265 1,455 2,169
1980 14,301 926 2,751 1,810 4,151
1985 15,188 984 2,818 1,890 4,656
Diff 5,603 444 553 435 2,487
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 992 880 678 483 123
1980 1,567 1,325 741 903 127
1985 1,669 1,341 758 941 131
Diff 677 461 80 458 8
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 14,323 1,354 3,231 1,558 3,323
1985 18,126 1,234 3,011 1,640 5,893
Vacant 4961 456 553 286 1,932
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 2,267 819 1,032 565 174
1985 2,890 957 1,253 1,005 243
Vacant 1,127 195 226 150 36
127-
0 0
NORTH HILO
Profile
Existing Inventory
590 units: 540 single-family; 50 duplex
Population and persons per household
1,881 persons; 3.52 persons per household
population =occupied units)
Occupancy No. of Units
Fee 163
Rental 427
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied
Vacant
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5
6 - 15
16 - 30
31+
Condition of Units
Very good
Good
Poor
Dilapidated
Existing Density
1.6 units per acre
Tax Map Sections
534
56
53
54
95
388
42
221
156
173
25
75
92
8
9
9
16
66
7
37
27
29
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 590 28 60 - 19 187 141 1 154
Area (acres) 368 30 61 19 75 70 1 112
Density-Units
Per Acre 1.6 0.9 0.9 - 1.0 2.5 2.0 1 0 1 3
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960
10,190
1970
16,500
Difference
6,310]
The communities of this district are the direct result of the
sugar industry. [Because of this, many of the homes are owned by
the plantations. A housing survey conducted by the North Hilo
128-
0
DISTRICT: N. Hilo
a
Population Households
1980 1,679 510
1970 1,881 534
Growth -10.74%4 49%
Existing Inventory -Housing Units
1985 Units: 621 SF:566 .DUPX:36 APT:11 OTHER: 8
1980 Units: 581 SF:537 DUPX:36 APT:0 OTHER: 8
1970 Units: 511 SF:468 DUPX:36 APT•0 OTHER• 7
Occupancy
1980 Fee 204 40.00%
Rental 306 60.00%
1970 Fee 163 27.63%
Rental 427 72.37%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 510 92.06%
Vacant 44 7.94%
1970 Occupied 534 90.51%
Vacant 56 9 49%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 31 5.30%1970 0-5 53 8.98%
6-15 73 12.48%6-15 54 9.15%
16-30 81 13.85%16-30 95 16.10%
30- 400 68 38%30-388 65 76%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sections
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 S ec 4
1970 511 19 47 0 17
1980 581 20 51 0 17
1985 621 21 57 0 17
Diff 110 2 10 0 0
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 171 134 1 0 122
1980 178 179 1 0 135
1985 207 183 1 0 135
Diff '36 49 0 0 13
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 1,217 151 156 7 86
1985 1,416 144 208 16 86
Vacant 313 22 27 7 8
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 303 411 8 13 82
1985 385 460 13 17 87
Vacant 97 126 7 4 15
129-
0 0
District Development Council indicated that a large proportion of
the residents of the district want to continue living in the
community they are in now. However, the plantations' plan is to
phase out their housing and centralize residences in a few areas.
Relocation is now in process with many of the sugar company's
employees moving to Kulaimano Subdivision in Pepeekeo.] Housing in
the past has been provided by the sugar companies However one of
the sugar companies has been phasing out of their employee rental
housing program.
The district has had little activity with respect to housin
construction. Over half (68%) of the residential structures in the
district are 30 or more vears old. Further this district has the
smallest percentage of fee home ownership (40%) Thus replacement
housing for the sugar employees and continued sale of homes to the
This] The district also has [only] a limited supply of [land]
vacant parcels available for [immediate] housing [use.] and the
least amount of subdivision activity over the past 15 vears [Many
land owners with larger lots are reluctant to sell, subdivide, or
surrender their accustomed rural way of life of maintaining large
lots. It also has been difficult for those not working for the
sugar industry to obtain housing.] However. since the district's
economic and employment opportunities are anticipated to remain
problems for the district.
Of the 590 units in this district, 27 per cent are in poor or
deteriorating condition and 29 per cent are dilapidated, 66 per cent
of the total inventory are beyond 30 years of age and the majority
of these are in the above conditions. These units will require
replacement in the near future.]
HAMAKUA
Profile
Existing Inventory
1,510 units: 1,448 single-family; 52 duplex and
10 apartment
Population and persons per household
4,648 persons; 3.22 persons per household
population ~ occupied units)
Occupancy No. of Units
Fee 648 43
Rental 862 57
130-
assistance will become necessarv
0 0
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied 1,445 96
Vacant 65 4
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5 251 17
6 - 15 137 29
16 - 30 321 21
31+801 53
Condition of Units
Very good 221 15
Good 630 42
Poor 578 38
Dilapidated 81 5
Existing Density
1.5 units per acre
Tax Map Sections
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 1,510 33 54 295 250 584 112 54 109 19
Area (acres) 1.026 27 43 145 254 211 250 32 50 14
Density-Units
Per Acre 1.5 1.2 1.2 2.0 0.9 2 7 0 4 1 7 2 2 1 3
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960 1970 Difference
11,100 18,250 7,150]
The] Most of the communities [in] of this district [were
created as a] have been the direct result of the past growth of the
sugar industry. [The sugar companies are pursuing subdivision to
provide fee simple land for employees either for relocation purposes
or new homes. The present subdivisions and those in the planningstagewillbemerelytoallowforupgradingoftheexisting
plantation rental homes. Therefore, these will not relieve the
housing situation in the area since a number of residents do not
work for the sugar companies and are not eligible for these
homesites or homes. Outside of these plantation subdivisions, only
a limited supply of land is available for immediate housing use.]
However, a number of the dispersed communities in the area have been
the result of Homesteading Acts of the Territory of Hawaii
131-
O
TRICT• Hamak a
O
Population Households
1980 5,128 1,577
1970 4,648 1,445
Growth 10.33% 9 13%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 1,768 SF: 1,650 DUPX: 22 MF: 44 OTHER: 52
1980 Units: 1,741 SF: 1,625 DUPX: 20 MF: 44 OTHER: 52
1970 Units: 1.441 SF: 1.369 DUPX• 20 MF• 11 OTHER• 41
Occupancy
1980 Fee 830 52.63%
Rental 747 47.37%
1970 Fee 648 42.91%
Rental 862 57 09%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 1,577 93.87%
Vacant 103 6.13%
1970 Occupied 1,445 95.70%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 31 1.86%1970 0-5 251 16.62%
6-15 285 17.12%6-15 137 9.07%
16-30 208 12.49%16-30 321 21.26%
30- 1.141 68 53%30-801 53 05%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sec tions
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 1,441 21 42 252 247
1980 1,741 29 46 283 300
1985 1,768 29 46 283 304
Diff 327 8 4 31 57
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 570 122 56 106 25
1980 710 165 65 115 28
1985 730 168 65 115 28
Diff 160 46 9 9 3
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 2,857 141 109 311 390
1985 3,601 133 118 440 596
Vacant 810 26 35 115 137
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 793 352 183 167 411
1985 1,018 453 220 205 418
Vacant 263 101 20 43 70
132-
0 0
The district has increased slightly in population from 4 648 in
residential "bedroom" community to these employment centers
Recently the sole remaining sugar company in the district was sold
Early plans by the Davies Hamakua Sugar Company to exchange good
privately held sugar cane lands for lands closer to Honokaa have
Other subdivision and home construction activity has occurred 'in
the homestead areas between Kalopa and Ahualoa
In spite of the increase in the number of new dwelling
units (327), 68% of all of the district's residential structures are
30 years or more in age.
Nearly 40°s of the population reported incomes of less than
15.000 in 1980.
the elderly and the availability of a wide variety of housing
opportunities. With respect to the latter Honokaa residents and
business community representatives have expressed a desire for the.
community to continue and expand its role as a residential "bedroom"
community for South Kohala resort workers
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Existing Inventory
952 units: 946 single-family and 6 duplex
Population and persons per household
3,326 persons; 3.78 persons per household
population occupied units)
Occupancy No. of Units
Fee 579 61
Rental 373 39
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied 880 92
Vacant 72 g
133-
0
Age of Units in Years
0
0 - 5 517 54
6 - 15 100 11
16 - 30 213 22
31+122 13
Condition of Units
Very good 209 22
Good 445 27
Poor 243 25
Dilapidated 55 6
Existing Density
1.8 units per acre
Tax Mao Sections
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 952 2 86 194 312 312 8 6 10 22
Area (acres) 537 1 42 111 122 194 8 25 10 24
Density-Units
Per Acre 1.8 2.0 2.0 1.7 2.5 1.6 1.0 0.2 1.0 0.9
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1 6~0 1970 Difference
11,165 $16,570 $5,405]
The residential urban areas are scattered in a string of
villages along the main road, mostly between Hawi and Niulii, a
distance of nearly 7 miles. The sugar company is carrying out a
program of eliminating some of the older plantation camps by sellingusablehousesandofferinghouselotsinfeesimpletoemployees.
Outside of these plantation subdivisions, however, only a
limited supply of land is available for immediate housing use by
employees. Many land owners with larger lots are reluctant to sell
or subdivide their lots. The residents who are not employed by the
sugar company claim that there are not residential lands available
for purchase.
Although there is an 8 per cent vacancy rate, many of these
units are poor, deteriorating or dilapidated. The choice of housing
is thereby limited.]
Since 1971 Kohala Sugar Companv has terminated its sugar
operations and manv of the plantation's former employees moved out
of the district to seek employment elsewhere The overall decline
134-
0 0
DISTRICT• N Kohala
Population Households
1980 3,249 1,022
1970 3,326 880
Growth -2.32% 16 14%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 1,206 SF: 1,174 DUPX: 14 APT: 7 OTHER: 11
1980 Units: 1,122 SF: 1,092 DUPX: 12 APT: 7 OTHER: 11
1970 Units: 932 SF: 903 DUPX: 12 APT: 7 OTHER: 10
Occupancy
1980 Fee 692 67.71%
Rental 330 32.29%
1970 Fee 579 60.82%
Rental 373 39.18%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 1,022 91.17%
Vacant 99 8.83%
1970 Occupied 880 92.44%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 105 8.88%1970 0-5 517 54.31%
6-15 188 15.91%6-15 100 10.50%
16-30 167 14.13%16-30 213 22.37%
30-722 61.08%30-122 12 82%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sec tions
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 932 2 68 185 3'08
1980 1,122 2 91 212 338
1985 1,206 2 96 214 351
Diff 274 0 28 29 43
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 314 14 5 16 20
1980 409 16 6 17 31
1985 469 16 6 18 34
Diff 155 2 1 2 14
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 1,712 34 160 285 429
1985 2,284 33 202 317 505
Vacant 774 29 92 62 105
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 601 57 66 43 37
1985 855 110 79 64 119
Vacant 328 60 25 30 43
135-
0 0
in population amounted to only a 2% decrease. However, the number
of households has increased. Thus while there has been an out
migration of some of the former residents of North Kohala. it
appears that there has also been an in-migration of others into the
area who form smaller, but more households. Approximately 54% of
the households in the district reported incomes of less than $15 000
Although the population in North Kohala declined slightly in the
years between 1970 and 1980, the district has experienced increases
in housing construction and subdivision activity. Nevertheless
and subdivision activity in the past decade due to the subdivision
and opening of both Kohala Corporation and State lands for
residential use.
North Kohala has recently been the focus of plans to subdivide
vacant lands into rural and agricultural lots. These have ranged in
size from one acre to 20 acres. Locationally they occur both within
windward areas as well as on the leeward areas of North Kohala.
In addition, plans have been submitted for urban and resort uses
along the leeward North Kohala coast. Both the subdivision of rural
and agricultural lands and the encroaching urban uses will have
implications on the costs of housing in the North Kohala district
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Existing Inventory
X849 units: 826 single-family, 8 duplex and
15 apartment
Population and persons per household
2,310 persons; 2.87 persons per household
population occupied units)
Occupancy No. of Units $
Fee 393 46
Rental 456 54
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied 803 95
Vacant 46 5
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5 345 40
6 - 15 195 23
16 - 30 209 25
31+100 12
136-
0 0
Condition of Units
Very good 272 32
GOOd 405 48
Poor 119 14
Dilapidated 53 6
Existing Density
0.9 units per acre
Tax Map Sections
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 849 25 22 .2 237 235 141 29 4 154
Area (acres) 868 9 20 2 324 204 218 25 4 62
Density-Units
Per_ACre 0.9 2.7 1.1 1.0 0.7 1.1 0.6 1.1 1.0 2.5
Averaoe Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960 1970 Difference
13,710 $17,775 $4,065]
Anticipating the success of large developments in this area,
the population will grow at a rapid rate. The growth of the visitor
industry, especially along the coastline, will generate an
increasing demand for employee housing.
Although the overall vacancy rate for this area is 5%, many of
the housing units are seasonal or second homes or are dilapidated.
The choice of housing is thereby limited.
There are several residential subdivisions in this area with
undeveloped lots, many of which are held in absentee ownership.
However, housing construction activity has increased substantially
in recent years.]
In 1970. South Kohala had a oooulation of 2.310 and by 1980 the
population nearly doubled to 4.607 persons The increase in
dwelling units however crew by nearly four-fold the 1970 housinq
increase in dwelling units.
Housino construction and subdivisions of land have been most
the district occurred at Waikoloa Housino construction in Waikoloa
137-
0 0
Population Households
1980 4,607 1,483
1970 2,310 803
Growth 99.44% 84.68%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 2,681 SF: 1,989 DUPX: 50 APT/COND: 637 OTHER: 5
1980 Units: 2,218 SF: 1,692 DUPX: 10 APT/COND: 511 OTHER: 5
1970 Units: 980 SF: 821 DUPX: 10 APT: 146 OTHER: 3
Occupancy
1980 Fee 879 59.27%
Rental 604 40.73%
1970 Fee 393 46.29%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 1,483 75.70%
Vacant 476 24.30%
1970 Occupied 803 94.58%
Vacant 46 5.42%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 529 25.58%1970 0-5 345 40.64%
6-15 759 36.70%6-15 195 22.97%
16-30 374 18.09%16-30 209 24.62%
30- 406 19 63%30-100 11 78%
Dwelling Units by T ax Map Sec tions
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 980 23 13 2 253
1980 2,218 25 98 2 667
1985 2,681 25 175 2 794
Diff 1,701 2 162 0 541
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 377 131 30 13 138
1980 519 229 45 421 212
1985 562 252 48 602 221
Diff 185 121 18 589 83
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals ec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 2,526 138 64 6 1,387
1985 4,822 141 308 8 1,916
Vacant 2,328 74 124 7 907
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 387 284 50 8 202
1985 559 378 117 1167 228
Vacant 202 99 33 815 67
138-
0 0
Village increased by 589 units (including multiple-family apartments
and condominiums) between the vears 1970 and 1985
housing for the coastal resort developments in South Kohala at
employees.
The continuing resort development along the coast is anticipated
to increase the need for employee housing and other residential
needs as more in-migration occurs.
populations.
NORTH KONA
Profile
Existing Inventory
1,764 units: 1,705 single-family; 20 duplex; and 39
apartment (Many of the existing apartments were
under construction during the land use survey and
were not included in the inventory.)
Population and persons per household
4,832 persons; 2.79 persons per household
population occupied units)
Occupancy No. of Units
Fee 873 49
Rental 891 51
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied 1,733 98
Vacant 31 2
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5 824 47
6 - 15 286 16
16 - 30 310 17
31+344 20
139-
residential zoned but not subdivided lands are also available a
Waikoloa, development of these lands however are dependant upon
plans by new owners.
0 0
Condition of Units
Very good 785 45
Good 440 25
Poor 465 26
Dilapidated 74 4
Existing Density
0.7 units per acre
Tax Mao Sections
Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dwelling
units 1.764 34 29 94 85 382 237 273 315 315
Area
acres)2.501 46 23 68 57 212 96 166 1 610 223
Density-
Unit Per
Acre ___0.7 0.7 1.2 1.4 1 5 1 8 2 4 1 6 0 2 1 4
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwellino Unit
1960 1970 Difference
11,630 $18,605 $6,975]
Construction activity of housing units is increasing
substantially in this area. Since the land use inventory was
conducted, there have been a number of housing units
completed. However, choice and availability of housing is
still limited as indicated by the low vacancy rate of 2 per
cent.
Although visitor facilities have increased tremendously,
there is a lack of employee housing for the hotel workers and
other service industry workers in close proximity to the resort
employment centers of Kailua and Keauhou. The price of
residential lands in these areas are comparatively higher than
in the mauka areas. Many of the hotel workers cannot afford to
purchase residential lands in closer proximity to these
employment centers.
With the growth of the visitor and other service
industries, new housing units will be required for an expected
increase in population. This additional population growth will
compete with the existing population for housing, and growth,
therefore, will be a problem for this district in regard to
this element.]
140-
0 0
DISTRICT: N. Kona
Population Households
1980 13,748 4,602
1970 4,832 1,733
Growth 184.52% 165.55%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 9,150 SF: 4,697 DUPX:132 APT/COND: 3,941 OTHER: 380
1980 Units: 7,540 SF: 4,105 DUPX:122 APT/COND: 2,934 OTHER: 379
1970 Units: 2.485 SF: 1.748 DUPX:74 APT/COND•527 OTHER' 136
Occupancy
1980 Fee 2,536 55.11%
Rental 2,066 44.89%
1970 Fee 873 49.49%
Rental 891 50.51%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 4,602 66.75°s
Vacant 2,292 33.25%
1970 Occupied 1,733 98.24%
Vacant 31 1.76%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 1,327 26.21% 1970 0-5 824 46.71%
6-15 2,200 43.46%6-15 286 16.21%
16-30 679 13.41%16-30 310 17.57%
30- 856 16.91%30-344 19 50%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sections
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 2,485 41 31 105 161
1980 7,540 49 38 978 662
1985 8,650 51 55 1,168 765
Diff 6,165 10 24 1,063 604
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 764 275 356 364 388
1980 2,659 677 860 1,121 496
1985 3,275 770 940 1,427 199
Diff 2,511 495 584 1,063 189
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 5,100 86 144 877 187
1985 10,035 117 108 2,682 1,025
Vacant 4,074 60 100 837 369
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 1,131 709 696 814 456
1985 1,980 1,086 1,246 1,109 682
Vacant 813 572 572 531 220
141-
0 0
Of all the districts in the County of Hawaii the North Kona
district has had the~reatest increase in population from 4 832
persons in 1970 to 13.748 persons in 1980
Both sinale-family housing construction activity and subdivision
activity occurred largely in the areas from Kaloko mauka through
Holualoa.
In spite of the increase in both subdivision activity and
housing construction in the North Kona district housing problems
for the low and moderate income croups have been particular
acute. Although the proportion of low income households in the
North Kona area has decreased from 1970, in terms of the actual
households, there has been an increase from 935 households to 1 759
condominium units.
State and Countv housing agencies have participated directly in
the provisions of house and lot packages at Kealakehe which account
for 92 sinale family units for low and moderate income groups
Additionally both have participated iointly either with private
in the district.
While sizable areas mauka of Ali'i Drive have been designated
for residential and other urban uses through the 1970 General Plan
actual rezoning of these lands has not occurred at a pace which
could have o ened lands for residential use.
It is anticipated that the rate of in-migration into the
district will continue, as will the need for housing for residents
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Existing Inventory
1,041 units: 1,025 single-family and 16 duplex
Population and persons per household
4,004 persons; 3.84 persons per household
population occupied units)
192-
pacxaaes ov most households in the district
0
Occupancy
Fee
Rental
Occupied-Vacant
0
No. of Units
441 42
600 58
Occupied 996 96
Vacant 45 4
Age of Units in Years
0 - 5 135 13
6 - 15 179 17
16 - 30 251 24
31+476 46
Condition of Units
Very good 123 12
Good 296 28
Poor 564 54
Dilapidated 58 6
Existing Density
0.6 units per acre
Tax Mao Sections
Dwelling
units 1.091 277 255 184 136 21 63 33 30 42
Area
acres) 1.565 409 314 352 234 12 48 46 41 109
Density-Unit
Per Acre 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.5 0.6 1.7 1.3 0.7 0.7 0.4
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960 1970
9,490 $17,960
Difference
8,470]
The homes are sparsely located throughout the district
primarily because of its agricultural make-up.
Although the inventory indicates 4 per cent vacancy, many of
these housing units are dilapidated or second homes. Of the total
housing inventory, 54 per cent are in poor or deteriorating
condition, and 6 per cent are dilapidated, 46 per cent of the
housing units are beyond 30 years of age and the majority of them
are in the above conditions.
Replacement for these units will be needed in the future.]
143-
0 0
DISTRIC
PROFILE
Population Households
1980 5,914 1,853
1970 4,004 996
Growth 47.70% 86.04%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 1,971 SF: 1,846 DUPX: 30 APT/COND: 80 OTHER: 15
1980 Units: 1,722 SF: 1,631 DUPX: 28 APT/COND: 48 OTHER: 15
1970 Units: 1,169 SF: 1,130 DUPX: 20 APT/COND: 8 OTHER: 11
Occupancy
1980 Fee 977 52.73%
Rental 876 47.27%
1970 Fee 441 42.36%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 1,853 90.30%
Vacant 199 9.70%
1970 Occupied 996 95.68%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 283 15.11% 1970 0-5 135 12.97%
6-15 530 28.30%6-15 179 17.20%
16-30 _ 280 14.95%16-30 251 24.11%
30- 780 41.64%30-476 45.73%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sections
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 1,169 321 261 221 164
1980 1,722 515 384 292 226
1985 1,971 611 438 328 245
Diff 802 290 177 107 81
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 10 57 48 32 55
1980 42 75 61 52 75
1985 43 80 81 67 78
Diff 33 23 33 35 23
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 4,763 761 493 644 487
1985 5,737 1,010 781 769 521
Vacant 3,367 374 334 281 195
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 162 240 603 1,052 321
1985 95 276 665 1,195 425
Vacant 50 188 557 1,088 300
144-
0 0
Moderate growth in both population and housing construction has
occurred in the district of South Kona. Although the district is
still dependant upon diversified agriculture, nevertheless some of
the growth has been the result of the urban and resort growth in
North Kona. This is reflected in an even distribution of new
housing construction in sections from Kealakekua town through
Captain Cook. Subdivision activity has not occurred at equal rates
to housing construction and suggests an in-filling of existing
agricultural and rural parcels.
Of the 802 new dwelling units, at least 80 were multiple family
dwellings.
The district has a sizable number of parcels, 5,737 of which
3,359 are vacant in comparison to the number of households in the
district. Some of these parcels are still in agricultural use. The
potential in-filling of these parcels as rural/residential estates
at market prices comparable to urban uses does present problems of
competitive use with the agricultural needs and also precludes the
purchase of these lots by low and moderate income households.
Sales of these agricultural parcels have sometimes been
accompanied by the demolition of older structures which has served
as employee housing, farm tenant household, or low and moderate
income families.
While there are some non-conforming residential lot sized
subdivisions in South Kona, they are not serviced by adequate
infrastructure nor public services. There is the potential here
also of in-filling much as has occurred in the nonconforming
subdivisions of Puna though it is anticipated to occur at a slower
pace because of the distances to employment centers.
KA'U
Profile
Existing Inventory
1,046 units: 1,026 single-family and 20 duplex
Population and persons per household
3,398 persons; 3.52 persons per household
population occupied units)
Occupancy
Fee
Rental
No. of Units
440 42
606 58
Occupied-Vacant
Occupied
vacant
965 92
81 8
145-
O
Age of Units in Years
O
0 - 5 162 15
6 - 15 69 7
16 - 30 331 32
31+484 46
Condition of Units
Very good 155 15
Good 422 40
Poor 361 35
Dilapidated 108 10
Existing Density
2.5 units per acre
Tax Mao Sections
Dwelling
units 1.046 63 16 24 355 509 9 70
Area
acres) 418 52 20 20 139 153 9 25
Density-Unit
Per Acre 2.5 1.2 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.3 1.0 2.8
Average Building Cost of A Single-Family
Dwelling Unit
1960 1970 Difference
9,150 $15,050 $5,900]
Several of the communities in this district are [a] the direct
result of the sugar industry. [At present, the sugar companies are
actively pursuing residential subdivisions to provide fee simple
land at nominal cost to employees for relocation purposes.] Though
the major employer in the district has converted some of its sugar
lands into macadamia fields, the district has seen little chanoe in
terms of its population size.
Outside of the plantation subdivisions, only a limited supply
of land is available for immediate housing use. Although there is
an 8 per cent vacancy rate, the majority of the units are poor,
deteriorating, or dilapidated, and the choice of housing is thereby
limited.
Of the 1,046 units in the area, 35 per cent are in poor or
deteriorating condition and 10 per cent are dilapidated, 46 per cent
of the inventory is more than 30 years of age. The majority of
these units, however, are plantation homes which will eventually be
phased out.]
146=
0 0
Some housing construction and subdivision activity has occurred
The district has a resort area which has been long planned by C
Brewer. To date development of this resort includes a golf course
and tennis courts, restaurant, condominiums and conference center
This district has large non-conforming [residential]
subdivisions which were created [before] prior to the adoption of
the present Subdivision and Zoning [ordinances were adopted.]
Codes. [Some of these subdivisions, however, lack the basic
improvements necessary for development. Many of the lots in these
subdivisions are also held in absentee ownership.] Some building
activity has occurred in these subdivisions, however, the
subdivisions lack basic infrastructure systems such as water and
electricity. Most of the interior roads of the subdivisions are
substandard. Thus while continued in-filling of the subdivisions
subdivisions are also not located near areas of employment
147-
construction of employee housing. This has been reflected in the
increased rate of fee home ownership from 42% in 1970 to
approximately 67% in 1980.
0 0
Population Households
1980 3,699 1,108
1970 3,398 965
Growth 8.86% 14.82%
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
1985 Units: 1,647 SF: 1,439 DUPX: 20 APT/COND: 154 OTHER: 34
1980 Units: 1,441 SF: 1,258 DUPX: 20 APT/COND: 129 OTHER: 34
1970 Units: 963 SF: 885 DUPX: 18 APT: 27 OTHER: 33
Occupancy
1980 Fee 740 66.79%
Rental 368 33.21%
1970 Fee 440 42.07%
Occupied/Vacant
1980 Occupied 1,108 81.41%
Vacant 253 18.59%
1970 Occupied 965 92.26%
Age of Structure
1985 0-5 233 15.74%1970 0-5 162 15.49%
6-15 374 25.27%6-15 69 6.60%
16-30 181 12.23%16-30 331 31.64%
30- 692 46.76%30-484 46.27%
Dwelling Units by Tax Map Sec tions
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1970 963 0 69 24 21
1980 1,441 0 192 30 49
1985 1,647 0 285 32 93
Diff 684 0 216 8 72
1970-85
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1970 334 378 0 9 128
1980 444 567 0 9 150
1985 475 578 0 9 175
Diff 141 200 0 0 47
1970-85
Parcel Inventory
Totals Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 Sec 4
1969 14,689 9 11,568 147 1,377
1985 17,281 12 12,721 154 2,243
Vacant 15,450 10 12,395 106 2,098
Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 7 Sec 8 Sec 9
1969 854 528 19 7 180
1985 832 761 21 8 529
Vacant 259 131 20 6 425
148-
0
PUBLIC FACILITIES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
0
Public facilities are those service systems which are provided,
staffed, and maintained by government to directly serve the
individual citizens in his desire to realize his full
self-potential, to enjoy the protection of his rights and his
property, to be secure in his need for medical and health care, and
to live in a wholesome and sanitary community. Public facilities
include the systems of schools, libraries, fire stations, police
stations, detention and correctional facilities, refuse disposal
areas, harbors, and airfields. (The latter two are described under
the section dealing with the transportation element.)
These facilities have most often been located in larger towns or
centrally situated areas which are in close proximity to the
commercial, industrial and cultural activities of established
communities.
Although the inhabitants of Hawaii County are serviced by three
levels of government, public facilities generally fall into two
jurisdictional categories: State and County. [In recent years,
there have been changes in the traditional pattern of administration
and operation of public facilities.] For example, the State
operates the public school system, libraries, [schools,] and the
public hospitals [have been under State control and responsibility
since the enactment of Act 97 in 1965.] while the county provides
island to serve the residents needs.
It is necessary to carefully coordinate the provision of public
facilities in order to use them most effectively and to maximize the
effect of the public dollar. It is equally necessary to realize
that the type, quality, capacity and location of facilities and
services have a significant impact on the community, the people and
the total environment.
The following are set forth for the overall provision and
maintenance of public facilities in the County of Hawaii.
PUBLIC FACILITIES: EDUCATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
There are thirty [separate] public school [plants on the island]
complexes in the County of Hawaii with a total enrollment of
17,229] 20.962 students[.] from kindergarten through the 12th grade
level. The schools range in size from [67] 105 students at
Keakealani (Volcano)] Haaheo to [2,285] 1.700 students at [Hilo]
Waiakea High School. There are fifteen licensed private regular
149-
O O
education schools servino a total of
kindergarten through the 12th grade
schools, the] The number of students
12th] twelfth grade on the island,-
complexes combined, total [18,300 or
total island population of [63,468.]
2,085 students fr
level. [Including
from kindergarten
public and private
29%] to 23,047 or
106,403.
m
private
through the
school
22~ of the
A 4-year university and a community college are located in Hilo
and have a combined enrollment of about 1,750 day students.]
Population shifts and the resultant consolidation of schools
and/or grade levels have in some instances resulted in time-distance
hardships on students, parents, and teachers. School [plants]
complexes with limited enrollment have not always been able to
maximize educational opportunities in comparison with the ability of
larger facilities to provide a wider scope of educational
opportunities. Some older [plants] schools lack adequate parking
facilities and sufficient area for overall expansion and some have
drainage and traffic problems.
A central] The Hawaii Librarv District is comprised of a
reoional library [is located] in Hilo [with nine branch] ; six
community libraries in [Papaaloa,] Honokaa, [Waimea,] Kapaau,
Holualoa, Kailua-Kona. Kealakekua, and Naalehu[, Pahala, and Pahoa,
the latter two being] (part-time); and six joint community-school
libraries[.] in Keaau, Mountain View, Pahoa. Pahala, Laupahoehoe and
Waimea. Size is described by the number of volumes (books,
periodicals, etc.) and range from [2,028] 2,464 volumes at
Papaaloa] Holualoa to [90,742] 151,672 volumes in Hilo. To extend
service to outlying communities and rural areas, the bookmobile,
consisting of vans filled with [reference and reading material,]
librarv materials, visits various sectors of the island on a twice
monthly basis.
Some library facilities will require improvements as the demand
for learning and information increases. More up-to-date facilities
are also required in some areas.
The University campus located in Hilo has the advantage of an
overall master plan and can avoid problems which have beset older
educational institutions. One of the immediate problems experienced
here is the lack of adequate student-faculty housing.
Presently comprising about 60 acres at its present site, the
Hilo campus intends to add a mauka--adjoining 550-600 acres of
State-owned lands for its programmed expansion. Additional campus
sites in other districts may be appropriate. Private institutions
have been and are being increasingly attracted to the island.
As the mobility of people increases, as communities develop and
as needs fluctuate and population grows, flexibility will be the
keynote. Multipurpose structures will become more common, schools
may be located in downtown areas close to "real life" and less
150-
0 0
isolated, and a concept of "super schools" or "school parks" may be
realized.]
adequate student and faculty housing.
The only private university on the island is located on a
91-acre site in North Kona. The Pacific and Asia Christian
University has an enrollment of 350 to 400 students.
The following is an examination and analysis of educational
facilities by districts. [Courses of action are to be supportive of
and consistent with the overall element.]
PUNA
Profile
Public school complexes in the Puna District are located in the
communities of Keaau, Mt. View[, Volcano] and Pahoa. The [six]
16.57-acre Keaau complex serves a total enrollment of [402] 683
students [through the ninth grade level;] and the [thirteen]
12.36-acre Mt. View complex serves [208] 554 students, both from
kindergarten through the [ninth] eighth grade level[; the three-acre
Keakealani (Volcano) complex serves 67 students through the sixth
grade level and]. High school students commute to the Waiakea
School complex in South Hilo. [the ten] The 28-acre Pahoa complex
serves an enrollment of [384) 1,577 students from kindergarten
through the twelfth grade level. Two private schools, located
between Keaau and Pahoa. have a total enrollment of 282 students
The Henrv Ooukahaia School accounts for 200 students from
kindergarten through twelfth grade.
Except for the Mt. View complex, all of the schools in the
district fall below the Department of Education's enrollment
standards for the grades and enrollments accommodated.
151-
certificate, associate and baccalaureate degree programs The UHH
The 1973 "University of Hawaii at Hilo Long Range Development
continue in relation to the various existing structures. As such,
0 0
The Pahoa branch library, located within the Pahoa school
complex, is a joint community-school facility. A problem here is
the lack of adequate pedestrian access to the facilities.]
tremendous student copulation: Facilities have been expanded to
accommodate present enrollment, however, the elementary school is
still overcrowded. The State Department of Education is currently
conducting a site selection study to meet the present and future
elementary student projection needs.
The Keaau and Mt. View complexes showed slight increases in
enrollment also due to copulation growth in subdivision areas. The
existing complexes are adequate to meet student needs.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The school district population of South Hilo is about 37,000.
Enrollment in the high school is about 2,287 students. Students from
three intermediate schools in the district go to the Hilo High
School facility.
The main public library, housing 90,742 volumes, is located in
the city of Hilo and is the administrative center for all the
libraries in Hawaii County. The University library has recently
undergone expansion and is open to public use.
The University has recently achieved four-year college status.
Its present 1,100 students and sixty-acre campus is expected to
expand to 8,000 students and a six hundred-acre campus in ten to
fifteen years. The University system also includes the Hawaii
Community College and the Cross Cultural Research and Training
Center. The ramifications of the University are as a generator of
income and population, and as a catalyst for other industries,
especially research and development, other "think" industries, and
the sciences.]
The public school complexes in the South Hilo district comprise
elementary-intermediate facility serving from kindergarten through
152-
Pahoa and Mt. View facilities house 17.225 volumes and 7,083
volumes, respectively; but both are inadequate in size to meet the
needs of the students and community. The lack of adequate
pedestrian access and parking at these facilities is also a problem.
0 0
the eighth grade level. The school copulation of South Hilo is
about 9,347 students.
The Waiakea Intermediate complex presently accommodates the
sixth orade students from the Waiakea and Waiakeawaena Elementarv
facilities so as to relieve the overcrowded student population All
three complexes have an average enrollment of 920 students The
of 400 students.
Private school complexes in the district have a combined total
of 778 student enrollment St Joseph Hiah and Elementarv complex
including Hamakua Branch) accounts for 550 students from
kindergarten throuoh the twelfth orade level.
Traffic congestion and hazards occur in the area of the Waiakea
High-Intermediate-Elementarv School and the Hilo High[, Hilo]=
Intermediate[, Hilo]= Union School [and Kapiolani School]-Haili
Christian (privates complexes where approximately [3,900] 3,535 and
2,851 studentsl respectively, enter and emerge from school twice
daily at nearly the same time. [Except for the Kapiolani, Hilo
High, Hilo Intermediate and Hilo Union complexes,] The areas
surrounding some school complexes have practically no sidewalks or
curb separations for the students' ease of access and safety.
Relocation of Kapiolani School has continuously been considered
due to its location within the tidal wave zone and because of
commercial uses replacing the surrounding residential areas.
Hakalau School may face a closedown should the shift of
plantation housing, and subsequently population, to Pepeekeo
continue. Kalanianaole School in Papaikou might have to absorb the
relocated student population. However, Kalanianaole School is
hampered by a lack of space since about a two-acre portion of its
8-acre site slopes into a gulch, and two heavily used roads border
the triangular-shaped school grounds.
The main public library in the city, although conveniently
located and adequately maintained and equipped, lacks both parking
and a meeting room or auditorium in which to conduct cultural or
similar programs.]
branch libraries in Hawaii Countv Although conveniently located
153-
Mt. View intermediate schools.
O O
and adequately maintained and equipped it lacks a meeting room or
auditorium in which to conduct cultural or similar programs
The University of Hawaii at Hilo complex has an enrollment count
of 3,200 students The main or mauka campus encompasses an area of
The new Edwin H. Mookini Library located on the main university
campus, has a collection of 180.000 bound volumes and other libra~
materials including periodicals newspapers audio/video casset ~
and microfilms It has a capacity of 450 000 volumes and study
NORTH HILO/HAMAKUA
Profile
The [14.5] 16.88-acre school complex located in Laupahoehoe
serves [496] 365 students from kindergarten through the twelfth
grade level. The existing facility is adequate as enrollment has
The district's library is located in Papaaloa but relocation of
it to the Laupahoehoe School complex has been proposed. Bookmobile
service is provided to outlying areas in the district.]
The physical disadvantages of the Laupahoehoe School facility
include the steep grade and narrow access from the highway, the lack
of adequate pedestrian walkways leading to the school, and the
abruptness of the road junctions.
HAMAKUA
Profile]
Schools serving [this] the Hamakua district include the Paauilo
Elementary and Intermediate] complex serving [315] 216 students
from kindergarten through ninth grade• and the Honokaa School
complex serving [1,096] 1,034 students from kindergarten through the
twelfth grade level. Honokaa High School accommodates students from
South Kohala as well as from the Hamakua district.
154-
Facilities for the nursing program are located at the Hilo Hospital
complex.
0 0
A former vocational school site in Honokaa is now used for
teacher housing.]
A traffic problem exists within the Honokaa School complex due
to a through-street bisecting the campus. [The master plan of the
campus proposes the closing off this roadway.] Vehicular and
pedestrian problems also exist in Paauilo.
The second largest County public library (6,064 volumes) is
located in Honokaa. Service to outlying communities and rural areas
is extended through use of library automobiles. Within the next
year, a bookmobile van working out of Waimea will take over this
service in Honokaa and the North and South Kohala districts.]
The Lauoahoehoe library is a joint community-school facility
housing 16.211 volumes. The community facility in Honokaa has
10,571 volumes. Both libraries are adequate to meet the needs of
the students and community.
NORTH AND SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The Kohala High and [Grammar] Elementary School complex services
all of North Kohala's [966] 752 student population. [The school
gymnasium is in poor condition.] The existing facilities are
sufficient for the district's needs.
The 5,034 volume Kapaau Library adequately serves the needs of
the district. Bookmobile service out of Waimea will be made
available to areas presently being serviced by library automobiles.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile]
The South Kohala
on a [12] 13.31-acre
students from kinder
school students [are
Honokaa. [A private
outskirts of Waimea
district['s] public school is located in Waimea
site, accommodating an enrollment of [503] 848
aarten through the ninth grade level. High
bussed] commute a distance of 16 miles to
intermediate-high school is located on the
tillage.]
The Waimea library is located next to the Waimea school. The
library facility is inadequate to serve the needs of the community
Bookmobile service is planned to emanate from this branch to
outlying areas.]
Private schools in the Kohala district have a combined total of
799 student enrollment. Hawaii Preoaratorv Academy complex is
located in Waimea and accounts for 603 students from kindergarten
enrollment from seventh throuoh the twelfth grade level
155-
0 0
The Kapaau Library has a collection of 7.985 volumes and
adequately serves the needs of the district. The Parker Memorial
community-school library, located adiacent to the Waimea school is
the second largest island public library. The facility has a
collection of 25.725 volumes and adequately serves both school and
community needs. Bookmobile service is provided from the Waimea
branch to outlying communities and rural areas.
KONA
Profile
The Kona public school system [consists] comprises of the
Konawaena School complex, situated on a 50.64-acre site. serving
1,722] 2,087 students from kindergarten through the twelfth grade
level[. In addition, four] and five elementary schools serving a
total of 2.690 students from kindergarten through eighth grade
comprise the Kona public school system].
Of the elementary schools, three are more than 35 years old and
of wood construction. The Konawaena School complex is relatively
modern and is situated on an 18-acre site.]
Ho'okena Elementary/Intermediate grades seventh and eighth may
be transferred to Konawaena complex due to extremely limited program
offerings as only about 30 students are presently enrolled in those
grades.
Kahakai complex opened in 1982 to relieve the overcrowded
enrollment at Kealakehe complex However the Kealakehe complex
continues to experience the student population growth problems It
recently developed separate facilities for the kindergarten through
new elementary school.
The private schools in this district have a total of 221
students. The International Christian School serves 149 students
from first through the twelfth grade level Hawaii Preparatory
Academy School branch, located in Kailua, has 56 students from
kindergarten through third grade. This school is currently
proposing development of a new facility in Keauhou to serve
kindergarten through the fifth grade level
The Holualoa Library, located near the school. has a collection
with 3,252] of 2,464 volumes[, is located near the school,]
Kealakekua [has a regional] library [with 7,934] has 7.934 volumes
and the Kailua-Kona branch library has 13 019 volumes The
Kailua-Kona library is inadequate in size to serve the needs of the
area. The Kona bookmobile operates from [this] the Kealakekua
library.
The Kailua-Kona branch library is being planned as part of a
future school complex.
156-
0 0
The Holualoa and Hookena School complexes lack adequate land
area for expansion. The Holualoa and Kealakekua Libraries are
inadequate in size to serve the needs of the area. The Kealakehe
Elementary School complex lacks developed playground facilities.]
KA'U
Profile
The Ka'u School complex, located in Pahala, serves an enrollment
of [681] 530 students from kinderaarten through the twelfth grade
level. Naalehu [has the only other public school in the district,]
complex [serving] serves an enrollment of [340] 355 students from
kinderaarten through the eighth grade level. The overall physical
plants] facilities at Naalehu and Pahala are [relatively sound.]
adequate to serve the district needs.
The student population in the Volcano area attends schools in
the Puna and South Hilo districts.]
Pahala and Naalehu both have adequate library facilities.
Naalehu's facility is in a rented store and] Pahala [has] is a
ioint community-school library facility located-within the [Pahala]
school complex[:] and has a collection of 8.836 volumes. Naalehu's
facility is a substation of the Pahala Library Both staffing and
books are supplied from Pahala.
PUBLIC FACILITIES: PROTECTIVE SERVICES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Protective services consist of fire, police, detention and
correctional facilities, civil defense, the Coast Guard, and
national guard armories.
Each district, with the exception of North and South Kona, is
served by a single police facility. A single facility serves both
the North and South Kona districts. [The County-wide police ratio
per capita ranges from one officer per 192 population in South
Kohala to one per 468 in Puna. Hilo's ratio is one per 370 and
Kona's is one per 339.]
Training, counselling, and corrective facilities basically
combine detention and rehabilitation functions. There are two such
facilities on the island: a [County jail] Community Correctional
Center in Hilo and a minimum security facility, the Kulani [Prison
Camp] Correctional Facility, located 18 miles from Hilo at the end
of the Stainback Highway on the lower slopes of Mauna Loa. The
police facilities in [Kona and Honokaa] Hilo and Captain Cook also
have holding cells for overnight detention.
The Hawaii County Civil Defense Agency directs and coordinates
the development and administration of the County's total disaster
157-
0 0
anywhere in the Countv of Hawaii
National Guard armories are State and Federally funded
facilities housing the State militia. There are four modern
well-equipped armories in Hilo (Headquarters), Honokaa, Kealakekua,
and Keaau. Other facilities are located .in Kapaau and Pahala. They
are also used by the community for public service functions. In
time of emeraencv, the National Guard, at the call of the Governor
can assist with transportation, evacuation, communication, crowd
control, security and emeraencv electrical power
The scattered and small population centers on the island
generally make protective services difficult in terms of effectively
providing fire and police coverage. Some of the small centers are
growing in population and some are already stabilized or decreasing,
but both categories need strengthening to better serve the public in
view of increasing crime rates and trends. Rural areas are
handicapped by the lack of an adequate hydrant system which lessens
the effectiveness of fire protection service. Furthermore, some
facilities are in sub-standard physical condition. Expenditures for
these services will increase as the population crows and the
population becomes increasingly dispersed.
The dollar cost will apparently have to increase as there
appears to be no decrease in demand for these services and the
increased mobility of people in general will have to.be met by a
similar mobility in service. It is forseen that detention
facilities may be taken over by the State with the accent on more
rehabilitation, less confinement periods, and an increase in
counselling.]
PUNA
Profile
Pahoa has a [one fulltime man, one-truck, volunteer] twelve-man
full time. fire operation [which]. This operation serves the
Pahoa-Paradise Park, Kalapana-Kapoho areas. Thirteen miles away in
Keaau is a 24-hour, [eight] 18-man facility. Hawaiian Beaches.
The police station headquarters for Puna is housed in the Keaau
civic center] public office complex with [an 11] a 24-man force
covering the entire district.
158-
station is located at Upolu Point.
O O
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The County's fire station headquarters is located on Kinoole
Street in Hilo. There are also three 24-hour substations within the
city at Waiakea, Kaumana, and Kawailani. [A] An eioht-hour, 11-man
volunteer station exists in [Hakalau.] Peoeekeo. Communities
outside Hilo are about two minutes per mile away from service.
Parking is inadequate at the Waiakea and Kawailani fire stations and
access problems exist at the [Hilo,] Kinoole, Kaumana and Kawailani
stations. [The Hakalau volunteer station is inadequate.]
The combined police headquarters for Hilo and the County is
located in [an old two-story structure in the city of Hilo. The
present headquarters building, interior space, parking and access
are inadequate for the 90+ police force. Relocation sites are under
review.
The Hilo County Jail, an old substandard structure, has a
capacity of fifty and is staffed by nine officers.] the Hilo Public
Safety Building on Kawiolani Street. The Hawaii Community
33. The State's Kulani [Prison Camp has accommodations for 120]
Correctional Facility has a capacity of 90, and is served by a staff
of [24] 54. As a minimum security facility, it has no perimeter
walls or fences and is primarily a rehabilitation center.
NORTH HILO
Profile
Protective service facilities are loc
protection consists of a [one] three-man,
service supplemented by three volunteers.
provided by [an eight] a 12-man force [in
District Court. Both the police and fire
inadequate].
HAMAKUA
Profile
ated at Laupahoehoe. Fire
one-truck,] 8-hour
Police services are
a building shared by the
station buildings are
The district's fire facility is located in Honokaa and provides
24-hour, [eight] 20-man[, one-truck] service. A volunteer station
159-
There are plans to move the center to the Public Safety Building on
Kawiolani Street.
0 0
is located in Paauilo. [The Honokaa and Paauilo fire station
facilities are inadequate to house the existing force.]
The district police headquarters is also located in Honokaa
within the [civic] oovernment office center. .It adequately services
the district with a [13] 17-man force.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Halaula] Kapaau is the site of an 8-hour, one-man[, one-truck]
fire facility [which is located in a plantation-owned structure.]
Supplemented by 15 volunteers. [This facility is inadequate and not
in proximity to the population concentrations.]
The police station adjoins the court building at Kapaau where a
seven] 10-man force serves the district.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
An 8] A 24-hour, [one] 15-man[, one-truck] fire facility is
located in Waimea with [a similar one] an eight hour one-man
facility located at Kawaihae. [Fire protection is limited in view
of the distances involved and the volunteer aspect of the service.]
There are also eight-hour volunteer facilities located at Waikoloa
and Puako. Another 24-hour fire facility with a police substation
is planned for construction at the Mauna Lani Resort entry road off
the Oueen Kaahumanu highway.
Police service emanates from Waimea with a [12] 17-man force
housed in [a wood frame building] the public office complex shared
with the Court and State government agencies. [Both the police and
fire physical facilities are inadequate to serve the needs of the
district.]
o Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs
KONA
Profile
An eight] A 33-man, [one-truck,] 24-hour fire facility is
located in Kailua [on the old Kailua School grounds.] with air,
land, and sea rescue capabilities. [Plans are underway for its
relocation as well as for additional staff.] An [eight] 18-man,
three-truck,] 24-hour fire fighting facility is located in the
new] Capt. Cook [civic] public office center [complex]. There is
also a six-man volunteer station in Hualalai Ranch and a 15-man
volunteer station at Kona Village Resort. A police facility,
serving all of Kona, is also housed in the Capt. Cook [civic center]
160-
0 0
public office complex and consists of a [26] 60-man force. This
facility is overcrowded and will be relocated at the new public
safety building planned for Kailua.
The Capt. Cook fire and police facilities are inadequate in
size.
The Kailua area, with its 2,000 visitor population, commercial
and industrial buildup, along with the growing segment of permanent
residents, is far from the police station's protective services.]
KA'U
Profile
There is a [one fulltime] six-man, [one-truck,] eight-hour
volunteer fire operation in Naalehu and a [similar] six-man. 24-hour
facility located in Pahala. The military camp in the Volcano area
has its own crew and fire apparatus. Hawaiian Ocean View Estates
has an 11-man volunteer facility.
A police force of [eight] 14 menu stationed in [the] an old
plantation dispensary in Naalehu [civic center area adequately]
serves the entire Ka'u district [although space]. The building is
inadequate[.] however, and should be replaced.
PUBLIC FACILITIES: GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
This section discusses facilities housing various governmental
agencies and baseyard operations.
Civic] Public office centers consist of a building or complex
of buildings which house governmental agencies. Such centers exist
in Hilo, Honokaa, Capt. Cook, Kailua, Naalehu [and] Keaau[.]~
Waimea and Kapaau.
Baseyards are the operational, storage and maintenance centers
for public works services such as those provided by the road and
water departments. These baseyards also serve as agency field
offices.
The "one roof" or "one stop" concept of housing governmental
agencies centralizes services and maximizes the utilization of land
and capital expenditures.
PUNA
Profile
The Keaau [civic enter] public office complex serves the entire
district and houses police, fire and courtroom services. No other
161-
0 0
State agencies are located here due to the district's relatively
close proximity to the Hilo complex. Post office facilities are
located [in] at Keaau, Kurtistown, Mt. View, Pahoa and in the
volcano area.
The County maintains a public works baseyard in Kurtistown and a
State Highways baseyard is located in Mt. View. [These sites and
structures appear adequate and no improvements are forseen for these
facilities.] The state facilities appear adequate; the county
baseyard may be relocated if land becomes available.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The center of Federal, State and County government operations on
the island [are] is located in the city of Hilo. New State and
County buildings are situated on part of a 40-acre commercial re-use
parcel called Project Kaiko'o.
The Hilo County building houses all local government agencies
except the fire, police, [and] civil defense, research and
development, housing, and Hawaii Redevelopment Aoencv departments.
Inadequate parking facilities and the need for additional
operational space is already evident. The State building
headquarters all State agencies with the exception of the Department
of Transportation, although some of the State agencies, such as the
Health Department, Department of Social Services and Housing, and
the Department of Education, have other bases of operation.
The State Highways Division office and baseyard are located in
the Kanoelehua industrial area and the Airports and Harbors
Divisions are located at their respective terminals. The County
Department of Public Works baseyard is located in the Schultz Siding
area and requires area improvements.
Postal facilities are located in Hilo, both downtown and at the
airport, Honomu, Pepeekeo, Papaikou, and Hakalau.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The district court facility is located in the police building
in Laupahoehoe. 'The joint-use facility requires improvement.]
Police and fire facilities are located in Laupahoehoe
A County Public Works baseyard is located in Laupahoehoe. No
improvements are contemplated for the future.
Postal facilities are located in Laupahoehoe, Ninole, Ookala,
and Papaaloa.
162-
0
HAMAKUA
Profile
0
The State Highways Division and County Department of Public
works both have baseyards in Honokaa. The County facility is of
sufficient size to accommodate present and future needs while the
State [is relocating its facilities.] basevard is inadequate.
The [civic center] public office complex houses the fire
station, [newl police station, [new] court building, library, and
State agencies. The various agencies within the [civic center]
complex are each housed in separate buildings which result in an
uneconomical use of the site.
Postal facilities are located in Haina, Honokaa, Kukuihaele,
Paauhau and Paauilo.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The courthouse, police, and fire stations, library and hospital
are located in Kapaau. A State Highway baseyard site is located in
the Puuepa-KOkoiki Homestead area and the County Public Works
baseyard is located in Kapaau. Postal facilities are located in
Halaula, Hawi, and Kapaau.
The condition of some of the facilities is substandard, such as
the police station, courthouse, and adjoining baseyard facility.]
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Governmental operations, including the district court, are
conducted in [a wooden frame structure] the new public office center
in Waimea Village. A postal facility is also located in Waimea.
The structure housing the State and County government operations in
Waimea is inadequate to provide the needed services.]
Storage and maintenance functions are situated at the 2.4-acre
State Highway baseyard in Waimea Homesteads. A 3-acre County
baseyard is also located in Lalamilo. [Both the State and County
baseyard facilities are in need of repair.]
KONA
Profile
Kona's [civic center complex is] public office centers are
located in the Capt. Cook village area [in a modern cluster of
buildings.], and Kailua. Police, fire, and State agencies [and the
163-
0 0
Court building] are individually housed on [this] the 4-acre Caot•
Cook site. [Additional land area may be needed for the present
civic center unless functions can be split with a new center to
serve the Kailua-Keauhou area.] The Court is now housed in the old
Kona hospital Public Works the Deputy Managing Director
Licensing, and Liquor Control have offices in the First Federal
Savings Building in Kailua Village.
The] One State['s] baseyard is located in Kaloko [plans to
expand its facility and the temporary facility at Keopuka is planned
to be phased out upon the construction of a permanent base at
Keauhou.], with another at Honaunau. The County baseyard in Capt. .
Cook adequately serves the needs of the district.
Post offices are at Capt. Cook, Holualoa, Honaunau, Kailua and
Kealakekua.
KA'U
Profile
The courthouse, police station, and State agencies are located
in Naalehu and adequately serve the needs of the district.
The State baseyards in the Kaunamano Homesteads area[,] and
Manuka[, and Hokukano (quarry area)] adequately serve the needs of
the district. The County Public Works baseyard [is] in Waiohinu
and plans are underway to construct a new maintenance and storage
building.] is adequate.
Postal facilities are located in Naalehu, Pahala, and the Hawaii
Volcanoes National Park area.
PUBLIC FACILITIES: HEALTH AND SANITATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The County is responsible for the general welfare of its
residents and must continue to make every effort to ensure that
adequate health services are provided. Actual planning of health
programs and facilities is the direct administrative responsibility
of the State. Under this section, hospitals[,] and related
facilities, solid waste disposal [methods,] facilities, and
cemeteries will be discussed. The latter two are County
administered.
Four general hospitals serve
Hilo, Kona (Kealakekua), Honokaa
general hospital facility is prop
hospital is programmed for expans
hospital has replaced the Pahala
the County and are located
and North Kohala (Kapaau).
osed for Waimea and the Kona
ion and rebuilding. The new
Hospital.
164-
in
A
Ka'u
0 0
The overall hospital concept is to locate general hospitals in
three strategic locations: Hilo (east coast), Kona (west coast),
and Waimea (central). Each community would be within a 25-mile
radius of a general hospital, except those in Ka'u. Moreover, each
hospital would be larger and operate more efficiently.]
Currently there are five licensed hospitals operating on the Bia
Hilo-
Kona- medical and surgical care; some specialty care
and long-term care.
Honokaa- emeraencv services; uncomplicated medical and
surgical care: long-term care.
Kohala and Kau - emeraencv services; uncomplicated
deliveries and short medical stays;
primarily long-term care.
The "Hawaii County Hospital Network Comprehensive Implementation
11 ~F Tom..... ~.~.. l (IOC .n ............ ~.~.]- LL.. -J _ • _ _ ~ _
Hospital Network. The recommendation includes•
Two enhanced community medical centers Kohala and Kau
will improve the quality of primary care in rural areas
cost savings as well as more coordinated sharing of medical
staff and equipment.
Building a new secondary care facility in the Honokaa
service area and upgrading secondary facilities in Hilo and Kona
will result in improved quality and availability of secondary
care throughout the County
Primary healthcare is defined as "non-bed related diagnosis
diagnostic radiology and clinical laboratory services and
diagnostic and therapeutic services provided in an acute care
165-
community hospital. The current roles are•
0 0
hospital to patients who stay overnight and at least 50% of whom
leave less than 30 days following admission "
In addition, one private intermediate care facility Life Care
The Countv's Fire Department provides emergency medical
services Each of the five hospitals provide emeraencv room
services. Lucv Henriques Medical Center in Waimea also provides
emergencv room services.
The County's Fire Department also provides ambulance service
from the Captain Cook. Central, Honokaa. Kailua-Kona Keaau and
Waimea Fire Stations. The County's ambulances are first response
olid Wa Di po~al Farilihia
Solid waste disposal has significant effects on the health,
aesthetic, and land use characteristics of a community. [The County
has sixteen public solid waste (refuse) sites throughout the
island. The Hilo site is being converted into a landfill
operation. Concerns are expressed-over the gully and open pit and
ocean dumping methods of solid waste disposal. Related to this is
the lack of a systematic and efficient refuse collection system.]
The County maintains two landfill sites one in Hilo and one in
The County has nineteen public cemeteries. The size of
cemeteries ranges from one-half acre to fourteen acres with the
average size in rural areas being two acres. There are several
private cemeteries, notably the Homelani and the Chinese cemetery in
Hilo, and the Mauna Kea Memorial Park in Kaieie, Papaikou.
166-
Waimea. and Puna. Honolulu's St Francis Hospital operates a renal
dialysis facility at Hilo Hospital and plans another for Kona
alternative to the existing landfill and transfer station operation
0 0
PUNA
Profile
Health
Health service in the district of Puna is provided by a
privately operated clinic in Keaau [which treats plantation
personnel and has ambulance service].
Solid Waste
Solid waste [disposal employees open pit dumps which are located
in Keaau, Mt. View, Kapoho, and Kalapana. This method of disposal
poses a health hazard.] transfer stations are located in Pahoa-
Kalapana. Volcano. Glenwood and Keaau
m r~
There are three public cemeteries serving the district at Kaimu,
Malama-Ki and Kehena. The latter has been covered by a lava flow.
Use and maintenance of these sites is on a limited basis.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The main general hospital for the County is located in Hilo.
It serves as the island's medical center and includes employee
quarters, a training center, building, and related supportfacilities. Based on daily average occupancy, the 368-bed facility
adequately serves present needs. An immediate problem is the lack
of adequate parking facilities. Future programs for the hospitalenvisionconstruction, renovation, and modernization. Also located
within the district is a public health center in Waiakea.]
completed in 1985 Hilo Hospital is intended to provide major
and Department of Social Services and Housing district offices which
located in Hilo.
old Wa
The County has its first landfill waste disposal system in
operation at the former dump site in Hilo. Transfer station sites
supplementing the landfill system [are underway for the rural
population centers of] have been built in Hilo• Papaikou[,] and
Honomu [and Hakalau]. Transfer stations are planned f_or Kaumana and
Pepeekeo.
167-
O
Cemeteries
There are three public cemeteries
Veterans' Cemetery [is] sites located
cemetery located between Wainaku and
cemetery].
NORTH HILO
Profile
O
in South Hilo: the two
in Hilo[,] and the Alae
Paukaa [and the Waiakea Uka
Health
Health service] Healthcare services in the North Hilo district
is [basically] extended through [the quasi-public plantation clinic]
services located in [Honokaa, the] South Hilo and Hamakua
infirmary].
Solid Waste
Solid] The solid waste disposal (is] via an open dump which
goes] emptied into the ocean at Laupahoehoe[.] has been replaced by
a solid waste transfer station.
Cemeteries
There are two public cemeteries at Piha and Kihalani, both of
which are not adequately maintained.
HAMAKUA
Profile
Health
The Honokaa Hospital [facility] was established in 1951 and a
public health center presently serve the districts of Hamakua, South
Kohala and North Hilo. [The hospital complex includes employee
quarters and related support facilities. It requires renovation and
modernization.] The hospital still retains its original all-wood
structure. Honokaa Hospital maintains acute care and skilled
nursing facilities. The [Honokaa] Hamakua Sugar Company also
operates a dispensary located in Honokaa.
Solid Waste
A] The solid waste disposal site [is] located at Haina where
waste [is] was dumped into the river mouth[.] has been replaced with
solid waste transfer stations at Honokaa and Paauilo. Another
transfer station has been planned for Kukuihaele.
Cemeteries
There are four cemeteries at Kaapahu, Kainehe, Kukuihaele and
Paalaea. Limited use and maintenance of the cemeteries are evident.
168-
0 0
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
A 26-bed hospital facility constructed in 1963 and a public
health center are located in Kapaau. The hospital facility is the
most modern on the island and adequately serves the needs of the
district. If a general hospital is built in Waimea, the hospital
facility will be converted for emergency use and a nursing care
facility. The Kohala Sugar Company also operates a dispensary in
Kapaau ]
Health
Kohala Hospital in Kapaau was completed in 1963 This facility
provides acute, skilled nursing and intermediate care as well as
emergency room, laboratory, x-rav, and 24-hour ambulance service
Solid Waste
An old quarry in Kaauhuhu [serves] which served as a refuse
disposal site[.] has been replaced by a solid waste transfer
station. A second transfer station is planned for Halaula.
There are two public cemeteries, at Kahei and Aamakao. Both
require proper maintenance.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Health
Health services for the district of South Kohala are provided by
the Waimea dispensary and the hospital in Honokaa. The Lucv
Henriques Medical Center provides emergency room services
Solid Waste
Refuse disposal is by means of] The open dump [site] sites in
Waimea and in Puako[.] have been replaced by solid waste transfer
stations. [A sanitary landfill method has been proposed for the
district.]
Cemeteries
Public cemeteries for the district are located in Paulama and
Waimea.
KONA
Profile
The Kona region's hospital, located in Kealakekua, is a 52-bed
facility which is in need of renovation and modernization. The Kona
hospital is under consideration as one of three regional general
hospitals on the island. The facility has already been partially
169-
0
funded for improvement and expansion.
a public health center.]
0
Also located in Kealakekua is
li~.b-tll
The present Kona Hospital was established in 1975 with
Solid Waste
Solid waste disposal sites, all of which [utilize] utilized open
pit dumping, [are] were located in Keauhou, Kailua, Waiea and Keei.
landfill being located at Puuanahulu The Kailua Landfill site will
soon be moved to Puuanahulu.
m ~
One public cemetery is located in Hienaloli. [It is 2.9 acres
in size and 85 per cent used.]
KA'U
Profile
Health
A new 20-bed public hospital facility was completed in 1971,
located in Pahala, to replace the older private one constructed in
1916. The Hutchinson Sugar Company maintains a dispensary in
Naalehu for its employees.] Kau Hospital, located in Pahala. was
completed in 1971 Kau Hospital provides acute care obstetrics
emeroencv room ambulance and outpatient services A public health
center is also located in Naalehu.
Solid Waste
The refuse disposal site [is] was located in Waiohinu, 2 miles
from Naalehu. The Pahala area [is] was served by open gulch dumping
on a plantation-owned site. Both the Waiohinu and Pahala sites have
been replaced with solid waste transfer stations
Cemeteries
Public cemeteries are located in Kowala and Waiohinu.
170-
were made. In 1981 an expanded emeraencv room which included
critical care rooms an orthopedic room and ambulance parking was
completed.
0
PUBLIC UTILITIES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
0
Public utilities are services regulated by government and
provided in response to existing and prospective patterns of
development. Changes in land use and the intensity of development
usually generate changes in the demand and supply of utilities.
This section is concerned with the planning aspects of the
principal utility services, namely,] water, electricity, telephone,
gas and sewerage [and sewage treatment.] systems. Planning for the
location of utility facilities such as reservoirs and pumping
stations, sewage treatment plants, [Power plants,] and telephone
exchanges is an important aspect of the land planning process.
Changes in the intensity of land development greatly influence
the quantitative design of utilities and services, particularly
their design capacity. There also may be distinctions in kind and
quality of service for each utility as land use intensities vary.
These distinctions also depend on local codes and ordinances, health
and sanitary considerations, and practices followed by the utility
companies.
The following goals and policies of public utilities are set
forth through the careful examination and analysis of past and
present situations. Their primary purpose is to make provisions for
the needs of the residents of the County of Hawaii.]
Utility] Water sewerage electricity aas and telephone
services are treated individually in this section to clarify the
factors which make up the public utilities element.
UTILITIES: WATER
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The availability of water is crucial to any kind of development,
whether urban, rural, or agricultural. Land use allocation
therefore must be closely related to water [planning in its four
major aspects: supply, quality, quantity and distribution.]
availability including the quantity and quality of the water and
the adequacy of the transmission and distribution system
Sources of water supply include ground water and surface water.
The most common sources of [surface] water supply are springs,
tunnels, [lakes,] streams, and [rivers.] deep wells.
The demand for water is [related] primarily directly related to
population and is expressed as gallons per day (GPD) or million
gallons per day (MGD). Demand does not represent domestic
consumption alone, but also includes all industrial and commercial
171-
O O
uses, fire [fighting,] protection, and other uses. In some areas
however, non-domestic users are likely to create the major demand
and careful attention must therefore be given them in any study of
probable future water needs.
The character and amount of water treatment vary with the
source and quality of water. Nearly all public water supplies are
protected against bacteriological contamination by chlorination or
other processes.
Two major types of collection and distribution systems provide
required water quantities and pressures. These are the distributing
reservoir system in which water is pumped to a reservoir whose
elevation enables the water to flow by gravity through the mains and
the gravity system in which the source is at an elevation above the
community high enough that adequate pressure is directly available.
Most large water supply systems are combinations of these and will
therefore have various kinds of reservoirs for storage purposes.]
All public water systems are required to be in compliance with
the State and Federal drinking water regulations
The Department of Water Supply operates and maintains over
twenty separate systems in the County of Hawaii. [The problems of
each system are many and varied, some to a greater degree than
others.] In addition the State of Hawaii operates an agricultural
water system in Lalamilo and there are several agricultural and
The State Department of Land and Natural Resources Division of
Land and Water Development also has the capacity to explore and
develop new Around water sources The County has in the past
depended upon this agency for source development The development
of new sources requires the cooperation between State and County
a4encies in the delivery of municipal water systems
The high rainfall [belt at about] areas between the 21,000[-] and
4000-foot [elevation] elevations [that comprises our rain forest
supplies our major water sources whether they be streams, springs,
tunnels or the underground water table.] on the windward side of the
Each type of source has its advantages and disadvantages. Surface
water [(stream)] flows depend on weather conditions. During
drought] extremely dry weather conditions the flow may drop below
the required rate. During high rainfall periods the water may be
turbid. Spring and tunnel sources are also susceptible to these
problems but usually to a lesser degree. These high level intakes
are generally located above the communities they serve and have the
advantage of gravity flow. Deep well sources on the other hand are
more dependable but [their] higher operational [expense] expenses
is higher] are incurred since electrical energy is required to lift
172-
O O
the water. Since [the] some wells are located in the lower
sections, contamination from urban expansion is a possibility.
Controlled land use would minimize this problem. Wells can also be
contaminated by sea water intrusion if pumped at a high rate.
Based on the above, one] One solution to improve systems presently
served by only surface sources is obvious: install a well in these
systems; use the surface sources when available; and use the pump
when the surface sources are deficient. This would minimize
operational costs and upgrade systems so they are more dependable.
Another solution is to construct large storage reservoirs. These,
however, require high initial capital expenditures.
Many systems, though adequate to fulfill domestic needs, are
inadequate for fire protection. Such systems serving urban areas
are proposed to be upgraded. [Water systems with old galvanized
iron pipe are oftentimes plagued with red water caused by the
corrosion of the pipe.. Also, the capacity of these pipes diminishes
as they become tuberculated.]
The present average water consumption for the [entire] County
water svstem is approximately [6.7] 16.3 million gallons per day.
In several subdivisions throughout the island, roof catchment is
also the primary means of water supply and is supplemented by
trucking during drought periods. These subdivisions were approved
prior to the adoption of the Subdivision Control Code.
The exploration for new water sources will continue. It is
anticipated that these new water sources and systems will further
influence land development.
Through careful examination and analysis, the following
policies and standards are set forth to provide for better water
service for domestic and other uses for the residents of the County
of Hawaii.]
The following is an analysis by district [with courses of action
to undertake] for water systems. The brief analysis of each
district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the
district to the County as a whole. [The courses of action shall be
consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards
set forth in the overall water section.]
PUNA
Profile
There are four major water systems in the district: Olaa-Mt.
View, Pahoa, Kapoho, and Kalapana. The total average consumption of
these systems is [0.39] 0.76 million gallons per day.
The Olaa-Mt. View water system consists of eight service areas
and extends along the Volcano Road from the Puna Sugar Company mill
173-
O O
to the Olaa Reservation Lots[.] and along the Keaau-Pahoa Road till
Kaloli Drive. Water for this system is supplied by two deep wells
located at the Puna Sugar Co. mill with pump capacities of [750]
1.125 gallons per minute and [500] 750 gallons per minute. The
average consumption of [these systems] this system is about [0.32]
0.42 million gallons per day. [Some of the galvanized iron pipes of
this system are deteriorated. Located in the vicinity of the County
wells are three wells which are owned by the sugar company. These
wells, each having a pump capacity of 2800 gallons per minute, are
estimated to produce a maximum of eleven million gallons per day for
sugar cane processing and power plant operations.]
The Pahoa water system, located in the geographic center of the
lower Puna region, extends from Keonepoko Homesteads [to Kaniahiku
Village.] down along portions of the Kapoho and Pohoiki Roads. The
average consumption [for the early part of 1970 was 67,000] is 0.23
million gallons per day. The total amount of water available in the
area of the Pahoa wells is very high. All evidence indicates that
the Pahoa wells can obtain water of excellent quality, insofar as
salinity is concerned, in amounts limited only by the capacity of
the pumps. [Immediate improvements in the Pahoa area will be the
extension of the 8-inch water main at Kaniahiku Village to the Lava
Tree State Park.]
The Kapoho water system presently services [five] farm lots[.]
in the vicinity. The total average consumption of these lots is
7,000] 0.05 million gallons per [month.] dav• This low average is
due to the ideal location and climate for agriculture which keeps
irrigation at a minimum. [Presently, none of the existing dwelling
units along the shoreline area are being served by this system.] A
majority of the existing dwelling units are vacation type homes
located in the residential zoned areas of Kapoho Beach Lots and
Kapoho Vacationland subdivisions. These subdivisions are under
private ownership and the installation of water lines to service
these subdivisions will be [privately financed.] the responsibility
of the subdivision owners. An analysis of pumping test data
indicates that the safe yield of the Kapoho well is 200 gallons per
minute or 288,000 gallons per day.
The Kalapana Water System[, presently under construction, will
extend] extends from the Keauohana Forest Reserve along Highway 13
down to the Kaimu Beach intersection and from there in a
southwesterly direction along Highway 13, ending [at the Kalapana
Painted Church] in the vicinity of the (Harry K. Brown Park.]
Oueen's Bath. The total [storage] capacity of the Kalapana Water
System is 0.60 million gallons.
The Hawaiian Beaches subdivision located in Waiakahiula I is
served by a privately owned[.] water system. This non-dedicable
system has been constructed by the developer.
The Glenwood and Volcano areas are presently not serviced by any
water system. Many of these areas still depend on roof catchment
systems.
174-
0 0
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The Hilo Water System extends as far as Alae Point to the north,
Panaewa [residence lots] Agricultural Park to the south, 6 miles
Keaukaha to the east, and 6 miles Kaumana and Waiakea Uka to the
west. The Hilo Water System is supplied with water from both
surface and [basal] ground water sources. The sources are:
1. Piihonua Source: This is a surface water source and,
therefore, flow varies with the weather. There are three
intakes at this source: Kahoama, Puka Maui and Lauoli.
Kahoama and Puka Maui intakes are normally used. During
heavy rains, however, the Puka Maui intake is too turbid to
be used. The Lauoli intake is used only during emergencies
when the other [flow is] flows are low.
2. Lyman Spring: Water from this source is bought from
Orlando Lyman under a [30] 7-year agreement which began in
1950.] 1980. [The option to purchase this spring is open
to the County.] The average flow from this spring is about
3 million gallons per day and water supply uses are about
60,000] 270.000 gallons per day. This source feeds the 4
and 5 mile Kaumana area and supplements the Piihonua source
in serving the "lower" city area.
Olaa Flume Source: This spring source flow capacity ranges
from a low of less than 1.0 MGD to a high of about 11.0
million gallons per day depending on climatic conditions.
3] 4. Waiakea Uka Spring: Present use from this source is about
0.2] 0_7 million gallons per day. There is no record of
the overflow and the actual capacity of this source is not
known. It is known that the flow varies greatly with the
weather[, from very low to an abundance during heavy
rains]. Despite the inconsistent nature of the flow. the
quality of this spring is unusually excellent.
4] 5. Panaewa Well: Water from this source is pumped from the
basal aquifer with [two] three pumps [of] one, with a
2.0 million gallons per day and two each with 3.0 million
gallons per day capacity. [About 1.0 million gallons per
day are presently used from this source.]
6. Piihonua Well: This source has a capacity of 3.0 million
gallons per day From this location water may be pumped up
to higher elevations during dry weather conditions.
These [four] six sources supply the city of Hilo [with] which
presently consumes an average of [3.4] approximately 5.3 million
gallons of water per day. [During normal operation, 2.4 million
gallons per day are provided from the surface source and 1.0 million
175-
0 0
gallons per day are pumped from the Panaewa Well.] When the surface
source is] sources are low, more water is used from the Panaewa
Well] and Piihonua Wells. These [four] six sources have a total
normal capacity of over [8] 20 million gallons per day.
The source which supplies Paukaa on the outskirts of the city
is Pahoehoe Springs. The Department of Water Supply has an
agreement with Bishop Estate, owner of the source, for all the water
from Pahoehoe Springs to the year 2001. The average consumption is
50,000 gallons per day. Flow records show that during normal flow
there is sufficient water to supply the present demand. During dry
spells, however, the spring flow frequently goes lower than the
present demand.]
The Papaikou water system serves Papaikou Village, Puueopaku~
Paukaa and Kalaoa. This system is served by [three] two perched
water sources[:] Kaieie[,] and Papaikou [and Kalaoa] intakes[.] and
a well source located lust above Papaikou Village. Kaieie is the
most dependable surface source while the Papaikou intake source goes
low frequently. [The water from Kalaoa is sometimes corrosive.]
The present average consumption is [175,000] about 0.23 million
gallons per day. [Most of the distribution mains are inadequate.
Galvanized iron pipes have tended to discolor water.]
Pepeekeo is served by the Maukaloa, or Makea. sprina intake
The Honomu system, dedicated to the County by Pepeekeo Sugar
Co., has an average daily consumption of [66,000] 78,500 gallons.
This system obtains its water supply from Kolekole Stream near Akaka
Falls.
Pepeekeo is also served by a public water system.]
about 0.013 million aallons per dav.
NORTH HILO
Profile
Domestic water is available in the built-up areas of the North
Hilo district. The private and public systems provide a wide range
of levels of service.
The Laupahoehoe system obtains its water from high level springs
in Manowaiopae and Kuwaikahi Gulches and [in the coastal pali below
the town of Laupahoehoe.] two deep wells with Well No. 1 outfitted
with a 100 GPM pumpina unit and Well No 2 with a 300 GPM pumpina
unit. None of [these] the spring sources are dependable during dry
176-
O O
weather. [During such periods, Manowaiopae Stream water has been
diverted into the system.] The present average daily consumption is
57,000] 86.500 gallons. [Many of the lines are old and are
inadequate for fire protection. Perhaps the most critical area is
in Waipunalei. The Laupahoehoe system, however, is presently being
upgraded to provide fire protection.]
The Ookala system, consisting of several thousand feet of cast
iron pipes, serves the Ookala Houselot Subdivision. This system was
dedicated to the County by Kaiwiki Sugar Company in 1955. [Under an
agreement executed in the same year, the County is able to buy water
from Kaiwiki Sugar Company, now Laupahoehoe Sugar Company.] The
County purchases water from the sugar plantation The present daily
water consumption is [3,800] 8.000 gallons.
Private water systems in this area serve from a few homes to
entire plantation camps. Many of the springs which supply the
private systems are not dependable during periods of drought. The'
systems are old and in need of rehabilitation and replacement.
HAMAKUA
Profile
Domestic water is available in all [built-up] of the urban areas
of the district. [Most] Some of the existing lines, however, are
small and would be inadequate for a denser population.
The service area of the Hamakua system extends from Ahualoa to.
Pohakea. Except for the town of Honokaa, the major portion of the
system serves a scattered and dispersed population in the Ahualoa,
Kalopa, Kaapuhu, Pohakea and Paauilo Homesteads. This system
obtains its water from the [Upper Hamakua Ditch in the Kohala
Mountains.] Waimea Treatment Plant and the Haina deep well Over '
sixty] fifty-five per cent of the [0.20] 0.35 million gallons per
day used by the Hamakua system is used in Honokaa.
The Paauilo system, although presently [not part of] connected
to the Hamakua system, has an additional source. The service area
extends from Paauilo Village to Kaao. Water is obtained from the
plantation's [deep well] groundwater source situated below Paauilo
Village. The present average daily consumption is 0.025 million
gallons.
Plantation camps and mills are in many cases serviced by
plantation-owned water systems.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The North Kohala systems obtain water from high level tunnels in
the Kohala Mountains. These tunnels supply an adequate amount of
177-
0 0
water. Generally, the systems have [adequate] adequately sized
mains to supply present domestic needs, but they are inadequate to
provide fire protection.
The North Kohala systems include the following:
Kaauhuhu[-Kokoiki], Hawi-KOkoiki, Kynnersley-Kapaau [and]s
Halaula[.] and Makapala-Keokea.
The Kaauhuhu[-KOkoiki] system obtains its water from Lindsey
Tunnel under a lease agreement from Kohala Sugar Company [which
expires in 1979]. The average daily consumption for this system is
56,000] 36,600 gallons.
The Hawi-Kokoiki system obtains its water from Watt Tunnel No. 1
and [Hapahapai Tunnel.] a deep well in Hawi. The average
consumption for this system is [153,000] 130,600 gallons per day.
The Kynnersley-Kapaau system consists primarily of the Kapaau
system which was acquired from Kohala Sugar Company in 1927 and the
Kynnersley Subdivision system which was developed by Kohala Sugar
Company. The sources serving this system are Tunnels 17 and 18,
Watt Tunnel No. 1, and Hapahapai Tunnel.
The Halaula system, which is basically the Halaula Subdivision
system, was developed and dedicated by Kohala Sugar Company.
Average usage of this system is [37,OOOI 57,800 gallons per day.
Most of the distribution mains are adequate for domestic and fire
flow needs. The major problem of this system is that the flow from
Bond Tunnel is low during drought. To presently take care of this
in emergencies, water can be piped in from Kohala Ditch. There is a
possibility of drilling a well and obtaining ground water to take
care of emergencies.
The Makapala-Keokea water system source is from the Murphy
Tunnel owned by Kohala Corporation. Present consumption is 0 0281
million gallons per day.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The Waimea system, which includes the Kawaihae-PUako and the
Waimea-Puukapu systems, extends from Puukapu to Kawaihae. The
present average daily consumptions of both systems is [0.72] 2.34
million gallons. The source feeding the Waimea System is the
Waikoloa Stream. The Kawaihae and Puako areas are supplemented by
two] three deep wells. Flow from the streams varies greatly with
the weather. During extended drought periods, the supply is not
sufficient to meet demands. Large reservoirs are, therefore,
required to store water for drought periods. Presently, the system
has [three] five reservoirs with a total capacity of [15.3] 114.5
million gallons and [also the recently] a soon to be completed 50
million gallon reservoir. [The Kohakohau Diversion Project, which
178-
O O
is presently under construction, will further boost the capacity by
2.78 million gallons.]
The Kawaihae-Puako system obtains its water through a
transmission line from Waimea. It is supplemented by [two] three
deep wells at the [570] 1,200-foot elevation. [Since the water from
these wells is brackish, it is mixed with the Waimea supply before
distribution. The line has a carrying capacity which can serve an
average daily usage of about 0.5 million gallons. Supplemented by
the well, the capacity is 0.83 million gallons.) The present
average daily consumption, however, is [0.37] 1.60 million gallons.
The Waimea-PUUkapu system uses an average of [0.35] 0.74 million
gallons per day.
One of the problems in this area is the quality of the surface
water. Vegetation in the forest colors the water and gives it a
peaty taste. The Waimea Water Treatment Plant, presently under
construction, will eliminate this problem. This plant will have a
capacity of 2 million gallons per day. With additional improvements
it can have a capacity of 4 million gallons per day.
Despite rather poor results of exploration to date, there is a
reasonable expectation that adequate quantities of basal water can
be developed in the general coastal area from Kawaihae to Puako.
This would have an economic advantage over water stored above Waimea
Village and transported to the coastal areas by a transmission
system.
Boise Cascade has dug four wells which yield a total of about
1.6 million gallons of potable water per day. The water system is
to be kept in private ownership.]
The Waikoloa Development Company has developed its own water
system to serve the needs of Waikoloa Village and the Waikoloa Beach
Resort. The water system is to be kept in private ownership.
KONA
Profile
The Kona system can be divided into the North Kona and South
Kona systems with the division line at about the Kaawaloa ahupua'a.
These systems are interconnected and it is possible to transport
water from one system to the other. This is done only during
emergencies and at a very limited rate.
The North Kona system is supplied by [three] four wells and one
shaft at Kahaluu and [by the Waiaha Stream.] one well at Holualoa.
The latter, however, often goes dry.] The Kahaluu wells provide
the bulk of the water for the North Kona system with a total
capacity of [3.0] 11.4 million gallons per day. The estimated
safety capacity based on the [breakdown of a] largest pump[,] on
179-
0 0
standby. however, is [1.2] 9.4 million gallons per day. The present
average water usage is about [0.86] 5.41 million gallons per day.
On days of heavy usage, this demand may go as high as 1.3 million
gallons per day, exceeding the safe capacity of 1.2 million gallons
per day.]
From the Kahaluu wells the water is pumped to Mamalahoa Highway
and fed by gravity to the lower areas. The upper service area
extends from Kealakehe School in the north to Kaawaloa in the south
where it connects to the South Kona system. The average water
consumption in the upper area is approximately [0.31] 1.85 million
gallons per day.
The lower service area is fed by gravity from Kahaluu
Reservoir. The system extends from Ke-ahole Airport to Keauhou
Bay. The average consumption is [0.55] 3.564 million gallons per
day. The lower area can be roughly divided into three sections: 1)
Ke-ahole Airport to Kailua (Casa De Emdeko); 2) Casa De Emdeko to
Kahaluu Bay; and 3) the Keauhou Bay area.
The Ke-ahole to Kailua area is fed mainly from [an 8-inch] a
line along Kuakini Highway. The present demand is [0.43] 1.767
million gallons per day. The second section along Alii Drive
consists of a 4-inch line which] presently delivers [0.08] 0.9153
million gallons per day. The present water demand for the Keauhou
area is [0.04] 0.882 million gallons per day..
The South Kona system is supplied by [two] three wells at Keei~
with a total capacity of [0.86] 1.58 million gallons per day and a
safe capacity of [0.43] 0.79 million gallons. The average usage is
0.12] 0.496 million gallons per day[, but on days of heavy usage it
may qo as high as 0.18 million gallons]. Like the North Kona
system, the South Kona system can be divided into the upper and
lower service areas. This system serves the area from Kaawaloa to
Hookena Beach Road junction.
KA'U
Profile
The water source for the Pahala area is Alili Tunnel and a deep
well source The present average consumption of the Pahala system
is 254,600 gallons ner day.
The sources supplying Waiohinu, Naalehu and South Point are Haao
Springs and Mountain House Tunnel Spring[.] and a deep well in
Naalehu. The water from the Mountain House Tunnel is piped to Haao
Spring and distributed to South Point, Waiohinu, and Naalehu on
separate lines.
There is an agreement between Hutchinson Sugar Company and the
State of Hawaii on water rights from the Mountain House Tunnel.
180-
0 0
The Waiohinu system receives its water supply from an (old 3]
8-inch line from Haao Springs. Presently, the average consumption
is [67,000] 78,000 gallons per day.
The Naalehu system receives its water supply from [an old 6-inch
plantation line from Haao Springs.] the Waiohinu system. The system
within Naalehu Village has been dedicated to the County by the
plantation. The Naalehu deep well with a capacity of 540.000
gallons per day supplements the system. The average water
consumption is [100,000] 151,200 gallons per day.
The present average consumption on the South Point system is
25,000] 66.200 gallons per day. This system was installed by the
Army during World War II.
The water source for the Pahala area is Alili Tunnel. The
present average consumption of the Pahala system is 116,000 gallons
per day.]
The Ka'u area has several large subdivisions which still depend
on individual roof catchment.
UTILITIES: TELEPHONE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The telephone [has become] is an essential means of
communication for the majority of residents in Hawaii County.
Virtually every community on the island is served by telephone
systems.
During the past decade the number of [telephones] telephone
lines have increased by over [15,000,] 19,000 while population rose
by [2,136.] 34,000. Currently there are over [35,000] 47,000
telephones] telephone connections in service on the island.
Telephones throughout the State are supplied by the Hawaiian
Telephone Company.] The deregulation of customer premise equipment
in 1982 has made it possible for customers to purchase their
telephones outright. The telephones are available from the Hawaiian
Telephone Company or from any of the numerous other telephone
retailers that have resulted from the deregulation Dial and touch
tone service is available on each island and radio telephone is
furnished between the islands. Communication via undersea cable and
satellite is provided to the U.S. mainland and the Far East. In the
past 10 years, many new computer linked telecommunication systems
have been developed that greatly increase the utility of the
telephone.
The State Public Utilities Commission regulates telephone
service on all of the Hawaiian Islands.
There are two problems which currently involve the County. One
concerns the aesthetics of overhead telephone lines. There is also
181-
0 0
a problem of sharing transmission facilities with electrical lines.
telephone transmission lines greatly reduce this interference and
are much more efficient than standard copper lines Use of
fiber-optic lines has already begun on Oahu and should begin in the
near future on this island. The problems of underground telephone
lines are similar to those found with power lines[. There is also
inadequate land area for the future expansion of existing
substations.], however, advances in technoloav-have reduced the cost
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Electricity is the major form of energy utilized on the island
of Hawaii. The Hilo Electric Light Company, which is regulated by
the State, owns 5 power generation plants in the County. Most of
these plants operate on steam energy and burn imported fuel. One of
the Hilo plants generates power through hydroelectric means. A few
sugar plantations generate their own power, selling their excess to
the utility company and often buying power when their demand exceeds
supply.
Of the five power plants, three are located in the city of Hilo
at Puueo, Waiakea Peninsula, and Kanoelehua. One is in Waimea,
South Kohala, and the other in Ka'u. Substations are found in
Kawaihae, South Kohala; Waikii on the Saddle Road; Keamuku near the
Saddle Road and Belt Highway junction; Puuwaawaa, Kailua, and
Keauhou, North Kona; Hookena, South Kona; South Point; Volcano;
Kulani Prison; and Pohakuloa.
Power lines are found along almost all sections of the State
highway system with the exception of the Kawaihae-Mahukona Road.
Most major communities are serviced with power.
Electricity sold in the County increased 125% between 1960 and
1969, despite a population increase of 3.5%. The average annual
residential power used in 1960 was 3,084 kilowatt hours. By 1969
the average amount of power consumed per household was 4,845
kilowatt hours.
Power rates on this island are among the highest in the nation.
A factor which contributes to this situation is the present method
of power generation. Most of the electricity is obtained through
the burning of imported oil. The cost of fuel coupled with
transportation costs cause higher rates. The one hydroelectric
plant in Hilo cannot generate enough power to service the city's
needs. Other factors creating inefficiencies are the small market
and the sparseness of population.
182-
UTILITIES: [POWER] ELECTRICITY
0 0
Power generating plants will be faced with increasingly
stringent air and water pollution standards. Heated water discharge
into the ocean, for instance, may be affecting the environment. The
effects, however, are not fully understood at the present time.
More stringent pollution controls for a better environment could
possibly result in higher costs of power.
Except in a few instances, most of the power lines in the County
are overhead ones. Although underground wiring has an aesthetic
desirability, there are several problems in establishing such a
standard. Underground power lines will probably last longer but
cost more to install, especially in rocky areas. There is a problem
of common sharing of trenches with other utilities. Another problem
concerns the repair of breaks, for while broken lines will probably
occur less frequently, they will be more difficult to locate. There
has been, however, considerable progress in solving the
technological problems concerning underground power lines.
Consumption of power will continue to accelerate faster than
population growth as people become more affluent. Utility companies
will probably design new plants which are more efficient and less
polluting. Studies of sources of energy other than the burning of
fuel are being conducted.]
1965 and 1985. In 1985. the peak load was 102 megawatts.
13.8KV tie-lines in Hilo connecting the Shipman and Kanoelehua
Plants.
The existing distribution system consists of several different
183-
HELCO's power generation system presently has a total firm
0 0
voltage levels. The distribution system basically consists of
overhead polelines although some of the newer subdivisions and
developments have installed underground systems
HELCO currently operates maior switching stations used to
transfer the flow of power between different circuits. at critical
electricity to the island's residents. Distribution substations
which transform transmission voltages to distribution voltages are
also located island-wide in proximity to communities and
developments.
In addition to the traditional sources of power generation
alternate means are being used and considered for the future
Additional biomass generation is anticipated with Hamakua Sugar
providing 10 megawatts of firm power. A private enterprise is
Hamakua coast.
HELCO plans for the eventual conversion of all distribution
There are plans to construct or renovate over 15 switch/sub
stations by the end of 1988 Renovation of existing switchinq
stations is required for transmission purposes such as the
UTILITIES: GAS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Propane gas is widely used on the island of Hawaii. In some
184-
developments, and therefore the demand for electricity is expected
to increase dramatically in West Hawaii most of the generating
sources are in East Hawaii.
installation makes it economically unfeasible for many developers
ana sunaivrsions.
0 0
rural areas of the County, gas is the only source of power. Gas
consumption rose from 1.3 million therms in 1960 to 3.0 million
therms by 1969.
There are 120 miles of gas transmission and service lines in the
city of Hilo. Gas lines are, regulated by the State Public Utilities
Commission. Kailua-Kona has a dry line along the new walkway of the
Kona Hilton. [Other] Rural-communities utilize tanked liquid
propane gas, which is not governed by the Public Utilities
Commission. There are substations in Waimea, South Kohala;
Kealakekua, South Kona; and Naalehu, Ka'u which service surrounding
areas.
Propane gas is used by households and commercial facilities.
Residents usually acquire 150-gallon tanks which are refilled every
two months at an average cost of [$12] 60-70 a month. Restaurants
and hotels are the most frequent users of gas systems.
A problem faced by gas companies is the cost of transporting gas
in the State. This factor coupled with the relatively small and
sparsely located market are major difficulties. Because of the
danger of fire, storage facilities have a detrimental effect on
property values.
UTILITIES: SEWER
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Adequate sewer disposal systems are vital to safeguard public
health[.] and to preserve the environment. An adequate system is
one which minimizes contamination of both the ground water supply[,]
and the coastal waters, beaches and waterborne recreational areas
and which is not a visual and odor nuisance.
About 95 percent of the Countv's population is served by
cesspools. There is an increasing need to create a better system
than individual cesspools, [especially] particularly in highly
urbanized and shoreline areas. This is due to the possible
pollution of ground water [and other problems relating to cesspool
maintenance.] as well as cesspool seepage into coastal waters. More
stringent pollution controls, especially in water quality standards,
are being imposed by regulatory agencies.
The problem of sewage disposal is discussed in more detail in a
recently] completed study of sewerage for all urbanized and
urbanizing areas in the County of Hawaii. Portions of that study
are incorporated in this report.
Hawaii County presently operates [three] six municipal sewerage
systems, one each in the city of Hilo [and the others in], Papaikou,
Kapehu, Pepeekeo, Kailua and Keauhou[, Kona]. The remaining
communities are served by individual facilities such as cesspools[.]
which serve adequately except in the shoreline areas where coastal
185-
0
water contamination becomes a problem.
population is serviced by cesspools.]
0
About 95% of the County's
It is difficult to measure the adequacy or inadequacy of
cesspools in a given area. Many factors, such as density of
population, porous condition of the soil, underground geologic
structure, and rainfall levels, have to be taken into account to
determine the effects of cesspools. In some areas they may be
effective and in other areas they may not. Sewerage disposal system
designs must be examined with the particular area in mind.
Of critical importance in an examination of sewerage disposal
for a community is the cost of the system, including construction
and operation costs. These costs vary with the characteristics of
each area.
Land development plans for resort-residential complexes located
in shoreline areas pose a difficult problem for sewerage control.
Adequate treatment facilities are essential prerequisites for
development.
The protection of these aquifer is established by designatino
areas which are now being used or will be used in the future for
between the USDW and the exempted areas have been developed
In compliance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-500) the State Department of
Health and the County of Hawaii jointly prepared the "Water Quality
Manaoement Plan for the County of Hawaii" in 1978 and subsequently
updated the plan in 1980. In 1979, the County Council adopted the
186-
the quality of our ground water and the increasing evidence of
contamination of this valuable resource.
protect the quality of the state's underoround sources of drinking
aquifer that should be protected from subsurface disposal of
wastewater throuy h infection wells Excluded from this program are
individual wastewater systems serving residential household which
oenerate less than 800 gallons per dam
O O
lan through resolution to serve as the planning guide for
development of regional waste treatment systems and the control of
non-point source of pollution. To implement the management plan,
the county has prepared facility plans for various areas on the
island.
In 1985, the State Legislature enacted Act 282, Relating to
Environmenta_1___Quality, which reassigns the county, effective July 1,
wastewater treatment system programs.
DISTRICTS
The district analysis [and courses of action were] was conducted
on a planning area basis rather than by judicial districts.
Districts were combined by economic feasibility and urgency of
service. [The planning areas combined the districts of North Hilo,
Hamakua, and North Kohala. Specific problems and courses of action
are depicted in this section.]
PUNA
Profile
The Puna district is characterized by many small towns, largest
of which are Keaau and Pahoa and the widely spread non-conforming
subdivisions.
Most] At present, most residents in the Puna district are
served by individual sewerage systems. The use of [individual
disposal systems, i.e.,] cesspools [or] and individual household
aerobic treatment units[,] will probably be continued until such
time as increased population distribution and [density] densities
make it economically feasible to install municipal sewerage systems.
Residences near the coastal areas are much more vulnerable to
unsatisfactory results with individual disposal systems because of
the relative proximity of the groundwater table to the ground
surface. [There is also the danger of contaminating shoreline
recreational areas.]
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The basic concepts of the Hilo regional. wastewater management
system are described in detail in the "Facilities Plan for the Hilo
District, South Hilo, Hawaii (February 1980)."
The city of Hilo in the South Hilo district is designated as an
urban sewerage planning area. The County of Hawaii owns, operates,
and maintains a sewerage system within the city. At present, the
187-
0 0
system consists of a 7.0 million gallons per day primary sewage
treatment plant with an ocean outfall effluent disposal and a
collection system of sewage pump stations, force mains, and gravity
lines. [The collection system has recently been expanded with the
installation of the Honolii trunk sewer system on the west side and
portions of the Keaukaha interceptor system along the eastern coast
The 7.0 million gallons per day sewage treatment plant at Puhi
Bay, although having sufficient capacity for future sewage flows,
provides only primary sewage treatment and [will likely] may be
required to [provide] be upgraded to secondary sewage treatment.
The ocean outfall which extends 4,600 feet offshore is sufficiently
deep to provide satisfactory effluent disposal for sometime in the
future.]
The proposed regional sewerage system essentially involves
extending the existing interceptor trunk and collector sewers to
constructed to transport the collected sewage.
Construction_of the Papaikou-Paukaa sewerage system is required
to correct the present undesirable discharge of raw sewage into the
stream and ocean. The system consists of a 0.35 million gallon per
day secondary wastewater treatment plant, collection and
transmission lines.__and an outfall to convey effluent to the
shoreline for discharge.
NORTH HILO/HAMAKUA[, NORTH KOHALA]
Profile
towns, the population is even expected to decline
Most] At present, most residents [in these three areas] are
served by individual cesspools. [Raw sewage from a few coastal
188-
The proposed scheme calls for the construction of a treatment
facility near the airport industrial area. The design capacity of
activated sludge treatment plant will be required in five years.
Planned developments include additional interceptor and collection
sewers to service the homestead areas and new housing developments.
0 0
areas is piped directly out to the ocean. A few residences and
commercial businesses in Honokaa, Hamakua, pipe raw sewage to
underground caves. The State Health Department, however, has
disallowed any additional connections into this system.] No unusual
wastewater treatment svstem. Municipal sewerage svstems for the
small towns would not be economically feasible for some time and
there appear to be no problems at the present time.
The Hamakua district is characterized by many small communities.
largest of which are Honokaa and Paauilo. There are no public
sanitary sewer systems in the Hamakua area. Some plantations
operate sewer svstems, but most sewage is disposed of in individual
cesspools. Oxidation ponds serve the towns of Paauilo. Paauhau and
Haina and are presently adequate. A small svstem in Honokaa
discharges raw sewage into an underground cave. Municipal sewage
svstems for the smaller towns would not be economically feasible for
some time.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile [and Course of Action]
The North Kohala district is characterized by many small
communities, the population of which are generally less than 1 000
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Most residences in the Waimea area are now being served by
cesspools [which are relatively deep holes]. As the population is
expected to increase[, however,] a municipal sewerage system should
be made available. Disposal of the treated effluent. however will
require compliance with new underground infection control
regulations.
The topographical features of this area would greatly help to
minimize the cost of a collection system. Sewage pump stations
would not be required except in a few areas since the ground slopes
at 1 to 3 per cent towards the western end of the town. Large land
areas are available for a wastewater treatment plant at this end of
the town. These natural land features, favorable climatological
factors, and the relatively small flows anticipated are conducive
for wastewater treatment.]
189-
area apparently are functioning adequately Thus considering the
density and distribution of the housing units and the relatively
small population growth anticipated individual household waste
disposal units will continue to be utilized
0 0
Existing sewerage systems within the Kawaihae-Puako area
consists mainly of [a pump station and a sewage treatment plan
servicing the Mauna Kea Beach Hotel. Residences and family type
neighborhood business complexes are served by cesspools.] domestic
sewage disposal via cesspools. However, the Mauna Kea Beach Hotel
Kawaihae Village, Puako Beach Apartments, Mauna Lani Resort, and
waikoloa developments operate their respective private treatment
facilities. Cesspool problems are generally located along the Puako
residential lots where the groundwater table is near the surface.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The basic concepts of the North Kona regional wastewater
management system are described in detail in "The Facility Plan for
the Kailua-Kona Sewerage System, Phase IV (Northern Zone), April
1981" and "Areawide Wastewater Management Plan for North Kona.
December 1976 (w/1981 Supplement)."
Most residences in the North Kona area are serviced by
individual sewerage systems. Kailua and Keauhou are being serviced
by a municipal sewerage system. [The capacity of the Kailua Plant
will be expanded to 1.O.million gallons per day. Space for
expansion beyond 1.0 million gallons per day capacity, however, is
unavailable at the present site. Major components of the collection
system include gravity sewers from the vicinity of the Kona Hilton,
along the old Kailua-Keauhou Beach Road and Alii Drive to a proposed
pumping station at the intersection of Alii Drive and Hualalai
Road. Sewage is then pumped to the Kalani-Kalawa Streets
intersection where it then flows by gravity to the treatment plant.
A sewage lift station is located near Hulihee Palace along with an
ejector station near the pier which lifts sewage to a pumping
station situated near the intersection of Kuakini Highway and Palahi
Road.] The existing Kailua Sewage Treatment Plant is rapidly
The Keauhou area sewerage system consists of a [1.0] 0.7 million
gallons per day ["Rapid Bloc"] activated sludge sewage treatment
plant at Heeia[, and two sewage pump stations with related force
mains and gravity sewers] to serve the Keauhou-Kona resort
community. The plant is scheduled to be expanded to 2.0 million
gallons per dam
Much of the drinking water serving the Keauhou area is derived
from the Keauhou Wells. Great precaution must hence be exercised in
averting their being contaminated.]
Because of the limited extent of the existing collection system
developments in unsewered areas are relying on cesspools and small
190-
0 0
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Residents of South Kona are presently served by cesspools.
Population growth is anticipated in the area and the maintenance of
the Class AA coastal waters will require a more elaborate sewerage
system than presently exists. A plan for a sewerage system has been
developed for South Kona which will mainly serve the Kealakekua
area. The proposed system involves wastewater reclamation to
irrigate an anticipated golf course at Keei.]
KA'U
Profile
Most of the households in Ka'u are served by cesspools.
C. Brewer's plans for a resort-residential complex in the area,
however, necessitates the construction of a sewerage system.
Present plans by the developer proposes two wastewater treatment
plants, a 2.4 million gallons per day plant at Honuapo and a
3.4 million gallons per day plant at Ninole-Punaluu. There are also
plans for an isolated resort facility at Waiahukini which will
require a treatment facility. There is danger of contaminating
recreation waters in the bay. C. Brewer plans to use wastewater
from the sewerage system to irrigate a golf course.]
The Ka'u district is characterized by many small communities
largest of which are Naalehu and Pahala The County has no sewerage
system in the Ka'u district. A private system exists for the
Punaluu Resort development at Punaluu, but most residents are
served by individual waste disposal systems The cesspools
virecen/-lv •r. •.cn •.~ LL... V~,.• ~.-.~.~ ~r~.... ........l l_. L..... ..L_... ~~__..._a__~__
utilized.
191-
through the strata and contaminate groundwater and adiacent coastal
waters, careat precaution must be exercised in avertino the
contamination of the waters.
Cesspools are the primary on-site treatment system in the South
Kona area. Several small on-site package plants are also used to
service shopping centers, a hospital, and a park. They discharge
treated effluent into cesspools. With proper design and
installation, adequate soil characteristics and adequate
O O
RECREATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Recreation provides an avenue for the fulfillment of social,
cultural, physical and educational needs of people through leisure
experiences. Recreation includes not only the provision and
maintenance of physical facilities (e.g. gums, ballfields.
pavilions) [but also broad] and diverse programs [to provide]
asocial, cultural, health/fitness and educational [opportunities
for all ages]. It also requires natural recreational resources such
as sandy beaches, snorkeling areas, and surf sites. [All people]
People of all ages should have the opportunity to participate in
public recreation.
During the coming years heavy] Heavv demands will be placed on
the recreational resources of the County as a result of an expanding
affluent] population, increasing leisure time, and a growing number
of visitors. The resident population is expected to become
greater] larger and the work week is expected to become shorter,
which will] thus [increase] increasing leisure time and the use of
recreational facilities. Comprehensive recreational planning is
essential in providing recreational opportunities for now and the
future while preserving the quality of recreational resources.
The island of Hawaii has a pleasant climate throughout the year
and a variety of scenic areas ranging from snow-capped volcanic
peaks to tropical rain forests and sunny beaches.. With such natural
assets the people of the island generally go outdoors for their
recreation. Traditionally, the shoreline areas have been preferred
for fishing, swimming, picnicking, camping and informal passive
recreation. Of the County's total [305.5] 313 miles of tidal
shoreline, however, only 1.2 miles are prime sand beach which is
generally favorable for swimming and other water-oriented
activities. The demand on these limited areas for public recreation
is heavy and crowding occurs in some areas. Crowding is usually due
to inadequate or undeveloped park acreage, roads and parking areas
occupying usable recreation area, and the lack of adequate
facilities. Options for developing beach parks should include
privately operated or maintained facilities or private concessions
of beach park facilities.
The quality of recreation areas [seems to] often [diminish]
diminishes with heavy expanded use. Sewage and industrial waste
have penetrated into some swimming, surfing, fishing and boating
areas, reducing the availability and/or quality of these areas for
recreation. There is also competition for prime beach area between
the visitor industry and the residents [and]_ [this] This
competition [is very likely] will continue to increase in the future.
The County has a variety of parks including small neighborhood
playgrounds, larger playfields, and parks of County-wide scope for
192-
O O
strip, etc.). [Most neighborhood] Neighborhood parks and playfields
are inadequate] lack adequate [in size and] facilities [or are
altogether lacking] in some communities. In some areas [there are7~
community centers are used for meetings and cultural activities.
School buildings are also used for community meetings, and school
yards sometimes function as neighborhood playfields. Park pavilions
are used for community activities and family socials. There are
also facilities for specific recreational activities, such as golf
courses, small boat harbors, and swimming pools.
As lot sizes become smaller and yard space diminishes and as
urban areas expand, there will be an increased need to provide
recreational facilities. Especially in urban areas, open space will
have to be provided and protected.
and development of the County's recreational areas This_plan
however, needs to be revised and updated to reflect new and/or
updated priorities.
The recreational program of the County emphasizes active team
sports for older children and adults. It has not sufficiently
reached all segments of the population, especially the very young,
the elderly, and people in rural areas.] The recreational program
of the County is presently targeted toward diversification of
The] In some rural areas where the population is dispersed
along highways (i.e. Kona), the lack of transportation [often] makes
it difficult for [certain segments of the population, especially the
elderly and young children, to participate in programs as well as]
people in these areas to take advantage of recreational
facilities[.] and programs. [During six weeks of the summer, Summer
Fun Programs are held at many of the County parks. Children between
grades 1 and 9 can participate in various activities which generally
take place during the mornings. The increasing number of employed
women will create a need for additional pre-school care and further
programs of supervised recreation for children.]
193-
active and passive recreation. [Of the 41 parks on] On the island
of Hawaii, [2 are] there are 3 National parks, [11 are] 18 State
parks and [28 are] a total of 74 County parks[.], including
for women, adolescent, and pre-adolescent girls
0 0
Education facilities for all children grades one to six
construction of new facilities, the renovation of some of the
existing ones, and Qualified personnel should meet this need
A limited cultural] Cultural and social [program is] proorams
are offered to senior citizens in [some] all communities.
Activities include arts, crafts, games, dance, music and educational
classes. As the number of retired persons increases, additional
activities and a broader program will be needed.
The County coordinates various community social and cultural
activities and arranges for special programs highlighting various
festivals throughout the year. Instructional courses, such as
swimming skills, life saving techniques and hula dancing are
occasionally offered.]
The Department of Education and the University of Hawaii system
offer adult education courses for enrichment. They also sponsor
lecture and film series in communities throughout the County.
Various volunteer citizens' groups organize and encourage art
exhibits, drama, dance, music and other cultural performances.
Many of the cultural and educational programs are available only
in the more densely populated areas. The need to expand these
programs as well as other recreational opportunities for people in
low density rural areas will continue.
The examination and analysis of recreation throughout the
County of Hawaii have led to the following goals, policies, and
standards.]
The following is an analysis of recreation in each district. It
is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to
the County as a whole. [The courses of action which are set forth
are to be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and
standards of the element.]
PUNA
Profile
The present [neighborhood] parks in the Puna district are
194-
0 0
adequate] inadequate to serve the needs of the residents. Optimum
use, however, has not been achieved. Recreation programs are
centered around team sports for young people, and social and
cultural activities are limited. Cool and rainy weather requires
that there be extensive covered and indoor recreational areas [in
neighborhood parks]. County [neighborhood] community parks are
located at [Keaau,] Hawaiian Beaches subdivision. Mountain View, and
Kurtistown. Tennis courts and ballfields are available at the
heavily used for community meetings and events• educational
cultural and senior citizens programs• health and welfare programs•
and indoor recreational activities. School playfields are used at
Keaau, Mountain View, and Pahoa [and Volcano]. Drainage is often a
problem on the playfields. [There are gymnasiums at Pahoa, Keaau
and Mountain View, and both covered and outdoor basketball courts at
Mountain View. Keaau also has a tennis court.] The Department of
Education maintains gymnasiums at Pahoa and Keaau, covered and
outdoor basketball courts at Mountain View. and tennis courts and
ballfields at Pahoa. The County has a gymnasium at Mountain View
outdoor basketball court at Kurtistown and Hawaiian Beaches and
tennis courts at Keaau and Kurtistown. Ballfields are also located
in_Mountain View, Kurtistown and Hawaiian Beaches subdivision
School activities take precedence over public use of [joint]
joint-use facilities[, gyms and restrooms being available only with
permission]. There are lighted ballfields in Pahoa and Keaau
The] However, the lack of lighting in other parks and on tennis and
basketball courts prevents night use.
Many of the other parks in the Puna district are heavily used by
Hilo residents[.] for picnicking camping swimming surfing and
fishing. The proximity of Puna makes it easy for people in Hilo to
travel to these areas [on weekends and holidays for picnicking,
camping and fishing. These County-wide recreational areas include
three beach parks and three parks which are rural or mountain types].
The County's 1.7-acre Isaac Hale Park is a beach area which
offers picnicking, camping, fishing, surfing and swimming when the
ocean is calm. A boat launching ramp facility is presently provided
adiacent to the park at Pohoiki Bav The present [size] park area
and facilities are inadequate [and cars]. Cars, boats and boat
trailers often occupy [area] areas within the Isaac Hale Park which
could be used for [recreation.] recreational opportunities [Almost
2,000 people visited this 1.2-acre park over the Labor Day weekend
in 1970.]
Harry K. Brown Park (22.8 acres) and Kaimu Beach Park ([6.4]
11.4 acres) are County recreational areas in Kalapana used for
picnicking, camping, surfing and fishing. [Although the] The ocean
is generally too rough for swimming[, small tidepools in Harry K.
Brown Park provide swimming for small children]. [An artificial
marine water pool has been constructed near the beach for swimming,
195-
0 0
but it has not been maintained and is gradually filling with
wind-blown sand.] The highway separating the park from the
shoreline is a safety hazard and limits the use of recreation areas
along the coast. Kaimu Beach is enjoyed for its scenic quality,
picnicking, surfing and fishing[. Both parks are very popular and
attracted over 5,000 people during the 1970 Labor Day weekend.
Facilities, however, are inadequate for heavy use.], however there
are no restroom facilities and parking facilities are inadequate
The state-owned ancient canoe landing site area adjacent to the
adequate parking facilities and restrooms are not available
MacKenzie State [Park (6.8)] Recreation Area (13.1 acres) is an
ocean-oriented and forest park located between Pohoiki and Opihikao
at the edge of the Malama-Ki Forest Reserve. Fishing, picnicking
and tent camping are recreational activities of this park. Within
the park is a well-preserved segment of the ancient Hawaiian King's
Trail.
Adjacent to Honolulu Landing is the] The County's undeveloped
Nanawale Park site, consisting of 78.3 acres[.], is located adjacent
to Honolulu Landing along the Puna Coastal Road between Kapoho and
the Hawaiian Shores Subdivision.
Near the Kapoho-Pohoiki junction, the Lava Tree State [Park
17.1] Monument (17.0 acres) features [tree molds] lava trees and
large volcanic earth cracks and has [an easy walking trail,] a
footpath, picnic facilities, parking area and restrooms. The park
is landscaped, well maintained, and has adequate facilities and area
for present use. An additional area adjacent to the present park
has been reserved[.] for future expansion.
The County's Glenwood Park (1.1 acres), located along the
Volcano Highway, adequately serves travelers as a picnic and rest
stop.
Within the Puna district are 60,000 acres of the total area of
Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. The facilities of the park for
passive and active recreation are readily accessible.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The city of Hilo is the major urban center in the County and as
such has a diversity of recreational facilities. Within the city
there are [several]-six neighborhood parks. [Four] All of [them are
less than three acres in size and six are between 3 and 7.5 acres
and] these parks are between 3.0 and 7 7 acres in size and five of
them have playfields. Nine school yards provide additional
playfields. These parks are not used to their [maximum.] optimum
196-
0 0
capacity. In many of the parks there are drainage problems. The
lack of lights does not allow evening use of playfields. [Poor
maintenance] Lack of playground equipment, [poor] inadequate
landscaping, and the lack of benches and adequate shelters have
restricted the use of some parks. Some residential areas do not
have easy access to neighborhood parks, and newer communities lack
recreational areas.
Hilo also has [nine] fourteen gymnasiums: two are [school
facilities and seven are County facilities. Two of the County
gymnasiums are jointly administered,] at University of Hawaii at
Hilo, two are with the Department of Education, six are County
owned, one with the [Department of Education and the other with the]
Department of Hawaiian Home Lands[.], and three are privately owned
and maintained. A gymnasium at Waiakea High School is presently
under construction.
Outside of urban Hilo, there is a County [neighborhood]
community park in Kaiwiki; a gymnasium in wainaku: a [school]
playfield and gymnasium (Department of Education maintained) in
Hakalau; [an old school building,] a gymnasium, and playfield in
Honomu; and a [County gym] community center and [school] playfield
in Papaikou[.] and Pepeekeo. Public use of facilities jointly
administered by the County and the Department of Education is
generally limited to afterschool hours.
Regional recreational facilities located in the city of Hilo
serve South Hilo and neighboring districts. There are [two] three
swimming pools, [one] two owned by the County and the other
jointly] administered by [the County and] the Department of
Education [and available for public use on weekends].
Hoolulu Park Complex is the major regional recreational center
and consists of [36.6] 58.7 acres. There is [a gymnasium] an
auditorium with a seating capacity of 2,800 which is used for
pageants, private fundraisino, musical entertainment, and sports
events. Although adequate for sports, the acoustics and seating are
poor for entertainment. [The Hilo Armory is smaller but serves a
function similar to the gymnasium in Hoolulu Park. Although these
facilities serve as auditoriums, they are inadequate for that
purpose. They are not sufficient for large cultural and social
events.] A large stadium Won for sports events, a swimming pool,
outdoor tennis courts, [a stable, and a race track] a covered tennis
stadium (utilized for cultural events, car shows and other events)
and a tri-baseball field are also located in the park. Parking is
inadequate for large events.
county offices.
Five miles south of the Citv of Hilo, the County maintains the
Panaewa Recreation Complex located on a 173-acre parcel The
197-
0 0
complex includes the Rainforest Zoo and the Equestrian Center
consisting of a race track and rodeo facilities. The Countv also
maintains the Panaewa Draa Strip (70.66 acres) located east of
Railroad Avenue There is a three-fourth mile race track spectator
area and other support facilities. Also near the drag strip is a
Countv-operated skeet and trap range.
Steep cliffs make the coastal waters of the South Hilo district
inaccessible except at the mouths of a few large gulches and along
the coast of the city.] Most beach areas in the district have
little depth due to coastal roads or residential lots. Parking is
often a problem and vehicles occupy valuable recreation area. There
are [three] seven developed beaches with about 3,000 linear feet of
shoreline in Hilo. These are the Bayfront, Coconut Isle, Reed's
Bay, Onekahakaha. Leleiwi, Kealoha and Richardson Beaches. [One]
Onekahakaha has a small sand beach with shallow water and is
especially good for children. [These beaches are heavily used and
during the 1970 Labor Day weekend had a count of 3,000 people.
There are over 75,000 users annually at Onekahakaha Beach.]
There is a 2-mile stretch of coastline from [Leleiwi] Lehia
Beach Park through Lihikai (Onekahakaha) which can be developed for
recreation. The Reed's Bay area and Kuhio Bay (Baker's Beach) have
sand beaches with potential for more intensive recreational use.
The County has three [waterfront] oceanfront parks:
Liliuokalani Gardens-Coconut Island ([24] 22.5 acres),
Bayfront-MOOheau Park ([18.6] 20.9 acres), and Reed's Bay Beach Park
3.8 acres). Near the mouth of the Wailoa River the State has a
66] 149.6-acre park with a [lake] pond maintained as a public
fishing area. These parks provide scenic landscaped open space and
are used for picnicking, pleasure walking, quiet relaxation, and
fishing. Large pavilions at Wailoa River State [Park] Recreation
Area are frequently used for community meetings and banquets.
Mooheau Park has a bandstand which is used (by the County Band for
monthly concerts as well as for other] for community gatherings[.]
and events. Noise from the nearby [highways,] hiahwav, however,
often interferes with the use of the bandstand.
Steep cliffs make the coastal waters of the northern portion of
the South Hilo district inaccessible except at the mouths of a few
large gulches. North of the city of Hilo are two beach parks
located at the mouth of gulches. Honolii Park (2.77 acres) is used
primarily by surfers. Kolekole Beach Park at Wailea is used mainly
for picnicking and campino with limited swimming in the stream.
The County's 4.9-acre park at Kaumana Caves and the [State's]
Wailuku River State [Recreation (10+] Park (16.3 acres) in Hilo and
Akaka Falls State Park (65.4 acres) in Honomu have outstanding
natural features. The State maintains a scenic viewpoint at Alealea
Point and the County has one at Onomea Lookout Point.
198-
0 0
The [two] three forest reserves in South Hilo offer limited
wilderness recreation, primarily hunting and camping. The Waiakea
Arboretum is used as a demonstration area for visitors.
There are [two] three facilities for small boats in Hilo. One
is located at the mouth of the Wailoa River and is used by fishing
craft and other power boats. [There is a] A launching ramp[.] is
provided. The [other is a moorage] others are moorages with minimal
facilities in Reed's Bay and Radio Bav which [is] are used by
sailboats.
An 18-hole municipal golf course with an area of [144.6]
164.9 acres is located in the Waiakea Homesteads area. [Parking is
inadequate and the clubhouse and restrooms are often overcrowded.]
However, improvements such as parking areas are needed. A 9-hole
privately owned golf course ~.2_acres) is located on the Waiakea
Peninsula.
The Lyman House and Memorial Museum is the district's only
museum. It is privately owned [and additional facilities are being
built].
NORTH HILO
Profile
Recreational facilities in the North Hilo district are generally
limited. The population of the area is small and scattered and
transportation is a major problem. The [communities of] community
at Ookala [and Papaaloa have tennis courts,] has a [gym] avmnasium
and [playfields] ballfield provided by the [plantation.] sugar
company while Papaaloa community has a county gymnasium community
center, ballfield and tennis courts. [The old school building at
Ookala is used by the Head Start program and an old school at Ninole
is available but is little used.] In Laupahoehoe, community groups
use the Court House as a meeting place. The Laupahoehoe School
complex, with a 6-acre playfield, a [gym] gymnasium, [and] two
tennis courts[,] and a County swimming pool, is also used by the
community. There is an old gymnasium at Laupahoehoe. Peninsula which
Two [major district] parks are located at the mouth of the
larger gulches. Waikaumalo Park at Honohina is [17.1] 3.4 acres in
size and offers stream swimming and picnicking. Laupahoehoe
Peninsula Beach Park has an area of [22.5] 24 acres and is being
developed to serve as a regional recreation area. Facilities
include a playfield, a [newly constructed] boat ramp, four picnic
shelters and a large pavilion. Camping, picnicking and fishing are
featured activities in this scenic location. The water, however, is
unsafe for swimming and the parking area is [generally inadequate
and undefined.] not defined. Anew boat launching ramp is being
proposed by the U S Armv Corps of Engineers and the County
199-
0 0
Within the district are the Hilo Forest Reserve (54,020 acres)
and the Manowaialee Forest Reserve (1,410 acres). Neither have
facilities and are not much used for recreation.
HAMAKUA
Profile
With the combined recreational facilities made available by the
plantations,] sugar company; the schools, and the County, the
communities of the Hamakua district are adequately served. If
private facilities are discontinued or not maintained, however,
public ones will be needed. The [plantations provide] sugar company
provides neighborhood playground and playfield facilities in
Haina[,] and Paauhau[, and Paauilol. The County has leased the
ballfield inin Haina and the ballfield and avm at Paauilo Park from
the sugar company. Haina has a lighted softball field with
bleachers which has been used for State tournaments. A community
center was built by the county at the Paauilo park. Paauhau has a
playfield, community hall and tennis courts, and Paauilo has a
lighted playfield and gym. However, there is inadequate lighting at
the Paauilo Park. The Paauilo community also uses the 5-acre school
playfield.
There is a [6] 3_9-acre [recreation center and a dilapidated
community] playfield and a social hall [on the former school
grounds] in Kukuihaele which is administered by the County. [On an]
The old school lot in Ahualoa [there is a small undeveloped County
park.] has been set aside as a park but is yet undeveloped. The
Ahualoa Community Association has expressed an interest to lease and
develop this site.
In Honokaa, the school grounds serve as a regional recreation
center which is [jointly] administered by [the County and] the
Department of Education. [Facilities] Other facilities include a
4.5-acre playfield, a swimming pool[,] (County maintained), and a
National Guard gym. South Kohala residents also use these
facilities. [Through the cooperative effort of community groups,
the Hamakua Youth Center was recently organized in Honokaa. A]
Honokaa has a large county developed park with two ballfields and a
football/track field A gymnasium facility is presently being
constructed here. The county also owns a rodeo arena mauka of the.
Belt Highway. [and a] The 9-hole golf course (19 acres) facility
are] is privately owned [facilities in Honokaa].
Two [mountain] wildland State parks provide facilities for
hiking, picnicking, camping and hunting. Cabins are available for
overnight use. Mauna Kea State [Park] Recreation Area is [1,000]
20 acres in size and is located in the saddle between Mauna Kea and
Mauna Loa. From this park there is a hiking trail to the summit of
Mauna Kea. During the winter months the summit of Mauna Kea
provides opportunities for skiing and other snow sports. Kalopa
200-
0 0
State Recreation Area ([40] 100 acres) is [a new park] located in a
native ohia forested area-five miles southeast of Honokaa.
The State Division of [Fish and Game] Forestry and Wildlife
administers four game management areas with a total area of about
290,000 acres. These provide an extensive area for hunting. There
are also three forest reserves within this district which can be
used for hunting, hiking, nature study, and wilderness camping. No
facilities are provided and access to the forest reserves is limited.
The County maintains a scenic lookout area above Waipio Valley
which has a shelter and facilities for picnicking. There is a
hiking trail into the adiacent Waimanu[, the next valley] Valley.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Scattered settlement in the North Kohala district makes it
difficult for residents to get to recreation areas. [Local parks]
Parks in this district consist of two school grounds and [one] four
County [park] narks. Halaula Elementary School has a 5-acre
playfield and playground used by children in the area. Kohala High
School has a gym, playground and 4.5-acre playfield. The gym is
used by the community for gatherings. Kamehameha Park in Kapaau is
a major [local] community park and has an area of [8.4] 18.4 acres.
Facilities include a grandstand, lighted playfield, [and] lighted
tennis courts[.] a swimming Wool and a laroe avmnasium/community
center complex. The park, however, is not large enough to
accommodate people at major events.
Along the windward coast of the district, the County's Keokea
Beach Park at Niulii, with an area of 7.1 acres[,] and two
pavilions, is the only developed beach area. Swimming here,
however, is limited[.] because of ocean conditions. [Within the
park are two pavilions, one large and the other small. This and
other beach areas along the windward coast are covered with
bagasse.] On the leeward side of the district are two County beach
parks. Kapaa Beach Park has a total area of 28.3 acres, but only a
small portion has been developed. Mahukona Beach Park has a total
area of less than three acres and is located close to the harbor,
which is popular for fishing and swimming. The harbor has a
launching [ramp] derrick maintained by the [Division of Harbors]
County but lacks docking and mooring facilities for small boats.
Parking is inadequate at these beach parks.
The Pololu Valley lookout at Niulii has limited parking but no
other facilities. The valley itself is an area of scenic beauty.
An access trail from the lookout descends into the valley.
The State mangoes three historical narks• Lanakahi State
Historical Park, Kamehameha I Birthsite State Monument and the
Mookini Heiau State Monument.
201-
0
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
0
Neighborhood recreation] Recreation areas in the South Kohala
district are limited. The Waimea Elementary and Intermediate School
has a playground and a [gym] ovmnasium [generally]: used [only]
during school days[.]; and iointly operated by the County after
school hours. The County's Waimea Park ([6.4] 10.5 acres) is the
district's recreation center with a community center. [playfield]
plavfields and facilities for spectators, tennis courts, [picnic
tables,] restrooms, and an attractive playground for young
children. One plavfield and the tennis courts are provided with
lights for night activities This park is often a rest and picnic
stop for travelers. Parking, however, is undefined and restroom
facilities are inadequate. The County also [has] maintains a
2.8-acre [undeveloped] passive roadside park [site] area in Waimea.
A community center and a youth center in Waimea are owned by
Parker Ranch and administered by local community organizations.
Parker Ranch also has rodeo facilities.]
The Waimea community center is a county facility A senior
Waikoloa.
The increase of population which is expected in the future in
the] The district of South Kohala [may require as much as 65] should
now have at least 30 acres of community recreation [area] areas.
The island's major white sand beaches stretch along the coast of
South Kohala. Hapuna Beach State [Park] Recreation Area and the
County's Samuel M. Spencer Beach Park are the major developed
areas. The [planned] Oueen Ka'ahumanu highway [connection] between
Kawaihae and Kailua [will make] has made the beaches of South Kohala
more accessible. Hapuna is [65] 61.1 acres in size and is the majorwater-oriented recreation area in the County. Spencer Park near
Kawaihae Harbor has an area of 13.4 acres and a sandy coastline of
approximately 1,200 feet. The water is shallow and is especiallyusedbyfamilygroups. Both Hapuna and Spencer Parks receive
intensive use [and are overcrowded on weekends and holidays].
Facilities and parking are inadequate. In addition to these publicbeachparks, public access to the beaches at Anaehoomalu Mauna Lani
and Mauna Kea have been provided Plans exist to locate the
improved and expanded Kawaihae Small Boat Harbor north of the beach
park. The present small boat harbor has catwalks for 33 boats and
mooring for 12.
The National Park Service manages the Pu'ukohola H iau National
Historic Site which overlooks the Spencer Beach Park
The Mauna Kea Beach Hotel Golf Course has 18 holes and is
privately owned but open to the public.]
202-
0 0
There are 18-holes golf course sites located at the Mauna Kea
NORTH KONA
Profile
The existing recreational areas and facilities in the North Kona
district are generally inadequate. The almost [5;000]
18.500 residents [have two] are served by nine County parks[, both
in Kailua]. Hale Halawai (3.2 acres) provides a meeting place for
the community and also serves as a rest stop and picnic area.
Acoustics are poor and parking is inadequate.. The distance of Hale
Halawai from mauka areas is a problem for many residents in the
district. The small Kailua [Public Park] Playground (0.7 acre) is
used by Kailua residents for tennis and basketball[. It is too
small for active team sports and has inadequate parking.]; however,
The [only playfield available in the district is the] one-acre
school yard at Holualoa[, which] is used for organized sports.
Holualoa School and the Kona Imin Center in Holualoa also [serves]
serve as [a] community [center] centers [and meeting place for mauka
residents.] for meetings social aatherinas and recreational
purposes.
The Kailua Park (Old Kona Airport) consists of 14 acres and
provides lighted fields for baseball softball and football New
soccer fields were recently constructed Also si uated here are
p001•
Using the ratio of [2.5] 5.0 acres of [neighborhood] recreation
area for every 1,000 people, the district of North Kona should now
have at least [12] 91 acres of area for community recreation. [As
the population increases in the future, as much as 73 acres may be
required to adequately serve the neighborhood recreational needs of
the district.]
The County has [two] three developed beach parks in North Kona.
White Sand Beach (Disappearing Sands) is located along Alii Drive
south of Kailua [and disappears seasonally]. Pahoehoe Beach Park is
located north of the White Sand Beach. Kahaluu Beach Park
5.4 acres) [is the only developed beach park in the district], also
203-
is also too small for competitive team snorts although its tennis
0 0
along Alii Drive, is located in close proximity to the hotels at
Keauhou and receives intensive use[.] from visitors and residents.
The park also has a unique and readily accessible coral garden with
an abundance of marine life. It is usually overcrowded and has
inadequate parking facilities.
There are three small boat harbors in the district: Kailua Bay,
Keauhou and Honokohau. Honokohau [is under construction and will
have] harbor has a capacity [of 400] for 450 small boats [upon
completion.] and has other facilities to accommodate boat repair
restaurant, dry storage, etc. The Kailua Bay anchorage provides
limited docking facilities and offshore anchorage for small boats
and commercial charter and tour boats. The wharf is used as a
promenade, a fishing area, and is the center of the Annual Billfish
Tournament. Parking and comfort facilities are inadequate. The
nearby small sand beach is used for swimming. Keauhou Boat Harbor
is a small marina and has .a launching ramp as does Honokohau.
Facilities are inadequate.
The Old Kona Airport State Recreation Area is the only developed
state park. Activities at this 84.8-acre coastal park include
picnicking, sunbathing, fishing, wading, tidepooling and surfing_
Facilities include a special events pavilion.
There is a [200-acre 18] 27-ho,le golf course at Keauhou which is
privately owned. Another 9 more holes are proposed to be
constructed.
The Honuaula Forest Reserve on the upper western slopes of
Hualalai is used for limited wilderness recreation. No facilities
are available and access roads are privately owned and in poor[.]
condition.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
In all of South Kona there is one [neighborhood] community
recreation center, the County's Greenwell Park ((6.8] 2.7 acres) in
Captain Cook. Facilities include tennis and basketball courts and a
lighted playfield. Multipurpose facilities [will be jointly
administered] at Yano Memorial Hall are utilized by the County
individuals and [local] community organizations. Kona Scenic Park
has a baseball field Outdoor courts restroom and parking
facilities are being proposed.
The [school yard of] Konawaena School in Kealakekua [provides
additional but limited facilities] has a swimming pool (County
maintained), a gymnasium and playfield area. The playfield area is
inadequate to serve both school and community needs. Communities in
North Kona which do not have recreation areas use [the] this field.
School yards Hookena and Honaunau Schools are available [to] for
204-
O O
communities.] community use. Honaunau School has a small playfield
used by community organizations and teams from as far away as
Milolii. The playground and restrooms are available only during
school hours. Hookena School has lighted basketball and volleyball
courts and a small playfield. These are occasionally used by
community teams.
For the present population (6,730) of South Kona, at least [10]
34 acres of land are needed to adequately meet [neighborhood]
recreation needs. [In the future, as much as 33 acres may be
required.]
There are four developed beach parks and two beach park reserves
in the district. [All but the City of Refuge National Historic Park
at Honaunau Bay are County parks.] The County beach parks are small
and have limited facilities. Milolii Beach Park (1.2 acres), on the
old school grounds, has very limited facilities for camping,
picnicking, fishing,-and swimming. [At the southeast shore of
Kealakekua Bay near the Hikiau Heiau State Monument (2 acres) is
located Napoopoo Beach Park (3.2 acres).] Hookena Beach Park ([0.7
acre] 3.4 acres) is about 60 feet wide and 600 feet long and has
outstanding scenic qualities.
The [City of Refuge] Pu'uhonua O' Honaunau National Historic
Park at Honaunau Bav consists of 182 acres and provides
opportunities for fishing, swimming, and picnicking. There are also
interpretive trails to significant historic sites. Tidepools are
easily accessible and the offshore waters are excellent for
snorkeling and diving.
An undeveloped beach reserve is [Napoopoo Park site] located at
Manini Point (5.6 acres) on the southern shore of Kealakekua Bay.
Rich in coral and fish display, adjacent to the Captain Cook
Monument. is the Kealakekua Bay State Underwater Park consisting of
315 acres The bay provides opportunities for snorkeling scuba
diving and class bottom viewing to observe the marine life in this
underwater habitat.
The South Kona Forest Reserve consists of 23,322 acres and
offers limited wilderness recreation accessible by a few trails.
KA'U
Profile
Naalehu district park, Waiohinu[, Naalehu] and Pahala [have
neighborhood] community parks and their school yards [which] provide
205-
Napoopoo Beach Park is located adjacent and to the south of the
Hikiau Heiau.
0 0
community recreation areas. [A limited recreation program has not
encouraged optimum use of the space and facilities of the
neighborhood parks. There are gyms, tennis courts, and community
centers used for meetings at Naalehu and Pahala.] There is a
plantation community center in Pahala and a County community center
in Naalehu that are used for community and private functions In
addition, there is a Countv swimming pool in Pahala. Several
neighborhood park sites have been reserved in subdivisions in the
Kahuku area. These sites are undeveloped as the population is small
and scattered.
There is a lack of beaches with safe swimming areas in the
district. There are two developed beach parks in Ka'u: Whittington
Beach Park (0.8 acre) in Honuapo Bay and Punaluu Beach Park ([6.6]
6_0 acres). Swimming at Whittington Beach Park is hazardous due to
rough seas. The area is scenic and used for picnicking, camping,
and as a rest stop for travelers. The black sand beach at Punaluu
is an easily accessible swimming area which is heavily used. It is
often crowded and has inadequate parking. The small County park is
located in a lava area not fronted by the sand beach and swimming
area.
South Point (Ka Lae) offers unique scenic landscape, historic
sites, and good fishing. The [County's] Department of Hawaiian
Homes Lands' Kamaoa park site, consisting of 28.8 acres, is
undeveloped.
Manuka State [Botanical Park has adequate facilities for
picnics, camping, and hiking: It is also used] Wayside, a botanical
garden with picnicking facilities, serves as a rest stop for
travelers. The Kilauea State Recreation Area near the national park
boundary in Volcano [rents two well-equipped cabins.] has one
furnished cabin.
Designed for national use, the] The Hawaii Volcanoes National
Park consists of 201,007 acres and features geologic phenomena and
wildlife. Facilities for picnicking and camping as well as good
hiking trails are located throughout the park.
There are also forest reserves in the district, but they have
poor access and lack facilities.
The scenic 18-hole Volcano Golf Course is privately owned and
opened to the public.]
The 18-hole oolf courses in the Kau district are located at
Discovery Harbor. Volcano Country Club and Punaluu (SeaMOUntain)
These golf courses are privately owned and opened to the public
206-
0
TRANSPORTATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
0
Transportation is the systems and modes of conveyance of people
and goods from place to place. It can be considered the major
structural] infrastructural element of an area. The different
elements of the transportation system ideally need to be planned
as] through an integrated and comprehensive process which [relates
to the overall] includes land use [plan] ,planninq. The coordinated
planning of transportation facilities requires an understanding of
the characteristics of the modes of conveyance and the patterns and
densities of the area which they are intended to serve.
The purpose of transportation planning is to provide faster,
safer, more efficient and more pleasant travel, as limited by the
financial ability of the area to pay for it. As transportation
systems are expensive to construct and maintain, great care and
foresight are needed in developing plans for them. [New systems
should be designed without the defects of past systems and to
relieve older and substandard systems as much as possible.] Modern
transportation planning emphasizes the total transportation system
rather than isolated facilities. It considers all modes of
transport which are economical in an area, as well as all types of
improvements, including traffic engineering improvements.
Hawaii County] The island of Hawaii is faced with an increasing
demand for the development of new transportation facilities and
systems. [Numerous] Over the past two decades, numerous
transportation projects have been [recently] completed, [are
underway, or] while many others are in the planning stage. Much of
the current construction, however, is either expansion or
improvement of existing systems of facilities. A sizable portion of
the new construction which is planned or underway is but an
incremental part of a long-range program.
In recent years, the County of Hawaii has seen the construction
of major highways, the expansion of harbor facilities, the expansion
of the Hilo Airport, and the development of an unique airport in the
midst of barren lava[, and the expansion of the Hilo Airport, which
is the second gateway to the State.l at Keahole Point.
Funding sources for future improvements may have to be expanded
given decreasing Federal and State government capital expenditures.
Traditionally much of the funds for the maior elements of the
transportation system have come from these levels of oovernment. In
recent years, however, such funding has been declining and thus the
financing of these improvements directly by the private sector may
declines.
207-
0 0
TO achieve the goals, policies and standards set forth in this
section,]The different elements of a transportation system should be
planned together [and] in conjunction with the overall land use plan
of the County. To be effective, transportation planning as a "team
task" requires the coordinated efforts of trained persons from a
number of fields. Aside from these professionals, [however,]
citizen participation and awareness and understanding are also
vitally important.
The following sections on Highways and Streets and
Transportation Terminals are sub-elements of the overall
transportation element. [The goals, policies, and standards set
forth in these sections shall complement those established in the
overall element.]
THOROUGHFARES & STREETS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The mobility of today's population is expected to increase.
Population growth and increased car ownership will continue and will
require additional measures for improving transportation. [The
proposed ferry system will also bring more cars into the island.]
Thoroughfares and streets as well as other elements of the
transportation system provide the connecting links between
destination points.
In planning vehicular transportation, the various systems take
into consideration activities or land uses that will continue to
generate traffic. New major highways are expected to create new and
productive land uses in appropriate locations. Thoroughfares and
streets must be planned with other transportation elements, as all
contribute to the total movement of people and goods.
The planning and design of the thoroughfares and streets must
also consider the area through which the corridor passes the scenic
vistas available. the potential for multiple uses of the
right-of-way and the impacts that may occur in the surrounding
lands within the limits of feasibility and quality road design
Roadway systems in Hawaii County are generally financed through
Federal, State and County programs. [Current projects are for the
improvement and expansion of existing systems or the incremental
construction of a long-range project.] Recent funding limitations
are reducing the availability of such monies, however and thus
additional sources will have to be sought to implement the needed
improvements.
The County of Hawaii has [1,233] 1,294 miles of public roads.
This includes [373] 319 miles of State highways and [860] ~ miles
of County roads. [The majority] Portions of these systems do not
meet present standards and require improvements. Of the [860]
208-
0 0
975 miles of County roads, (217] 77 miles, or [25%,] 8~ are
unpaved. There are also drainage and flooding problems along many
highways and streets, as well as traffic congestion in [many] some
areas.
The major highway system of the island is the Hawaii Belt
Highway. This corridor has aspects of natural beauty which have
often been overlooked. To alleviate the problem of distance between
east and west Hawaii, a [super] highway between these two areas is
expected to be built.
In addition to the public road systems; there are numerous
private roads.
Through the careful examination and analysis of past and
present situations, the following goals, policies, and standards are
set forth to guide the orderly development of the County's highways
and streets.]
The following is an analysis by district [with courses of action
to undertake] with reference to highways and streets. The brief
analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the
relationship of the district to the County as a whole. [The courses
of action shall be consistent with and supportive of all the goals,
policies, and standards set forth for this element.]
PUNA
Profile
Primary routes within the Puna district are the Volcano Road
Hawaii 11 [and 144]), which provides access to Hilo and serves the
upper Puna region; the Puna Road (Hawaii [13] 130), serving lower
Puna from Keaau to Kalapana-Kaimu; the Kapoho Road (Hawaii 132),
from Pahoa to Kapoho; and the Puna Coast Road (Hawaii 137), linking
Kapoho and Kalapana-Kaimu. The latter road is basically a one-lane
cinder road while the rest are all-weather, surfaced roads. The
majority of the roads throughout the district are inadequate by
present standards with the exception of the Volcano-Road between
Hilo and Keaau which [was recently completed and] is the only 4-lane
divided highway on the island.
Many [sectors] sections of the roads in this district [lack
proper] have drainage systems that do not meet present standards or
have sharp curves and grades [with poor], without adequate sighting
distance. In several communities, buildings directly abut or
encroach on to rights-of-way.
Most private roads in large subdivisions are cinder-surfaced and
deficient in layout and construction. Limited attention has been
given to proper base construction and drainage. There is also a
network of private plantation roads throughout the area.
209-
0 0
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The Hawaii Belt Highway is the primary traffic artery serving
the district outside of the city of Hilo. Portions of the old
Mamalahoa Highway serve scattered residential areas such as Pepeekeo
and Honomu. Several narrow roadways cross-connecting the Belt
Highway and the old Mamalahoa .Highway serve upper homestead areas.
There is also an intricate system of private plantation roads.
The city of Hilo is a terminal point for the island-circling
Belt Highway. Augmenting this primary highway system is the
trans-island Saddle Road. The Saddle Road route within the city
follows major thoroughfares which are congested, narrow, and/or
winding.
Hilo's internal circulation system provides arterial and
collector streets to handle traffic moving from one part of the city
to another. However, except for Komohana Street below the mauka
residential sections, the majority of the traffic flow in the city
of Hilo is forced through the downtown area because of the lack of
arterial connections. High traffic volume is also generated around
the Hilo High and Hilo Intermediate [Schools complex] School
complexes during peak traffic hours. The Keaukaha area is served by
a single vulnerable road that is totally inadequate for the proposed
high density uses in the area.
The majority of the roads throughout the district [are
inadequate by] do not meet present standards. Many [sectors]
sections of the roads have sharp curves and grades with [poor]
relatively short sighting distance. There are many streets with a
maximum 40-foot right-of-way which is [inadequate,] below present
standard, and many more that do not have designed pedestrian. areas.
or that drain poorly and lack curbs [and]s gutters or [even roadside
drainage ditches.] swales. In many instances, there is no major
surface drainage system to handle the increased runoff brought about
as new lands are opened for construction development.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The primary traffic circulation system through the district is
the Hawaii Belt Highway (Highway 19). A secondary system which is
also parallel to the shoreline is the existing Mamalahoa Highway
which was the major link between Hilo and Honokaa before the Belt
Highway to Honokaa was completed in 1960.
The major highway through this district has many sharp curves
and grades with [poor] relatively short sighting distance. Several
of the bridges along this highway are narrow. Landslides also occur
along certain portions of this system during heavy rainfall.
210-
0 0
In addition to the roads paralleling the seacoast, many
mauka-makai roads connect the lowlands to the upper homestead and
agricultural belt. These roads are maintained by the County or the
sugar companies.
HAMAKUA
Profile
The Hawaii Belt Highway is the primary traffic artery connecting
Hamakua to the Hilo and Kohala districts.
Realignment and widening of the secondary road through Honokaa
and its continuation to Waipio Valley is [almost half] completed.
The pattern of circulation in Honokaa is overly dependent upon
Mamane Street. There is a lack of parallel loop circulation routes
and most of the local traffic is on Mamane Street or sub-streets
which branch off of the main street.
Mamane Street, the main street in Honokaa, is the only one that
carries traffic across the town. This one street system results in
undue congestion and delay in times of emergency. However, because
of the sloping topography and the water courses dividing Honokaa
into separate areas, it is difficult to develop loop circulation
systems without constructing a number of bridges.
In addition to the roads mentioned, there are several homestead
roads mauka of the Belt Highway serving the Paauilo, Pohakea,
Kaapahu, Kalopa, Kaao and Ahualoa Homestead lands. These roads,
however, are narrow, unpaved or [poorly maintained:] are in poor
riding condition. There is also a network of private plantation
roads.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
There are two roads leading into North Kohala, the Kohala
Mountain Road and the [recently completed Kawaihae-Mahukona Road.]
Akoni Pule Hiohwav. The mountain route to Kohala has sharp vertical
and horizontal curves and grades with [poor] relatively short
sighting distance. The urban areas of this district are scattered
along the main road between Hawi and Niulii, a distance of nearly
7 miles. There is also an intricate system of plantation roads.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The primary highway which runs through the town of Waimea is the
Mamalahoa Highway. Sections of Mamalahoa Highway from Waimea to
Kona [are hazardous with] have sharp curves and grades with [poor]
211-
0 0
relatively short sighting distance. A 12-mile highway along the
shore between Kawaihae and Mahukona was completed [recently] and
provides another access to North Kohala. [The road leading to
Kawaihae Harbor, which is heavily used by large trucks, is narrow
and lacks adequate maintenance. The only access road to Puako is
also inadequate.] There are also a number of minor streets within
the district.
Studies for a Waimea by-pass road and new hiohwav from Waimea~to
Kawaihae have been completed. Construction of these transportation
seoments will be needed to accommodate the anticipated expansions of
resort areas along the coast. commuter traffic from Hamakua and
Waimea and the transportation of goods to and from the Kawaihae
Harbor.
KONA
Profile
The major traffic arteries serving the Kona districts are the
Hawaii Belt Highway connecting Kona with South Kohala and Ka'u, the
Oueen Ka'ahumanu Hiahwav, the Kuakini Highway connecting Kailua with
the mauka Keauhou area, and Alii Drive serving the shoreline areas
between Kailua and Keauhou. The latter of these systems is the only
access to areas along the shoreline between Kailua and Keauhou.
Access to the Kailua Bay area from the Belt Highway is via Palani
Road. The Kealakekua Bay, Honaunau Bay, Hookena Bay and Milolii
areas are accessible via roads from the Belt Highway. Drainage and
flooding problems occur in certain portions of some of these
roadways.
Plans for a shoreline corridor connecting Kailua and Kawaihae
are underway and will be aligned to connect with the present Kailua
to Ke-ahole Airport Road.]
There is also a network of private subdivision roads with steep
grades and [poor] limited sighting distance.
KA'U
Profile
The primary highway leading through the Ka'u district is the
Mamalahoa Highway. Certain portions of this highway system are
narrow with sharp vertical and horizontal curves and [poor]
relatively short sighting distance. Flooding also occurs in certain
areas. This district also has an intricate system of plantation and
older subdivision roads. The majority of the private roads in the
large subdivisions are cinder-surfaced and/or oil-treated and lack
adequate maintenance.
212-
0 0
TRANSPORTATION TERMINALS: AIRPORTS & HARBORS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The principal concerns of planning for transportation terminals
are location, provision of adequate transportation connections to
terminals, financing and programming of improvements and services
through Capital Improvement Projects, and the planning and zoning of
adjacent land uses.
Although the State Department of Transportation is [directly
involved in] responsible for the actual design, construction and
operation of terminals and supporting facilities, the General Plan
should state where to locate] addresses the location of these
facilities[.] in relationship to the pattern of overall land uses
Major transportation terminals in the County of Hawaii consist
of harbors and airports. There are two deep water harbors on the
island, one at Hilo and another at Kawaihae. [The] While
improvements continue to be made, both harbor terminals[, however,]
lack adequate docking and support facilities. Water pollution is
also evident] a continuing problem in the vicinity of the harbors.
It is anticipated that the use of both deep water harbors will
expand substantially. As population grows, resort areas develop in
West Hawaii and cargo is re-routed from Hilo Kawaihae Harbor is
especially expected to experience a dramatic increase in its use
refuge are discussed to a limited extent in this element For the
most part, they are addressed in the Recreation element
Air terminals which service inter-island transportation are
located [in] at Hilo, Waimea, Upolu and Ke-ahole. The [terminal]
terminals at Hilo [is also an] and Ke-ahole are overseas [facility]
facilities [and is the gateway to the island and the second gateway
to the State. This air terminal, however, is located adjacent to
heavily populated areas.]. While Hilo's Airport is expected to
continue to service overseas transportation, [while facilities at
Ke-ahole and Waimea will continue to service inter-island air
traffic.] overseas flights at Ke-ahole are likely to increase with
The airstrip at Upolu Point in North Kohala is used as a general
aviation field. The Waimea-Kohala airport is underutilized but its
use may increase with resort development in South Kohala Except
for small private landing strips which [chiefly] were developed to
serve the sugar plantations, there are no airfields in Puna, Ka'u or
213-
0 0
South Kona. There may be an increase in demand for airstrips and
helipads stemming from the growth of the visitor industrv
As population becomes more mobile and as resident and visitor
populations increase, there will be a greater demand for new and
expanded transportation facilities.
The following goals, policies, and standard are set forth to
guide the orderly development of the County's transportation
terminals and related facilities.]
The following is an analysis by district [with courses of action
to undertake] with reference to transportation terminals. The brief
analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the
relationship of the district to the County as a whole. [The courses
of action shall be consistent with and supportive of all the goal,
policies, and standard set forth for this element.]
PUNA
Profile
There are several small private aircraft landing strips which
are directly related to the agricultural industries of the area.
These landing strips are basically used] were developed by the sugar
industrv for use by "crop-dusting" single engine aircraft.
Although there are no developed harbor sites in the district,
POhoiki has been mentioned as a potential small boat harbor.]
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The island's major harbor and airport are located in Hilo. The
present harbor has a 35-foot draft and [wharfage facilities.] three
commercial piers. [The wharf, however, has] There is limited
loading or back-up space. There also is limited land area for the
expansion of harbor-oriented industrial uses.
General Lyman Field[, the gateway to the island,] serves
inter-island and overseas air traffic. [The present facilities,
however, are inadequate. The two inter-island airlines basically
service the areas of North and South Hilo, Puna, Ka'u and sometimes
Hamakua. New airport terminal and runway plans are being readied
214-
improvements. such as parking
O O
for implementation. The proximity of the harbor to the airport
makes it possible to install a fuel transmission line from wharf
storage tanks.] Maior improvements, including a new airport
both from and to the mainland. An authority could be established to
coordinate and oversee such a proiect.
NORTH HILO AND HAMAKUA
Profile
A small boat ramp is located within the Laupahoehoe Point Beach
Park.
HAMAKUA
Profile]
There are no air or harbor terminals in [Hamakua.] these
districts. The only small boat ramp on the Hamakua Coast is located
within the Laupahoehoe Point Beach Park It is however
inadequately protected and because of damage is_ closed to users.
Without improvements. the ramp will continue to be hazardous for
users of the facility.
NORTH KOHALA
Retain Upolu airfield for general aviation use. There are no
other terminal facilities in the district.] Upolu airfield is the
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
There is a deep water port and small boat harbor at Kawaihae,
both of which are being further developed. There is insufficient
parallel docking space at the present facility. The State
215-
handled through both its airport and harbor There may be an
O O
An inter-island air terminal which services the residents of
North and South Kohala and Hamakua on a limited basis is located in
Waimea. This airport is too small for the landing of larger
inter-island aircraft without load restrictions. Use of this air
terminal may increase with the growth of the South Kohala resort
area.
KONA
Profile
The Ke-ahole Airport, which began operations in July 1970, [is
the State's newest and most unique air terminal. Built] was built
in the midst of a barren lava field[, the]. The inter-island
terminal has a polynesian motif[.] and received a design award for
is being master planned. Industrial space is needed for airport
support uses such as fuel storage facilities. These facilities are
presently located at Kawaihae.
Aside from the small boat harbors at Kailua, Keauhou, and
Honokohau [which is incomplete,] there are no shipping terminals in
the district. Improvements to Honokohau small boat harbor have been
made incrementally.
KA'U
Profile
There are presently no terminal facilities in Ka'u. Because of
impending growth, however, there will be need for general aviation
and small boat harbor facilities.
216-
0
LAND USE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
0
The General Plan expresses-both the integrated and specified
concerns and problems [and] as well as alternative solutions and
guidance regarding the use of County resources. [The utilization of
land has been and will continue to be] Land use is one of the
principal focal points of public concern and policy. The other
study elements of the General Plan, which depict the various aspects
of the County, directly involve land use in varying degrees.
The land use element provides the primary basis for direct
control and guidance of publicly and privately owned resources. The
land use element sets forth goals, policies, and standards to guide
the location[,] and density, and building intensities of land uses
in particular areas. [Area] From these. other imolementive area
plans designate detailed land use patterns and are the most
appropriate and convenient references for the County Administration
and the County Council in their consideration of routine land use,
zoning, subdivision and development matters. They are also a source
of information to the public as to the anticipated use of private
and public properties and the future form and nature of their
communities.
The land use element is intended to be used as a policy guide
in order to secure] for the coordinated growth and development of
all sectors of the County. It seeks to accommodate growth without
congestion; to designate and preserve the lands needed for
residential use, commercial and visitor services, industry,
agriculture, and open space; and to coordinate these uses with the
County's service and circulation systems.
A land use inventory was conducted by the] The County Planning
Department [in 1968-69 to achieve a better understanding] has
maintained its land use inventory to keep a current account of the
physical status of the [current] land use patterns in Hawaii
County. As a result of the [intehsive] parcel-by-parcel inventory,
many land problems became] some of the potential land needs have
become evident.
According to findings, the total area of the island of Hawaii is
approximately 2-1/2 million acres or 4,038 square miles:
4,037 square miles of land and one square mile of inland water. All
of these lands are divided into approximately [102,000]
120,353 parcels [or lots].
Previous General Plan
The [previous] first General Plan, [although well made,] adopted
in 1965, consisted of three separate documents [which had] and used
different criteria for classifying land uses. All districts, with
217-
0 0
the exception of Ka'u, were general planned. The documents which
had been adopted as the official General Plan for the County
included:
A Plan for the Metropolitan Area of Hilo," by Belt, Collins &
Associates, Ltd.
A Plan for Kona," by Harland Bartholomew and Associates.
The Kohala-Hamakua Region General Plan," by Robert I. Bush and
Andrew Gerakas.
Subsequent amendments to the preceding General Plan documents.
Several other documents are used in local planning [are often
confused with the General Plan, particularly] including regional and
functional plans, the Zoning [Ordinance,] Code including the
official zoning map, and subdivision [regulations.] code. These are
specific and detailed pieces of legislation and clans which are
intended to carry out the proposals of the General Plan. The
previous] General Plan documents adopted in 1965 relied heavily on
the use of detailed maps [that were specific and rigid, thus
creating a lack of policy statements in trying to achieve the
direction of all activities and elements concerning the County].
Because [these] the maps were [in] detailed [form], they were often
confused with the zone maps.
The area of each General Plan category as of August 1969 was as
follows:
Residential: 2% of the total general planned area which
consisted of slightly over 39,000 acres for single-family use
and 1,000 acres for multiple residential use.
Resort: Approximately 2,000 acres.
Commercial
Industrial:
1,300 acres.
2,000+ acres.
Public and Quasi-public Facilities: 17,500 acres.
Agriculture: Approximately 891,700 acres or 35% of the overall
general planned area.
Open Space: About 575,000 acres or 33% of the total general
planned land.
Unclassified (including unplanned areas): Approximately 38% of
the total land area on the island; includes the entire Ka'u
district.]
218-
0
State Land Use
0
Hawaii was the first of the fifty states to have a State Land
Use Law and a State-wide General Plan [which was prepared by the
State Planning Office, now the Department of Planning and Economic
Development, in response to the State Planning Act of 1957]. Today,
Hawaii remains unique among the fifty states with respect to the
extent of control that the State exercises in land use regulation
Indeed the land use reoulatorv process in the State of Hawaii is
the most complex in the world.
Some of the actions leading to the passage of the Land Use Law
resulted from concerns and discussions predating World War II. In
the post-World War II period, there was a [growing awareness of the
need for] perception that government action [in controlling] to
control land uses was desirable because of the very limited area of
the islands. It was also [found] perceived that development of land
for urban uses in many cases tended to occur in areas where it was
uneconomical for public agencies to provide proper and adequate
service facilities, and that there was a consequent lag in the
provisions of such facilities[; and]. Further. that development of
land for urban uses in many cases occurred on land having a higher
capacity for contributing to the basic economy of the State, namely
agriculture, than the uses which were developed thereon.
Through the] The passage of the Land Use Law[,] in 1961
established the State Land Use Commission [was established]. It
called for the classification of all lands in the State and
authorized the adoption of rules of practice and procedures and
regulations for land use within the various State land use districts.
The four land use districts created by the State Land Use
Commission provide the basic legal framework of land uses in the
State of Hawaii [and help implement the long-range land use
objectives of the State and the Counties]. The Urban District is
generally defined as lands in urban use with sufficient reserve to
accommodate foreseeable growth. In the County of Hawaii this
district is made up of about [30,000] 39.638 acres. Rural Districts
are defined as lands primarily comprised of small farms mixed with
low density residential lots which have a minimum lot size of
one-half acre under the State Land Use Law. Of the four districts,
this is the smallest, having about [1,000] 689 acres of the island's
total land area. The Agricultural District includes lands with a
high capacity for intensive cultivation as well as those with low
capacity. The minimum lot size in this district under the State
Land Use Law is one acre. The Agricultural District has the second
greatest land area with approximately [1,172,000] 1,186,674 acres or
slightly over [45%] 47% of the total land area of the island.
Conservation Districts are primarily those lands in the existing
forest and water reserve zones. This district has the largest land
area with about [1,290,000] 1,296,095 acres or [52%] 5~ of the
total land area of the island.
219-
0 0
Land uses within the Urban Districts are administered
exclusively by the Counties in which they are located. In the
Agricultural and Rural Districts the State Land Use Commission
establishes use regulations and the counties are responsible for
their administration. The counties, however, may adopt more
stringent controls than those imposed by the State within these two
districts. Although over 50% of the island's land is in the
Conservation District, the County has no land use jurisdiction in
these areas[.] except in coastal areas where conservation district
management. In [this] the Conservation district, land uses are
administered by the State [Department] Board of Land and Natural
Resources.
County Zoning
The [Comprehensive] Zoning [Ordinance] Code for the County of
Hawaii is the legal instrument which regulates the use of land[,
thus helping to effectuate planning goals]. The Zoning [Ordinance]
Code implements the General Plan and is a document dealing with
existing conditions and shorter range needs [than with the
projection for future growth. Although it is recognized that zoning
and the General Plan have separate and distinct purposes, neither
one would be able to truly achieve its objective and purpose without
the other.]_
Besides the General Plan, several other factors contribute to
the [redistribution of the] basis for changino zoning districts.
These [are] include the State Land Use Regulations, existing land
use distribution, existing public facilities, utilities and
services, and public concern and changing needs of the community.
The tabulation of [areas by] zoned lands based on the County
zoning as of [August 1969 indicated the following:] 1985 is as
follows'
Single-family residential: [Slightly ove
9,000] 9,117 acres or [55%] 51°s vacant.
Multiple residential (including duplex):
360] 1 83 acres or [55%] 6~ vacant.
Resort: [677] 794 acres; (398] 395 acres
Commercial: [828] 1,173 acres; [268] 428
vacant.
r 16,000] 17,850 acres;
642] 2,006 acres;
or [60%7 ~ vacant.
acres or [32%] 36~°
Industrial: [2,680] 4,158 acres; [1,094] 1,091 acres or [40%]
26% vacant.
Residential-Agriculture: [1,325] 1,175 acres; [1,080] 773 acres
or [82%] 66°s vacant.
220-
0 0
Agricultural: Approximately [1,056,400] 1,069,514 acres.
Open: [229,000] 319.968 acres.
Unplanned and no zone (Forest Reserve): About [1,187,000]
1,106.456 acres.
Actual] Existing Land Use and Acreage Distribution
The following [is a summary of the existing land use
distribution in approximate area for the island of Hawaii. This
section indicates the specific use of a parcel.] summarizes the
distribution of land uses based on actual uses:
Residential: [13,800] 15.850 acres. Includes all residential
uses, including boarding houses and dormitories.
Manufacturing, manufacturing services and warehousing: [1,650]
4,430 acres. Includes areas used for the manufacturing of
durable and non-durable goods, as well as for construction
services and industrial utilities[.] and storage.
Commercial: [380] 520 acres. Includes uses in the retail and
wholesale trades.
Services: [29,900] 32,950 acres. Includes areas used fox
consumer, professional, governmental (including military
installations), business, and health and welfare services.
Social and Cultural: [900] 1,510 acres. Includes areas used
for the personal development of an individual or individuals,
such as educational institutions, cultural centers, and
religious institutions.
Recreation: [64,700] 251.220 acres. Includes areas used for
public and private recreation.
Agricultural: [683,000] 810,670 acres. Includes all areas used
for agricultural purposes.
Transportation: [12,300] 8.360 acres. Includes all areas used
for transportation [purposes.] terminals, facilities and private
roads.
Unused and Open Space: [1,694,400] 1,397,680 acres. Includes
developable, subdivided, and unsubdivided vacant lands and
areas, such as forest reserves, rivers, and steep land.
Through the careful analysis and examination of past and
present situations, the following goals, policies, and standards are
set forth to physically plan the lands in the County in the best
interest of the island's residents.]
221-
O
LAND USE CONCEPTS
Proposed Land Use Pattern
O
A well-balanced land use pattern capable of meeting the future
needs of the County is an essential part of the General Plan.
There are no universal standards for determining the amounts of
land needed in the future for each land use or activity located
within an area. Estimates can be made, however, of the future land
use acreage allocation for each use. The land use pattern is a
broad, flexible design intended to guide the direction and quality
of future developments in a coordinated and rational manner. The
General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map indicates the
general location of various land uses in relation to each other.
Land uses are designated generally on the map in reference to
the following categories:
Urban [Centers] R~ al D e;ona ~onG
Hiah Density: Commercial, multiple residential and related
services (general and office commercial; multiple
residential -- up to 87 [to 43.6] units per acre).
Medium Density: Village and neighborhood commercial and
residential and related functions (3-story commercial;
multiple] residential -- uo to 35 [to 11.6] units per
acre[; single-family residential -- 5.8 units per acre])
Low Densitv: [Residential, neighborhood commercial, and]
Sinole family residential in character ancillary communityandpublicuses, and convenience type commercial uses.
Resort Area: [Hotels] These areas include uses such as
hotels. condominium-hotels (condominiums developed and/or
operated as hotels) and supporting services.
Allows for a mix of high
open designations in areas where new settlements may be
des>.rable. but where the specific settlement pattern and
resort area may be included in the urban expansion area
Industrial Area: [Manufacturing] These areas include uses
such as manufacturina and processing; wholesaling; large
storage and transportation facilities[; power plants; and
government baseyards.) and light industrial uses
222-
0 0
Agriculture [Area] Designations:
Intensive Agriculture: Sugar; orchard; diversified
agriculture; and floriculture.
High: Fertile soil.
Low: Less fertile soil.
Extensive Agriculture: Pasturage and range lands.
Orchard: Those agricultural lands which though rocky in
character and content support productive macadamia nuts,
papaya, citrus and other similar agricultural products.
Public Lands: Federal, State, University and County-owned
lands.]
University: University and support community services.
Open: Parks and historic sites.
Conservation Area: Forest and water reserves; natural and
scientific preserves; open; [etc.] lands within the State Land
Use Conservation District.
Urban] Cpmmercial centers [which] in urban areas include high,
medium and low density [urban developments] designations and in
rural areas. includes medium and low density designations These
centers and clusters provide physical, social, governmental and
economic concentrations so that the total activities of the
community can be more readily and easily conducted. In the County
of Hawaii several of these centers have political and social
antecedents, while others have been influenced by economic
practices. Some of the County's [more recent and] possible future
centers [arise] may result from the development of resort areas.
The future improvement and development objectives are directed
toward making urban and rural centers more efficient, livable, and
safe. [Urban growth] Growth should be encouraged in terms of
renewing older areas or as extensions of existing ones. The
creation of new urban and rural centers should be initiated only
when it is in the public interest and they must be accompanied by
commitments by both government and the private sector for the
current development of basic community and public facilities and
services.
The location of urban and rural uses should be evaluated from
the standpoint of how each use services existing and future land
uses of the surrounding area. The direction and form of growth in
accord with future demand will be influenced by many factors.
223-
0 0
The General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map shall
also designate [alternate] areas for urban expansion. [A] In
addition, a "floating zone" concept may be effected for industrial
and retreat resort uses.
The "floating zone" concept for industrial and retreat resort
areas will enable their locating in areas so as to take advantage of
new concepts and trends, economic influences, unique resources and
other situations which may occur. Compliance and compatibility with
other pertinent elements of the General Plan and with the objectives
and standards of the industrial and retreat resort land use
classifications shall be required.
The methodology used to develop the land use pattern reflects
estimates of future population based on economic and employment
evaluations, existing land uses and zoned areas, determination of
community facility needs, and transportation demands for the entire
island. The topography-and other physical features of each area
were also analyzed, and other factors, particular economic, social,
and physical characteristics were noted.
The following table illustrates the Proposed [Urban] Land Use
Pattern Acreage Allocation by districts. The high, medium, and low
density [urban] allocations are [derived from] included within the
residential and commercial allocations in the table. [It is
proposed that the] The General Plan Land Use Pattern Acreage
Allocation should be reviewed at ten-year intervals. This review
would] should re-examine the elements of the General Plan, and as
certain substantial changes or trends occur, new levels of community
needs would be estimated and the land use pattern re-established.
Proposed Urban Land Use Pattern Acreagel
County Total
Districts Residential Commercial Industrial Resort Urban Acreage
Puna 4,860 486 306 160 5,812
S. Hilo 17,320 1,732 8,074 525 27,651
N. Hilo 520 52 36 10 618
Hamakua 2,920 292 176 20 3,408
N. Kohala 1,520 152 226 70 1,968
S. Kohala 7,480 748 665 510 9,403
N. Kona 8,400 840 4,579 741 14,560
S. Kona 3,840 384 230 160 4,614
Ka'u 4,160 416 290 163 5,029
TOTAL 51,020 5,102 14,582 2,359 73,063
1Net acres]
224-
O O
Proposed Land UGe Pattern Acreage
Total
Districts Residential Commercial Industrial Resort Acreaoe
Puna 22,535 2,254 3,380 91 28,260
S. Hilo 24,045 2,405 6,259 293 33,002
N. Hilo 650 65 98 813
Hamakua 2,878 288 437 60 3,663
N. Kohala 2,951 295 661 120 4,027
S. Kohala 11,056 1,106 2,034 746 14,942
N. Kona 25,066 2,507 5,068 1,160 33,801
S. Kona 5,122 512 768 90 6,492
Ka'u 2,062 206 525 135 2,927
TOTAL 96,365 9,638 19,230 2,695 127,928
The following is a list of urban and rural centers, industrial
areas and resort areas of the County by district.
Urban and Industrial
Rural Centers Areas Resort Areas
Puna Keaau Keaau Kalapana (Intermediate)]
Pahoa Pahoa Kapoho (Minor)]
Kalapana [(Minor)]Kapoho POhoiki (Minor)]
Kapoho [(Minor)]Panaewa Papai [(Minor)]
Kurtistown [(Minor)]Intermediate)
Mt. View [(Minor)]
Volcano [(Minor)]
S. Hilo City of Hilo City of Hilo Waiakea Peninsula-Reeds
Bay (Intermediate)
Papaikou [(Minor)]Papaikou
Honomu [(Minor)]Pepeekeo Wailoa Pond (Minor)]
Pepeekeo [(Minor)]Keaukaha (Minor)
Puueo (Minor)]
N. Hilo Laupahoehoe-Laupahoehoe-Laupahoehoe (Retreat)]
Papaaloa Papaaloa
Ninole Ookala
Ookala
Hamakua Honokaa Haina Hamakua-Kohala Mountain
Paauilo [(Minor)]Honokaa Forest Reserve (Retreat)
Paauilo Kalopa (Retreat)
N. Kohala Hawi [(Minor)]Halaula Mahukona (Minor)
Halaula [(Minor)]Hawi Kohala Mountains
Kapaau [(Minor)]Retreat)
Kahua
225-
O O
S. Kohala Kawaihae Kawaihae Anaehoomalu (Major)
Puako Mauka Waikoloa Kawaihae-Hapuna (Major)
Lalamilo Waimea Puako Bav-HOnokaope Bay
Waikoloa Major)
Waimea Waimea (Minor)]
Kawaihae Harbor [(Minor)]
N. Kona Kailua-Keauhou Kailua Kailua (Major)
Kainaliu-Honalo]Kainaliu-Holualoa Makai (Minor)]
Keahole-O'oma Honalo O'oma (Intermediate)
Kealakehe Ke-ahole Kohanaiki (Intermediate)
Holualoa-Along Kaloko Kukio (Intermediate)
Alii Drive (Minor)]Kealakehe (Intermediate)
Holualoa-Along Keauhou-Kahaluu (Major)
Kuakini Highway Honokohau[-Kaloko
Minor)]Intermediate)]
Holualoa Mauka Minor)
Minor)]Kaupulehu [(Retreat)]
Intermediate)
Keopu [(Minor)]Makalawena
Intermediate)]
S. Kona Captain Cook Kealakekua-Honaunau-Keei
Kealakekua Captain Cook Intermediate)
Keei Mauka (Minor)]Kealia (Retreat)]
Honaunau (Minor)]
Ka'u Naalehu Honuapo Honuapo (Minor)]
Pahala Naalehu Ninole-Punaluu [(Minor)]
Waiohinu [(Minor)]Pahala Intermediate)
Volcano (Retreat)
Waiahukini (Retreat)]
Zoning Gui de Mao
In the implementation of the General Plan land use pattern
concerning the allocation of acreage for zoning, the Planning
Department shall prepare zoning guide maps which delineate specific
uses in conformance to the designated uses in the land use pattern.
Taking into consideration all elements of the General Plan, the
zoning guide maps shall also indicate alternative or appropriate
sites. [These] At a minimum every five years, these zoning guide
maps shall be [adopted] reviewed by the Planning Commission [on a
biennial basis.] and adopted by Council resolution During the
preparation period of the zoning guide maps, zoning changes may be
granted, as long as they conform to the General Plan.
Land Zoning Bank
The General Plan incorporates] In conjunction with the
develovment of the Zone Guide Mao, a ("]Land Zoning Bank[" which]
will also be [implemented by zoning.] developed. Of the estimated
226-
0 0
total [urban] acreage for the County, [80°s] an appropriate
proportion will be allocated throughout the districts in a "district
bank" and the [remaining 20%] remainder will be retained in a County
zone bank. The district bank totals will be further allocated to
the urban and rural centers, industrial and resort areas. [These
approximate] The allocations serve as a guide and [should] shall not
be construed to be the absolute desired [size.] acreage allowed.
Acreage allocation may be shifted within a district from one area to
another if the [need becomes greater] needs increase or
accelerated] accelerate within the initial allocation period.
Similarly, land use may be reallocated within a district without any
change in the total allocated acreage for a given land use if no
appreciable development or change is evidenced or indicated within
the initial allocation period.
In the event that the allocated acreage is absorbed within the
districts, additional allocation may be made from the [20%] County
Land Zoning Bank."
The following table illustrates the Proposed Zoning Acreage
Allocation for all districts[.] and may be used during the
preparation period of the zone guide map and land zoning bank The
allocated residential areas are to include those areas set aside
within the resort complexes.
Zone of Mix
The concept of "zone of mix" shall be incorporated in the Zoning
Ordinance] Code for the purpose of achieving a housing mix as well
as to permit the more efficient development of residential lands
which have topographic and/or drainage problems. Although the zone
of mix allows a mixture of housing types within an area, the density
shall not exceed that which is designated for the area. In an area
which allows a zone of mix, a certain percentage of the density will
be allocated for multiple residential and the remainder will be
single-family residential units.
Proposed Zoning Acreage Allocation In Acres)1
Residential Commercial Industrial Resort
County Allocation 20,415 2,040 9,095 1,064
Land Zoning Bank 5,095)511)550)186)
Puna 1,945 194 122 64
South Hilo 6,930 693 4,785 265
North Hilo 210 21 14 4
Hamakua 1,170 117 70 8
North Kohala 610 61 139 28
South Kohala 2,990 299 318 228
North Kona 3,360 336 3,439 336
South Kona 1,535 153 92 64
Ka'u 1,665 166 116 67
1Net acres]
227-
0 0
Proposed Zoning Acreage Allocation (In Acres)1
Residential Commercial
County Allocation 38,546 3,855
Land Zoning Bank 9,636)964)
Puna 9,014 901
South Hilo 9,618 962
North Hilo 261 26
Hamakua 1,152 115
North Kohala 1,181 118
South Kohala 4,422 442
North Kona 10,027 100
South Kona 2,050 205
Ka'u 930 93
1Net acres
Industrial Resort
7,691 1,558
1,924)201)
1,352 55
2,504 195
39
174 6
264 12
814 439
2,027 733
307 54
210 64
The clustering of housing in the zone of mix concept may be
means of minimizing grading, preserving the natural appearance of
topography, and making optimum use of the terrain for residential
structures and recreational and open spaces.
zones are appropriate in areas of economic transition such as lightindustrialareaswhichareindemandassitesforcommercialuses
and older residential areas which are needed as sites for more
intensive development.
Important Agr~cu~tural Lands
Includes Intensive, Extensive or Orchard lands which (a)possess
certain phvsical properties or setting capable of producing
sustained high agricultural vields when treated and managed
according to modern farming methods and technology (b)contribute to
the Countv's economic base and produce commodities for export and
for local consumption• and (c) are not characterized by the above
categories but are considered and designated by public policv as
important agricultural lands because of some unique quality setting
or use. Important agricultural lands exclude lands which fall into
the categories described, but have been designated by County policy
or plans to be of greater benefit to the general public in some
current or potential non-agricultural use
228-
The Zoning Code shall be re-evaluated to incorporate the
0 0
AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Agriculture has
the island of Hawaii
Excluding undeveloped
industry is the major
beyond dominance over
affected the lives of
played an important role in the development of
and is the economic mainstay of the County.
or unused land areas, the agricultural
user of land. Its influence, however, goes
land. Agriculture has in several ways
almost every resident in the County of Hawaii.
Towns were created to satisfy the needs of agriculture. With
few exceptions, settlements on Hawaii were developed in response to
the labor demands of various agricultural endeavors. Many of the
villages which exist today were created by sugar plantations as
residential areas for workers and their families. Communities in
Kona were formed as the result of coffee farming. As the demand for
agricultural labor decreased in these communities, so did population.
Although it is a major economic sector, agriculture faces
competition from other industries. This competition, especially
from the visitor industry, is becoming increasingly intense, and
basic economic resources, such as land, labor, and capital, are
becoming more difficult for agricultural enterprises to obtain.
The economic growth of agriculture has been overshadowed by the
greater gains made by other sectors of the economy. The
agricultural industry is considered not only beneficial in terms of
economic gain but also in terms of its stabilizing effects on the
economy. Other benefits of agriculture include that of having a
self-sustaining agricultural market, the amenity values of
agricultural lands in terms of open space, and the preservation of
desired lifestyles.
Agriculture, not including rel
services, is a $95 million business
island produces more than one-third
output, including almost all of the
one-third of the sugar, half of the
other commodities.
ated processing or ancillary
in the County of Hawaii. The
of the State's agricultural
papaya and macadamia nuts, over
beef, and varying percentages of
The largest agricultural enterprise is sugar, which is
currently being cultivated by ten large plantations and numerous
independent growers. Land area used for cattle raising and grazing,
found in many parts of the island, comprises the greatest portion of
agricultural lands. A variety of other commodities is grown, such
as papaya, flowers, and coffee.
About 683,000 acres of land, or 27 per cent of the total
acreage of the County, are being used by agriculture. Urban uses
account for less than 1 per cent of the total land area.
229-
0 0
During the past ten years, the number of farms decreased from
3,600 to 2,750. Acreage also decreased, though not as rapidly as
the number of farms. This indicates that the acreage per farm has
grown. Production and. sales generated during this same period rose
substantially.
Major agricultural endeavors have remained fairly static during
the last ten years in terms of additional acreage. Through the use
of more efficient methods, production per acre has risen.
There are several factors which point towards a continued
growth of agriculture on the island of Hawaii. The sugar industry
here has not faced extreme pressures from urbanization as on Oahu.
In the past decade the industry has become more stable and is
expected to remain so in the next two decades. Much of the growth
in other forms of agriculture have taken place in this County. The
most rapidly expanding crops are macadamia nuts, flowers, and
papaya, all of which are export items.
There are, however, several barriers which must be overcome to
further the expansion of agriculture. Basic resources for
agriculture which include land, labor, capital, water, education,
and other services are being competed for with other economic
sectors.
Of critical importance is the land situation. The State of
Hawaii Land Use Law was developed to protect prime agricultural land
by directing urban uses into non-productive areas. Although the law
has been generally effective, other aspects of the law, such as
taxation practices, have varying degrees of follow-through. The
State Agricultural Plan states that "the usual taxation-zoning
approach has several serious short-comings and controlling
urbanization through social overhead expenditures appears
ineffective." Another aspect of the land situation is the ownership
pattern. Major agricultural lands are owned by a few major holders,
including the State. Leasing policies have created some
difficulties.
Equally important in agriculture is the labor-housing
situation. During the last decade Hawaii County experienced a large
increase in the visitor industry which absorbed the existing labor
supply. Although agricultural wages are one of the highest in the
world, farm labor does not command wages comparable to other
industries, such as construction. As a result, agriculture was
faced with workers moving into urban occupations. Related to this
is the problem of housing. As the economy expanded in certain
areas, the in-migration of workers absorbed the existing housing
inventory. New home costs rose more rapidly than wages, making the
problem of housing even greater. Hence, many expanding agricultural
businesses found it increasingly difficult to attract workers.
Water availability has always been important for agriculture.
Currently there is one irrigation project. It is at Lalamilo and is
230-
0 0
funded by the State Department of Land and Natural Resources. The
County depends largely upon the State for water development projects
because of the County's small revenue base and the heavy capital
requirement necessary for water resource development.
Research projects which directly aid local producers of
commodities are extremely important for the continuation of the
industry. There is a great need for problem-solving research in
virtually all aspects of farming, from growing to marketing. There
are diseases, for instance, which can cripple an industry
overnight. Mechanization has to be developed for the growing and
harvesting of crops. Markets and marketing methods have to be
searched out.
In an effort to plan for agriculture, the State recently
completed an agricultural development plan. This plan, completed in
1970, indicated that there are many opportunities for the expansion
of this industry. It is recognized, however, that if agriculture is
to be maintained and expanded, government assistance is required.
Although many of the recommendations contained herein are directed
to State agencies, the County can play an important role. to protect
and enhance the further development of this industry.]
with very low potential for productive agricultural activity
Approximately 27% of the total acreage of the County (686 000 acres)
are presently being used for agriculture.
The structure of commercial agriculture in Hawaii County is in
a state of transition While commercial agriculture was once
dominated by sugar and ranching Trends indicate that a larger
new commodities. in numerous instances smaller farmers have provided
innovative and efficient approaches to realize their potential
reguires the cooperative effort of the large corporations the small
independent farmers and government Large corporations can assist
in the supply of land water marketing and capital• the small
231-
In the County of Hawaii approximately 47% of the total land
AS the prospects for sugar have declined and the acreaoes
0 0
environment that supports their efforts
In addition to the agricultural land uses relating to the
dependent upon the specific processing requirements of the product
Significant changes to the State Land Use Law have been
proposed since its adoption. These chances could streamline the
state's land use regulatory system for controlling land use and
change the County's role in the land use regulatorv svstem
Agricultural land values have risen beyond their value for
agricultural purposes The high cost of agricultural land reflects
production. Although there are many legitimate reasons for allowing
facilitate the expansion of agriculture
One of the key factors in adiustina to the changing
socio-economic conditions is the restructuring of our land use
Rural-style residential-agricultural developments may include
either new small scale rural communities or extensions of existing
232-
In light of the changes faced by commercial agriculture the
land use regulatorv svstem-must be examined to determine what
agricultural use At the same time growth in tourism has
contributed towards increasing both population and land costs
considering zone changes, permitted uses minimum lot size
requirements, and subdivision development standards
0 0
However, the primary intent of these developments would be to
provide an added range to housing opportunities. Along with this
housing, the large lots of these rural areas will provide
In summary, diversified agriculture, including macadamia nuts,
cattle, flowers and nursery products, papayas, vegetables and melons
and coffee all have the potential for growth. Although the
to: land cost, cost/availability of water, cost/availability of
transportation cost of labor marketing developing and maintaining
quality standards, and disease and pest control
The following goals and policies are set forth for
agricultural land use and are to be consistent with and supportive
of the overall land use element.]
The [districts of the County of Hawaii have been analyzed in
reference to] analysis that follows concentrates on agricultural
land use [in order to bring into focus] and focuses on the
relationship of the districts to the County as a whole. [Courses of
action for each district are to be undertaken in compliance with the
goals and policies set forth for the County in this element.]
PUNA
Profile
The major agricultural businesses in Puna are [sugar,]
macadamia nuts, flowers, papaya, bananas and truck farming. [Sugar
is grown by the Puna Sugar Company and independent growers. In 1968
Puna Sugar Company harvested 3,673 acres. Independent sugar
planters during the same year harvested 2,250 acres. Sugar is found
in the Keaau-Mt. View area and in lands surrounding Pahoa.] The
Puna district is the major papaya growing region in the State The
233-
marginal agricultural land, the pressures to develop our important
agricultural land for these purposes would be decreased.
papaya, anthuriums and orchids are now produced on such lands. To
protect these existing agricultural operations from urban
encroachment, a buffer area, or uses which are compatible with
agricultural operations should be considered before allowino any
type of rural or urban development into the area.
0 0
fumigation to control fruit flies. Vegetables and a variety of
fruits primarily oranges and tangerines are grown throughout the
district.
There is a fairly sizable planting of macadamia nuts on the
Hilo side of Keaau. [Numerous small plantings are also scattered
throughout the district.] Additional plantings a_re projected on
Flowers, chiefly anthuriums and orchids, are grown throughout
the district. The major flower cultivation areas are Mt. View
and]s Pahoa[.] and Volcano. Numerous truck farms are located in
the Volcano area. Major crops are lettuce, flowers (cymbidiums),
and cabbage[, and plums].
The Kapoho area is the major papaya growing region in the
State. The papaya industry, however, is facing a severe disease
problem which prohibits the replanting of infested lands.
Vegetables and a variety of fruits, primarily oranges and
tangerines, are grown throughout the district.]
The Puna district also has the potential for agricultural
geothermal resources need to be located within effective proximity
of the resource itself and may require the need for new forms of
land use management and control
There are [191,806] 197.900 acres zoned for agricultural use in
Puna. [Of these lands, 159,626 acres are vacant. Most of the these
vacant lands are undeveloped subdivisions which are the result of
speculation. The existence of these lands drive up prices of
agricultural lands.] Less than 50.000 acres of this total_is being
residential purposes.
Lands actually utilized for agriculture number 51,613 acres.
There were 89 agricultural structures, including greenhouses,
equipment and storage buildings, and structures for livestock.]
234-
The State has also made lands available at the Pahoa
Agricultural Park.
0
SOUTH HILO
Profile
0
Sugar is the principal crop grown in South Hilo. The major
area of sugar cultivation is found in the rural [district outside]
areas north of Hilo along the Belt Highway. [The Mauna Kea and
Pepeekeo Sugar Companies] Hilo Coast Processing Company (HCPC) and
its two sugarcane crowing entities Mauna Kea Agribusiness Company
Inc. and the United Cane Planters Cooperative are the chief
agricultural enterprises in this area. In an effort to increase
efficiency, C. Brewer and Company Ltd the owner of Mauna Kea
1985 was approximately 19,900 acres.
Because of proximity to the marketing area of Hilo, numerous
population-related commodities are raised in South Hilo[.
Dairying,], such as dairving~ hog and poultry raising, vegetables,
and other agricultural activities [are found in the district]. Hilo
is also known for its flower cultivation. Anthuriums,
chrysanthemums, orchids; landscaping plants, and other foliage are
grown.
Cattle are grazed on the mauka fringe of Hilo city and in the
Puu O'o area above the forest reserve. Eucalyptus trees are also
Farms in rural South Hilo are located along major
transportation routes near villages. Within the city(,] limits.
agricultural [centers] uses are found in the Panaewa farm lots,
upper Kaumana and Waiakea Uka areas.
There are [70,631] 71,280 acres of land zoned for agricultural
use in South Hilo, most with a minimum lot size of 20 acres and
above. [Of the total lands zoned for such use, 36,582 acres are
vacant.]
NORTH HILO/HAMAKUA
Profile
Sugar cultivation dominates the agricultural scene in [North
Hilo.] both districts. [The Laupahoehoe Sugar Company has extensive
acreage in sugar. In 1968, this sugar plantation harvested
4,028 acres. Independent farmers during that year harvested
547 acres.] The Hamakua Sugar Company has approximately 35 000
acres in suoar in the North Hilo and Hamakua districts
235-
O O
Within [the district] both districts there are small truck
farms which raise vegetables, fruits, flowers, and macadamia nuts.
Cattle are also raised on the higher slopes.] Taro is also raised
within Waipio Valley.
Ranching operations are also found on the higher slopes. The
Hamakua Sugar Company has developed a 10.000 head cattle feedlot and
a meat processing facility near Paauilo.
North Hilo has 61,796] There are 223,174 acres [of land] zoned
for agricultural use[, 3,908 acres of which are vacant. Almost all
of this land is privately owned.] in the North Hilo and Hamakua
districts.
There is potential for the expansion of diversified
agriculture in the district.]
HAMAKUA
Profile
As in most districts along the eastern coast, Hamakua's prime
agricultural land is being used for sugar production. Three
plantations, Paauhau Sugar, Hamakua Mill, and Honokaa Sugar,
harvested over 10,000 acres of sugar cane in 1968. Independent
farms cultivated 632 acres.
There is extensive ranching in the district, with approximately
40 ranches which have 20 or more head of cattle. Dairying and hog
raising are also located in Hamakua.
There are large plantings of macadamia nuts in connection with
the processing plant at Haina. Some of the nuts are grown on
grazing lands.
Truck farming is also found in Hamakua. A sizable taro
producing industry, consisting of 125 acres, is located in Waipio
Valley.
Lands in Hamakua zoned for agriculture amount to 163,581 acres
of which 2,908 acres are vacant.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
236-
activity within the district has remained low The maiority of the
land formerly in sugar production is now utilized for extensive
grazing purposes. No one commodity or combination of commodities
have come close to utilizing the vast agricultural land resources
0 0
within the district. Some of these lands are being converted to
laroe lot rural-residential subdivisions.
The North Kohala district's major industry is agriculture.]
There are [62,402] 62,593 acres of agriculturally zoned lands in the
district[, of which 2,169 acres are vacant]. Over 14,000 acres of
this total was in sugar production up to 1975. Because much of the
basic agricultural infrastructure, including the Kohala Ditch
irrioation system, still remains, there should be ample
opportunities to more intensively utilize these lands.
Over 13,000 acres are utilized for the production of sugar,
most of which is cultivated by the Kohala Sugar Company, with small
amounts owned by independent growers. The Kohala Sugar Company
plans to phase out sugar cultivation by 1973.
Other agricultural uses of land include some 47,000 acres of
grazing lands, dairying, over 900 acres of macadamia nuts, and a few
small truck farms.
The termination of sugar operations could be regarded as a
challenge to build a stronger diversified agricultural and economic
base in North Kohala. The release of sugar lands would provide
opportunities for alternative agricultural uses on a large scale.
The possibility of producing feed grains has been investigated by
the University of Hawaii's College of Tropical Agriculture. Also
related to the cattle industry is the possibility of establishing
feed lot facilities and slaughtering and packing operations.
Much of the land in the area presently used for sugar has
irrigation systems. There is a labor force skilled in agricultural
operations.]
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
South Kohala's Waimea region contains the most extensive truck
farming area in the County. Vegetables, such as celery, daikon
turnip), carrots, lettuce, cabbage, and broccoli, are grown [here]
for both local and [Oahu consumption.] export markets. Certain
flowers and foliage are also grown in this region.
Most of the lands in South Kohala are used for cattle
ranching. Parker Ranch is the largest ranch in the area and owns
most of the grazing lands.
Of the [93,721] 101,541 acres zoned for agriculture[,
60,572 acres] in the district, over half are vacant. [Slightly over
10,000 acres of these vacant lands are State-owned. Land] Although
land in the Waimea area (has been identified as] is considered some
of the most productive in the County[. There], there is a need[,
however, for] to develop a more reliable agricultural water system
237-
O O
in the area.] to more fully utilize this potential. [During the
past decade South Kohala has experienced a dramatic expansion of its
economy which has been] With the recent growth in the district
spurred primarily by tourism[. Urbanizing forces placed heavy]
urban pressures [on the] are increasingly competing for basic
resources [of] required by agriculture, [especially] namely land,
labor, and water. [An additional problem is caused by the leasing
policies for private and public lands which inhibits long-term
investment for capital improvements.]
KONA
Profile
Coffee, macadamia nut. avocado and ranching are the major
agricultural endeavors in Kona. [There are several smaller crop
plantings throughout the district. Macadamia is often used as an
inter-crop in coffee fields.] Other commodities crown in Kona
include bananas papayas oranges tangerines beans cucumbers
tomatoes, flowers, foliage and nursery plants.
Numerous truck farms are found in Kona. Principal crops are
bananas, avocados, cucumbers, and tomatoes.
There are 171,493 acres of agriculturally zoned lands in the
district, of which 116,004 acres are vacant.]
There are 280.937 acres of land within the State Land Use
Agricultural designation in this district Of these 160 409 are
agriculturally zoned and an additional 120.145 acres are zoned
Unplanned by the County.
Although the climate of Kona is favorable for agriculture,
soils and topography [are relatively unfavorable,] present some
limitations, especially for [mechanization.] mechanized farming.
This has been one of the problems faced by the coffee industry.
Work on mechanized harvesting devices is being conducted by the
University of Hawaii.]
Agriculture has developed in the area without irrigation,
except in a few instances, because of terrain and porous oils. The
cost of irrigation seems to be extremely high and more study is
needed.
The visitor industry has successfully attracted labor from
agricultural industries. The availability of labor, especially for
coffee harvesting, is becoming increasingly scarce. Urbanization
also encroaches on agricultural lands.]
The] Another factor which inhibits agricultural activity in
Kona. In addition, the land ownership pattern in [Kona]
238-
0 0
agriculturally suitable areas. is
holders[. Lease policies of some
unfavorable climate for long-term
favorable lease arrangements whic
same urbanization pressures faced
also present in Kona.
characterized by a few large land
landowners can create an
investment.], and requires
z are not always available. The
in the South Kohala district are
KA'U
Profile
Sugar [is] and macadamia nuts are the major [crop] crOAS grown
in the Ka'u[.] district. [Two plantations, Hawaiian Agriculture and
Hutchinson Sugar, both owned by C. Brewer, harvested some
6,500 acres of sugar cane in 1968. Independent farmers during the
same year cultivated 512 acres.] There are approximately 16,000
acres planted in sugar and approximately 5.000 acres planted in
macadamia nuts.
Ranching is found throughout the district. There are 10 large
ranches with an inventory of 21,000 head of cattle.]
A fairly large orchard of macadamia nuts has been planted in
Ka'u by C. Brewer. This company has also planted an 100-acre citrus
grove.] Other crops, such as bananas, avocados, [and] tomatoes, and
carnations are cultivated on a limited scale. Ranching operations
There are [247,986] 252.647 acres of [land] agriculturally
zoned [for agriculture, 179,138 acres of which are vacant. There
are some problems concerning water development in the area.] land in
the district. Over 70% of this total area is not being utilized for
agricultural purposes The lack of an adequate water supply is one
of the major limitations to further agricultural development in the
district.
COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Commercial development is basically comprised. of [industries]
businesses in the retail trade and service categories. Commercial
areas are generally [those locations] located in concentrated areas
where goods and services [are] may be conveniently sold. Examples
are shopping centers, central business districts, and community and
neighborhood business areas.
The extent of commercial development is influenced by the number
of both resident and transient populations, incomes, mobility and
lifestyles. This land use is also affected by the availability and
costs of transportation, internal and external competition, and
other factors.
239-
O O
According to the Census of Business for [1963 and 1967] 1977 and
1982, the County's commercial establishments increased both in
number and in the [amount] value of sales generated. In [1963,]
1977, there were [564] 593 retail and [292] 257 service
establishments with payrolls, excluding hotels. By [1967,] 1982,
retail trade was conducted in [642] 738 establishments, while
services accounted for [346] 520 businesses. Sales for commercial
activities in [1967] 1982 was about [$67] 598 million, compared to
43] 303 million in [1963.] 1977. Retail trade accounts for [90%]
81% of the sales.
Although sales rose substantially in almost every category of
commercial activities, the actual number of establishments grew
slightly.] The increase in sales in almost everv category of
commercial activities, executed the growth in the number of
establishments, reflecting both the impact of inflation as well as
real growth in per capita expenditures. Commercial development
related to the visitor industry experienced the largest increase.
There are two distinct markets [of] for commercial development
on the island of Hawaii: the resident and the visitor markets.
Adequate planning for commercial establishments in both markets is
equally important.
Commercial activity in the County is characterized by the
existence of [one] the large urban center[,] in Hilo, the crowing
urban center emerging around Kailua-Kona. several [small regional]
smaller centers and many rural neighborhood shopping areas. The
city of Hilo serves as the major commercial district[, containing
more than half of the County's commercial establishments. Regional]
of the island with secondary centers [are found in other sections of
the island] located in Honoka'a, Waimea, Kealakekua, and Naalehu[,
and Kailua].
The majority of commercial establishments in the County are
small in terms of employment. Of the commercial establishments in
1967, 59% employed three or less workers, 24% employed between 4 and
7, 16% employed 8 to 19, and the remaining 6% employed more than 20
workers.]
Evident in] Some of the problems of many of the existing
commercial developments are the [problems of facilities being in]
poor or dilapidated [condition] conditions of the older facilities
and the inadequacy of vehicular and pedestrian systems. Pedestrian
and vehicular circulation patterns are not continuous in all cases
making repeated on and off street movements necessary Such
movements serve to congest the streets providing access to these
240-
environs of Hilo proper and the general trend toward multi-centered
urban areas.
O O
commercial areas and create congestion problems for the entire
area. Strip development of commercial facilities has occurred and
commercial zoned lands have not always been utilized for their
intended purpose.
Following an examination and analysis of present and past
situations concerning commercial development, the following goals,
policies, and standards have been set forth.]
The following analysis by district of commercial development is
intended to bring into focus the relationship of each district to
the County as a whole. [The courses of action are to be consistent
with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards of the
overall element.]
PUNA
Profile
Commercial activity in the Puna district primarily consists of
small rural enterprises which serve agricultural communities.
Commercial activity is mainly located in the communities of
Keaau and Pahoa, with lesser activity in Mountain View, Kurtistown,
and Glenwood.
The communities of Keaau and Pahoa are [primarily plantation
communities.] the commercial centers of the district. The extent of
commercial development [here] consists of a shoooing center in Keaau
and grocery and general merchandise stores, service stations, and
miscellaneous retail shops and services. The majority of these [are
family-operated businesses which] mainly serve residents of the
communities.
Population is [small in] scattered throughout the district and
the remainder of the [communities and] commercial activity is
minimal. Proximity to Hilo limits the demand for commercial
activities as Hilo is to a great extent the major shopping area for
the residents of Puna.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The island's major commercial center is located in the South
Hilo district. The city of Hilo contains a [central] downtown
business district, [two] several shopping center complexes, and
several] neighborhood commercial facilities. The rural
communities, primarily plantation settlements, located along the
coastal areas have limited commercial facilities.
Commercial activity in Hilo is undergoing rapid change. A new
shopping complex [of approximately 177,000 square feet] has been
241-
0 0
recently completed [in the Kaiko'o area]. [This shopping complex
adjoins ten acres of newly constructed commercial activities where
several financial institutions, a supermarket, a large drug store,
and an office building have been completed.] Other shopping areas
include the Hilo Shopping Center, the Kaiko'o Mall and surrounding
office developments, and the downtown central business district.
Downtown Hilo[, although experiencing the construction of several
new buildings,] generally lacks adequate parking facilities and
efficient traffic circulation. The physical condition of many
buildings is also poor. Without renewal, rehabilitation, and/or
redevelopment, the [central] downtown business district may further
lose its competitive position.
In addition, neighborhood shopping areas are located throughout
the city. The largest of these is a supermarket-variety store
complex in the Waiakea Homesteads area.
Multi-] Multiule ownership of contiguous properties and
speculative practices on commercially zoned lands have created
problems which make orderly development in any one area difficult.
Incompatible land uses also create an undesirable climate for
commercial development.
Expansion of the University of Hawaii facilities and community
will induce a need for commercial services in proximity to the
campus.
NORTH HILO
Profile
Commercial development is limited in the North Hilo district.
There are several small rural communities in the district which are
primarily plantation settlements. Miscellaneous stores and services
are found in [Honohina,] Ninole, Papaaloa, Laupahoehoe, and Ookala.
The majority of the commercial services are located in Laupahoehoe
and Papaaloa].
As the facilities in North Hilo provide limited services, the
city of Hilo serves as the major shopping area for the residents of
the district.
Population in the district has been declining, thus limiting the
market for commercial facilities.
HAMAKUA
Profile
The town of Honokaa provides commercial and government services
for the Hamakua district. Honokaa [is] was the second largest
community on the island for several decades and has a high school,
government offices, general hospital and numerous stores and
services.
242-
0 0
The smaller communities of Kukuihaele[, Paauhau,] and Paauilo[,
basically plantation settlements,] have limited commercial
facilities.
Most] Although some renovations and new commercial buildings
have occurred in Honoka'a. most of the structures housing commercial
activities are generally in poor or dilapidated condition and
adequate parking facilities are lacking.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Commercial activity in the North Kohala district is located to a
limited degree in the village of Halaula with Kapaau and Hawi
serving as the main commercial centers. The village of Waimea in
the South Kohala district also serves the commercial needs of the
residents of this district.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Commercial activity in the South Kohala district is centered in
the Waimea and Kawaihae areas. The Kawaihae area contains a few
miscellaneous commercial facilities surrounding the Kawaihae port
which is expected to be utilized as the initial gateway to the
island by an inter-island ferry system].
The Waimea area contains a number of commercial facilities[.]
and professional services. The major facility is the Parker Ranch
Shopping Center. This shopping complex[, completed in 1968,]
includes a supermarket, variety store, banks, post office, and other
services. Expansion plans for the commercial area have been
developed by Parker Ranch.
There are 184 acres of land zoned for commercial use, most of
which are located in the Waimea area. Of this total, 75 acres are
presently undeveloped.]
The availability of transportation facilities in the area, which
consists of a deep water port and an inter-island airport, and its
central location in the northern portion of the island are factors
which will cause Waimea's commercial activities to grow.
The visitor industry is rapidly becoming a major economic force
in the district. The Westin Mauna Kea Beach [Hotel complex], Mauna
Lani Bay and Roval Sheraton Waikoloa Beach Hotels located in the
Kawaihae] coastal region, [is] are the forerunner of a [2000-unit
resort-residential complex.] substantial future resort development
in the area. [Further south along the coast, in the Anaehoomalu Bay
area, work has begun by Boise Cascade on a resort-residential
243-
0 0
complex.] These complexes are to contain their own ancillary
commercial areas.
NORTH KONA
Profile
Commercial activity in the North Kona district is located in
Kailua-Kona, in the Keauhou Resort area and in several rural village
areas along the Mamalahoa Highway in the mauka [area] areas [and in
the coastal resort village of Kailua]. [The mauka commercial
activities are geared primarily to serve the needs of residents,
while Kailua chiefly provides services for visitors.]
Population is concentrated mainly along the Mamalahoa Highway.
The major concentrations are found in the Kealakekua and Capt. Cook
village areas. These areas are agriculturally oriented and
commercial development consists largely of general stores, service
stations, and supermarkets. Strip development occurs along the
Mamalahoa Highway which connects the mauka village areas.]
Commercial] Increased commercial activity in Kailua has
paralleled the growth of the tourist industry in the area[.] and
recent resident copulation growth. Commercial facilities,
consisting of [small] office and shopping complexes, professional
and financial service buildings, retail shops, and restaurants, are
located on Alii Drive and Kuakini Highway, mainly between Palani and
Hualalai Roads. Kailua-Kona crovides services for both residents as
well as visitors. Vehicular and pedestrian systems are poor and
there is a lack of adequate parking facilities.
There are 170 acres of commercially zoned lands in Kona, most
of which is in the Kailua area. About 68 acres of this total are
undeveloped.]
The Keauhou Resort shopping center complex is located at the
The mauka commercial activity is seared crimarily toward
residents and includes neighborhood oeneral stores. service
stations, restaurants, with some arts and crafts or specialty shops
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Commercial activity in the South Kona district is located in
244-
complex have also been clapped.
O O
Population is distributed along the Mamalahoa Highway or
dispersed on the slopes in agricultural or rural-residential
communities.
Due to the terrain and non-conforming uses commercial strip
development has occurred alono the Mamalahoa Hiohwav though the
KA'U
Profile
Commercial [activity] activities in the Ka'u district [is] are
concentrated in the communities of Pahala, Naalehu, and Waiohinu and
in the area of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.
Pahala is the largest of these communities. The town was built
around a sugar mill, the major employer of the area, and contains a
high school and hospital which serve the district. Commercial
facilities, consisting mainly of convenience goods and services, are
located in this community.
Naalehu, although smaller. in population than Pahala, contains a
greater variety of commercial facilities. Governmental facilities
in the community include educational facilities for elementary and
intermediate students and a police facility serving the district.
Commercial development includes a shopping center complex.
Waiohinu lies a few miles southwest of Naalehu. The major
commercial facility here is a 14-unit hotel with a few small
commercial establishments within the community.
There [is one] are commercial (facility] facilities, consisting
of [a] general stores, service station. restaurant and office, in
the Hawaiian Ocean View Ranchos and Estates [Subdivision]
Subdivisions.
The Hawaii Volcanoes National Park in the Ka'u district contains
commercial facilities connected with the Volcano House hotel complex
and the Kilauea Military Camp.
The city of] Major purchases are made in Hilo which serves as a
regional commercial center for this district.
INDUSTRIAL
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The industrial development district consists of enterprises and
facilities which are not necessarily compatible with commercial
245-
restaurants and service stations.
0 0
areas. Businesses included in this district are generally more
noxious than those in general commercial areas.].
The scope of industrial] Industrial development includes
manufacturing and processing, wholesaling,-large storage and
transportation facilities, power plants, and government baseyards.
There are two distinct types of industrial development. One
sector is service-oriented and is affected by population and the
level of activity of other [industries.] business activities. The
other sector, basic industries. is mostly influenced by outside
markets. The location of industrial developments is important for
many reasons. In the case of service types of industrial
development (non-basic), areas designated for industrial uses must
be close enough to population and/or commercial areas for
efficiencies but still distant enough to avoid traffic [and
environmental] problems. Some industrial districts consist of
Presently, industrial developments
adjacent to these areas and result
noise, air and water pollution.
in many communities are located
in environmental problems such as
Basic industrial [development] activity is usually found close
to raw products[.] or other key resources. Both kinds of industries
are affected by the availability of transportation facilities.
Other factors equally important are the existence of public
utilities, the cost of land, and internal and external circulation.
Most] A significant portion of the County's industrial activity
is related to agriculture. The major user of industrial lands is
the processing of sugar and related industries. There are [ten] two
sugar plantations on the island[,] which operate mills located in
every district except South Kohala and Kona.] the district of North
and South Hilo. Hamakua, and Kau. Other agricultural industrial
activities include the processing of coffee, macadamia nuts, meat
products, tropical fruits, and vegetables. The processing of these
export products is expected to expand. There is also a small lumber
industry.
246-
Service-oriented industries, such as wholesaling, government
facilities, printing, and bakeries, are located close to population
centers. [ASl South Hilo contains more than half of the island's
0 0
population, and the majority of such facilities are located within
this district.
There are [2,069] 3,858 acres of industrially zoned lands in the
County, [1,094] 1,107 acres of which are vacant. The Countv's land
use [survey conducted by the Planning Department in 1969-1970]
inventory indicated that in 1985 there (are 1,649] were 2,099 acres
used for manufacturing, manufacturing services, and wholesaling.
These include lands zoned for agricultural, commercial, and other
uses. The existence of non-conforming uses which are incompatible
with industry creates an undesirable land use pattern. In fact, the
physical appearance of many of the island's industrial areas needs
improvement.
The following goals, policies and standards are set forth to
guide the development of industrial areas in the best interest of
the County and its residents. The residents must be also made aware
of the circumstances resulting from industrial development. Citizen
participation, awareness, and most of all, citizen understanding are
vital in the development of industrial areas, as in all phases of
the planning process.]
The following is an analysis by district [with courses of action
to undertake] with reference to industrial development. The brief
analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the
relationship of the district to the County as a whole. [The courses
of action shall be consistent with and supportive of all the goals,
policies, and standards set forth for this land use element.]
PUNA
Profile
The major industrial activity in Puna is [sugar processing.
There is also] a large macadamia nut processing plant, northeast of
the sugar mill. Other industrial activities include a kim chee
factory, quarrying of lava materials, slaughter houses, bakeries,
flower packaging, papaya processing and packing and several cottage
industries. [Low population base and] The proximity to Hilo limit
service-oriented industrial activity in this district.
There are 15 acres of land zoned for industrial use in Puna,
all of which is used. Most of the industrial activity in Puna is
linked with agriculture.]
significantly.
established.
247-
0
SOUTH HILO
Profile
0
With almost 75% of the island's industrially zoned lands, South
Hilo is the major industrial center on the island of Hawaii. The
principal industrial areas are the Kanoelehua area, Hilo port and
the surrounding area, and the sugar processing areas at [Wainaku,
Papaikou,] Pepeekeo [and Hakalau].
Industrial activity in the rural areas is confined to sugar
processing and related uses. Small pockets of population centers
are located close to these plantations and these communities contain
a few minor industrial services.
Industrial development in the city of Hilo is primarily due to
its available transportation facilities, the harbor and airport, and
its concentration of population. The harbor facility is the primary
shipping point for the island's sugar industry. Numerous businesses
which service the sugar industry, such as industrial equipment
manufacturing, fertilizer plant, and machine shops, are located in
the city.
There [is] are also industries involved with the processing and
packaging of locally grown products. Several plants process
tropical fruits into puree, juices, jams and jellies. Papaya grown
in Puna is inspected, fumigated, and packaged in the city. [There
are two plants which mill locally grown timber and several furniture
manufacturing plants. The major] Major processors of livestock
products [on the island] are located in South Hilo.
Other industrial activities include quarrying, garment
manufacturing, storage, wholesaling facilities and numerous other
population service-oriented activities.
Besides transportation facilities, major
of Hilo include the availability of labor, a
facilities and the. availability of utilities
820 acres of industrially zoned lands in the
vacant.] Industrial activities in both sere
categories is expected to expand in the city
advantages
full range
and land.
city which
ice and non
of Hilo.
of the city
of community
There are
are
service
NORTH HILO
Profile
The sugar [mills] mill at Ookala [and Papaaloa] owned by the
Laupahoehoe] Hamakua Sugar Company and [their] the related
facilities comprise the bulk of industrial activities in North
Hilo. Limited industrial facilities such as warehousing are also
located in Laupahoehoe.
248-
0 0
North Hilo has 40 acres of land zoned for industrial use,
8 acres at Papaaloa and 32 acres at Ookala. All of this land is in
use.]
HAMAKUA
Profile
Sugar processing is the major industrial activity in Hamakua.
There [are three factories, Hamakua Mill at Paauilo, Paauhau Sugar
Company at Paauhau, and Honokaa Sugar Company] is one factory at
Haina. [The Paauilo and Haina mills are owned by T. H. Davies &
Company, while Paauhau Sugar belongs to C. Brewer.]
Haina is also the site of one of the island's [twol macadamia
nut processing plants. This facility is owned by [T. H. Davies.]
Hawaiian Holidays. Industrial activity in macadamia nut processing
is expected to expand.
A feedlot and slaughterhouse has been developed in the Hamakua
district which has the potential to become a major activity in
itself while increasing the productivity of livestock operations on
the island generally.
There are numerous other industrial developments in Hamakua,
most of which are small and family-operated. These industries
include dairying, miscellaneous food processing, sawmills and wood
carving, and other service-oriented endeavors. The bulk of
industrial activity is in the Honokaa-Haina area. [Other
significant areas are Paauhau and Paauilo.]
There are 15 acres of land which are zoned industrial in the
vicinity of Honokaa, all of which are in use.] In terms of level
topography there is a limited amount of suitable lands for
industrial use. The Zoning [Ordinance, however, allows] Code and
Special Permits allow agriculture-related industrial facilities to
be built in agricultural zones.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Industrial activity in North Kohala consists of [sugar
processing and its related activities. The sugar processing plant
which is located in Halaula is situated on 52 acres of industrially
zoned land. There are no other lands zoned for industrial use in
the district. In addition to sugar, there is a sizable] small
agriculturally-related services and include a cottage industry which
produces preserved vegetables for export.
249-
O O
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
There are two general areas where most of
activity in South Kohala takes place: Waimea
Harbor. Many of the industrial activities in
agriculture and include a vacuum cooling plan
vegetables [and]s warehousing, and dairying.
activities, however, are scattered throughout
the industrial
Village] and Kawaihae
Waimea are linked with
t, the preserving of
These industrial
the Waimea area.
The Kawaihae Harbor is being developed into a [major] port
facility for west Hawaii. Industrial use of the area consists of
storage facilities [and a nearby wood slicing plant]. [The road
leading to Kawaihae Harbor, which is heavily used by large transport
trucks, is narrow and lacks adequate maintenance.]
Several service-oriented industrial activities are located in
this district. Among these activities are government baseyards
and]s utility installations[.] and development of specialized
equipment for the astronomy facilities.
There are 195 acres of industrially zoned lands, mostly in the
Kawaihae Harbor area. Although 144 acres are vacant, industrial
activity in this district is expected to increase substantially.]
L`L2C $TI3 KONA
Profile
Most of Kona's industrial development is [located in the mauka
area and is related to agriculture. Because of its topographic
condition, however, level land necessary for industrial development
is limited in the mauka area. The major activity is coffee milling
and roasting. Many of these coffee processing facilities are in
poor condition. Other activities connected to agriculture include
slaughter houses and agricultural ancillary services.] service
There are industries which are related to construction located
in Kona. One firm supplies the construction industry with crushed
rocks and concrete products.
Warehousing, lumber storage yards, garages, and other service
activities are found throughout the district.
Present population and industries in the district are scattered
and strip development occurs along the major highway. There also
exist industrial activities which are incompatible with the
surrounding area.
250-
shops and other service oriented activities
0 0
North Kona has 241 acres of industrially zoned lands, mostly in
the Kailua and Holualoa areas. Of these, 108 acres, primarily in
Kailua, are vacant. There is no industrial zoning in South Kona.
There is a private industrial park just outside of Kailua
Village. The first increment of this park has been completed and is
being utilized. Proposals for additional acreage for industrial use
have been announced in this general vicinity.
A factor affecting industrial sites in Kona is the recent
relocation of the airport at Ke-ahole Point. The lands surrounding
this facility are undeveloped.]
Ma-ior factors to be considered for the existing industrial areas
and other new developments are their visual effects on motorists and
passengers using Oueen Kaahumanu Highway and the views from the
residential areas above.
Profile
level land necessarv for development is limited in the mauka areas
KA'U
Profile
There are two plantations in Ka'u, Hawaiian Agricultural
Company in Pahala and Hutchinson Sugar Company in Honuapo. The
factories of these two companies and their related facilities] Sugar
processing and macadamia nut milling in Ka'u constitute the majority
of the industrial development in Ka'u. There are miscellaneous
activities, such as County baseyards, public utilities stations, and
fish and meat processing. The distance from port facilities in Hilo
creates a problem for the movement of goods to and from this
district.
There are 51 acres of land zoned for industrial use in this
district, 32 of which are in the Pahala area and the remainder in
Honuapo. In Pahala there are 22 acres of vacant industrial lands.]
251-
Other service related industrial uses such as warehousing
O O
MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The multiple residential district is part of the County's
overall land use structure and provides for residential structures
containing two or more dwelling units.
Multiple residential living is becoming a way of life for many
people. Such units provide housing for persons who [have no desire
or need] prefer not to own a single-family residence, persons who
find it financially difficult to own a single-family residence,
persons with changing employment, and others. In practice, multiple
form of residential development utilizes less land area. This trend
will continue in the future due to rapid urban growth, mobile
populations and the rising costs of land and improvements.
Multiple residential living has not been well accepted in the
past, mainly because of the unimaginative and stereotyped design of
buildings, social attitudes and the desire for single-family
ownership. The costs of land and construction, however, have
greatly risen, thus making it difficult .for many people to afford a
home.]
The County will be faced with a great demand for multiple
residential development. A carefully worked out land use plan and
development standards will be essential in assuring that any
development will be an asset to the County.
As a result of the need for housing, numerous multiple
residential structures have been constructed, are being constructed,
or are in the planning stage. As of July [1969,] 1985. the County
had a total of [1,099] 7,624 multiple residential units[. Of this
number, 549 are apartment units and 550 are] and 768 duplex units.
These units are situated on fourteen acres of land, resulting in a
density of 38 units per acre.]
Throughout the County, there are [642] 1,949 acres of land zoned
for multiple residential use. This includes [194] 159 acres zoned
for duplex or double family use. In addition, commercially zoned
lands also permit multiple residential development. Of the total
acreage, [360] 1,325 acres, or [56] 68 percent, are still not
developed. [Of the 282 acres in use, however, only 12 acres are
actually used for multiple residential use. The remaining areas are
used for single-family residential and other uses, some of which do
not conform to the intent of the multiple residential zone.]
Since July 1969, 431 additional units have been constructed.
An additional 224 units are presently under construction and another
1,350 units are in the planning stage.]
252-
O O
Some of the problems of multiple residential developments
include the volume of traffic that the higher density use generates;
the incompatible uses in surrounding areas; the lack of basic
improvements, namely, sewers; water and adequate access; the
existence of non-conforming uses within zoned areas; the lack of
development in appropriately zoned areas; and the rising costs of
land and construction.
As the demand for multiple residential development increases, it
will have to be assured that subsequent developments are of such
standards that they will be assets to the County.
units. In Hawaii County this pattern has manifested itself
oriented developments outside the vicinity of the resort plant
The goals, policies, and standards which follow are the result
of the examination and analysis of past and present situations.]
The following is an analysis by district of multiple residential
development. It is intended to bring into focus the relationship of
the district to the County as a whole. [Courses of action are to be
in compliance with and supportive of the goals, standards, and
policies of the overall element.]
PUNA
Profile
The Puna district has [no area] only limited areas zoned for
multiple residential use [although there are areas zoned for
commercial use which also permit multiple residential development].
Throughout the district there exist 10 duplex units which serve as
plantation housing.] The predominant form of housing in the
district is single family development With the demand for housing,
there will be a need for multiple residential development.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
AS of July 1969, the South Hilo district contained 494 multiple
residential units and 368 duplex units. These duplex units are
mainly a mixture of plantation housing and the housing projects at
Lanakila and in the Lokahi Street area.. With the completion of
three developments, an additional 62 units have been added to this
inventory. Another 77 units are presently under construction and an
additional 465 units are in the planning stage.]
253-
a
Throughout the district, there are [228] 312 acres zoned for
multiple residential use, which includes [115].109 acres zoned for
duplex residential use. Of this total, [51] 94 acres are not
developed.
Areas zoned in duplex use are located at Lanakila, Villa
Franca, Lokahi Street in the Waiakea Homesteads area, and the
Waiakea Houselots area adjacent to the Hilo Shopping Center. Areas
zoned for apartment use are centralized in three locations: Puueo,
the Hilo College area, and the area bordered by Ululani, Kapiolani,
Waianuenue and Hualalai Streets.]
in addition to the areas specifically zoned for multiple
residential use, areas zoned for resort and commercial zones also
allow multiple residential development..
Of the 113 acres zoned for apartment use, only 8 acres are
developed for the intended purpose of the zone. The remaining areas
are either vacant or fairly built-up with single-family residential
dwellings.] Many of the zoned areas lack the basic amenities to
support the higher density use. Examples of this include the
absence of a sewer system in the apartment zoned area below [Hilo
College] the University of Hawaii and the inadequate roadway system
within the Puueo and Kapiolani-Ululani Streets area.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The North Hilo district has no area zoned for multiple
residential use although existing commercial zoned areas permit the
higher density residential use. [Throughout the district there are
50 duplex units which serve as plantation housing units.]
HAMAKUA
Profile
The land use inventory conducted in mid-1969 reveals that there
is only one apartment building containing ten units in the Hamakua
district. This apartment is located in Honokaa and has since been
expanded with an addition of four units. Also existing in the
district are 52 duplex units which serve as plantation housing
units.] Except for the duplex zoned area in Paauilo and the
existing commercial zones which permit multiple residential
development, the district has no area zoned for high density
residential use.
Housing plans of the sugar [companies] company in the district
propose to relocate employee housing in and around Honokaa. This
will ease the problem of availability of housing.
254-
o
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The North Kohala district has [no] only one area zoned for
multiple residential use, below the Kohala Estates Subdivision,
although commercial zoned areas permit [high] higher density
residential development.
With people living in this district but working in the South
Kohala resort area, there may be some activity in multiple
residential development.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The South Kohala district has about [350] 782 acres of
multi-residential land with the vast majority being located in the
Waikoloa-Anaehoomalu sector.] resort areas. .[There are in the
overall district 35 acres of this zoned land in various types of
use, the remainder being vacant.]
Within the district there are 23 multiple residential units.]
Although activity in the construction of these types of units is
currently limited, the district is projected to increase in
population[,] and visitor activity, which will generate a demand for
multiple residential development.
KONA
Profile
Construction activities of multiple residential units in the
Kona district [are proceeding] has proceeded at a rapid rate. [At
the time of the land use survey conducted by the Planning Department
in mid-1969, there were 39 apartment and 20 duplex units. Since
then, an additional 361 units were added to the inventory. An
additional 147 units are under construction and another 875 units
are in the planning stage. The majority of multiple residential
construction is concentrated in the Kailua and Keauhou areas.]
The Kona district has [312] 703 acres zoned for multiple
residential use in addition to commercial zoned areas which permit
high] higher density residential development. [Of the total,
247 acres are presently undeveloped. Of the 65 acres in use, only
4 acres, or 6.5%, are developed for the intended use of the zone.
The majority of the remaining areas have single-family residential
dwellings.]
Many] Some of the areas zoned for high density residential use
lack the basic amenities, such as sewer, water and adequate roadway
systems, which limit development for the intended use.
255-
0
KA'U
Profile
0
There are [three] 106 acres zoned for multiple residential use
within the district. This zoned acreage is located in Pahala[.] and
at Punalu'u. [A 24-unit housing project is planned for this area.]
There is a 6-unit apartment complex located within the
commercial zone in the town of Naalehu. In the district are also
20 duplex units which serve as plantation housing.]
The Ka'u district is expected to experience further activity in
multiple residential construction.
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
As part of the overall land use structure of the County, the
single-family residential district provides areas for low-density
residential uses. The location of single-family residential lands
is important in that they should be in close proximity to centers of
employment, shopping and other conveniences, and should have the
basic improvements and amenities necessary for development.
As has been the case in the past, uncontrolled single-family
residential development will place a burden on the County and its
people. Before the Subdivision and Comprehensive Zoning
Ordinances] Codes were adopted in 1966 and 1967-68 respectively,
thousands of non-conforming residential lots were created within
isolated areas where the basic improvements and amenities for
development were lacking. Developers [simply] sold lands without
providing improvements to the area. [This type of speculative
practice of land sales has created many problems.]
Housing in Hawaii County has traditionally been characterized by
single-family residential units. Residential units of this sort
account for [91%] 7~ of the total housing inventory of the island.
In July [1969,] 1985, the County of Hawaii had [17,580] 29,687
single-family residential units. [Since then, 693 additional units
have been built and 119 units have been demolished. The net
increase of single-family units over the past year has thus been
574, bringing the total inventory to 18,150 single-family units.]
With the anticipated increase in population and the replacement of
substandard units(, however,] more residential units will be
needed. Rehabilitation, renewal, or redevelopment will be requiredinmanyoftheoldersingle-family residential neighborhoods. In
certain residential areas poor site planning has produced a crowded
feeling.
The County has a total of [16,136] 17,868 acres [allocated]
zoned for single-family residential use at varying densities. About
256-
0 0
43%,] 46%, or [7,072] 8.259 acres, is presently used. Several
areas, however, are occupied by incompatible non-conforming uses,
unbuildable because of topographic conditions, located in hazardous
areas, or lack the basic improvements necessary for development.
The following is the breakdown of single-family residential zoned
lands based on [density:] lot size:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 1,476 9
10,000 5,834 36
15,000 7,529 47
20,000 1,299 8]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 1,893 11
10,000 9,579 54
15,000 4,937 28
20,000 1,459 8
The prices of these single-family residential zoned lands differ
substantially depending on location. For example, single-family
residential zoned lands along beachfronts are usually more expensive
than the mauka residential zoned areas.
There will be greater pressure for [the allocation of] more
single-family residential lands as the County has an influx of
people and as more people desire to own their homes, thereby
experiencing the pride of possession that accompanies home
ownership. However, it will take more than the development of a
land use plan to achieve this as well as the goals and standards set
forth in this section. Social, economic, and physical ramifications
must be taken into consideration. Public planning and regulation
alone cannot accomplish this; the cooperation and coordination of
all segments of the County's population are required. Citizen
participation, awareness, and understanding are vitally important.
How satisfactory development occurs will depend to a large extent on
the County and its people.
concept of a "single family residential zone The net effect of
these laws has been to increase the density of neighborhoods without
overt rezoning actions.
257-
provided that the county determines that adequate facilities exist
O O
In addition to satisfying the housing needs of the residents
Through careful examination and analysis of the present
situation, the following goals, policies, and standards are set
forth to guide the orderly development of single-family residential
areas in the interest of the residents of the County of Hawaii.]
The following is an analysis by district [with courses of action
to undertake] in reference to single-family residential
development. The brief analysis of each district is intended to
bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a
whole. [The courses of action shall be consistent with and
supportive of the goals, policies, and standards set forth in the
overall single-family residential land use element.]
PUNA
Profile
The Puna district has 3,188 acres zoned for
residential use, of which 2,493 acres, or 78%,
undeveloped. The following is the breakdown of
density:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)
Per Unit Acreage
7,500 30
10,000 1,779
15,000 173
20,000 1,206
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)
Per Unit Acreage
7,500 0
10,000 1,329
15,000 158
20,000 1,187
single-family
are still
zoned areas based on
Percentage
of Total
1
56
5
38]
Percentage
of Total
50
6
44
The land use inventory [completed in mid-1969 indicated]
indicates that there [were 1,767] are 4.822 single-family
residential units in the area. [Since then, 83 units have been
built and 2 units have been demolished. The net increase of 81
units brings the overall inventory to 1,850 units.]
The district has thousands of non-conforming residential lots
which lack the basic improvements necessary for development and/or
are held in speculation. Nevertheless. construction of
single-family dwellings within these non-conforming subdivisions has
258-
o ~ o
increased. The district is emerging as a bedroom community to the
Hilo area. Strip residential development exists along the highways
In recent years, the
single-family residential
its relocation program.]
SOUTH HILO
Profile
sugar company has been providing
subdivisions for its employees as part of
The South Hilo district has [9,317] 7.344 acres of single-family
residential zoned lands[, of which approximately 8,500 acres are
located within the city limits of Hilo]. [Fifty-three] Forty-one
per cent, or [5,007] 3.033 acres, of the total zoned area is
undeveloped. Many of the undeveloped areas lack the basic
improvements necessary for development, are held in speculation, or
are committed to other uses. Drainage and flooding problems exist
in many of the areas zoned for residential use. The following is
the breakdown of residential zoned lands based on density:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,.500 766 8
10,000 2,750 30
15,000 5,708 61
20,000 93 1]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total.
7,500 1,065 15
10,000 4,030 55
15,000 2,155 29
20,000 94 1
The land use inventory [completed in mid-1969 indicated]
indicates that there [were 8,282] are 11.505 single-family
residential units in the district. [Approximately 5,500 units were
located within the city limits of Hilo. Since then, 262 additional
units have been built, while 27 units have been demolished. This
brings the present inventory to 8,517 units.]
In certain areas residential lands are too large for the zoning
district but too small to subdivide or permit additional units to be
built. Many of the lots have narrow frontage and long depth with.
inadequate width for resubdividing.
In addition to private developers, government has played an
important role in single-family residential housing. [In addition
to past developments, the State recently made available a 136-unit
259-
0 0
housing development in the Mohouli area for low and moderate income
families.] The State [also] has made available [77 residential
lots] hundreds of housing units in the [Waiakea Homesteads area for
those in the so-called "gap group."] the city of Hilo for low and
moderate income families.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The North Hilo district has [235] 400 acres zoned for
single-family residential use. [Fifty-five] One hundred sixty-three
acres are still undeveloped. Some of this area is undeveloped
because of unfavorable topographic conditions and the lack of basic
improvements necessary for development. Single-family residential
zoned lands are also located adjacent to sugar processing plants.
The following is the breakdown of zoned areas based on density:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
10,000 119 51
15,000 116 49]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)
Per Unit
10,000
15,000
AS of July 1969, there
residential units within the
units have been built and 43
majority of demolished units
Ninole and Honohina areas.]
Percentage
Acreage of Total
276 69
123 31
were 540] There are 566 single-family
district. [Since then, 4 additional
units have been demolished. The large
were plantation-owned homes in the
The sugar companies' plans call for the relocation of housing
into the Laupahoehoe area as well as to Pepeekeo in the South Hilo
district. Many of the residential zoned lands within the
Laupahoehoe, Papaaloa, and Ookala areas are owned by the sugar
companies, thus limiting the supply of residential land that is
available for the private market. Other land owners with larger
lots are reluctant to sell, subdivide their lots, or surrender their
accustomed rural way of life.]
HAMAKUA
Profile
The Hamakua district has [537] 638 acres allocated for
single-family residential use, [134] 163 acres of which are
undeveloped. [Residential] Some residential zoned lands are located
260-
0 0
adjacent to the sugar processing plant, and certain areas have
drainage problems. Incompatible non-conforming uses also exist
within the zoned areas. The following is the breakdown of
single-family residential zoned lands based on density:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 111 21
10,000 281 52
15,000 145 27]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 110 17
10,000 380 60
15,000 148 23
In July 1969 the] The district [had 1,448] has 1,650
single-family units. [Since then, 15 additional units have been
built to replace 15 units which were demolished.] The plans of the
sugar [companies] company in the area [are] is to concentrate its
employee population in the Honokaa area. The sugar [companies are]
companv has been pursuing residential subdivisions for employees
either for relocation purposes or new homes. The present plantation
subdivisions and those in the planning stage will be for the
replacement of existing plantation homes which are to be
demolished. These will not, therefore, relieve the housing problems
in the area for residents who do not work for the sugar [companies]
comoanv and are not eligible for these homesites. Excluding these
plantation subdivisions, only a limited supply of single-family
residential lands is available for the private market. Land owners
with large residential lots display no desire to sell, subdivide
their lots, or surrender their accustomed rural way of life.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The North Kohala district has [496] 550 acres allocated for
single-family residential use at a density of 15,000 square feet of
land area per unit. Of the total area zoned, [147] 167 acres are
undeveloped. Many of the undeveloped residential zoned areas are
unsuitable for residential development because of unfavorable
topographic conditions. Strip residential development also exists
along the roadways.
The land use inventory [indicated] indicates that there [were
946] are 1,174 single-family units [as of July 1969]. [Since then,
18 units have been built. These were basically replacements for 16
units that were demolished during the same period.
261-
0 0
The sugar company in the area] The Kohala Corporation is the
major landowner of existing residential zoned areas. [They have
been providing subdivided lots for their employees for relocation
purposes. Residential lands for persons not connected with the
sugar company are limited. Landowners with large residential zoned
lands have not displayed any desire to subdivide their lots.]
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
During the past decade the South Kohala district had the
highest growth rate in the County. Anticipating the success of
large developments in the area, this growth is expected to continue.]
AS of August 1969, the] The district [had 567] has 3,041 acres
of single family residential zoned lands, primarily located in the
Waimea area[.] and in Waikoloa Village. [Two hundred seventeen] Two
thousand four hundred twenty-two acres of the total zoned area are
undeveloped. The following is a breakdown of lands zoned for
single-family residential use based on density:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 157 28
10,000 391 69
15,000 19 3]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 130 4
10,000 2,672 88
15,000 86 3
20,000 154 5
In December 1969, 2,384 acres of agricultural lands were
rezoned for single-family residential use at a density of 10,000
square feet of land area per unit in the Waikoloa area. Boise
Cascade plans to subdivide this area into 5,800 houselots.]
The land use inventory [in mid-1969 indicated] indicates that
the South Kohala district had [841] 1,989 single-family units.
Since then, 50 additional units have been built, bringing the
current single-family inventory to 891 units.]
This district also has a number of non-conforming residential
lots in the Puukapu area which lack the basic improvements necessary
for development. Several areas already zoned for single-familyresidentialusearenotbeingdevelopedbecauseofspeculation [or]s
the lack of basic improvements[.] or the lack of a market.
262-
0
KONA
Profile
0
The North and South Kona [district,] districts [which includes
both North and South Kona, has 1,261] have 2,420 acres zoned for
single-family residential use. [Fifty-nine] Sixty-four per cent, or
749] 1,554 acres, is still undeveloped. Some of the undeveloped
residential lands are unsuitable for development due to unfavorable
topographic conditions. [Speculative practices of land sales,
inadequate] Inadequate roadways[,] and the lack of basic facilities
are [other] two nrinciole reasons for residential zoned lands not
being developed. The following is the breakdown of single-family
residential zoned lands based on density:
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 291 23
10,000 413 33
15,000 557 44]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 456 19
10,000 754 31
15,000 1,200 50
20,000 10 1
The total inventory of single-family units Las of July 1969 was
2,730.] in North and South Kona is 6.543 [During the past year,
235 additional units have been built, while 14 have been
demolished. This brings the total inventory of single-family units
to 2,951 units.]
Because of topographic conditions, there are drainage and
flooding problems in certain residential areas. Incompatible
non-conforming uses exist within residential zoned areas and there
are also residential areas located adjacent to industrial zoned
lands.
KA'U
Profile
The district of Ka'u has [535] 799 acres allocated for
single-family residential use, primaril
Naalehu and Pahala[.] and at Punalu'u.
Three hundred forty-six acres, or [49%]
lands are undeveloped. The following is
lands based on density:
y located in the towns of
Two hundred sixty-two]
43 Q, of the total zoned
the breakdown of zoned
263-
0 0
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 119 22
10,000 101 19
15,000 315 59]
Land Area (Sq. Ft.)Percentage
Per Unit Acreage of Total
7,500 133 17
10,000 137 17
15,000 515 64
20,000 14 2
AS of July 1969, the] The Ka'u district [had] has a total of
1,026] 1.439 single-family units. [During the past year, 26
additional units have been built and 2 units have been demolished,
bringing the total inventory to 1,050 single-family units.]
The [two] sugar [companies] companv [located in Naalehu and
Pahala are] actively [pursuing] pursued subdivisions to provide fee
simple residential lands to their employees. These subdivisions are
primarily provided for relocation purposes. Since many of the
single-family residential zoned lands are held in plantation
ownership, only a limited supply are available on the private
market. [Other landowners with large residential lots, however,
usually have no intention of subdividing their lands.]
The district also has non-conforming residential subdivisions
which lack the basic improvements necessary for development.
RESORT
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Resort developments are [created] intended to satisfy the needs
and desires of both visitors and residents. Such areas have basic
amenities and attributes which [attract the development of] support
visitor accommodations and related facilities. Another factor of
major importance is the recreational facilities available to
visitors.
The visitor industry is emerging as a major economic force of
the County of Hawaii and has had a tremendous effect on the lives of
many residents. This industry greatly contributed to the economy of
the island when the County was in a depressed state. The greatest
impact of the visitor industry has been the creation of additional
employment and income opportunities for residents.
264-
0 0
The success of a resort area depends upon factors such as level
of service in relation to cost, the attitude and courtesy of resort
employees, and even such intangibles as the "Aloha Spirit." The
Aloha Spirit" is a picture-in-mind, most often identified with
empathy, tolerance, graciousness, friendliness, understanding and
giving. Another factor of major importance is the recreational
facilities available to visitors.]
Almost every major successful resort area has] Resort
development sites generally have a harmonious combination of
certain characteristics,] both the built environment, inclu
buildings and landscaping, and the physical environment, such as
climate, specific site characteristics and scenery [and/or man-made
facilities]. In most instances, the [natural factors have been]
elements of the ~hvsical environment provide the basis for the
development of an area [and the man-made facilities were designed to
enhance the area]. Buildings and landscaping are generally designed
to enhance the site and area. in other cases, the [man-made]
features [make the most of] of the built environment enhance what
may be considered undistinguished [natural characteristics.]
physical features.
A resort development, if uncontrolled, can place a burden on
the island's economy and people and on the development as well. The
island of Hawaii faced difficulties when resort development began
before the County was prepared for such rapid growth. Some of the
past developments have lacked long-range planning which produces
resort development that is beneficial to the island.
Numerous hotel expansion and other resort development programs
are nearing completion, underway, or in the planning stages. Much
of the current construction, however, is either expansion or
renovation of facilities for existing hotels. A sizable portion of
the new construction planned or underway is only an incremental part
of the larger long-range plans of various private developments.]
Most resorts are planned and developed to compete for the
visitor market that prefers to stay at a single place for several
to these resort complexes.
Generally, several factors, in combination with one another
contribute to the growth of a visitor industry in a given area
These factors include:
The amenities that an area has to offer including its
beaches, scenic attractions, and recreational facilities
and activities.
The community providing support for the industry
265-
0 0
Both the public and private sectors providing the needed
The private sector developing a concentration of visitor
accommodations in an area.
The participation of hotel operators with strong ties to ,
national and international markets.
i
The successful-promotion of an area as a destination and
f~'1P na rfirina4-i nn in 4-hc nrmm~Finn~l of Fr. ri- L... ~..-1 ~.... ,. ., ..a ~
travel agents.
The [island] County of Hawaii has [certain] several natural
advantages, [such as] including its climate, topography and scenic
qualities, which [form al provide the setting desired for resort
development [that is superior to many competitive areas]. [Certain
areas proposed for resort development, however, are subject to the
hazards of volcanic activity and tsunami inundation.] With
on the island's social. economic and physical environment and on
the visitor industry as well. A resort area should be large enough
to provide a concentration of hotel and recreational facilities
which will keep the visitor interested and entertained. It should
not be so large, however, as to destroy either the sense of scale,
intimacy and leisureliness associated with [the] an area or the way
of life on an island such as this.
The visitor number during the period between 1960 and 1969
increased from 91,000 to 358,000. Direct scheduled flights from the
continental United States to Hilo have brought about an increasing
visitor influx. The planned inter-island ferry system will play an
important role in the visitor industry as the establishment of this
transportation system is expected to increase inter-island
visitation.]
The number of visitor accommodations has also increased at a
tremendous rate. The visitor plant inventory shows that in 1960
there were 16 hotels with 860 units. Today this has increased to
37 hotels with 3,438 units. An additional 1,055 units are presently
under construction and will increase the total inventory to
4,493 units.]
State traveling to Hawaii County increased from 446 000 in 1970 to
697,400 in 1985.
266-
a o
Accompanying this growth in visitor arrivals has been the
development of additional visitor accommodations particularly on
the Neighbor Islands. Based on data from the Hawaii Visitors
Bureau. the State's visitor room inventory increased from 26 923 in
1970 to 65.919 in late-1985. and Hawaii County's visitor room
inventory increased from 3.200 in 1970 to 7 511 in late-1985
AS of August] In 1969, [there were] the County of Hawaii had
677 acres zoned for resort use, of which 357 acres were still
undeveloped. [Lands which are prematurely zoned in large resort
areas are often left idle since they usually lack the basic
improvements necessary for development. Many of the lands in prime
resort areas are held in a multitude of small ownerships. Lands are
also held in speculation, raising land prices in resort areas.] By
1985, the zoned acreage had increased to 793 acres, of which 473
acres were not utilized.
Of the 320 resort zoned acres in use, 73 acres were being used
for resort and related purposes. The remainder of those resort
areas presently used were occupied by non-conforming structures.
Should the 677 acres zoned for resort use be utilized fully for the
zoned purpose, there could be nearly 32,000 hotel units on the
island. It is realized that development of the zone will not
achieve the maximum capacity, but the potential is stated to
illustrate that lands designated for resort use are not lacking.
Hotels are also permitted in general commercial zones. In the same
vein, commercial and other resort-oriented establishments are
allowed in resort areas.]
Kona and South Kohala in West Hawaii The maiority of future resort
for new resort proiects This is to be expected given the area's
physical attributes and proximity to the Keahole airport the Oueeh
Kaahumanu Hi hwa and the existin West Hawaii communities.
Although resort [developments have] development has
traditionally been [along beachfronts,] located in coastal areas. it
is anticipated that developments such as mountain and retreat resort
complexes [will be constructed.] may be developed in the future
The three distinct existing resort centers on the island, Hilo,
Kona and Kawaihae, are coastal areas. In addition to the existing
hotel complexes in the Kailua-Kona, Kawaihae and Hilo areas, an
intensive resort development is underway at Keauhou, Kona. However,
the location of resort developments along the coastline, usually
fronting the most desirable and attractive recreational beach areas,
often deprives the general public of enjoying the shoreline.
267-
0 0
Most resort plans are designed to attract the destination area
type of visitor who usually stays for an average of from five to
seven days. Sufficient activities and interests within the
immediate resort area are provided for the visitor in the design of
these complexes.]
Although the island can well absorb the current increase in
resort activity, how] How satisfactorily future resort development
occurs will depend to a-large extent on the County[, whose
responsibility it is to guide and provide the leadership for the
future, the developers and the people of the County]. Although the
County is faced with differences of opinion concerning resort
development, [by achieving the goals, policies, and standards set
forth below, these can perhaps be alleviated.] the benefits that can
be derived from resort development may be optimized and the adverse
affects minimized. Developers and residents must be made aware of
the circumstances resulting from resort development. Citizen
participation, awareness, and, most of all, citizen understanding
are vital in resort development, as in all phases of the planning
process.
The following is an analysis by district [with courses of action
to undertake] in reference to resort development. The brief
analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the
relationship of the district to the County as a whole. [The courses
of action shall be consistent. with and supportive of the goals,
policies, and standards set forth in the overall resort land use
element.]
PUNA
Profile
The Puna district [offers] Presently has no visitor or overnight
accommodations. One acre is zoned Resort. however it is utilized by
a drive-in restaurant. Except for a number of scenic attractions
along the Puna coastline, the visitor industry has had very little
effect on the district. The principal visitor attractions in the
region are the [volcanoes] Kalapana Extension of the Hawaii
Volcanoes National Park and the Black Sand Beach at Kalapana.
A resort complex is] Although resorts have been proposed in the
Kaimu-Kalapana area, and other resort developments [are planned]
have been proposed for [the] Kapoho, Pohoiki and Opihikao [areas.]
none of these have materialized. [One of the advantages of these
areas is the climate, which is characterized by warm, sunny days.]
These areas[, however,] are also subject to volcanic activities
and/or], subsidence. and tsunami inundation [and]. Most of these
areas also lack most of the basic improvements necessary for
development.
268-
0 0
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The city of Hilo in the South Hilo district is [the major
gateway] one of the gatewavs for Big Island visitors. [Direct
scheduled jet flights from the mainland to Hilo Airport have
stimulated an increase in the visitor influx.] Direct flights to
the continental United States can be accommodated at the General
Lyman Airport.
The visitor plant inventory indicates that in 1960 there were
376 hotel units[. Today, this amount has been increased to 1,247
units. The majority of the units, 1,004 or 80%, are located in the
Waiakea Peninsula resort area. In 1960, there were two hotels with
a total of 120 units in this area. The Waiakea Peninsula was
greatly enhanced by the completion of Banyan Drive in 1969, which
eased access to the area and provided walkways between the hotels.
Except for a few lots, the area is almost completely built-up.]~
increasing to 1,247 in 1970 and 1,313 units in 1985. The present
Resort development has tended to move inland toward the
vicinity of the Waiakea Pond. A 377-unit hotel with 11 four-room
cabanas is currently under construction adjacent to the pond in the
Kaiko'o Renewal Project. C. Brewer and Co., Ltd., also has plans
for resort development adjacent to the pond.]
As a resort area. Hilo has consistently experienced the lowest
occupancy rates statewide. Although two other hotels were
constructed in the vicinity of the Waiakea Pond, both hotels have
since been converted to office and condominium apartments
Two other areas within the Hilo city limits have resort zoning,
one in the Puueo area and the other in the Keaukaha area. These
resort zoned areas, however, are [fairly built-up with] utilized by
other non-conforming uses. A 15-story condominium with 88 units is
near completion] located in the Puueo area. [Portions of the
Keaukaha resort zone area lack sewer systems and the water system is
inadequate for higher densities.]
The Hilo area has [210] 139 acres zoned for resort use. Of the
total, [101] 51 acres[, or 50 per cent,] are vacant. [Within the
109 acres in use, 25 acres are developed for its intended resort
use. If the 210 acres zoned for resort use were fully utilized,
there could be nearly 12,200 hotel units in the district.]
269-
0 0
NORTH HILO
Profile
Potential major resort development in the North Hilo district
is unlikely. The] Presently, the visitor industry plays no
significant role in the area, as areas of interest to visitors are
limited because of inadequate access. in the foreseeable future,
resort development in the North Hilo district is unlikely_
HAMAKUA
Profile
The Hamakua district offers limited overnight accommodations.]
The visitor industry in South Kohala has provided employment
opportunities for residents of the Hamakua area. [There] Within the
District, there is a [total of 36] small hotel [rooms] located in
Honoka'a which [are mainly] is primarily used by local businessmen
and construction workers. [The visitor industry has played no
significant role in this .area.] There are also no [conceivable]
shoreline areas where resort complexes can be feasibly developed to
any substantial degree. Nevertheless the district does have some
visitor attractions. Waipio Valley is a major visitor attraction
of the district]. Its beauty lies in its naturalness and the
general absence of man-made elements. Honoka'a town offers a
different visitor attraction with its main street setting of 1930's
commercial buildings.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The district of North Kohala has limited overnight
accommodations. Its two hotels[, with a total of 35 units,] are
generally used by local businessmen and construction workers. In
addition to being an agricultural community, there are people who
live in this district and commute to [the resort area of] work at
the South Kohala [for work.] resorts.
The district does have potential for [the] resort development
of small resorts, which would primarily cater] catering to visitors
seeking quiet and rest. There are [also] areas of historical
significance and natural beauty in North Kohala. [Areas of interest
to visitors, however, are limited due to inadequate access.]
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
South Kohala's coastline, dotted with beaches and coves, is
envisioned as a major resort area. This area is endowed with
natural amenities which are conducive to resort development.
270-
0 0
In 1965 Mauna Kea Beach Hotel opened with 154 units and in 1969
an additional 102 units were constructed. The development of this
resort complex has stimulated interest for resort developments by
other concerns, i.e., Boise Cascade and Signal Oil. While the
proposed areas have attractive scenic characteristics for resort
development, their remoteness requires major highway construction
and the provision of other necessary improvements such as water and
sewer systems.
One of the major problems arising from isolated developments
such as these is that employees have to travel great distances to
work since there is no housing provided in close proximity to places
of employment. The beach area for recreational use is limited, and
not all beaches have public access provided to them.
The visitor plant inventory indicates a total of 315 units
within three hotels: Mauna Kea Beach Hotel, Waimea Village Inn and
Kamuela Inn.
The South Kohala district has about 200 acres zoned for resort
use. Presently only about 10 acres is actually occupied by resort
structures.]
South Kohala's role in the visitor industry is unique. In
Waimea, the small lodoinp facilities totaling 29 units offer
opportunities for an upland, cool, vacation experience. At Waikoloa
The South Kohala coast has long been envisioned as a prime
visitor destination area since the late-1960s. Its natural
attributes. white sand beaches. calm ocean waters, and a dry sunny
climate have made it especially attractive. The Mauna Kea. Mauna
pursuing plans for further hotel development. Each of the three
existing South Kohala resorts also have recreational amenities which
include a championship golf course at each development tennis
to 1.357 units in 1985. At the Waikoloa Resort, the 1 244-unit
Waikoloa Hyatt is under construction and is generally expected to
be the catalyst for a new wave of development activity in the County
the major coastal resort areas have 268 acres zoned for multiple
family residential use which may also be used for vacation rental
condominiums.
271-
0
NORTH KONA
Profile
0
The North Kona Coast has long been, in the estimation of many
people, the prime area for resort developments. It is referred to
as having the ideal climate, shoreline characteristics, historical
and other elements of beauty and interest. The coast offers the
visitor a unique change of scene and an opportunity for complete
relaxation.
The major visitor destination area is Kailua. This area,
however, has limited recreational facilities. There is also no
division for pedestrian and vehicular traffic circulation.
An intensive resort development is underway at Keauhou, with a
318-unit hotel recently opened for occupancy. Other areas under
consideration for resort developments are located at Kealakehe and
the Kaloko-Honokohau areas.
The current visitor plant inventory shows that there are 1,695
hotel units in the North Kona area, an increase of approximately
1,375 over the past decade. The hotels are primarily located along
the coast from Kailua to Keauhou with a few located in the mauka
areas. Land prices for resort areas, especially along the shoreline
between Kailua and Keauhou, are high. Alii Drive is the only access
to these resort areas as there are no vertical connectors to Kuakini
Highway between Lunapule Road and Kamehameha III Road. There is no
sewer system and the water system is inadequate outside of Kailua
and Keauhou along Alii Drive.
Two large hotels, one in Kailua and the other at Keauhou, are
presently under construction and will have a combined total of 678
units. These will bring the total hotel inventory in the district
to 2,373 units.
The North Kona area has 361 acres zoned for resort use, of which
221 acres, or slightly over 60 per cent, are vacant. Only about 35
acres of the total area zoned for resort are in the intended use.
Several of the resort areas are built up with non-conforming uses.
There is strip resort zoning along Alii Drive and many of the lots
affected are held in a multitude of small ownerships. Should all
361 acres zoned for resort be used, there could be more than 16,000
hotel units in the designated area.
The development of the maximum potential of North Kona as an
important resort destination area, however, will require major
improvements to correct existing deficiencies.]
272-
0 0
Pla_n," originally prepared in 1974 and adopted by the County Council
in 1976, guides development within the Kailua Village area. The
plan needs to be updated and requires more definitive design and
landscaping criteria.
Keauhou is planned and has been developed as a
center, and entertainment facilities. A convention center is
located at the Kona Surf Hotel. The expansion of resort areas in
the district is anticipated north of Kailua-Kona. A number of
resorts have been proposed for this area.
Other area-wide facilities have helped to encourage the growth
of tourism in the district. These include the Honokohau Small Boat
Harbor, Keahole Airport and the completion of the Oueen Kaahumanu
Highway_
There are 328 acres zoned resort in the North Kona District with
approximately 135 acres vacant. However. not all of the acres zoned
for resort are actually utilized for hotels. Other uses which have
SOUTH KONA
Profile
The South Kona district has limited visitor accommodations.
There is one hotel with [49] 64 units which is primarily used by
island residents.
The South Kona district does have the natural and historic
amenities [conducive for resort development. New and rapidly
expanding interests have been stirred for resort developments in the
South Kona area, especially in the Honaunau and Kealakekua Bay
areas. These proposed resort areas, however, have no adequate
roadways, sewer and water systems, and other basic improvements
necessary for resort development.] which provides areas and sights
of visitor interest. There are presently no resort zoned lands in
the district.
273-
resort amenities. As the tourism industry expanded, the character
of the Kailua-Kona area has chanced. The hotel facilities are now
located in both the Kailua area and at Keauhou. Other visitor
O
KA'U
Profile
O
The Ka'u district, which is the southernmost point on the
island, has no major resort development. The visitor plant
inventory indicates that there are two small hotels in the
Naalehu-Waiohinu area used primarily by island-businessmen. The
37-unit Volcano House is located at the Puna end of this district
within the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park area.
C. Brewer and Co., Ltd., has announced plans for resort
developments along the Ka'u coast. The plan emphasizes resort
centers at three major areas, Ninole-Punaluu, Honuapo, and
Waiahukini. These proposed areas presently lack the basic
improvements necessary for development. The population base of the
district is also inadequate to serve the proposed developments.
Three hotel sites, consisting of 690 units, are proposed for the
Ninole-Punaluu area. The first of these will be located at Ninole
Cove, the second at Punaluu Beach, and the third has been
designated for Kapukini which is between the above areas.
The second area proposed for resort development is Waiahukini.
A 38-unit hotel is planned. This area is proposed as the fishing
headquarters for the Ka'u area.
The third resort-area is Honuapo, between Naalehu and Punaluu.
The most significant feature of this area is a large fish pond
surrounded by coconut trees. A 200-unit hotel and a golf course are
proposed for this area.
As the Ka'u district's major source of income and employment,
whether in the agricultural or visitor industry, C. Brewer and Co.,
Ltd., holds the key to the future of this area.]
Tourism activity in the Ka'u district has been limited to
Punaluu and the Volcano areas. The Punalu u Resort. formerly known
as SeaMOUntain, has 33 condominium units. tennis, golf and retreat
conference facilities. The Shirakawa Motel also serves local
residents and business people. This resort generally caters to
those wishing a relatively quiet and isolated vacation experience
A 37-unit hotel within the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park caters
There are approximately 27 acres zoned resort in the district of
which 26 remain vacant. Additions and expansion of the Punalu u
Resort area are beino proposed. A maior resort has also been
proposed for the Kahuku coastal area.
274-
0 0
OPEN SPACE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
A vital part of the environment, open space is that land which
is basically not used for buildings or structures and is
characterized by scenic beauty, existing openness, and natural
conditions. It is the counterpart of development. Retained in its
state of use, open space would maintain and/or enhance the
conservation of needed or desired natural, scenic, or historical
resources which might otherwise be permanently lost. It would also
enhance the present or potential value of abutting or surrounding
urban development.
Open space is used to maintain and/or provide forestry pursuits,
water supply, fish and marine protection, wildlife and endemic plant
preservation, recreational pursuits and visual and scenic
amenities. Open space also demarcates potential natural hazard
areas. Just as the use of open space is affected by development, so
is the character and quality of development influenced by what is
done with open space.
Three basic functions are served by open space. Positive human
needs, such as active and passive recreation amenities, can be
met.] provided. The natural resource base, such as air, water,
soil and plants, can be protected and enhanced. Economic
development decisions, e.g., tourism, real estate values, and
development patterns, can be affected.
The planning of open space is an integral part of any
comprehensive planning consideration. Other elements of the General
Plan affect or are affected by this element; together these elements
and their interrelationships form an overall picture of the County
of Hawaii.
For each resident of the County of Hawaii, there are
approximately [20] 14 acres of land which are [zoned as] in open[.]
designations. In addition to open zoned lands, areas zoned as
agriculture are also generally uncluttered with structures. Such
lands can also impart a sense of [openness.] open space.
Open space on the island of Hawaii consists of lands zoned as
open by the County as well as those in the State Land Use
Conservation District. The County zoning permits no structures
except those related to recreational pursuits.
Various categories of open space areas have been designated
according to use or amenities. Restricted watershed areas are
strictly regulated in order to protect the island's essential water
resources. Some of these are in close proximity and easy
accessibility to development and without protection could be
contaminated. All watershed areas are in forest reserves under the
joint jurisdiction of the Forestry Division and the Division of
Water and Land Development.
275-
0 0
Potential natural hazard areas are designated as open space for
the welfare and safety of the public. These include areas which are
highly susceptible to flooding, erosion, volcanic activity and
tsunami inundation.
Because of location, make-up and various characteristics, there
are lands designated as General Use Conservation. Designation and
use of this district is completely administered by the State's
Department of Land and Natural Resources under a set of guidelines
called Regulation No. 4. Permitted uses range from resorts and
restaurants to trailer parks and ranches and tend to attract urban
uses and development. These lands account for 1.2 million acres or
more than half of the island's area.
Natural areas can be protected by the open space designation.
These support endemic plant and animal life, many of which are
endangered, and include areas of geologic, oceanographic,
climatological, and ecological interest. Natural areas can provide
opportunities for scientific research in many fields. The existing
scientific research industry which depends on these natural areas
can be further developed.]
The following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to
insure the protection and wise use of open space in the County of
Hawaii.]
PUBLIC LANDS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The utilization of land resources in Hawaii is greatly
influenced by the policies and practices of a relatively small
number of major landowners. Approximately [42] 52 per cent of the
total land area in the State of Hawaii is government-owned. Federal
lands constitute 8 per cent of these government-owned lands while
State lands, including those of the Department of Hawaiian Homes
Lands, comprise the remaining 34 per cent. Of the [58] 48 per cent
in private ownership, [approximately three-fourths is controlled by]
a disproportionately large share is owned by approximately fifty
large landowners." [The development and utilization of these lands
to date as designated in the General Plan and subsequently zoned for
specified uses do not necessarily respond to normal market
influences.]
The degree to which private and public lands of the County can
be put to their respective designated and zoned uses will determine
the effectiveness of the General Plan. The historical pattern of
land ownership in specific situations may adversely affect the
realization of stated objectives and goals.
About 42]
the following table, account for 44 per cent of the County's
276-
0 0
2.5 million acres [is State-owned], with district proportions
ranging from a low of [16] 17 per cent in South Kona to a high of
76 per cent in North Hilo. State lands include a variety of uses,
both existing and proposed, from commercial, industrial, residential
and resort uses and education and research in South Hilo to
wilderness areas and mountain tops in Hamakua and Ka'u.
County-owned lands amount to less than 1 per cent of the total land
area of the island.]
Federal lands in the County of Hawaii include the Hawaii
Volcanoes National Park and the [City of Refuge at] National
Historic Parks at Pu'ukohola and Honaunau, both of which are
established programs of the National Park Service of the U.S.
Department of Interior.
The table below shows the percentage of State-owned lands in
each of the nine districts.
Total Ac.State Ac.of Total
TOTAL 2,506,800 100.0 1,057,000 100.0 42.2
Puna 317,000 12.7 77,8001 7.4 24.5
S. Hilo 252,300 10.0 151,2002 14.3 59.9
N. Hilo 173,500 6.9 132,5003 12.6 76.4
Hamakua 396,500 15.8 270,4004 25.3 68.2
N. Kohala 79,700 3.2 14,200 1.3 17.8
S. Kohala 175,100 7.0 50,5005 4.8 28.8
N. Kona 363,900 14.5 149,300 14.2 41.0
S. Kona 142,600 5.7 23,200 2.2 16.3
Ka'u 606,200 24.2 187,9006 17.9 31.0
1Hawaiian Homes Dept.2,000 Ac.
2Hawaiian Homes Dept.11,428 Ac.
3Hawaiian Homes Dept.52,760 Ac.
4Hawaiian Homes Dept.10,933 Ac.
SHawaiian Homes Dept.32,200 Ac.
6Hawaiian Homes Dept.10,972 Ac.]
277-
0 0
Total Ac.State Ac.s of Total
TOTAL 2,506,800 1,101,351 43.9
Puna 317,000 91,1731 28.7
S. Hilo 252,300 150,1022 59.4
N. Hilo 173,500 132,8013 76.5
Hamakua 396,500 232,4974 58.6
N. Kohala 79,700 16,5325 20.7
S. Kohala 175,100 51,5516 29.4
N. Kona 363,900 213,414 58.6
S. Kona 142,600 25,025 17.5
Ka'u 606,200 188,2567 31.0
1Hawaiian Homes Dept. -2,000 Ac.
2Hawaiian Homes Dept. -10,955 Ac.
3Hawaiian Homes Dept. -48,800 Ac.
4Hawaiian Homes Dept. -12,197 Ac.
SHawaiian Homes Dept. -115 Ac.
6Hawaiian Homes Dept. -22,584 Ac.
7Hawaiian Homes Dept. -10,989 Ac.
The use of publicly owned lands needs to be more judiciously
administered. [There is a lack of development in designated and
zoned areas which, although not confined solely to~public lands, is
still a government controlled example of the problems facing the
County.] There is at present no master plan for the vast public
lands, namely, those which are designated Conservation, over which
the County has virtually no administrative jurisdiction.
The County acquires land for public uses, such as parks and
rights-of-way. [There are indications that the County's land
acquisition program will be accelerated.] Presently there is no one
County agency whose function is to expedite land [acquisition]
acquisitions [processes]. Various County departments are involved,
depending on the nature of acquisition. There is also a need for an
agency to keep abreast of and initiate various programs on public
land.
The University of Hawaii [being a body], as a corporate body
under the State Constitution holds a unique position on land
ownership unlike other State or County agencies which utilize public
lands. The University, under the Constitution, obtains in fee title
the land granted it by Executive Order and can thus subdivide, lease
or sell its lands provided it is in the interest of public education.
278-
OFFICE OF THE COUNTY CLERK
County of Hawaii
Hilo Hawaii
I
I
I
I
DRAFT 5) ROLL CALL VOTE
hi Domin oTka AYES NOES ABS EX
gasntroducedBy:DOMINGO X
ate Introduced: February
first Reading: October 4, 1989 INOUYE
ublished:KOKUBUN
LA[X
lEMARKS:MAKUAKANE
Bill 402 Draft 4 was amended, and RUDDLE X
ado ted on .1st readin - 10 4 89 SCHUTrE X
Bill 402 Draft 5 will be taken ug YAMASHIRO X
at the Nov_.__ 1 ' 1989 mtQ. in Kona for
1
Znd & final readies - 10/4/89
DRAFT 5) ROLL CALL VOTE
3econdReading:November 1,lyiSy AYES NOES ABS EX
Po Mayor:November 2 ,19 89 DOMINGO
Returned:November 15 1989 HALE X
Effective:November 14,1989 INOUYE X
Published:Nove er 7,1989 KOKUBUN X
LAI X
REMARKS:MAKUwxANE X
RUDDLE X
SCHUTTE X
YAMASHIRO
8 0
I DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the fore~oin~ BILL was adopted by the County Council and
published as indicated above.
APPR®VE~ as io
RPa1 tend LEGALITY
C ~'~ 'SEL
oar~___NOV 1 4.1989
O NCIL CHAIRMAN
Appr u d/ d this day
of /~lC~~~ 19
MAYOR, CO~INTY OF HAWAII
C~
CO UNTY CLERK
402 (DP.AFT 5)Bill No.:
Reference: '
Ord. No.: ~ 1Q2
o c~
ORDINANCE NO. 89-142
Bill 402, Draft 5)
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE COUNTY OF HAWAII GENERAL PLAN AND REPEALING
ORDINANCE 439, AS AMENDED.
Date Approved: November 1, 1989
Date Effective: November 14, 1989
Copies of the foregoing Ordinance, in full, are on file in the
Office of the County Clerk for use and examination by the public.
I hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance passed second and
final reading at the meeting of the County Council on
November 1, 1989, by the following aye and no vote:
AYES: Councilmembers Domingo, Hale, Inouye, Lai, Makuakane,
Ruddle, Yamashiro, and Chairman Kokubun - 8.
NOES: None.
ABSENT & EXCUSED:
Councilmember Schutte -
R fJa2 Dr Ns~
d\ ORDI\aNCF dDOPTI\C THE COL'NT1'-0FHARAll (.F..y'F.RAI PLA\ AND RFPF.d LINf,.OR DIN AhCF. J29. Al AN F.NIIED.
Dale Approved: Novemher 1.1989
Date Effective: November H, 19fl9
Copies of the foregoing Ordinance. in toll. are on
file in [he Office of the County Clerk for use and
examination by the public
I hereby certify that the foregoing Ordivaneepassedsecondandfinalreadinggatthemeetingof
the County Council on Novemher 1, 1969, by thefollox~ivg aye and no vote::
i AYES: Councilmembe~s Domingo. Hale,Inouye, Lai, ;Nakuakane. Rhddle. Yamastiiro. andChairmanKokubun ~ 8.
NOES: None.
i ~ ABSENT & EXCUSED: Councilmember
Schulte 1
ROBERTS SHIOJI
for County Clerk
K~6!Counly af. Hawaii
f662 Haw au Tribuve Heiald: Nov 27 19895
c~d^ a6i2~//~~~
COUNTY CLERK
COUNTY OF HAWAII